As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 16, 2020.
Registration No. 333-248876
UNITED
STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 1 to
FORM
F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
British Virgin Islands | 5961 | Not Applicable | ||
(State
or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) |
(Primary
Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S.
Employer
Identification Number) |
B401, 4th Floor Building 12, Hangcheng Street,
Hourui No. 2 Industrial District,
Southern Section, Zhichuang Juzhen Double Creative Park,
Bao’an
District, Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China
+86-755-85255139
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Coverdale Trust Services Limited
30 de Castro Street,
P.O. Box 4519,
Road Town, Tortola,
British Virgin Islands
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
Benjamin Tan, Esq. Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP 1185 Avenue of the Americas, 37th Floor New York, NY 10036 (212) 930-9700 – telephone (212) 930-9725 – facsimile |
William S. Rosenstadt, Esq. Mengyi “Jason” Ye, Esq. Yarona L. Yieh, Esq. Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP 366 Madison Avenue, 3rd Floor New York, NY 10022 +1-212-588-0022 — telephone +1-212-826-9307 — facsimile |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: Promptly after the effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box: [ ]
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.
Emerging growth company [X]
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. [ ]
† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of Class of Securities to be Registered |
Amount
to be
Registered |
Proposed
Maximum Aggregate Price Per Share |
Proposed
Maximum Aggregate offering Price(1) |
Amount
of
Registration Fee |
||||||||||||
Ordinary Shares, no par value (2) | 5,791,581 | $ | 6.00 | $ | 34,749,486 | $ | 4,511 | |||||||||
Underwriters Warrants(3) | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Ordinary Shares, no par value underlying Underwriters Warrants(3) | 335,417 | $ | 7.50 | $ | 2,515,627.50 | $ | 327 | |||||||||
Total | 6,126,998 | $ | 6.00 | $ | 37,265,113.50 | $ | 4,838 |
|
(1) | The registration fee for securities is based on an estimate of the Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price of the securities, assuming the sale of the maximum number of shares at the highest expected offering price, and such estimate is solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o). |
(2) | Includes 625,000 Ordinary Shares subject to Underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares and 999,911 Ordinary Shares sold by the selling shareholders. In accordance with Rule 416(a), the Registrant is also registering an indeterminate number of additional ordinary shares that shall be issuable pursuant to Rule 416 to prevent dilution resulting from share splits, share dividends or similar transactions. |
(3) |
The Registrant will issue to the Underwriters warrants to purchase a number of Ordinary Shares equal to an aggregate of seven per cent (7%) of the Ordinary Shares sold in the offering (the “Underwriter Warrants”). The exercise price of the Underwriters Warrants is equal to 125% of the offering price of the Ordinary Shares offered hereby. Assuming a maximum exercise price of $7.50 per share, we would receive, in the aggregate, $2,515,627.50 upon exercise of the Underwriters Warrants (including the Underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase an additional 625,000 Ordinary Shares, if such over-allotment option is exercised). The Underwriters Warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, commencing from the closing of the Offering and expiring five (5) years from the commencement of sale of the Offering. |
The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall the become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling shareholders may not sell the securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting any offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where such offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED , 2020
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited
5,000,000 Ordinary Shares
This is the initial public offering (the “Offering”) of Wunong Net Technology Company Limited, a British Virgin Islands company limited by shares, whose principal place of business is in Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China. We are offering, on a firm commitment basis, 5,000,000 ordinary shares, no par value (the “Ordinary Shares”). The selling shareholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional 999,911 Ordinary Shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Ordinary Shares by the selling shareholders.
No public market currently exists for our Ordinary Shares. We have applied for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “WNW” for the Ordinary Shares we are offering. We expect that the initial public offering price (the “Offering Price”) will be between $4 and $6 per Ordinary Share. We believe that upon the completion of the Offering, we will meet the standards for listing on a National Securities Exchange.
As the date hereof, we are authorized to issue an unlimited number of ordinary shares of a single class with no par value. As of the date hereof, we have 20,000,000 Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding.
Investors will own ordinary shares in a holding company that does not directly own all of its operations in China. We are a British Virgin Islands corporation that wholly owns our Hong Kong subsidiary, Shenzhen Vande Technology Co., Limited. Shenzhen Vande Technology Co., Limited, in turn, wholly owns all of the share capital of Guo Gangtong Trade (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd, a wholly foreign-owned enterprise incorporated in China (“WFOE”). Guo Gangtong Trade (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd, through a series of contractual arrangements, manages and controls our operating entities, Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Wunong Catering Chain Management (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. The interests of the shareholders of Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd may conflict with yours.
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Act of 2012, as amended, and, as such, are eligible for to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our ordinary shares involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11.
Total | ||||||||||||
Per
Share |
No
Exercise |
Full
Exercise |
||||||||||
Public offering price | $ | [●] | $ | [●] | $ | [●] | ||||||
Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us(1) | $ | [●] | $ | [●] | $ | [●] | ||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to us(1)(2) | $ | [●] | $ | [●] | $ | [●] | ||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling shareholders |
$ |
[●] |
$ |
[●] |
$ |
[●] |
(1) |
We will pay the Underwriter seven percent (7%) of the gross proceeds of this Offering. In addition to the cash commission, we will also reimburse the Underwriter for its accountable out-of-pocket expenses not to exceed $250,000. See “Underwriting” in this prospectus for more information regarding our arrangements with the Underwriters. |
(2) | The total estimated expenses related to this offering are set forth in the section entitled “Fees, Commission and Expense Reimbursement.” |
We expect our total cash expenses payable to our underwriter, Boustead Securities, LLC and Brilliant Norton Securities Company Limited (the “Underwriters” ), for its accountable expenses referenced above, exclusive of the above commissions, to be $250,000. We estimate that the total expenses of this Offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting fees and commissions and Underwriter’s accountable expenses, will be approximately $925,661.
The Underwriters are committed to purchase all the Ordinary Shares offered by the Company. The underwriting agreement also provides that if the Underwriters default, the Offering may be terminated. The Underwriters propose to offer the Ordinary Shares directly to the public at the Offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $[●] per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $[●] per share from the Offering price. After the Offering of the Ordinary Shares, the Offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the Underwriters. Sales of Ordinary Shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the Underwriter.
We have agreed to issue to the Underwriters and to register herein warrants to purchase up to 402,500 Ordinary Shares (equal to seven per cent (7%) of the 5,750,000 Ordinary Shares sold in this Offering, which includes the Underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase an additional 750,000 Ordinary Shares, if such over-allotment option is exercised and exclusive of the 999,911 Ordinary Shares offered by the selling shareholder) and to also register herein such underlying shares. The warrants will be exercised at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, commencing from the closing of the Offering and expiring five (5) years from the commencement of sale the Offering. The warrants are exercisable at a per share price of 125% of the Offering price of the Ordinary Shares offered hereby.
The Underwriters expect to deliver the Ordinary Shares to purchasers in the Offering on or about [●], 2020.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
This prospectus does not constitute, and there will not be, an offering of securities to the public in the British Virgin Islands.
The date of this prospectus is _____________, 2020.
i |
TABLE OF CONTENTS
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any related free-writing prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any related free-writing prospectus. We and the selling shareholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, the Ordinary Shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted and lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the ordinary shares.
Neither we, the selling shareholders nor the Underwriters have/has taken any action that would permit a public offering of the Ordinary Shares outside the United States or permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus or any related free-writing prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus or any related free-writing prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to the offering of the Ordinary Shares and the distribution of the prospectus outside the United States.
Until [●], 2020 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade Ordinary Shares, whether or not participating in this Offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
ii |
Unless otherwise indicated or the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to:
● | “BVI” refers to the British Virgin Islands; | |
● | “China” or the “PRC” are to the People’s Republic of China, excluding Taiwan and the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau for the purposes of this prospectus only; | |
● | “shares”, “Shares” or “Ordinary Shares” are to the Ordinary Shares of Wunong Net Technology Company Limited, no par value; | |
● |
“Vande” refers to Shenzhen Vande Technology Co., Limited, a limited company organized under the laws of Hong Kong and a wholly owned subsidiary of Wunong; |
|
● | “we,” “us,” “our company,” “our,” “the Company” and “Wunong” is to Wunong Net Technology Company Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, its subsidiaries, Shenzhen Vande Technology Co., Limited and Guo Gangtong Trade (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd, and its affiliated entities in China, including but not limited to Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd, and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Wunong Catering Chain Management (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd; | |
● | “WFOE” or “Guo Gang Tong” refers to Guo Gangtong Trade (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd, a limited liability company organized under the laws of China, which is wholly-owned by Shenzhen Vande Technology Co., Limited; | |
● | “Wunong Catering” is to Wunong Catering Chain Management (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd, a limited liability company organized under the laws of China and a wholly owned subsidiary of Wunong Shenzhen; | |
● | “Wunong Shenzhen” refers to Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd, a limited liability company organized under the laws of China and a variable interest entity (“VIE”) contractually controlled by WFOE; | |
● | All references to “RMB” or “Chinese Yuan” is to the legal currency of China; | |
● | All references to “U.S. dollars,” “dollars,” “USD” or “$” are to the legal currency of the United States; | |
● | “Website” is to our online electronic retail store for the offering of the food products at www.wnw108.com; and | |
● | “variable interest entity” or “VIE” is to our variable interest entity, Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd, that is 100% owned by PRC citizens and a PRC entity, that holds the business operation licenses or approvals to, and generally operates our Website for our internet businesses or other businesses in which foreign investment is restricted or prohibited, and is consolidated into our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP as if it were our wholly-owned subsidiary. |
Our business is conducted by our VIE entity in PRC, using RMB, the currency of China. Our consolidated financial statements are presented in United States dollars. In this prospectus, we refer to assets, obligations, commitments and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements in United States dollars. These dollar references are based on the exchange rate of RMB to United States dollars, determined as of a specific date or for a specific period. Changes in the exchange rate will affect the amount of our obligations and the value of our assets in terms of United States dollars which may result in an increase or decrease in the amount of our obligations (expressed in dollars) and the value of our assets, including accounts receivable (expressed in dollars).
1 |
This prospectus contains translations of certain RMB amounts into U.S. dollar amounts at specified rates solely for the convenience of the reader. The relevant exchange rates are listed below:
For
the
|
For
the Year
Ended December 31, 2019 |
For
the Year
Ended December 31, 2018 |
||||||||||
Period Ended RMB: USD exchange rate | 0.1414 | 0.1435 | 0.1454 | |||||||||
Period Average RMB: USD exchange rate | 0.1422 | 0.1447 | 0.1537 |
Numerical figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in various tables may not be arithmetic aggregations of the figures that precede them.
For the sake of clarity, this prospectus follows the English naming convention of first name followed by last name, regardless of whether an individual’s name is Chinese or English. For example, the name of our Chairman will be presented as “Peijiang Chen,” even though, in Chinese, Mr. Chen’s name is presented as “Chen Peijiang.”
We have relied on statistics provided by a variety of publicly-available sources regarding China’s expectations of growth. We did not, directly or indirectly, sponsor or participate in the publication of such materials, and these materials are not incorporated in this prospectus other than to the extent specifically cited in this prospectus. We have sought to provide current information in this prospectus and believe that the statistics provided in this prospectus remain up-to-date and reliable, and these materials are not incorporated in this prospectus other than to the extent specifically cited in this prospectus. Except where otherwise stated, all ordinary share accounts provided herein are on a pre-share-increase basis.
This summary highlights information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read the entire prospectus carefully before making an investment in our Ordinary Shares. You should carefully consider, among other things, our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
We are a British Virgin Islands company incorporated on December 4, 2018, and conduct our business in China through our subsidiaries and variable interest entity, Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.
Investors will own ordinary shares in a holding company that does not directly own all of its operations in China. We are a British Virgin Islands corporation that wholly owns our Hong Kong subsidiary, Shenzhen Vande Technology Co., Limited. Shenzhen Vande Technology Co., Limited, in turn, wholly owns all of the share capital of Guo Gangtong Trade (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd, a wholly foreign-owned enterprise incorporated in China (“WFOE”). Guo Gangtong Trade (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd, through a series of contractual arrangements, manages and controls our operating entities, Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Wunong Catering Chain Management (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. The interests of the shareholders of Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd may conflict with yours.
We are an online and mobile commerce company and conduct our business through our online retail store on our Website - www.wnw108.com. We sell a myriad of food products on our Website. We do not grow, foster or manufacture any food products and all the food products sold on our Website are from our suppliers. We do not sell genetically modified food. We are committed to providing our customers with safe, high-quality, nutritious, tasty and non-genetically modified food products through our portfolio of trusted and well-known suppliers. Optimizing our Website and real-time data, we are able to respond to and match supply with demand for food products in keeping with consumer trends.
Food safety, product quality and sustainability are our core values. The food products/commodities sold on our Website are broadly categorized into (i) Green Food, (ii) Organic Food, (iii) intangible cultural heritage food products (“ICH Products”) (iv) agricultural products bearing geographical indications (“Agri GI Products”) and (v) Pollution-Free Products (genetically modified products excepted).
As of the date of this prospectus, the portfolio of food products sold on our Website comprises 8.9% Organic Food (36 products), 0.7% Green Food (3 products), 3.4% Agri GI Products (14 products), and 87.0% of other food products (including non-genetically modified Pollution-Free Products) (352 products). The mix of food products sold on our Website is ever-changing, depending on food quality and safety, market demand, and customer preferences.
We also plan to open franchise restaurants throughout China that offer our food products and each of these restaurants will be equipped with a grocery section that sells our products. As of the date of this prospectus, we have launched our first restaurant in Shenzhen and plan to roll out other restaurants through franchisees throughout China. Our present restaurant model (which is subject to further refinement) allows a customer to rent our restaurant facilities, cook and serve food utilizing the food products purchased from us.
2 |
We generate most of all our revenue from the sale of food products/commodities on our Website, which includes custom pre-sales of food products/commodities such as crops. We have limited income from our restaurants in 2019.
We have historically paid the following commissions on the sale of our food/products/commodities for the referrals of new food products and new customers:
New Food Products
(i) | 2% on the sales of the relevant food product after it was referred by a customer and qualified for sale on our Website to the referring customer; | |
(ii) | 3% on the sales of the relevant food product to the local service center for assessing the food product |
New Customers
(i) | 2% on all orders placed by a new customer to the referring customer; | |
(ii) | 10% on all orders placed by a new customer to the relevant local service under which the new customer is under the “jurisdiction” of. |
Beginning August 2019, we began to negotiate and execute a new commission structure in stages, which is now fully implemented as of January 1, 2020:
There are no more commissions paid for the referrals of new food products.
Customers with an accumulated spending of over RMB 999 (approximately, $144) will be designated “Privileged Customers”. A referring Privileged Customer will be paid an 8% commission of all purchases made by its referee customer. However, only for the first purchase this referee customer makes, the referring Privileged Customer will be paid a 30% commission on the referee customer’s first purchase, capped at RMB300 (approximately, $43). In the event the referee customer subsequently qualifies as a “Privileged Customer”, the referror’s commission is reduced from 8% to 2% of the referee customer’s purchases.
A referrer who is not a Privileged Customer will not be paid any commissions for referring new customers.
The local service center will now be paid a 3% on all purchases made by customers within its jurisdiction.
For fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, our total revenue was $7,682,583, comprising online sales of food products on our Website and some revenue from our restaurant. We do not grow, foster or manufacture any food products. We do not sell genetically modified food.
We received an Internet Content Provider (“ICP”) license for value-added Internet information services on December 21, 2018. As we only sell food products that we have purchased from suppliers on the Website instead of operating an online marketplace which matches third party sellers and buyers, we are legally not required under Chinese law to obtain an ICP license. We have, however, obtained an ICP license just to preserve the option to run the aforementioned online marketplace in the future. The ICP license is a permit issued by the Chinese Ministry of Industry and Information Technology to permit China-based websites to operate in China.
Competitive Strengths
We believe that the following strengths have contributed to our success and are differentiating factors that set us apart from our peers.
● Innovative platform focusing on providing verified “clean” food products. An Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada report cited China as the largest e-commerce market in the world with retail sales amounting to US$366.1 billion in 2016 and a compound annual growth rate of 51.2% from 2012 to 2016. It reported that although the e-grocery sector in China was significantly smaller in comparison to other e-commerce sectors such as apparel and footwear, the e-grocery sector had seen significant growth with a compound annual growth rate of 53% from 2012 to 2016. As a result, China was also the largest e-grocery market in the world worth US$23.9 billion in 2016. (Source: http://www.agr.gc.ca/eng/industry-markets-and-trade/international-agri-food-market-intelligence/reports/e-grocery-market-in-china/?id=1504037238257). We believe that our focus on providing our customers with one-stop access to licensed food producers by selling Green Food, Organic Food, ICH Products, Agri GI Products and Pollution-free Products (genetically modified products excepted) merges the potential of this multi-billion dollar industry with growing consumer e-shopping preference for “clean” food products. With our Website, we are able to span across geographic regions and connect with buyers and suppliers from different regions.
● Nation-wide sales network. We have established a strong client base and our food suppliers are directly working with their distributors to ship food products to our customers throughout China. As of December 31, 2019, we have over 398,884 registered customers on our Website, of which approximately 85,594 of them are monthly active customers. We also have approximately 28,420 registered search agents of food products who help us search and then recommend to us high-quality food products throughout China. In addition, we work with over 100 local service centers across 15 provinces in China, including Shanxi, Xinjiang, Gansu, Henan, Hebei, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong and Guangxi, and established strategic cooperation relationships with approximately 300 rural cooperatives across China.
● Experienced and committed management team. We have an experienced management team, where most of our members have more than 10 years of experience in marketing and/or management. The management team’s experience has provided them with the skills and expertise that are essential in approaching and selecting licensed food product suppliers, and dealing with our local service centers, food search agents and customers. In addition, we also have an experienced food examination team specialized in testing the quality of the food, assuring our customers that the food offered by us is clean, healthy and high quality.
● Cross- fertilization of business segments. With access to quality food products, we are able to expand our offering to our restaurant business, which we plan to roll out through franchisees throughout China. Not only will customers be able to pre-order our products to cook at our restaurants, they will also be able to purchase food products at the grocery section of each restaurant.
3 |
● Pre-ordering service. We provide our customers with a pre-ordering service to pre-order food products specially grown and cultivated for them. Pre-ordering has grown in popularity recently as it connects our customers with suppliers who grow authentic and fresh food products for them. In addition, pre-ordering reflects the market demand of a more discerning and affluent customer and avoids blind production of food products. We believe the safety and quality of pre-ordered food products and the predictability in delivery of these products are particularly attractive to our customers. Our customers are able to participate in the cultivation of the food products by actively overseeing the growth stages via real-time cameras installed by the suppliers.
● Extensive Supply chain support. As of December 31, 2019, we have more than 16 suppliers occupying over 46,757 acres (equivalent to 283,812mu; 1 acre = 6.07mu) of production sites to provide over 400 types food products for sale on our Website. The portfolio of food products sold on our Website is diversified and our extensive inventory is supported by a reliable network of suppliers.
Significant Risk Factors
The following is a summary of our most significant risk factors:
● | Retention of customers. We are heavily dependent on purchases of our food products by customers, who are typically middle-income young professionals and who can be extremely fickle. We operate in a very competitive environment and face strong competition in terms of distribution, brand recognition, taste, quality, price, availability, and product positioning. The market is highly fragmented, particularly in China, and the resources of our competitors may increase due to mergers, consolidations or alliances, and we may face new competitors in the future. Further, a failure to correct anticipate changes in consumer preferences may also lead to a loss in customers. |
● |
Dependence on third party suppliers. We currently obtain our products from third party suppliers, who we do not have long term contracts with. These business relationships could be terminated on short notice. The supply of these products could be adversely affected by any material change in the economic and political conditions in various countries which may, in turn, result in increase in our costs to purchase these products. Further, our suppliers may fail to meet timelines or contractual obligations or provide us with sufficient products, which may adversely affect our business and reputation. |
● | Dependence on positive macroeconomic factors. Our business is dependent in large part on China’s growing middle-class with disposable income. A downturn in macroeconomics such as an economic recession or a spike in transportation costs could have a direct impact on our business. Apart from our customers withholding discretionary spending on our products, a spike in transportation costs may make our products less appealing to an already price-sensitive market. |
Our Growth Strategies
The key elements of our strategy to grow our business are to:
● Optimize our pre-ordering service. Our pre-ordering service allows our customers to actively participate in food products specially grown and customized for them. We plan to expand this service to livestock.
● Enhanced cooperation with suppliers. We have a network of over 124 food suppliers and plan to explore more avenues of cooperation with them. Apart from purchasing more products from these suppliers, we will explore other non-traditional ways of cooperation. For example, some of our food suppliers have expressed interest in becoming franchisees of our restaurant.
● Cultivating our “Wunong 108” brand name. In order to distinguish ourselves, we plan to launch 108 premium products under our own “Wunong 108” brand name co-branded with the suppliers’ brand names. These products will not only be specially selected and curated by us based on customer data and feedback and be exclusive to our Website, they will also be competitively priced and superior in quality. We will supervise the production of the food products and participate in the design of their packaging and delivery. We plan to launch the “Wunong 108” products in a campaign with a compelling concept and pitch.
● Building a grassroots e-commerce distribution system. We plan to work with our local service centers to recruit, train and install more store managers to promote our Website and products at these service centers.
● Enhance our ability to attract, incentivize and retain talented professionals. We believe our success greatly depends on our ability to attract, incentivize and retain talented professionals. With a view to maintaining and improving our competitive advantage in the market, we plan to implement a series of initiatives to attract additional and retain mid- to high-level personnel, including formulating a market-oriented employee compensation structure and implementing a standardized multi-level performance review mechanism.
● Expand our customer base through online and offline marketing activities. We have launched a sales platform on one of the most popular Chinese messaging applications, WeChat, through which our customers can shop for our food products on their phones as well as learn about our latest promotions. Our customers can easily recommend us to their friends and families by sharing us on WeChat. In addition, we held eight agricultural products expos in the major provinces in China, including Sichuan, Shanxi, Henan and Shandong. Thousands of people have participated in our expo, including central and local government officials, and learned about the Company and the food products offered by us. We shall continue our marketing activities to expand our profile.
● Developing our customers into food-search agents. We believe that a key element to our success will be to continue identifying and building commercial relationships with reliable suppliers of high-quality food products. China’s licensed food producers are highly fragmented and therefore we need to have a broad food-search agent base to assist us in sourcing high quality food products for sale on our Website. We offer our online platform users opportunities to become a food-search agent with us. By signing an agent agreement with us, customers who successfully recommend us food products that pass our standards will receive a 2% commission of the sale price of such products. As of December 31, 2019, we have successfully cultivated approximately 28,420 nationwide food-search agents from our online platform users, among whom approximately 85,594 are active monthly. Approximately 95% products on our platform were recommended by our food-search agents and we shall continue to expand on this base.
4 |
Coronavirus (COVID-19) Update
Recently, there is an ongoing outbreak of a novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19) first identified in China and has since spread rapidly globally. The pandemic has resulted in quarantines, travel restrictions, and the temporary closure of stores and business facilities globally for the past few months. In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 to be a pandemic. Given the rapidly expanding nature of the COVID-19 pandemic, and because substantially all of our business operations and our workforce are concentrated in China, we believe there is a risk that our business, results of operations, and financial condition will be adversely affected. Potential impact to our results of operations will also depend on future developments and new information that may emerge regarding the duration and severity of COVID-19 and the actions taken by government authorities and other entities to contain COVID-19 or mitigate its impact, almost all of which are beyond our control. The impact of COVID-19 on our business, financial condition, and results of operations include, but are not limited to, the following:
● | the supply chain of our products and our ability to fulfil orders; |
● | our ability to source available labor and materials to renovate and retrofit our restaurants; |
● | any restrictions on restaurants will also impact our expansion plans and revenue especially if indoor dining capacity is severely curtailed; |
● | the curtailment of any in-person marketing, advertising and meetings; |
● | the global stock markets have experienced, and may continue to experience, significant decline from the COVID-19 outbreak. It is possible that the price of our ordinary shares will decline significantly after the consummation of this offering, in which case, you may lose your investment. |
Because of the uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 outbreak, the business disruption and the related financial impact related to the outbreak of and response to the coronavirus cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. For a detailed description of the risks associated with the novel coronavirus, see “Risk Factors - Risks Related to Our Business and Industry - We are exposed to the risks of an economic recession, credit and capital markets volatility and economic and financial crisis as a result of the COVID-19 virus pandemic, which could adversely affect the demand for our products, our business operations and expansion plans and our ability to mitigate its impact and provide timely information to our investors and the SEC.”
Our Corporate Structure
We are a British Virgin Islands corporation that wholly owns our Hong Kong subsidiary, Shenzhen Vande Technology Co., Limited. Shenzhen Vande Technology Co., Limited, in turn, wholly owns all of the share capital of Guo Gangtong Trade (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd, a wholly foreign-owned enterprise incorporated in China (“WFOE”). Guo Gangtong Trade (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd, through a series of contractual arrangements, manages and controls our operating entity, Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd wholly owns a subsidiary, Wunong Catering Chain Management (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.
The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure as of the date of this prospectus. For more detail on our corporate history please refer to “Our Corporate History and Structure” appearing on page 72 of this prospectus.
Corporate Information
Our principal executive office is located at B401, 4th Floor Building 12, Hangcheng Street, Hourui No. 2 Industrial District, Southern Section, Zhichuang Juzhen Double Creative Park, Bao’an District, Shenzhen, PRC, and our phone number is +86-755-85255139. We maintain a corporate Website at www.wnw108.com. The information contained in, or accessible from, our Website or any other website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.
5 |
Our Challenges and Risk Factors Summary
The following section outlines the primary challenges and risks inherent to our business model. Before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares, we strongly recommend a close reading and consider all of the risks in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11.
Implications of Our Being an “Emerging Growth Company”
As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An “emerging growth company” may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. In particular, as an emerging growth company, we:
● | may present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, or MD&A; | |
● | are not required to provide a detailed narrative disclosure discussing our compensation principles, objectives and elements and analyzing how those elements fit with our principles and objectives, which is commonly referred to as “compensation discussion and analysis”; | |
● | are not required to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on our management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; | |
● | are not required to obtain a non-binding advisory vote from our shareholders on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements (commonly referred to as the “say-on-pay,” “say-on frequency” and “say-on-golden-parachute” votes); | |
● | are exempt from certain executive compensation disclosure provisions requiring a pay-for-performance graph and CEO pay ratio disclosure; | |
● | are eligible to claim longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under §107 of the JOBS Act; and | |
● | will not be required to conduct an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting for two years. |
We intend to take advantage of all of these reduced reporting requirements and exemptions, including the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under §107 of the JOBS Act. Our election to use the phase-in periods may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the phase-in periods under §107 of the JOBS Act.
Certain of these reduced reporting requirements and exemptions were already available to us due to the fact that we also qualify as a “smaller reporting company” under SEC rules. For instance, smaller reporting companies are not required to obtain an auditor attestation and report regarding management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting, are not required to provide a compensation discussion and analysis, are not required to provide a pay-for-performance graph or CEO pay ratio disclosure, and may present only two years of audited financial statements and related MD&A disclosure.
Implication of Being a Foreign Private Issuer
We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). As such, we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to United States domestic public companies. For example:
● | we are not required to provide as many Exchange Act reports, or as frequently, as a domestic public company; |
6 |
● | for interim reporting, we are permitted to comply solely with our home country requirements, which are less rigorous than the rules that apply to domestic public companies; | |
● | we are not required to provide the same level of disclosure on certain issues, such as executive compensation; | |
● | we are exempt from provisions of Regulation FD aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information; | |
● | we are not required to comply with the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; and | |
● | we are not required to comply with Section 16 of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and establishing insider liability for profits realized from any “short-swing” trading transaction. |
Offering Summary
Following completion of our initial public offering, ownership of Wunong Net Technology Company Limited will be as follows:
No exercise of Underwriters’ over-allotment option
Full exercise of Underwriters’ over-allotment option
7 |
THE OFFERING
Issuer | Wunong Net Technology Company Limited | |
Selling shareholders | Eternal Horizon International Company Limited | |
Securities being offered by us | 5,000,000 Ordinary Shares, no par value (or 5,750,000 Ordinary Shares if the Underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) | |
350,000 Ordinary Shares underlying the Underwriters Warrants (or 402,500 Ordinary Shares underlying the Underwriters Warrants if the Underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) | ||
Securities being offer by the selling shareholders | 999,911 Ordinary Shares, no par value | |
Over-Allotment | We have granted to the Underwriters the option, exercisable for 45 days from the closing date of this Offering, to purchase up to 750,000 additional Ordinary Shares. | |
Ordinary Shares Outstanding Prior to Completion of Offering | 20,000,0000 | |
Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after this Offering | 25,000,000 Ordinary Shares, assuming no exercise of the Underwriters’ over-allotment option and 25,350,000 Ordinary Shares assuming full conversion of the Underwriters Warrants, and no change to the initial conversion rate and initial exercise price | |
25,750,000 Ordinary Shares, assuming full exercise of the Underwriters’ over-allotment option and 26,152,500 assuming full conversion of the Underwriters Warrants, and no change to the initial conversion rate and initial exercise price | ||
Assumed Offering Price per Ordinary Share | The purchase price will be between $4 and $6. | |
Gross Proceeds to Us Before Expenses | A minimum of $20,000,000 and $23,000,000 in the event the Underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full and the Offering Price of $4 per Ordinary Share. | |
A maximum of $30,000,000 and $34,500,000 in the event the Underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full and an Offering Price of $6 per Ordinary Share. | ||
Symbol | We have applied to list our Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “WNW” | |
Use of Proceeds |
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this Offering of up to $22,074,339 and $25,561,839 (in the event of the Underwriters’ exercise in full of its over-allotment option to purchase an additional 750,000 Ordinary Shares), based on an assumed price to the public in this Offering of $5, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and an exercise price of $6.25 per share, 125% of the assumed Offering price of $5, after deducting underwriting fees and commissions and estimated offering expenses and assuming no exercise of the Underwriters Warrants. We will also receive proceeds from the cash exercise of the Underwriters Warrants which, if exercised in cash with respect to all of the 350,000 Ordinary Shares and 402,500 Ordinary Shares if the Underwriters were to exercise their over-allotment option in full (assuming initial exercise price of $5.00, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus,) underlying these Warrants, would result in gross proceeds of approximately $2,187,500 and $2,515,625, respectively, to us. We will use any proceeds from this Offering and from the cash exercise of the Underwriters Warrants as follows: 50% to be used for general working capital, 30% to be used for research and development, 10% to be used for expanding our restaurant business and 10% to be used for brand development and marketing.
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Ordinary Shares by the selling shareholders. |
8 |
Underwriters Warrants | Upon the closing of this Offering, we will issue to Boustead Securities, LLC and Brilliant Norton Securities Company Limited (the “Underwriters”) warrants entitling the Underwriters to purchase 7.0% of the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares issued in this Offering. The warrants shall be exercisable for a period of five (5) years from the commencement of sale of the Offering. | |
Risk Factors | Investing in our Ordinary Shares involves a high degree of risk and purchasers of our Ordinary Shares may lose part or all of their investment. See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Ordinary Shares beginning on Page 11. | |
Lock-Up | We, our directors, executive officers and our existing shareholders holding 5% or more of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares are expected to enter into a lock-up agreement with the Underwriters not to sell, transfer or dispose of any Ordinary Shares for a period of up to 12 months after this Offering is completed. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting.” | |
Dividend Policy | We have no present plans to declare dividends and plan to retain our earnings to continue to grow our business. |
Summary Financial Data
The following summary consolidated statements of operations and cash flow data for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary consolidated statements of operations and cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the summary consolidated financial data in conjunction with those financial statements and the accompanying notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP, our consolidated financial statements have been prepared as if the current corporate structure had been in existence throughout the periods presented.
Our management believes that the assumptions underlying our financial statements and the above allocations are reasonable. Our financial statements, however, may not necessarily reflect our results of operations, financial position and cash flows as if we had operated as a separate, stand-alone company during the periods presented. You should not view our historical results as an indicator of our future performance.
9 |
The following table presents our summary consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 and fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:
Six months Ended | ||||||||
June 30, | ||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Unaudited | Unaudited | |||||||
NET REVENUES | $ | 2,990,267 | $ | 2,463,019 | ||||
COST OF REVENUES | 2,407,192 | 1,786,312 | ||||||
GROSS PROFIT | 583,075 | 676,707 | ||||||
Operating Expenses | 1,899,349 | 1,146,644 | ||||||
INCOME/(LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS | (1,316,274 | ) | (469,937 | ) | ||||
NET INCOME/(LOSS) | (1,313,342 | ) | (460,744 | ) | ||||
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS) | $ | (1,283,035 | ) | $ | (458,610 | ) |
Years ended | ||||||||
December 31, | ||||||||
2019 | 2018 | |||||||
NET REVENUES | $ | 7,682,583 | $ | 1,076,827 | ||||
COST OF REVENUES | 5,778,167 | 848,777 | ||||||
GROSS PROFIT | 1,904,416 | 228,050 | ||||||
Operating Expenses | 3,663,362 | 1,211,337 | ||||||
INCOME/(LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS | (1,758,946 | ) | (983,287 | ) | ||||
NET INCOME/(LOSS) | (1,755,042 | ) | (980,098 | ) | ||||
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS) | $ | (1,728,175 | ) | $ | (950,915 | ) |
10 |
Investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below together with all of the other information included in this prospectus before making an investment decision. The risks and uncertainties described below represent our known material risks to our business. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could suffer. In that case, you may lose all or part of your investment. You should not invest in this offering unless you can afford to lose your entire investment.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
We are exposed to the risks of an economic recession, credit and capital markets volatility and economic and financial crisis as a result of the COVID-19 virus pandemic, which could adversely affect the demand for our products, our business operations and expansion plans and our ability to mitigate its impact and provide timely information to our investors and the SEC.
We are exposed to the risk of a global recession or a recession in one or more of our key markets, credit and capital markets volatility and an economic or financial crisis, or otherwise, which could result in reduced consumption or sales prices of our products, which in turn could result in lower revenue and reduced profit. Our financial condition and results of operations, as well as our future prospects, would likely be hindered by an economic downturn in any of our key markets.
The purchase of our products is closely linked to general economic conditions, with levels of consumption tending to rise during periods of rising per capita income and fall during periods of declining per capita income. Additionally, per capita consumption is inversely related to the sale prices of our products.
Besides moving in concert with changes in per capita income, purchase of our products also increases or decreases in accordance with changes in disposable income.
Any decrease in disposable income resulting from an increase in inflation, income taxes, the cost of living, unemployment levels, political or economic instability or other factors would likely adversely affect the demand for our products.
Capital and credit market volatility, such as that experienced in recent years, may result in downward pressure on share prices and the credit capacity of issuers. Potential changes in social, political, regulatory and economic conditions may be significant drivers of capital and credit market volatility. The COVID-19 virus pandemic has resulted in significant financial market volatility and uncertainty in recent weeks. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and will include emerging information concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions taken by governments and private businesses to attempt to contain the coronavirus, A continuation or worsening of the levels of market disruption and volatility seen in the recent past could have an adverse effect on us. For example, any statewide lockdown, quarantine, or travel ban will likely affect the supply chain of our products and our ability to fulfil orders. Our ability to source available labor and materials to renovate and retrofit our restaurants may also be limited. Further, any restrictions on restaurants will also impact our expansion plans and revenue especially if indoor dining capacity is severely curtailed.
Additionally, the COVID-19 pandemic may also affect our overall ability to react timely to mitigate the impact of this event and may hamper our efforts to contact our service providers and advisors and to provide our investors with timely information and comply with our filing obligations with the SEC, especially in the event of office closures, stay-in-place orders and a ban on travel or quarantines.
We have commenced limited operations in our business.
We only launched our Website in 2018 and have commenced limited business operations. Accordingly, we have no way to evaluate the likelihood that our business will be successful. Potential investors should be aware of the difficulties normally encountered by new online companies and the high rate of failure of such enterprises. The likelihood of success must be considered in light of the problems, expenses, difficulties, complications and delays encountered in connection with the operations that we plan to undertake. These potential problems include, but are not limited to, unanticipated problems relating to the ability to generate sufficient cash flow to operate our business, and additional costs and expenses that may exceed current estimates. We recognize that if we are not successful in implementing our business plan, we will not be able to continue business operations. There is limited history upon which to base any assumption as to the likelihood that we will prove successful.
We are heavily dependent on our customers. Due to the high level of competition in our industry, we may fail to retain our customers, which would harm our financial condition and operating results.
We are heavily dependent on purchases of our food products by customers, who are typically middle-income young professionals and who can be extremely fickle. We operate in a very competitive environment and face strong competition in terms of distribution, brand recognition, taste, quality, price, availability, and product positioning. The market is highly fragmented, particularly in China, and the resources of our competitors may increase due to mergers, consolidations or alliances, and we may face new competitors in the future.
The business of selling healthy food products is highly sensitive to the introduction of new products, which may rapidly capture a significant share of the market. These market segments include numerous manufacturers, distributors, marketers, retailers and physicians that actively compete for the business of consumers in various countries. In addition, we anticipate that we will be subject to increasing competition in the future from sellers that utilize electronic commerce. Some of these competitors have longer operating histories, significantly greater financial, technical, product development, marketing and sales resources, greater name recognition, larger established customer bases and better-developed distribution channels than we do. Our present or future competitors may be able to develop products that are comparable or superior to those we offer, adapt more quickly than we do to new technologies, evolving industry trends and standards or customer requirements, or devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than we do. From time to time in response to competitive and customer pressures or to maintain market share, we may be forced to reduce our selling prices or increase or reallocate spending on marketing, advertising, or promotions in order to compete. These types of actions could decrease our profit margins. Such pressures may also restrict our ability to increase our selling prices in response to raw material and other cost increases.
Accordingly, we may not be able to retain our customers, compete effectively in our markets and competition may intensify. In light of the strong competition that we currently face, and which may intensify in the future, there can be no assurance that we will be able to increase the sales of our products or even maintain our past levels of sales, or that our profit margins will not be reduced. If we are unable to increase our product sales or to maintain our past levels of sales and profit margins, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.
In addition, because the industry in which we operate is not particularly capital intensive or otherwise subject to high barriers to entry, it is relatively easy for new competitors to emerge who will compete with our customers and their customers. Our ability customers to remain competitive therefore depends, in significant part, on our success in retaining and attracting new customers. We cannot ensure that our efforts will be successful and if we are not, our financial condition and operating results would be harmed.
11 |
Sales of our products are subject to changing consumer preferences; if we do not correctly anticipate such changes, our sales and profitability may decline.
There are a number of trends in consumer preferences which have an impact on us and the healthcare consumer products industry as a whole. These include, among others, preferences for convenient, natural, better value, healthy and sustainable products. Concerns as to the health impacts and nutritional value of certain foods may increasingly result in food producers being encouraged or required to produce products with reduced levels of salt, sugar and fat and to eliminate trans-fatty acids and certain other ingredients. Consumer preferences are also shaped by concern over the environmental impact of products. The success of our business depends on both the continued appeal of our products and, given the varied backgrounds and tastes of our customer base, our ability to offer a sufficient range of products to satisfy a broad spectrum of preferences. Any shift in consumer preferences in the markets in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our business. Consumer tastes are also susceptible to change. Our competitiveness therefore depends on our ability to predict and quickly adapt to consumer trends, exploiting profitable opportunities for product development without alienating our existing consumer base or focusing excessive resources or attention on unprofitable or short-lived trends. If we are unable to respond on a timely and appropriate basis to changes in demand or consumer preferences, our sales volumes and margins could be adversely affected.
Our future results and competitive position are dependent on the successful development of new product offerings and improvement of existing products, which is subject to a number of difficulties and uncertainties.
Our future results and ability to maintain or improve our competitive position depend on our capacity to anticipate changes in our key markets and to identify, develop, manufacture, market and sell new or improved products in these changing markets successfully. We have to introduce new products and re-launch and extend existing product lines on a timely basis in order to counteract obsolescence and decreases in sales of existing products as well as to increase overall sales of our products. The launch and success of new or modified products are inherently uncertain, especially as to the products’ appeal to consumers, and there can be no assurance as to our continuing ability to develop and launch successful new products or variations of existing products. The failure to launch a product successfully can affect consumer perception of our other products. Market factors and the need to develop and provide modified or alternative products may also increase costs. In addition, launching new or modified products can result in cannibalization of sales of our existing products if consumers purchase the new product in place of our existing products. If we are unsuccessful in developing new products in response to changing consumer demands or preferences in an efficient and economical manner, or if our competitors respond more effectively than we do, demand for our products may decrease, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
To maximize our potential for future growth and achieve our expected revenues, we need to manage growth in our current operations.
In order to maximize potential growth in our current and potential markets, we believe that we must expand our sourcing and marketing operations. This expansion will place a significant strain on our management and on our operational, accounting, and information systems. We expect that as we continue to grow we will need to improve our financial controls, operating procedures, and management information systems to handle increased operations. We will also need to effectively train, motivate, and manage our employees. Failure to manage our growth could disrupt our operations and ultimately prevent us from generating the revenues we expect.
We cannot assure you that our acquisition growth strategy will be successful.
In addition to our organic growth strategy we also expect to grow through strategic acquisitions. We cannot assure you that our acquisitions will be successful or that we will have the funds to pursue any acquisitions. Further, even if we are able to complete strategic acquisitions, as expected, we will face challenges such as integration of systems, personnel and corporate culture that may impact our ability to successfully integrate acquired businesses into our overall corporate structure, which would negatively impact our business, operations and financial performance.
12 |
If we are not able to implement our strategies to achieve our business objectives, our business operations and financial performance will be adversely affected.
Our business plan and growth strategy is based on currently prevailing circumstances and the assumption that certain circumstances will or will not occur, as well as the inherent risks and uncertainties involved in various stages of development. However, there is no assurance that we will be successful in implementing our strategies or that our strategies, even if implemented, will lead to the successful achievement of our objectives. If we are not able to successfully implement our strategies, our business operations and financial performance will be adversely affected.
Any funding we raise through the future sale of our shares will result in dilution to existing shareholders and funding through bank loans will increase our liabilities.
We plan to raise capital in order to fund our growth plans in the future and anticipate doing so through further share issuances. Such share issuances will cause shareholders’ interests in our company to be diluted. Such dilution is likely to negatively affect the value of investors’ shares if our revenues and earnings do not grow commensurately. Alternate sources of finance, such as obtaining commercial loans, assuming those loans would be available, will increase the Company’s liabilities and future cash commitments.
We depend on third parties to supply our food products; any adverse changes in such supply or the costs of products may adversely affect our operations.
We currently obtain our products from third parties. The supply of these products can be adversely affected by any material change in the economic and political conditions in various countries which may, in turn, result in increased costs to purchase these products. For example, any economic downturn, tighter credit conditions and slow or declining growth can negatively affect the geographic markets in which we compete in by affecting consumer confidence. This can result in consumers purchasing cheaper private label products instead of equivalent branded products. Such macroeconomic trends could, among other things, negatively impact global demand for branded and premium healthcare consumer products, which could result in a reduction of sales or pressure on margins of our branded products or cause an increasing transfer to lower priced product categories.
Our business is dependent on third-party suppliers and changes or difficulties in our relationships with our suppliers may harm our business and financial results.
We are dependent on our suppliers for our products. Our suppliers may fail to meet timelines or contractual obligations or provide us with sufficient products, which may adversely affect our business. Certain of our contracts with key suppliers, can be terminated by the supplier upon giving notice within a certain period and restrict us from using other suppliers. Failure to appropriately structure or adequately manage our agreements with third parties may adversely affect our supply of products. We are also subject to credit risk with respect to our third-party suppliers. If any such suppliers become insolvent, an appointed trustee could potentially ignore the service contracts we have in place with such party, resulting in increased charges or the termination of the service contracts. We may not be able to replace a supplier within a reasonable period of time, on as favorable terms or without disruption to our operations. Any adverse changes to our relationships with third-party suppliers could have a material adverse effect on our image, brand and reputation, as well as on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, to the extent that our creditworthiness is impaired, or general economic conditions decline, certain of our key suppliers may demand onerous payment terms that could materially adversely affect our working capital position, or such suppliers may refuse to continue to supply to us. A number of our key suppliers have taken out trade credit insurance on our ability to pay them. To the extent that such trade credit insurance becomes unobtainable or more expensive due to market conditions, we may face adverse changes to payment terms by our key suppliers or they may refuse to continue to supply us.
13 |
Our suppliers’ inability to source raw materials or other inputs of an acceptable type or quality, could adversely affect our results of operations.
Our suppliers use significant quantities of ingredients and packaging materials and are therefore vulnerable to fluctuations in the availability and price of ingredients, packaging materials, energy costs and other supplies. General economic conditions, unanticipated demand, problems in manufacturing or distribution, natural disasters, weather conditions during the growing and harvesting seasons, plant, fish and livestock diseases and local, national or international quarantines can also adversely affect availability and prices of commodities in the long and short term. Moreover, there is no market for hedging against price volatility for certain raw materials and accordingly such materials are bought at the spot rate in the market.
Accordingly, their ability to avoid the adverse effects of a pronounced, sustained price increase in raw materials is limited. Any increases in prices or scarcity of ingredients or packaging materials required for our products could increase their costs and disrupt our operations. If the availability of any of their inputs is constrained for any reason, we may not be able to obtain sufficient supplies or supplies of a suitable quality on favorable terms or at all. Such shortages could materially adversely affect our market share, business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our inability to pass on price increases for food products to our customers could adversely affect our results of operations.
Our ability to pass through increases in the prices of good products depends, among others, on prevailing competitive conditions and pricing methods in the markets in which we operate, and we may not be able to pass through such price increases to our customers. Even if we are able to pass through increases in prices, competition from other similar products may lead to a decline in orders for our products or even obsolescence. Our inability to pass through price increases in food products and preserve our profit margins in the future while remaining competitive could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Any failure of our products to comply with safety requirements set by government may adversely affect our results from operations.
We currently obtain our products from third parties. We may fail to ensure the supplied goods to be in compliance with safety regulation and rules set by government, which may, in turn, results in losing our customers which would adversely affect our revenues and shareholder value.
Any disruptions in our information technology systems could harm our business and reduce our profitability.
We rely on our information technology systems, most notably our Website, for communication among our suppliers, distribution functions, headquarters and customers. Our performance depends on the availability of accurate and timely data and other information from key software applications to aid day-to-day business and decision-making processes. We may be adversely affected if our controls designed to manage information technology operational risks fail to contain such risks. If we do not allocate and effectively manage the resources necessary to build and sustain the proper technology infrastructure and to maintain the related automated and manual control processes, we could be subject to adverse effects including billing and collection errors, business disruptions, in particular concerning our logistics functions, and security breaches. Any disruption caused by failings in our information technology infrastructure equipment or of communication networks, could delay or otherwise impact our day-to-day business and decision-making processes and negatively impact our performance. In addition, we are reliant on third parties to service parts of our IT infrastructure. Failure on their part to provide good and timely service may have an adverse impact on our information technology network. Furthermore, we do not control the facilities or operations of our suppliers. An interruption of operations at any of their or our facilities or any failure by them to deliver on their contractual commitments may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our business generates and processes a large amount of data, which subjects us to governmental regulations and other legal obligations related to privacy, information security and data protection. Any improper use or disclosure of such data by us, our employees or our business partners could subject us to significant reputational, financial, legal and operational consequences.
Our business generates and processes a large quantity of personal, transaction, and behavior data. We face risks inherent in handling large volumes of data and in protecting the security of such data. In particular, we face a number of challenges relating to data from transactions and other activities on our system, including:
● | protecting the data in and hosted on our system, including against attacks on our system by third parties or fraudulent behavior by our employees; | |
● | addressing concerns related to privacy and sharing, safety, security and other factors; and | |
● | complying with applicable laws, rules and regulations relating to the collection, use, disclosure or security of personal information, including any requests from regulatory and government authorities relating to such data. |
Any systems failure or security breach or lapse that results in the release of customer data could harm our reputation and brand and, consequently, our business, in addition to exposing us to potential legal liability. In addition, our business partners and their employees may improperly use or disclose the data we disclose to them for our operation and we have limited control over the actions of our business partners and their employees. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us, our employees, our business partners, or their employees to comply with privacy policies or with any regulatory requirements or privacy protection-related laws, rules and regulations could result in proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others. These proceedings or actions may subject us to significant penalties and negative publicity, require us to change our business practices, increase our costs and severely disrupt our business.
Recently, companies’ practices regarding collection, use, retention, transfer, disclosure and security of user data have been the subject of enhanced regulations and increased public scrutiny. The regulatory frameworks regarding privacy issues in many jurisdictions are constantly evolving and can be subject to significant changes from time to time. For instance, a growing number of legislative and regulatory bodies have adopted customer notification requirements in the event of unauthorized access to or acquisition of certain types of data. In China, the PRC Cybersecurity Law, which became effective in June 2017, leaves substantial uncertainty as to the circumstances and standards under which the law would apply and violations would be found. See “Regulations—Regulations Relating to Cybersecurity - Regulation on Information Security” and “Regulations – Regulations Relating to Cybersecurity—Regulation on Internet Privacy.” Complying with these obligations could cause us to incur substantial costs. Any failure to comply with applicable regulations, whether by us, business partners, or other third parties, or as a result of employee error or negligence or otherwise, could result in regulatory enforcement actions against us and have an adverse impact on our business operations.
Security breaches and attacks against our technology systems, and any potentially resulting breach or failure to otherwise protect confidential and proprietary information, could damage our reputation and negatively impact our business, as well as materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Although we have employed significant resources to develop our security measures against breaches, our cybersecurity measures may not detect or prevent all attempts to compromise our systems, including distributed denial-of-service attacks, viruses, malicious software, break-ins, phishing attacks, social engineering, security breaches or other attacks and similar disruptions that may jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted by our systems or that we otherwise maintain. Breaches of our cybersecurity measures could result in unauthorized access to our systems, misappropriation of information or data, deletion or modification of customer information, or a denial of service or other interruption to our business operations. As techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or sabotage systems change frequently and may not be known until launched against us or our third-party service providers, we may be unable to anticipate, or implement adequate measures to protect against, these attacks.
Further, if we are unable to avert these attacks and security breaches, we could be subject to significant legal and financial liability, our reputation would be harmed and we could sustain substantial lost sales and customer dissatisfaction. We may not have the resources or technical sophistication to anticipate or prevent rapidly evolving types of cyber-attacks. Actual or anticipated attacks and risks may cause us to incur significantly higher costs, including costs to deploy additional personnel and network protection technologies, train employees and engage third-party experts and consultants.
Our supply network and our suppliers’ manufacturing and distribution facilities could be disrupted by factors beyond our control such as extreme weather, fire and other natural disasters.
Severe weather conditions and natural disasters, such as storms, floods, droughts, frosts, earthquakes or pestilence, may affect the supply of the raw materials that our suppliers use for the manufacturing of our products. For example, changing climate may cause flooding and drought in crop growing areas. Competing food producers can be affected differently by weather conditions and natural disasters depending on the location of their supply sources. If supplies of raw materials are reduced, our suppliers may not be able to find adequate supplemental supply sources, if at all, on favorable terms, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation. In addition, our suppliers’ manufacturing facilities may be subject to damage
14 |
Significant disruption in the workforce of our suppliers could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our suppliers may experience labor disputes and work stoppages at one or more of their manufacturing sites due to localized strikes or strikes in the larger healthcare consumer product industry sector. They may also be involved in negotiations on collective bargaining agreements. A labor stoppage or other interruption at one of their manufacturing sites would impact our ability to supply our customers and could have a pronounced effect on our operations and, potentially, on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Higher labor costs could adversely affect our business and financial results.
We compete with our competitors for good and dependable employees. The supply of such employees is limited and competition to hire and retain them may result in higher labor costs. High labor costs could adversely affect our profitability if we are not able to pass them on to our customers.
We are dependent upon key executives and highly qualified managers and we cannot assure their retention.
Our success depends, in part, upon the continued services of key members of our management. Our executives’ and managers’ knowledge of the market, our business and our company represents a key strength of our business, which cannot be easily replicated. The success of our business strategy and our future growth also depend on our ability to attract, train, retain and motivate skilled managerial, sales, administration, development and operating personnel.
There can be no assurance that our existing personnel will be adequate or qualified to carry out our strategy, or that we will be able to hire or retain experienced, qualified employees to carry out our strategy. The loss of one or more of our key management or operating personnel, or the failure to attract and retain additional key personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We do not have long term contracts with our suppliers and they can reduce order quantities or terminate their sales to us at any time.
We do not have long term contracts with our suppliers. At any time, our suppliers can reduce the quantities of products they sell to us, or cease selling products to us altogether. Such reductions or terminations could have a material adverse impact on our revenues, profits and financial condition.
Failure to protect our suppliers’ brand names and trademarks could materially affect our business.
We do not own the brand names and trademarks for the products we sell. They are generally owned by our suppliers. We cannot be certain that the actions our suppliers have taken or will take in the future will be adequate to prevent violation of their proprietary rights. Litigation may be necessary to enforce their trademark or proprietary rights or to defend us against claimed infringement of the rights of third parties. Adverse publicity, legal action or other factors which we have no control over could lead to substantial erosion in the value of the brands, which could lead to decreased consumer demand and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Health concerns or adverse developments with respect to the safety or quality of the food product industry in general or our own products specifically may damage our reputation, increase our costs of operations and decrease demand for our products.
Food safety and the public’s perception that our products are safe and healthy are essential to our image and business. We sell verified “clean” food for human consumption, which subjects us to safety risks such as product contamination, spoilage, misbranding or product tampering. Product contamination, including the presence of a foreign object, substance, chemical or other agent or residue or the introduction of a genetically modified organism, could require product withdrawals or recalls or the destruction of inventory, and could result in negative publicity, temporary plant closures and substantial costs of compliance or remediation.
15 |
We may also be impacted by publicity concerning any assertion that our products caused illness or injury. In addition, we could be subject to claims or lawsuits relating to an actual or alleged illness stemming from product contamination or any other incidents that compromise the safety and quality of our products. Any significant lawsuit or widespread product recall or other events leading to the loss of consumer confidence in the safety and quality of our products could damage our brand, reputation and image and negatively impact our sales, profitability and prospects for growth. In addition, product recalls are difficult to foresee and prepare for and, in the event we are required to recall one or more of our products, such recall may result in loss of sales due to unavailability of our products and may take up a significant amount of our management’s time and attention.
We are also subject to further risks affecting the food industry generally, including risks posed by widespread contamination and evolving nutritional and health-related concerns. Regulatory authorities may limit the supply of certain types of food products in response to public health concerns and consumers may perceive certain products to be unsafe or unhealthy. For example, due to avian flu, we or our suppliers could be required to find alternative supplies or ingredients that may or may not be available at commercially reasonable prices and within the required time. In addition, governmental regulations may require us to identify replacement products to offer to our customers or, alternatively, to discontinue certain offerings or limit the range of products we offer. We may be unable to find substitutes that are as appealing to our customer base, or such substitutes may not be widely available or may be available only at increased costs. Such substitutions or limitations could also reduce demand for our products.
We could also be subject to claims or lawsuits relating to an actual or alleged illness or injury or death stemming from the consumption of a misbranded, altered, contaminated or spoiled product, which could negatively affect our business. Awards of damages, settlement amounts and fees and expenses resulting from such claims and the public relations implications of any such claims could have an adverse effect on our business. The availability and price of insurance to cover claims for damages are subject to market forces that we do not control, and such insurance may not cover all the costs of such claims and would no cover damage to our reputation. Even if product liability claims against us are not successful or fully pursued, these claims could be costly and time consuming, and divert our management’s time and resources towards defending them rather than operating our business. In addition, any adverse publicity concerning such claims, even if unfounded, could cause customers to lose confidence in the safety and quality of our products and damage our reputation and brand image.
Changes to our payment terms with both customers and suppliers may materially adversely affect our operating cash flows.
We may experience significant pressure from both our competitors and our key suppliers to reduce the number of days of our accounts payable. At the same time, we may experience pressure from our customers to extend the number of days before paying our accounts receivable. Any failure to manage our accounts payable and accounts receivable may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our results of operations may fluctuate from period to period due to seasonality.
We experience seasonality in our business, reflecting seasonal fluctuations in food production during different times of the year. For example, we generally experience fewer transactions on our Website during national holidays in China such as the Chinese New Year which usually occurs during the first quarter of each year. Food suppliers usually have limited food inventory between the winter and spring, and more during the summer and autumn, and this directly translates to fluctuations in the prices of the food products. Due to the seasonality of our business, the results of any period of a year are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for the full year.
16 |
Changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters could significantly affect our financial results.
Generally accepted accounting principles and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business, including but not limited to revenue recognition, estimating valuation allowances and accrued liabilities (including allowances for returns, doubtful accounts and obsolete and damaged inventory), accounting for income taxes, valuation of long-lived and intangible assets and goodwill, stock-based compensation and loss contingencies, are highly complex and involve many subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by our management. Changes in these rules or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates or judgments by our management could significantly change our reported or expected financial performance, and could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We may engage in future acquisitions, which may be expensive and time consuming and from which we may not realize anticipated benefits.
Our strategy is largely based on our ability to grow through acquisitions of further businesses to build an integrated group. Consummating acquisitions of related businesses, or our failure to integrate such businesses successfully into our existing businesses, could result in unanticipated expenses and losses. Please refer to “Acquisition Strategy” on page 85 for more discussion.
We anticipate that any future acquisitions we may pursue as part of our business strategy may be partially financed through additional debt or equity. If new debt is added to current debt levels, or if we incur other liabilities, including contingent liabilities, in connection with an acquisition, the debt or liabilities could impose additional constraints and requirements on our business and operations, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operation. In addition, to the extent our shares are used for all or a portion of the consideration to be paid for future acquisitions, dilution may be experienced by existing shareholders.
In connection with our completed and future acquisitions, the process of integrating acquired operations into our existing group operations, may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and may require significant financial resources that would otherwise be available for the ongoing development or expansion of existing operations. Some of the other risks associated with acquisitions include:
● | potentially dilutive issuances of our securities, the incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities and amortization expenses related to intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition; | |
● | the possibility that the due diligence process in any such acquisition may not completely identify material issues associated with product quality, product architecture, product development, intellectual property issues, key personnel issues or legal and financial contingencies, including any deficiencies in internal controls and procedures and the costs associated with remedying such deficiencies; | |
● | the possible adverse effect of such acquisitions on existing relationships with third party partners and suppliers of technologies and services; | |
● | unexpected losses of key employees or customers of the acquired company; | |
● | conforming the acquired company’s standards, processes, procedures and controls with our operations; | |
● | coordinating new product and process development; | |
● | difficulty in predicting and responding to issues related to product transition such as development, distribution and client support; | |
● | hiring additional management and other critical personnel; | |
● | the possibility that staff or clients of the acquired company might not accept new ownership and may transition to different technologies or attempt to renegotiate contract terms or relationships, including maintenance or support agreements; | |
● | difficulty in integrating acquired operations due to geographical distance and language and cultural differences; | |
● | the possibility that acquired assets become impaired, requiring us to take a charge to earnings which could be significant; | |
● | negotiating with labor unions; and | |
● | increasing the scope, geographic diversity and complexity of our current operations. |
In addition, general economic and market conditions or other factors outside of our control could make our operating strategies difficult or impossible to implement. Any failure to implement these operational improvements successfully and/or the failure of these operational improvements to deliver the anticipated benefits could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
17 |
Because our controlling shareholders own a majority of our outstanding and issued Ordinary Shares, they have the ability to make and control corporate decisions that may be disadvantageous to minority shareholders.
We may face significant competition for acquisition opportunities.
There may be significant competition in some or all of the acquisition opportunities that we may explore. Such competition may for example come from strategic buyers, sovereign wealth funds, special purpose acquisition companies and public and private investment funds, many of which are well established and have extensive experience in identifying and completing acquisitions. A number of these competitors may possess greater technical, financial, human and other resources than us. We cannot assure investors that we will be successful against such competition. Such competition may cause us to be unsuccessful in executing any acquisition or may result in a successful acquisition being made at a significantly higher price than would otherwise have been the case.
Any due diligence by us in connection with potential future acquisition may not reveal all relevant considerations or liabilities of the target business, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
We intend to conduct such due diligence as we deem reasonably practicable and appropriate based on the facts and circumstances applicable to any potential acquisition. The objective of the due diligence process will be to identify material issues which may affect the decision to proceed with any one particular acquisition target or the consideration payable for an acquisition. We also intend to use information revealed during the due diligence process to formulate our business and operational planning for, and our valuation of, any target company or business. While conducting due diligence and assessing a potential acquisition, we may rely on publicly available information, if any, information provided by the relevant target company to the extent such company is willing or able to provide such information and, in some circumstances, third party investigations.
There can be no assurance that the due diligence undertaken with respect to an acquisition will reveal all relevant facts that may be necessary to evaluate such acquisition including the determination of the price we may pay for an acquisition target or to formulate a business strategy. Furthermore, the information provided during due diligence may be incomplete, inadequate or inaccurate. As part of the due diligence process, we will also make subjective judgments regarding the results of operations, financial condition and prospects of a potential target. For example, the due diligence we conduct may not have been complete, adequate or accurate and may not uncover all material issues and liabilities to which we are now subject. If the due diligence investigation fails to correctly identify material issues and liabilities that may be present in a target company or business, or if we consider such material risks to be commercially acceptable relative to the opportunity, and we proceed with an acquisition, we may subsequently incur substantial impairment charges or other losses.
In addition, following an acquisition, we may be subject to significant, previously undisclosed liabilities of the acquired business that were not identified during due diligence and which could contribute to poor operational performance, undermine any attempt to restructure the acquired company or business in line with our business plan and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Economic recessions could have a significant, adverse impact on our business.
The food industry historically has experienced cyclical fluctuations in financial results due to economic recession, downturns in business cycles of our customers, interest rate fluctuations, and other economic factors beyond our control. Deterioration in the economic environment subjects our business to various risks, which may have a material and adverse impact on our operating results and cause us to not reach our long-term growth goals. For example, a downturn in the economy could directly affect the discretionary spending power of our customers and in turn, depress the number of orders for our food product on our Website.
18 |
Higher carrier prices may result in decreased net revenue margin.
Carriers can be expected to charge higher prices if market conditions warrant, or to cover higher operating expenses. Our net revenues and income from operations may decrease if we are unable to increase our pricing to our customers. In some instances where we have entered into contract freight rates with customers, in the event market conditions change and those contracted rates are below market rates, we may be required to provide transportation services at a revenue loss.
Changing fuel costs and interruptions of fuel supplies may have an impact on our net revenue margins.
Fluctuating fuel prices may result in decreased net revenue margin. While our different pricing arrangements with customers and contracted carriers make it very difficult to measure the precise impact, in times of fluctuating fuel prices, our net revenue margin may also fluctuate.
Our dependence on third parties to provide equipment and services may impact the delivery and quality of our transportation and logistics services.
We do not employ the people directly involved in delivering our customers’ orders. Our suppliers and indirectly, we, depend on independent third parties to provide truck, rail, ocean, and air services and to report certain events to us, including delivery information and freight claims. These independent third parties may not fulfill their obligations to us, preventing us from meeting our commitments to our customers. This reliance also could cause delays in reporting certain events, including recognizing revenue and claims. In addition, if we are unable to secure sufficient equipment or other transportation services from third parties to meet our commitments to our customers, our operating results could be materially and adversely affected, and our customers could switch to our competitors temporarily or permanently. Many of these risks are beyond our control, including:
● | equipment shortages in the transportation industry, particularly among contracted truckload carriers; | |
● | changes in regulations impacting transportation; | |
● | disruption in the supply or cost of fuel; | |
● | reduction or deterioration in rail service; and | |
● | unanticipated changes in transportation rates. |
We are subject to negative impacts of changes in political and governmental conditions.
Our operations are subject to the influences of significant political, governmental, and similar changes and our ability to respond to them, including:
● | changes in political conditions and in governmental policies; | |
● | changes in and compliance with international and domestic laws and regulations; and | |
● | wars, civil unrest, acts of terrorism, and other conflicts. |
We may be subject to negative impacts of catastrophic events.
A disruption or failure of our systems or operations in the event of a major earthquake, weather event, cyber-attack, heightened security measures, actual or threatened, terrorist attack, strike, civil unrest, pandemic or other catastrophic event could cause delays in providing services or performing other critical functions. A catastrophic event that results in the destruction or disruption of any of our critical business or information systems could harm our ability to conduct normal business operations and adversely impact our operating results.
We may incur liabilities that are not covered by insurance.
While we seek to maintain appropriate levels of insurance, not all claims are insurable and we may experience major incidents of a nature that are not covered by insurance. We presently have insurances for our assets, including our office (insured amount of RMB100 million), office machines and equipment (insured amount of RMB 500,000) and office furniture (insured amount of RMB 600,000) and for our employees’ health, including death, disability, hospital in-patient subsidy caused by accidents, death caused by diseases and inpatient/ outpatient emergency treatments.
19 |
We do not have other insurances that cover, among other things, product or business liability and other property damage and liability deriving from our activities. Furthermore, insurance companies in China currently do not offer as extensive an array of insurance products as insurance companies in more developed economies. We have determined that the costs of insuring for these risks and the difficulties associated with acquiring such insurance on commercially reasonable terms make it impractical for us to have such insurance. We maintain an amount of insurance protection that we believe is adequate, but there can be no assurance that such insurance will continue to be available on acceptable terms or that our insurance coverage will be sufficient or effective under all circumstances and against all liabilities to which we may be subject. If we were to incur substantial losses or liabilities due to fire, explosions, floods, other natural disasters or accidents or business interruption, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. We could, for example, be subject to substantial claims for damages upon the occurrence of several events within one calendar year. In addition, our insurance costs may increase over time in response to any negative development in our claims history or due to material price increases in the insurance market in general.
We are a holding company whose principal source of operating cash is the income received from our subsidiaries.
We are dependent on the income generated by our subsidiaries in order to make distributions and dividends on the shares. The amount of distributions and dividends, if any, which may be paid to us from our operating subsidiaries will depend on many factors, including such subsidiaries’ results of operations and financial condition, limits on dividends under applicable law, its constitutional documents, documents governing any indebtedness, and other factors which may be outside our control. If our operating subsidiaries do not generate sufficient cash flow, we may be unable to make distributions and dividends on the shares.
Our significant shareholders have considerable influence over our corporate matters.
Each of Messrs Peijiang Chen, Changbin Xia and Hanwu Yang beneficially owns and controls 4,350,043.500435, 3,024,270.2424 and 2,400,024.000240 Ordinary Shares that correspond to 21.75%, 15.12% and 12.00%, respectively on a pre-Offering basis and 17.40%, 12.10% and 9.60%, respectively on a post-Offering basis of our issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (assuming no over-allotment). Each of them, either collectively (which would aggregate into a controlling interest in us pre-Offering) or individually, will hold considerable influence over corporate matters requiring shareholder approval and will independently control the operations of the Company, including without limitation, electing directors and approving material mergers, acquisitions or other business combination transactions. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and could also discourage others from pursuing any potential merger, takeover or other change of control transactions, which could have the effect of depriving the holders of our Ordinary Shares of the opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over the prevailing market price
Our significant shareholders may have potential conflicts of interest with us, which may materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition.
Because our significant shareholders have, either collectively or individually, considerable influence over our corporate matters, their interests may differ from the interests of our company as a whole. These shareholders could, for example, appoint directors and management without the requisite experience, relations or knowledge to steer our company properly because of their affiliations or loyalty, and such actions may materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition. Currently, we do not have any arrangements to address potential conflicts of interest between these shareholders and our company. If we cannot resolve any conflict of interest or dispute between us and the shareholders, we would have to rely on legal proceedings, which could result in the disruption of our business and subject us to substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.
If we fail to promote and maintain our brand in an effective and cost-efficient way, our business and results of operations may be harmed.
We believe that developing and maintaining awareness of our brand effectively is critical to attracting new and retaining existing customers. Successful promotion of our brand and our ability to attract customers depend largely on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts and the success of the channels we use to promote our services. It is likely that our future marketing efforts will require us to incur significant additional expenses. These efforts may not result in increased revenues in the immediate future or at all and, even if they do, any increases in revenues may not offset the expenses incurred. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand while incurring substantial expenses, our results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected, which may impair our ability to grow our business.
20 |
New lines of business or new products and services may subject us to additional risks.
From time to time, we may implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. Our restaurant initiative is one such example. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new services, we may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new services could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may not be able to prevent others from unauthorized use of our intellectual property, which could harm our business and competitive position.
We regard our trademarks, copyrights, domain names, know-how, proprietary technologies and similar intellectual property as critical to our success, and we rely on a combination of intellectual property laws and contractual arrangements, including confidentiality, invention assignment and non-compete agreements with our employees and others to protect our proprietary rights. We own certain intellectual properties. See “Description of Property — Intellectual Property.” Despite these measures, any of our intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated, circumvented or misappropriated, or such intellectual property may not be sufficient to provide us with competitive advantages. In addition, because of the rapid pace of technological change in our industry, parts of our business rely on technologies developed or licensed by third parties, and we may not be able to obtain or continue to obtain licenses and technologies from these third parties on reasonable terms, or at all.
It is often difficult to register, maintain and enforce intellectual property rights in China. Statutory laws and regulations are subject to judicial interpretation and enforcement and may not be applied consistently due to the lack of clear guidance on statutory interpretation. Confidentiality, invention assignment and non-compete agreements may be breached by counterparties, and there may not be adequate remedies available to us for any such breach. Accordingly, we may not be able to effectively protect our intellectual property rights or to enforce our contractual rights in China. Preventing any unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly and the steps we take may be inadequate to prevent the misappropriation of our intellectual property. In the event that we resort to litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights, such litigation could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our managerial and financial resources. We can provide no assurance that we will prevail in such litigation. In addition, our trade secrets may be leaked or otherwise become available to, or be independently discovered by, our competitors. To the extent that our employees or consultants use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related know-how and inventions. Any failure in protecting or enforcing our intellectual property rights could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may be subject to intellectual property infringement claims, which may be expensive to defend and may disrupt our business and operations.
We cannot be certain that our operations or any aspects of our business do not or will not infringe upon or otherwise violate trademarks, patents, copyrights, know-how or other intellectual property rights held by third parties, especially since we do not manage or control the intellectual property rights of any of our suppliers. We may be from time to time in the future subject to legal proceedings and claims relating to the intellectual property rights of others. In addition, there may be third-party trademarks, patents, copyrights, know-how or other intellectual property rights that are infringed by our products, services or other aspects of our business without our awareness. Holders of such intellectual property rights may seek to enforce such intellectual property rights against us in China, the United States or other jurisdictions. If any third-party infringement claims are brought against us, we may be forced to divert management’s time and other resources from our business and operations to defend against these claims, regardless of their merits.
21 |
Additionally, the application and interpretation of China’s intellectual property right laws and the procedures and standards for granting trademarks, patents, copyrights, know-how or other intellectual property rights in China are still evolving and are uncertain, and we cannot assure you that PRC courts or regulatory authorities would agree with our analysis. If we were found to have violated the intellectual property rights of others, we may be subject to liability for our infringement activities or may be prohibited from using such intellectual property, and we may incur licensing fees or be forced to develop alternatives of our own. As a result, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
We face risks related to natural disasters, health epidemics and other outbreaks, which could significantly disrupt our operations.
We are vulnerable to natural disasters and other calamities. Fire, floods, typhoons, earthquakes, power loss, telecommunications failures, break-ins, war, riots, terrorist attacks or similar events may give rise to server interruptions, breakdowns, system failures, technology platform failures or internet failures, which could cause the loss or corruption of data or malfunctions of software or hardware as well as adversely affect our ability to provide products.
Our business could also be adversely affected by the effects of Ebola virus disease, H1N1 flu, H7N9 flu, avian flu, Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome, or SARS, or other epidemics. Our business operations could be disrupted if any of our employees is suspected of having Ebola virus disease, H1N1 flu, H7N9 flu, avian flu, SARS or other epidemic, since it could require our employees to be quarantined and/or our offices to be disinfected. In addition, our results of operations could be adversely affected to the extent that any of these epidemics harms the Chinese economy in general.
The master lease and sub-leases over our headquarters and executive offices and restaurant may be defective and if they are adjudicated to be so and rendered null and void, we may face substantial damages and may even be evicted, resulting in disruption to our business operations and adversely impacting our financial performance.
Both our headquarters/ executive offices and restaurant are located in Shenzhen, China and are subleased from Shenzhen Zhichuang Juzhen Technology Ltd (“Zhichuang Juzhen”), which in turn sub-leased the same from Shenzhen Xinhao Precision Technology Co., Ltd (“Xinhao”). Xinhao entered into a master lease with Shenzhen Hourui Joint-Stock Cooperation Company (“Hourui”) to lease the space encompassing our aforementioned headquarters/ executive offices and restaurant. We have been advised by our PRC counsel, China Commercial Law Firm, that our sub-leases are legally defective according to Article 2 of Interpretation of the Supreme Court on Several Questions Concerning the Specific Application of Law in the Trial of Disputes over Urban Housing Lease Contracts (Interpretation of Law [2009]11). Due to historical reasons, Hourui has neither title nor any proper legal documentation from the real owner of our premises to sub-lease our space. However, Hourui has a certificate from a local government agency certifying Hourui’s entitlement to sublease, assign, use, and receive proceeds from our premises. If our sub-leases are declared to be invalid, we may need to pay damages to the owner and may even be evicted. Either of these scenarios would likely result in disruption to our business operations and adversely impact our financial performance.
We are reliant on our shareholders for the funds necessary to run our operations and implement our business plan.
We began operations only in mid-2018 and in our first year of operations, we posted a net loss of $980,098. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we posted a net loss of $1,755,042. Our ability to continue operations and execute our business plan is dependent on our ability to raise additional capital or obtain necessary debt financing. Through present date, we have been dependent on our shareholders to provide us the necessary funding for our daily operations and expenses, including professional fees and fees charged by regulators, although they are under no obligation to do so.
To the extent it becomes necessary to raise additional cash in the future as our current cash and working capital resources are depleted, we will first seek to raise it through further loans from our shareholders. We will also consider the public or private sale of debt or equity securities, debt financing or short-term loans, or a combination of the foregoing. We may also seek to satisfy indebtedness without any cash outlay through the private issuance of debt or equity securities.
We currently do not have any binding commitments for, or readily available sources of, additional financing. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to secure the adequate cash or working capital from our shareholders or otherwise and consequently, may have to modify or suspend our operations and business plan.
22 |
Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure and Operation
If the PRC government deems that the contractual arrangements in relation to Wunong Shenzhen, our consolidated variable interest entity, do not comply with PRC regulatory restrictions on foreign investment in the relevant industries, or if these regulations or the interpretation of existing regulations change in the future, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations.
We are a BVI company and our PRC subsidiaries are considered foreign-invested enterprises. To comply with PRC laws and regulations, we conduct our operations in China through a series of contractual arrangements entered into among WFOE and Wunong Shenzhen and its shareholders. As a result of these contractual arrangements, we exercise control over Wunong Shenzhen and consolidate its operating results in our financial statements under U.S. GAAP. For a detailed description of these contractual arrangements, see “Business - Our Corporate History and Structure.”
In the opinion of our PRC counsel, China Commercial Law Firm, our current ownership structure, the ownership structure of WFOE, our PRC subsidiary and Wunong Shenzhen, our consolidated variable interest entity, the contractual arrangements between WFOE and Wunong Shenzhen are not in violation of existing PRC laws, rules and regulations; and these contractual arrangements are valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms and applicable PRC laws and regulations currently in effect. However, our PRC counsel has also advised us that there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current or future PRC laws and regulations and there can be no assurance that the PRC government will ultimately take a view that is consistent with the opinion of our PRC counsel.
In January 2015, the Ministry of Commerce, or MOC, published a discussion draft of the proposed Foreign Investment Law for public review and comments, and on March 15, 2019, the Foreign Investment Law was promulgated and implemented on January 1, 2020. The draft Foreign Investment Law expanded the definition of foreign investment and introduced the principle of “actual control” in determining whether a company is considered a foreign-invested enterprise, or an FIE. Under the draft Foreign Investment Law, variable interest entities would also be deemed as FIEs, if they are ultimately “controlled” by foreign investors, and be subject to restrictions on foreign investments. However, the draft law did not take a position on what actions will be taken with respect to the existing companies with the “variable interest entity” structure, whether or not these companies are controlled by Chinese parties. The final Foreign Investment Law does not include the contractual control concept from the 2015 draft and so the government’s view on variable interest entities continues to be unclear. The Foreign Investment Law also retains a comprehensive oversight over all "foreign investors who invest in China through laws, administrative regulations or other methods prescribed by the State Council". Foreign investment refers to any investment activity directly or indirectly carried out by foreign natural persons, enterprises, or other organizations, including investment in new construction project, establishment of foreign funded enterprise or increase of investment, merger and acquisition, and investment in any other way stipulated under laws, administrative regulations, or provisions of the State Council. Accordingly it cannot be ruled out that the National People’s Congress or relevant departments may introduce a series of related supporting policies in the future to resolve any ambiguity on the application of the Foreign Investment Law.
If the ownership structure, contractual arrangements and business of our Company, WFOE or Wunong Shenzhen are found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or we fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or approvals, the relevant governmental authorities would have broad discretion in dealing with such violation, including levying fines, confiscating our income or the income of WFOE and Wunong Shenzhen, revoking the business licenses or operating licenses of WFOE or Wunong Shenzhen, discontinuing or placing restrictions or onerous conditions on our operations, requiring us to undergo a costly and disruptive restructuring, restricting or prohibiting our use of proceeds from our offerings to finance our business and operations in China, and taking other regulatory or enforcement actions that could be harmful to our business. Any of these actions could cause significant disruption to our business operations and severely damage our reputation, which would in turn materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If any of these occurrences results in our inability to direct the activities of Wunong Shenzhen, and/or our failure to receive economic benefits from Wunong Shenzhen, we may not be able to consolidate their results into our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
We rely on contractual arrangements with Wunong Shenzhen, our consolidated variable interest entity for a portion of our business operations, which may not be as effective as direct ownership in providing operational control.
We have relied and expect to continue to rely on contractual arrangements with Wunong Shenzhen and its shareholders to operate our business. For a description of these contractual arrangements, see “Business — Our Corporate History and Structure.” These contractual arrangements may not be as effective as direct ownership in providing us with control over our consolidated variable interest entity. For example, Wunong Shenzhen and its shareholders could breach their contractual arrangements with us by, among other things, failing to conduct their operations, including maintaining our website and using the domain names and trademarks, in an acceptable manner or taking other actions that are detrimental to our interests.
23 |
If we had direct ownership of Wunong Shenzhen, we would be able to exercise our rights as a shareholder to effect changes in the board of directors of Wunong Shenzhen, which in turn could implement changes, subject to any applicable fiduciary obligations, at the management and operational level. However, under the current contractual arrangements, we rely on the performance by Wunong Shenzhen, and its shareholders of their obligations under the contracts. The shareholders of Wunong Shenzhen may not act in the best interests of our Company or may not perform their obligations under these contracts. Such risks exist throughout the period in which we intend to operate our business through the contractual arrangements with Wunong Shenzhen. Although we have the right to replace any shareholder of Wunong Shenzhen under their respective contractual arrangements, if any shareholder of Wunong Shenzhen is uncooperative or any dispute relating to these contracts remains unresolved, we will have to enforce our rights under these contracts through the operations of PRC laws and arbitration, litigation and other legal proceedings and therefore will be subject to uncertainties in the PRC legal system. See “Any failure by Wunong Shenzhen, our consolidated variable interest entity, or its shareholders to perform their obligations under our contractual arrangements with them would have a material adverse effect on our business” below. Therefore, our contractual arrangements with Wunong Shenzhen, our consolidated variable interest entity, may not be as effective in ensuring our control over the relevant portion of our business operations as direct ownership would be.
Any failure by Wunong Shenzhen, our consolidated variable interest entity, or its shareholders to perform their obligations under our contractual arrangements with them would have a material adverse effect on our business.
If Wunong Shenzhen, our consolidated variable interest entity, or its shareholders fail to perform their respective obligations under the contractual arrangements, we may have to incur substantial costs and expend additional resources to enforce such arrangements. We may also have to rely on legal remedies under PRC laws, including seeking specific performance or injunctive relief, and claiming damages, which we cannot assure you will be effective under PRC laws. For example, if the shareholders of Wunong Shenzhen were to refuse to transfer their equity interest in Wunong Shenzhen to us or our designee if we exercise the purchase option pursuant to these contractual arrangements, or if they were otherwise to act in bad faith toward us, then we may have to take legal actions to compel them to perform their contractual obligations.
All the agreements under our contractual arrangements are governed by PRC laws and provide for the resolution of disputes through arbitration in China. Accordingly, these contracts would be interpreted in accordance with PRC laws and any disputes would be resolved in accordance with PRC legal procedures. The legal system in the PRC is not as developed as in some other jurisdictions, such as the United States. As a result, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit our ability to enforce these contractual arrangements. Meanwhile, there are very few precedents and little formal guidance as to how contractual arrangements in the context of a consolidated variable interest entity should be interpreted or enforced under PRC laws. There remain significant uncertainties regarding the ultimate outcome of such arbitration should legal action become necessary. In addition, under PRC laws, rulings by arbitrators are final and parties cannot appeal arbitration results in court unless such rulings are revoked or determined unenforceable by a competent court. If the losing parties fail to carry out the arbitration awards within a prescribed time limit, the prevailing parties may only enforce the arbitration awards in PRC courts through arbitration award recognition proceedings, which would require additional expenses and delay. In the event that we are unable to enforce these contractual arrangements, or if we suffer significant delay or other obstacles in the process of enforcing these contractual arrangements, we may not be able to exert effective control over our consolidated variable interest entity, and our ability to conduct our business may be negatively affected.
The shareholders of Wunong Shenzhen, our consolidated variable interest entity, may have potential conflicts of interest with us, which may materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition.
The shareholders of Wunong Shenzhen may differ from the interests of our Company as a whole. These shareholders may breach, or cause Wunong Shenzhen to breach, the existing contractual arrangements we have with them and Wunong Shenzhen, which would have a material adverse effect on our ability to effectively control Wunong Shenzhen and receive economic benefits from it. For example, the shareholders may be able to cause our agreements with Wunong Shenzhen to be performed in a manner adverse to us by, among other things, failing to remit payments due under the contractual arrangements to us on a timely basis. We cannot assure you that when conflicts of interest arise, any or all of these shareholders will act in the best interests of our company or such conflicts will be resolved in our favor.
24 |
Currently, we do not have any arrangements to address potential conflicts of interest between these shareholders and our company, except that we could exercise our purchase option under the Exclusive Purchase Agreement (as defined below) with these shareholders to request them to transfer all of their equity interests in Wunong Shenzhen to a PRC entity or individual designated by us, to the extent permitted by PRC laws. If we cannot resolve any conflict of interest or dispute between us and the shareholders of Wunong Shenzhen, we would have to rely on legal proceedings, which could result in the disruption of our business and subject us to substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.
Contractual arrangements in relation to Wunong Shenzhen, our consolidated variable interest entity, may be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities and they may determine that we or Wunong Shenzhen owe additional taxes, which could negatively affect our financial condition and the value of your investment.
Under applicable PRC laws and regulations, arrangements and transactions among related parties may be subject to audit or challenge by the PRC tax authorities within ten years after the taxable year when the transactions are conducted. The PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law requires every enterprise in China to submit its annual enterprise income tax return together with a report on transactions with its related parties to the relevant tax authorities. The tax authorities may impose reasonable adjustments on taxation if they have identified any related party transactions that are inconsistent with arm’s length principles. We may face material and adverse tax consequences if the PRC tax authorities determine that the contractual arrangements between WFOE, our wholly-owned subsidiary in China, Wunong Shenzhen, our consolidated variable interest entity in China, and the shareholders of Wunong Shenzhen, were not entered into on an arm’s length basis in such a way as to result in an impermissible reduction in taxes under applicable PRC laws, rules and regulations, and adjust WFOE’s income in the form of a transfer pricing adjustment. A transfer pricing adjustment could, among other things, result in a reduction of expense deductions recorded by Wunong Shenzhen for PRC tax purposes, which could in turn increase its tax liabilities without reducing WFOE’s tax expenses. In addition, if WFOE requests the shareholders of Wunong Shenzhen, as the case may be, to transfer their equity interests in Wunong Shenzhen, as the case may be, at nominal or no value pursuant to these contractual arrangements, such transfer could be viewed as a gift and subject WFOE to PRC income tax. Furthermore, the PRC tax authorities may impose late payment fees and other penalties on Wunong Shenzhen for the adjusted but unpaid taxes according to the applicable regulations. Our financial position could be materially and adversely affected if our consolidated variable interest entity’ tax liabilities increase or if they are required to pay late payment fees and other penalties.
We may lose the ability to use and benefit from assets held by Wunong Shenzhen, our consolidated variable interest entity, that are material to the operation of our business if the entity goes bankrupt or becomes subject to a dissolution or liquidation proceeding.
Wunong Shenzhen, our consolidated variable interest entity, holds certain assets that are material to the operation of our business, including domain names and an ICP license. Under the contractual arrangements, our consolidated variable interest entity may not and its shareholders may not cause it to, in any manner, sell, transfer, mortgage or dispose of its assets or its legal or beneficial interests in the business without our prior consent. However, in the event Wunong Shenzhen’s shareholders breach these contractual arrangements and voluntarily liquidate Wunong Shenzhen, or Wunong Shenzhen declares bankruptcy and all or part of its assets become subject to liens or rights of third-party creditors, or are otherwise disposed of without our consent, we may be unable to continue some or all of our business activities, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If Wunong Shenzhen undergoes a voluntary or involuntary liquidation proceeding, independent third-party creditors may claim rights to some or all of these assets, thereby hindering our ability to operate our business, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If the chops of WFOE, our PRC subsidiaries and Wunong Shenzhen, our consolidated variable interest entity, are not kept safely, are stolen or are used by unauthorized persons or for unauthorized purposes, the corporate governance of these entities could be severely and adversely compromised.
In China, a company chop or seal serves as the legal representation of the company towards third parties even when unaccompanied by a signature. Each legally registered company in China is required to maintain a company chop, which must be registered with the local Public Security Bureau. In addition to this mandatory company chop, companies may have several other chops which can be used for specific purposes. The chops of WFOE, our PRC subsidiaries and Wunong Shenzhen, our consolidated variable interest entity are generally held securely by personnel designated or approved by us in accordance with our internal control procedures. To the extent those chops are not kept safely, are stolen or are used by unauthorized persons or for unauthorized purposes, the corporate governance of these entities could be severely and adversely compromised and those corporate entities may be bound to abide by the terms of any documents so chopped, even if they were chopped by an individual who lacked the requisite power and authority to do so. In addition, if the chops are misused by unauthorized persons, we could experience disruption to our normal business operations. We may have to take corporate or legal action, which could involve significant time and resources to resolve while distracting management from our operations.
25 |
Risks Related to Doing Business in the People’s Republic of China
Changes in political, social and economic policies in any of China, the U.S. or Europe may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our business operations are primarily conducted in China. Accordingly, we are affected by the economic, political and legal environment in China.
In particular, China’s economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the fact that it:
● | has a high level of government involvement; | |
● | is in the early stages of development of a market-oriented economy; | |
● | has experienced rapid growth; and | |
● | has a tightly controlled foreign exchange policy. |
China’s economy has been transitioning from a planned economy towards a more market-oriented economy. However, a substantial portion of productive assets in China remain state-owned and the PRC government exercises a high degree of control over these assets. In addition, the PRC government continues to play a significant role in regulating industrial development by imposing industrial policies. For the past three decades, the PRC government has implemented economic reform measures to emphasize the utilization of market forces in economic development.
China’s economy has grown significantly in recent years; however, there can be no assurance that such growth will continue. The PRC government exercises control over China’s economic growth through the allocation of resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies. Some of these measures benefit the overall economy of China, but may also have a negative effect on our business. For example, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations that are applicable to us. As such, our future success is, to some extent, dependent on the economic conditions in China, and any significant downturn in market conditions may materially and adversely affect our business prospects, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
China’s legal system is evolving and has inherent uncertainties that could limit the legal protection available to you.
We have all of our operations in China. The legal system of China is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike common law systems, it is a system in which prior court decisions have limited value as precedents. Since 1979, the PRC government has promulgated laws and regulations governing economic matters in general, such as foreign investment, corporate organization and governance, commerce, taxation and trade. However, China has not developed a fully integrated legal system. Recently-enacted laws and regulations may not sufficiently cover all aspects of economic activities in China. In particular, because these laws and regulations are relatively new, and because of the limited volume of published cases and their non-binding nature, interpretation and enforcement of these newer laws and regulations involve greater uncertainties than those in jurisdictions available to you. In addition, China’s legal system is based in part on government policies and administrative rules and many have retroactive effects. We cannot predict the effect of future developments in China’s legal system, including the promulgation of new laws, changes to existing laws, or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, or the pre-emption of local regulations by national laws.
26 |
Uncertainties in the interpretation and enforcement of Chinese laws and regulations could limit the legal protections available to us.
The PRC legal system is based on written statutes and prior court decisions have limited value as precedents. Since these laws and regulations are relatively new and the PRC legal system continues to rapidly evolve, the interpretations of many laws, regulations and rules are not always uniform and enforcement of these laws, regulations and rules involves uncertainties.
From time to time, we may have to resort to administrative and court proceedings to enforce our legal rights. However, since PRC administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory and contractual terms, it may be more difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we enjoy than in more developed legal systems. Furthermore, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules (some of which are not published in a timely manner or at all) that may have retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of these policies and rules until sometime after the violation. Such uncertainties, including uncertainty over the scope and effect of our contractual, property (including intellectual property) and procedural rights, could materially and adversely affect our business and impede our ability to continue our operations.
We rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to make payments to us could have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.
We are a holding company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, and we rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries for our cash and financing requirements, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders and service any debt we may incur. If our PRC subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us. In addition, the PRC tax authorities may require WFOE to adjust its taxable income under the contractual arrangements they currently have in place with our consolidated variable interest entity in a manner that would materially and adversely affect their ability to pay dividends and other distributions to us. See “Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure and Operation — Contractual arrangements in relation to Wunong Shenzhen, our consolidated variable interest entity, may be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities and they may determine that we or Wunong Shenzhen owe additional taxes, which could negatively affect our financial condition and the value of your investment.”
Under PRC laws and regulations, our PRC subsidiaries, as wholly foreign-owned enterprises in China, may pay dividends only out of their respective accumulated after-tax profits as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, a wholly foreign-owned enterprise is required to set aside at least 10% of its accumulated after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund certain statutory reserve funds, until the aggregate amount of such funds reaches 50% of its registered capital. At its discretion, a wholly foreign-owned enterprise may allocate a portion of its after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to staff welfare and bonus funds. These reserve funds and staff welfare and bonus funds are not distributable as cash dividends.
Any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions to us could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our business, pay dividends, or otherwise fund and conduct our business. See also “If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders.”
27 |
PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control of currency conversion may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of our initial public offering to make loans to or make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.
Under PRC laws and regulations, we are permitted to utilize the proceeds from our initial public offering to fund our PRC subsidiaries by making loans to or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, subject to applicable government registration and approval requirements.
Any loans to our PRC subsidiaries, which are treated as foreign-invested enterprises under PRC laws, are subject to PRC regulations and foreign exchange loan registrations. For example, loans by us to our PRC subsidiaries to finance their activities cannot exceed statutory limits and must be registered with the local counterpart of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE. According to the Interim Measures on the Management of Foreign Debts promulgated by SAFE, the Ministry of Finance and the National Development and Reform Commission on January 8, 2003, the statutory limit for the total amount of foreign debts of a foreign-invested company is the difference between the amount of total investment as approved by the MOC or its local counterpart and the amount of registered capital of such foreign-invested company. According to the Circular of the People’s Bank of China on Matters relating to the Comprehensive Macro-prudential Management of Cross-border Financing issued by the People’s Bank of China in January 2017, or Circular 9, the maximum amount of foreign debt that each of our PRC subsidiaries or our consolidated variable interest entity is allowed to borrow is two times of their respective net assets as indicated in their respective latest audited financial reports. Pursuant to circular 9 and other PRC laws and regulations regarding foreign debt, within a one-year grace period starting from January 11, 2017, the statutory limit for the total amount of foreign debt of a foreign-invested company, which is subject to its own election, is either the difference between the amount of total investment and the amount of registered capital as approved by the MOC or its local counterpart, or two times of their respective net assets. With respect to our consolidated variable interest entity, the limit for the total amount of foreign debt is two times of its respective net assets pursuant to circular 9. Moreover, according to Notice of the National Development and Reform Commission on Promoting the Administrative Reform of the Recordation and Registration System for Enterprises’ Issuance of Foreign Debts issued by the National Development and Reform Commission in September 2015, any loans we extend to our consolidated variable interest entity for more than one year must be filed with the National Development and Reform Commission or its local counterpart and must also be registered with SAFE or its local branches.
We may also decide to finance our PRC subsidiaries by means of capital contributions. These capital contributions must be approved by the MOC or its local counterpart. On March 30, 2015, SAFE promulgated Circular of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Reforming the Management Approach regarding the Settlement of Foreign Exchange Capital of Foreign-invested Enterprises, or Circular 19, which expands a pilot reform of the administration of the settlement of the foreign exchange capitals of foreign-invested enterprises nationwide. Circular 19 came into force and replaced both previous Circular 142 and Circular 36 on June 1, 2015. On June 9, 2016, SAFE promulgated Circular of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Reforming and Regulating Policies on the Control over Foreign Exchange Settlement of Capital Accounts, or Circular 16, to further expand and strengthen such reform. Under Circular 19 and Circular 16, foreign-invested enterprises in the PRC are allowed to use their foreign exchange funds under capital accounts and RMB funds from exchange settlement for expenditure under current accounts within its business scope or expenditure under capital accounts permitted by laws and regulations, except that such funds shall not be used for (i) expenditure beyond the enterprise’s business scope or expenditure prohibited by laws and regulations; (ii) investments in securities or other investments than principal-secured products issued by banks; (iii) granting loans to non-affiliated enterprises, except where it is expressly permitted in the business license; and (iv) construction or purchase of real estate for purposes other than self-use (except for real estate enterprises). In addition, SAFE strengthened its oversight of the flow and use of the RMB capital converted from foreign currency registered capital of a foreign-invested company. The use of such RMB capital may not be altered without SAFE’s approval, and such RMB capital may not in any case be used to repay RMB loans if the proceeds of such loans have not been used. Violations of these circulars could result in severe monetary or other penalties. These circulars may significantly limit our ability to use RMB converted from the cash provided by our offshore financing activities to fund the establishment of new entities in China by our PRC subsidiaries, to invest in or acquire any other PRC companies through our PRC subsidiaries, or to establish new variable interest entities in the PRC.
In light of the various requirements imposed by PRC regulations on loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies, we cannot assure you that we will be able to complete the necessary government registrations or obtain the necessary government approvals on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to future loans to our PRC subsidiaries or future capital contributions by us to our PRC subsidiaries. If we fail to complete such registrations or obtain such approvals, our ability to use the proceeds we expect to receive from our initial public offering and our private placement and to capitalize or otherwise fund our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.
28 |
Fluctuations in exchange rates could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the price of our shares.
Substantially all of our revenues and expenditures are denominated in RMB. Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar while the functional currency for our PRC subsidiaries and consolidated variable interest entity is RMB. Gains and losses from the remeasurement of assets and liabilities that are receivable or payable in RMB are included in our consolidated statements of operations. The remeasurement has caused the U.S. dollar value of our results of operations to vary with exchange rate fluctuations, and the U.S. dollar value of our results of operations will continue to vary with exchange rate fluctuations. A fluctuation in the value of RMB relative to the U.S. dollar could reduce our profits from operations and the translated value of our net assets when reported in U.S. dollars in our financial statements. This could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations as reported in U.S. dollars. If we decide to convert our RMB into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making payments for dividends on our shares or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the RMB would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount available to us. In addition, fluctuations in currencies relative to the periods in which the earnings are generated may make it more difficult to perform period-to-period comparisons of our reported results of operations.
The value of the RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies is affected by, among other things, changes in China’s political and economic conditions and China’s foreign exchange policies. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the RMB to the U.S. dollar, and the RMB appreciated more than 20% against the U.S. dollar over the following three years. However, the PBOC regularly intervenes in the foreign exchange market to limit fluctuations in RMB exchange rates and achieve policy goals. During the period between July 2008 and June 2010, the exchange rate between the RMB and the U.S. dollar had been stable and traded within a narrow range. Since June 2010, the RMB has fluctuated against the U.S. dollar, at times significantly and unpredictably. Since October 1, 2016, Renminbi has joined the International Monetary Fund (IMF)’s basket of currencies that make up the Special Drawing Right (SDR), along with the U.S. dollar, the Euro, the Japanese yen and the British pound. In the fourth quarter of 2016, the RMB has depreciated significantly in the backdrop of a surging U.S. dollar and persistent capital outflows of China. With the development of the foreign exchange market and progress towards interest rate liberalization and Renminbi internationalization, the PRC government may in the future announce further changes to the exchange rate system and we cannot assure you that the Renminbi will not appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar in the future. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future.
There remains significant international pressure on the PRC government to adopt a flexible currency policy. Any significant appreciation or depreciation of the RMB may materially and adversely affect our revenues, earnings and financial position, and the value of, and any dividends payable on, our shares in U.S. dollars. For example, to the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive from our initial public offering into RMB to pay our operating expenses, appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the RMB amount we would receive from the conversion. Conversely, a significant depreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar may significantly reduce the U.S. dollar equivalent of our earnings, which in turn could adversely affect the price of our shares.
Very limited hedging options are available in China to reduce our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may decide to enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedges may be limited and we may not be able to adequately hedge our exposure or at all. In addition, our currency exchange losses may be magnified by PRC exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert RMB into foreign currency. As a result, fluctuations in exchange rates may have a material adverse effect on the price of our shares.
29 |
Governmental control of currency conversion may limit our ability to utilize our net revenues effectively and affect the value of your investment.
The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of the RMB into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. We receive substantially all of our net revenues in RMB. Under our current corporate structure, our BVI company relies on dividend payments from our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, such as profit distributions and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. Therefore, our PRC subsidiaries are able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to us without prior approval from SAFE, subject to the condition that the remittance of such dividends outside of the PRC complies with certain procedures under PRC foreign exchange regulation, such as the overseas investment registrations by the beneficial owners of our company who are PRC residents. But approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is required where RMB is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies.
In light of the flood of capital outflows of China in 2016 due to the weakening RMB, the PRC government has imposed more restrictive foreign exchange policies and stepped up scrutiny of major outbound capital movement. More restrictions and substantial vetting process are put in place by SAFE to regulate cross-border transactions falling under the capital account. The PRC government may also at its discretion restrict access in the future to foreign currencies for current account transactions. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign currencies to satisfy our foreign currency demands, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders.
Failure to make adequate contributions to various employee benefit plans as required by PRC regulations may subject us to penalties.
We are required under PRC laws and regulations to participate in various government sponsored employee benefit plans, including certain social insurance, housing funds and other welfare-oriented payment obligations, and contribute to the plans in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances, of our employees up to a maximum amount specified by the local government from time to time at locations where we operate our businesses. The requirement of employee benefit plans has not been implemented consistently by the local governments in China given the different levels of economic development in different locations.
Currently, we are making contributions to the plans based on the minimum standards although the PRC laws required such contributions to be based on the actual employee salaries up to a maximum amount specified by the local government. Therefore, in our consolidated financial statements, we have made an estimate and accrued a provision in relation to the potential make-up of our contributions for these plans as well as to pay late contribution fees and fines. If we are subject to late contribution fees or fines in relation to the underpaid employee benefits, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.
The M&A Rules and certain other PRC regulations establish complex procedures for some acquisitions of Chinese companies by foreign investors, which could make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions in China.
The Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Companies by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, adopted by six PRC regulatory agencies in August 2006 and amended in 2009, and some other regulations and rules concerning mergers and acquisitions established additional procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time consuming and complex, including requirements in some instances that the MOC be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor takes control of a PRC domestic enterprise. Moreover, the Anti-Monopoly Law requires that the MOC shall be notified in advance of any concentration of undertaking if certain thresholds are triggered. In addition, the security review rules issued by the MOC that became effective in September 2011 specify that mergers and acquisitions by foreign investors that raise “national defense and security” concerns and mergers and acquisitions through which foreign investors may acquire de facto control over domestic enterprises that raise “national security” concerns are subject to strict review by the MOC, and the rules prohibit any activities attempting to bypass a security review, including by structuring the transaction through a proxy or contractual control arrangement. In the future, we may grow our business by acquiring complementary businesses. Complying with the requirements of the above-mentioned regulations and other relevant rules to complete such transactions could be time consuming, and any required approval processes, including obtaining approval from the MOC or its local counterparts may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions, which could affect our ability to expand our business or maintain our market share.
30 |
PRC regulations relating to offshore investment activities by PRC residents may limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to increase their registered capital or distribute profits to us or otherwise expose us or our PRC resident beneficial owners to liability and penalties under PRC law.
SAFE promulgated the Circular on Relevant Issues Relating to Domestic Resident’s Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, in July 2014 that requires PRC residents or entities to register with SAFE or its local branch in connection with their establishment or control of an offshore entity established for the purpose of overseas investment or financing. In addition, such PRC residents or entities must update their SAFE registrations when the offshore special purpose vehicle undergoes material events relating to any change of basic information (including change of such PRC citizens or residents, name and operation term), increases or decreases in investment amount, transfers or exchanges of shares, or mergers or divisions. SAFE Circular 37 is issued to replace the Notice on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Administration for PRC Residents Engaging in Financing and Roundtrip Investments via Overseas Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 75. SAFE promulgated the Notice on Further Simplifying and Improving the Administration of the Foreign Exchange Concerning Direct Investment in February 2015, which took effect on June 1, 2015. This notice has amended SAFE Circular 37 requiring PRC residents or entities to register with qualified banks rather than SAFE or its local branch in connection with their establishment or control of an offshore entity established for the purpose of overseas investment or financing. Based on our knowledge after due inquiry, our shareholders who are PRC residents or entities have not completed their SAFE registration.
If our shareholders who are PRC residents or entities do not complete their registration as required, our PRC subsidiaries may be prohibited from distributing their profits and proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation to us, and we may be restricted in our ability to contribute additional capital to our PRC subsidiaries. Moreover, failure to comply with the SAFE registration described above could result in liability under PRC laws for evasion of applicable foreign exchange restrictions and these shareholders may be subject to administrative punishment pursuant to the related law.
Additionally, we may not be informed of the identities of all the PRC residents or entities holding direct or indirect interest in our company, nor can we compel our beneficial owners to comply with SAFE registration requirements. As a result, we cannot assure you that all of our shareholders or beneficial owners who are PRC residents or entities have complied with, and will in the future make or obtain any applicable registrations or approvals required by, SAFE regulations. Failure by such shareholders or beneficial owners to comply with SAFE regulations, or failure by us to amend the foreign exchange registrations of our PRC subsidiaries, could subject us to fines or legal sanctions, restrict our overseas or cross-border investment activities, limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to make distributions or pay dividends to us or affect our ownership structure, which could adversely affect our business and prospects.
If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders.
Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with a “de facto management body” within the PRC is considered a resident enterprise and will be subject to the enterprise income tax on its global income at the rate of 25%. The implementation rules define the term “de facto management body” as the body that exercises full and substantial control over and overall management of the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. In April 2009, the State Administration of Taxation issued a circular, known as Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Although this circular only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners like us, the criteria set forth in the circular may reflect the State Administration of Taxation’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises. According to Circular 82, an offshore incorporated enterprise controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having its “de facto management body” in China and will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax on its global income only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the primary location of the day-to-day operational management is in the PRC; (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise’s financial and human resource matters are made or are subject to approval by organizations or personnel in the PRC; (iii) the enterprise’s primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholder resolutions, are located or maintained in the PRC; and (iv) at least 50% of voting board members or senior executives habitually reside in the PRC.
31 |
We believe none of our entities outside of China is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.” As substantially all of our management members are based in China, it remains unclear how the tax residency rule will apply to our case. If the PRC tax authorities determine that Wunong Net Technology Company Limited or any of our subsidiaries outside of China is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, then we or such subsidiary could be subject to PRC tax at a rate of 25% on its world-wide income, which could materially reduce our net income. In addition, we will also be subject to PRC enterprise income tax reporting obligations. Furthermore, if the PRC tax authorities determine that we are a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, gains realized on the sale or other disposition of our shares may be subject to PRC tax, at a rate of 10% in the case of non-PRC enterprises or 20% in the case of non-PRC individuals (in each case, subject to the provisions of any applicable tax treaty), if such gains are deemed to be from PRC sources. It is unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of our company would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that we are treated as a PRC resident enterprise. Any such tax may reduce the returns on the investment in our shares.
We may not be able to obtain certain benefits under relevant tax treaty on dividends paid by our PRC subsidiaries to us through our Hong Kong subsidiary.
We are a British Virgin Islands incorporated company and as such rely on dividends and other distributions on equity from our PRC subsidiaries to satisfy part of our liquidity requirements. Pursuant to the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, a withholding tax rate of 10% currently applies to dividends paid by a PRC “resident enterprise” to a foreign enterprise investor, unless any such foreign investor’s jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with China that provides for preferential tax treatment. Pursuant to the Arrangement between the mainland China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Tax Evasion on Income, or the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement, such withholding tax rate may be lowered to 5% if a Hong Kong resident enterprise owns no less than 25% of a PRC enterprise. Furthermore, the Administrative Measures for Non-Resident Enterprises to Enjoy Treatments under Tax Treaties, which became effective in November 2015, require non-resident enterprises to determine whether they are qualified to enjoy the preferential tax treatment under the tax treaties and file relevant report and materials with the tax authorities. There are also other conditions for enjoying the reduced withholding tax rate according to other relevant tax rules and regulations. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, we did not record any withholding tax on the retained earnings of our subsidiaries in the PRC as we recorded net losses for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and did not distribute any dividend for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. Should our tax policy change to allow for offshore distribution of our earnings, we would be subject to a significant withholding tax. We cannot assure you that our determination regarding our qualification to enjoy the preferential tax treatment will not be challenged by the relevant tax authority or we will be able to complete the necessary filings with the relevant tax authority and enjoy the preferential withholding tax rate of 5% under the Double Taxation Arrangement with respect to dividends to be paid by our PRC subsidiaries to Vande, our Hong Kong subsidiary.
Enhanced scrutiny over acquisition transactions by the PRC tax authorities may have a negative impact on potential acquisitions we may pursue in the future.
The PRC tax authorities have enhanced their scrutiny over the direct or indirect transfer of certain taxable assets, including, in particular, equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise, by a non-resident enterprise by promulgating and implementing SAT Circular 59 and Circular 698, which became effective in January 2008, and a Circular 7 in replacement of some of the existing rules in Circular 698, which became effective in February 2015.
Under Circular 698, where a non-resident enterprise conducts an “indirect transfer” by transferring the equity interests of a PRC “resident enterprise” indirectly by disposing of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, the non-resident enterprise, being the transferor, may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, if the indirect transfer is considered to be an abusive use of company structure without reasonable commercial purposes. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer may be subject to PRC tax at a rate of up to 10%. Circular 698 also provides that, where a non-PRC resident enterprise transfers its equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise to its related parties at a price lower than the fair market value, the relevant tax authority has the power to make a reasonable adjustment to the taxable income of the transaction.
32 |
In February 2015, the SAT issued Circular 7 to replace the rules relating to indirect transfers in Circular 698. Circular 7 has introduced a new tax regime that is significantly different from that under Circular 698. Circular 7 extends its tax jurisdiction to not only indirect transfers set forth under Circular 698 but also transactions involving transfer of other taxable assets, through the offshore transfer of a foreign intermediate holding company. In addition, Circular 7 provides clearer criteria than Circular 698 on how to assess reasonable commercial purposes and has introduced safe harbors for internal group restructurings and the purchase and sale of equity through a public securities market. Circular 7 also brings challenges to both the foreign transferor and transferee (or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer) of the taxable assets. Where a non-resident enterprise conducts an “indirect transfer” by transferring the taxable assets indirectly by disposing of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, the non-resident enterprise being the transferor, or the transferee, or the PRC entity which directly owned the taxable assets may report to the relevant tax authority such indirect transfer. Using a “substance over form” principle, the PRC tax authority may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company if it lacks a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of reducing, avoiding or deferring PRC tax. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, and the transferee or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer is obligated to withhold the applicable taxes, currently at a rate of 10% for the transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise.
We face uncertainties on the reporting and consequences on future private equity financing transactions, share exchange or other transactions involving the transfer of shares in our company by investors that are non-PRC resident enterprises. The PRC tax authorities may pursue such non-resident enterprises with respect to a filing or the transferees with respect to withholding obligation, and request our PRC subsidiaries to assist in the filing. As a result, we and non-resident enterprises in such transactions may become at risk of being subject to filing obligations or being taxed, under Circular 59 or Circular 698 and Circular 7, and may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with Circular 59, Circular 698 and Circular 7 or to establish that we and our non-resident enterprises should not be taxed under these circulars, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
The PRC tax authorities have the discretion under SAT Circular 59, Circular 698 and Circular 7 to make adjustments to the taxable capital gains based on the difference between the fair value of the taxable assets transferred and the cost of investment. Although we currently have no plans to pursue any acquisitions in China or elsewhere in the world, we may pursue acquisitions in the future that may involve complex corporate structures. If we are considered a non-resident enterprise under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and if the PRC tax authorities make adjustments to the taxable income of the transactions under SAT Circular 59 or Circular 698 and Circular 7, our income tax costs associated with such potential acquisitions will be increased, which may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
33 |
Risks Related to Our Initial Public Offering and Ownership of Our Ordinary Shares
We will incur additional costs as a result of becoming a public company, which could negatively impact our net income and liquidity.
Upon completion of this Offering, we will become a public company in the United States. As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, Sarbanes-Oxley and rules and regulations implemented by the SEC and the Nasdaq require significantly heightened corporate governance practices for public companies. We expect that these rules and regulations will increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs and will make many corporate activities more time-consuming and costly.
We do not expect to incur materially greater costs as a result of becoming a public company than those incurred by similarly sized U.S. public companies. If we fail to comply with these rules and regulations, we could become the subject of a governmental enforcement action, investors may lose confidence in us and the market price of our Ordinary Shares could decline.
The obligation to disclose information publicly may put us at a disadvantage to competitors that are private companies.
Upon completion of this Offering, we will be a publicly listed company in the United States. As a publicly listed company, we will be required to file periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission upon the occurrence of matters that are material to our company and shareholders. In some cases, we will need to disclose material agreements or results of financial operations that we would not be required to disclose if we were a private company. Our competitors may have access to this information, which would otherwise be confidential. This may give them advantages in competing with our company. Similarly, as a U.S.-listed public company, we will be governed by U.S. laws that our competitors, which are mostly private Chinese companies, are not required to follow. To the extent compliance with U.S. laws increases our expenses or decreases our competitiveness against such companies, our public listing could affect our results of operations.
We are a “foreign private issuer,” and our disclosure obligations differ from those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. As a result, we may not provide you the same information as U.S. domestic reporting companies or we may provide information at different times, which may make it more difficult for you to evaluate our performance and prospects.
We are a foreign private issuer and, as a result, we are not subject to the same requirements as U.S. domestic issuers. Under the Exchange Act, we will be subject to reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. For example, we will not be required to issue quarterly reports or proxy statements. We will not be required to disclose detailed individual executive compensation information. Furthermore, our directors and executive officers will not be required to report equity holdings under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and will not be subject to the insider short-swing profit disclosure and recovery regime.
As a foreign private issuer, we will also be exempt from the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) which, generally, are meant to ensure that select groups of investors are not privy to specific information about an issuer before other investors. However, we will still be subject to the anti-fraud and anti-manipulation rules of the SEC, such as Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act. Since many of the disclosure obligations imposed on us as a foreign private issuer differ from those imposed on U.S. domestic reporting companies, you should not expect to receive the same information about us and at the same time as the information provided by U.S. domestic reporting companies.
34 |
We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Ordinary Shares less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although we could lose that status sooner if our revenues exceed $1 billion, if we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three-year period, or if the market value of our shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any December 31 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict if investors will find our shares less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our shares and our stock price may be more volatile.
Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail our company of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.
We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an “emerging growth company.”
As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the Nasdaq, impose various requirements on the corporate governance practices of public companies. As a company with less than US$1.07 billion in net revenues for our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting and permission to delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies.
We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some corporate activities more time-consuming and costly. After we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the other rules and regulations of the SEC. We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. It may also be more difficult for us to find qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules and regulations, and we cannot predict or estimate with any degree of certainty the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.
In the past, shareholders of a public company often brought securities class action suits against the company following periods of instability in the market price of that company’s securities. If we were involved in a class action suit, it could divert a significant amount of our management’s attention and other resources from our business and operations, which could harm our results of operations and require us to incur significant expenses to defend the suit. Any such class action suit, whether or not successful, could harm our reputation and restrict our ability to raise capital in the future. In addition, if a claim is successfully made against us, we may be required to pay significant damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
35 |
The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and divert management’s attention.
As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the securities exchange on which we list, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Despite recent reforms made possible by the JOBS Act, compliance with these rules and regulations will nonetheless increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business and operating results.
As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which we believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and operating results could be harmed, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and adversely affect our business, brand and reputation and results of operations.
We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.
The market price of our Ordinary Shares may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.
The initial public offering price for our Ordinary Shares will be determined through negotiations between the Underwriters, the selling shareholders and us and may vary from the market price of our Ordinary Shares following our initial public offering. If you purchase our Ordinary Shares in our initial public offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. We cannot assure you that the initial public offering price of our Ordinary Shares, or the market price following our initial public offering, will equal or exceed prices in privately negotiated transactions of our shares that have occurred from time to time prior to our initial public offering. The market price of our Ordinary Shares may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:
● | actual or anticipated fluctuations in our revenue and other operating results; | |
● | the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections; | |
● | actions of securities analysts who initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors; | |
● | announcements by us or our competitors of significant products or features, technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments; | |
● | price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole; | |
● | lawsuits threatened or filed against us; and | |
● | other events or factors, including those resulting from war or incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events. |
36 |
In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. Stock prices of many companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have filed securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business, and adversely affect our business.
Future issuances or sales, or perceived issuances or sales, of substantial amounts of shares in the public market could materially and adversely affect the prevailing market price of the Shares and our ability to raise capital in the future.
The market price of our shares could decline as a result of future sales of substantial amounts of shares or other securities relating to the shares in the public market, including by the Company’s substantial shareholders, or the issuance of new shares by the Company, or the perception that such sales or issuances may occur. Future sales, or perceived sales, of substantial amounts of the shares could also materially and adversely affect our ability to raise capital in the future at a time and at a price favorable to us, and our shareholders will experience dilution in their holdings upon our issuance or sale of additional securities in the future.
We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from our initial public offering and may not use them effectively.
To the extent (i) we raise more money than required for the purposes explained in the section titled “Use of Proceeds” or (ii) we determine that the proposed uses set forth in that section are no longer in the best interests of our Company, we cannot specify with any certainty the particular uses of such net proceeds that we will receive from our initial public offering. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of such net proceeds, including working capital, possible acquisitions, and other general corporate purposes, and we may spend or invest these proceeds in a way with which our shareholders disagree. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business and financial condition. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from our initial public offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.
Future financing may cause a dilution in your shareholding or place restrictions on our operations.
We may need to raise additional funds in the future to finance further expansion of our capacity and business relating to our existing operations, acquisitions or strategic partnerships. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of new equity or equity-linked securities of the Company other than on a pro rata basis to existing shareholders, the percentage ownership of such shareholders in the Company may be reduced, and such new securities may confer rights and privileges that take priority over those conferred by the shares. Alternatively, if we meet such funding requirements by way of additional debt financing, we may have restrictions placed on us through such debt financing arrangements which may:
● | further limit our ability to pay dividends or require us to seek consents for the payment of dividends; | |
● | increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions; | |
● | require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to service our debt, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund capital expenditure, working capital requirements and other general corporate needs; and | |
● | limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry. |
37 |
We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.
We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not expect to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, you may only receive a return on your investment in our shares if the market price of our shares increases.
There may not be an active, liquid trading market for our shares.
There is no active trading market for our shares. An active trading market for our shares may not develop or be sustained. You may not be able to sell your shares at the market price, if at all, if trading in our shares is not active.
Shares eligible for future sale may adversely affect the market price of our shares, as the future sale of a substantial amount of outstanding shares in the public marketplace could reduce the price of our shares.
The market price of our shares could decline as a result of sales of substantial amounts of our shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur. In addition, these factors could make it more difficult for us to raise funds through future offerings of our shares. A significant portion of our shares is held by a few shareholders and these are “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. These shares may be sold in the future without registration under the Securities Act to the extent permitted by Rule 144 or other exemptions under the Securities Act.
You will experience immediate and substantial dilution.
The initial public offering price of our shares is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Ordinary Shares. Assuming the completion of the Offering, if you purchase shares in this Offering, you will incur immediate dilution of approximately $4.4457 or approximately 88.91% in the pro forma net tangible book value per share from the price per share that you pay for the shares. Accordingly, if you purchase shares in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of your investment. See “Dilution.”
Our internal controls over financial reporting may not be effective and our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify as to their effectiveness, which could have a significant and adverse effect on our business and reputation.
Prior to Offering, Wunong Shenzhen was a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. We will be in a continuing process of developing, establishing, and maintaining internal controls and procedures that will allow our management to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, our internal controls over financial reporting if and when required to do so under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Although our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the date we are no longer an emerging growth company, our management will be required to report on our internal controls over financial reporting under Section 404.
As of December 31, 2019, our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The material weaknesses relate to that the Company does not have in-house accounting personnel with sufficient knowledge of US GAAP and SEC reporting experiences. Management concluded that as of December 31, 2019, our internal control over financial reporting was ineffective.
In order to address and resolve the foregoing material weakness, we have begun to implement measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting to remediate this material weakness, including hiring outside financial personnel with requisite training and experience in the preparation of financial statements in compliance with applicable SEC requirements.
38 |
Certain judgments obtained against us by our shareholders may not be enforceable.
Although we are a BVI incorporated company, we conduct substantially all of our operations in China and substantially all of our assets are located in China. In addition, a majority of our directors and executive officers reside within China, and most of the assets of these persons are located within China. As a result, it may be difficult, impractical or impossible for you to effect service of process within the United States upon us or these individuals, or to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States in the event that you believe your rights have been infringed under the U.S. federal securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the British Virgin Islands and of the PRC may render you unable to enforce a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers.
The recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on principles of reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any treaties or other forms of reciprocity with the United States that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, the PRC courts will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our director and officers if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC laws or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States.
You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under British Virgin Islands law.
We are incorporated in the British Virgin Islands and conduct substantially all of our operations in China through our wholly-foreign owned enterprise and the variable interest entity. Most of our directors and substantially all of our executive officers reside outside the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for our shareholders to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the British Virgin Islands or in China in the event that they believe that their rights have been infringed under the securities laws of the United States or otherwise. Even if shareholders are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the British Virgin Islands and China may render them unable to enforce a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers. There is no statutory recognition in the British Virgin Islands of judgments obtained in the United States of China, although the courts of the British Virgin Islands will generally recognize and enforce a non-penal judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits.
Our corporate affairs will be governed by our memorandum and articles of association, the BVI Act and the common law of the British Virgin Islands. The rights of shareholders to take legal action against our directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under British Virgin Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the British Virgin Islands and by the BVI Act. The common law of the British Virgin Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the British Virgin Islands as well as from English common law, which has persuasive, but not binding, authority on a court in the British Virgin Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under British Virgin Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedents in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the British Virgin Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and some states (such as Delaware) have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. As a result of the foregoing, holders of our ordinary shares may have more difficulty in protecting their interests through actions against our management, directors or major shareholders than they would as shareholders of a U.S. company and whose management, directors and/or major shareholders were also incorporated, resident, or otherwise established in a United States jurisdiction.
As a result of the foregoing, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests through actions against us, our management, our directors or our major shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States.
39 |
There can be no assurance that we will not be passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, which could subject United States investors in our shares to significant adverse United States income tax consequences.
We will be a “passive foreign investment company,” or “PFIC,” if, in any particular taxable year, either (a) 75% or more of our gross income for such year consists of certain types of “passive” income or (b) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of our assets (as determined on the basis of fair market value) during such year produce or are held for the production of passive income (the “asset test”). Although the law in this regard is unclear, we intend to treat Wunong Shenzhen as being owned by us for United States federal income tax purposes, not only because we exercise effective control over the operation of these entities but also because we are entitled to substantially all of their economic benefits, and, as a result, we consolidate their results of operations in our consolidated financial statements. Assuming that we are the owner of Wunong Shenzhen under the PFIC rules of the U.S. federal income tax laws, and based upon our income and assets, and the value of our Ordinary Shares, we do not believe that we were a PFIC for the taxable year ended December 30, 2018 or that we will be a PFIC for the taxable year ending December 31, 2019 and we do not anticipate becoming a PFIC in the foreseeable future. The Internal Revenue Service has not taken a position on whether a VIE like Wunong Shenzhen can be treated as owned by us for purposes of the PFIC rules. See the discussion of the PFIC rules under “TAXATION - United States Federal Income Taxation” below.
While we do not expect to become a PFIC, because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test may be determined by reference to the market price of our Ordinary Shares, fluctuations in the market price of our Ordinary Shares may cause us to become a PFIC for the current or subsequent taxable years. The determination of whether we will be or become a PFIC will also depend, in part, on the composition of our income and assets, which may be affected by how, and how quickly, we use our liquid assets. If we determine not to deploy significant amounts of cash for active purposes or if it were determined that we do not own the equity interests of Wunong Shenzhen for United States federal income tax purposes, our risk of being a PFIC may substantially increase. Because there are uncertainties in the application of the relevant rules and PFIC status is a factual determination made annually after the close of each taxable year, there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year.
If we are a PFIC in any taxable year, a U.S. holder may incur significantly increased United States income tax on gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of the shares and on the receipt of distributions on the shares to the extent such gain or distribution is treated as an “excess distribution” under the United States federal income tax rules and such holder may be subject to burdensome reporting requirements. See the discussion of the PFIC rules under “TAXATION - United States Federal Income Taxation” below. Further, if we are a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. holder holds our Ordinary Shares, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which such U.S. holder holds our Ordinary Shares.
The trading price of our Ordinary Shares is likely to be volatile, which could result in substantial losses to investors.
The trading price of our Ordinary Shares is likely to be volatile and could fluctuate widely due to factors beyond our control. This may happen because of broad market and industry factors, akin to the performance and fluctuation of the market prices of other companies with business operations located mainly in Hong Kong or the People’s Republic of China that have listed their securities in the United States. A number of Chinese companies have listed or are in the process of listing their securities on U.S. stock markets. The securities of some of these companies have experienced significant volatility, including price declines in connection with their initial public offerings. The trading performances of these Chinese companies’ securities after their offerings may affect the perception and attitudes of investors toward Chinese companies listed in the United States in general and consequently may impact the trading performance of our shares, regardless of our actual operating performance.
In addition to market and industry factors, the price and trading volume for our shares may be highly volatile due to a number of factors, including the following:
● | regulatory developments affecting us or our industry and customers; | |
● | actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations and changes or revisions of our expected results; | |
● | changes in the market condition, market potential and competition in the online food retail sector; | |
● | announcements by us or our competitors of new products, services, expansions, investments, acquisitions, strategic partnerships or joint ventures; | |
● | fluctuations in global and Chinese economies; | |
● | changes in financial estimates by securities analysts; | |
● | adverse publicity about us; | |
● | additions or departures of our key personnel and senior management; | |
● | release of lock-up or other transfer restrictions on our outstanding equity securities or sales of additional equity securities; and | |
● | potential litigation or regulatory investigations |
40 |
Any of these factors may result in large and sudden changes in the volume and price at which our shares will trade.
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENT
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements contained in this prospectus other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, our business strategy and plans, and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.
You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements. Except as required by applicable law, we undertake no duty to update any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus or to conform these statements to actual results or revised expectations.
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of Ordinary Shares of approximately up to $22,074,339 and $25,561,839 (in the event the Underwriters exercise in full their over-allotment to purchase an additional 750,000 Ordinary Shares), based upon an assumed Offering Price of $5.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting fees and commissions and estimated offering expenses.
Each $0.25 increase (decrease) in the assumed Offering Price of $5.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this Offering by $1,250,000, assuming the number of Ordinary Shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting fees and commissions.
We intend to use the net proceeds of this Offering as follows:
● | 50% to be used for general working capital; | |
● | 30% to be used for research and development; | |
● | 10% to be used for expanding our restaurant business; and | |
● | 10% to be used for brand development and marketing |
The precise amounts and percentage of proceeds we would devote to particular categories of activity will depend on prevailing market and business conditions as well as particular opportunities that may arise from time to time. This expected use of our net proceeds from this Offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including any unforeseen cash needs. Similarly, the priority of our prospective uses of proceeds will depend on business and market conditions are they develop. Accordingly, our management will have significant flexibility and broad discretion in applying the net proceeds of the offering. If an unforeseen event occurs or business conditions change, we may use the proceeds of this Offering differently than as described in this prospectus.
41 |
In utilizing the proceeds of this Offering, we are permitted under PRC laws and regulations to provide funding to our PRC subsidiaries only through loans or capital contributions. None of the proceeds of this Offering can be loaned or contributed to our PRC subsidiaries without additional government registration or approval. Subject to satisfaction of applicable government registration and approval requirements, we may extend inter-company loans or make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries to fund its capital expenditures or working capital. There is, in effect, no statutory limit on the amount of capital contribution that we can make to our PRC subsidiaries. This is because there are no statutory limits on the amount of registered capital for our PRC subsidiaries and we are allowed to make capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries by subscribing for its initial registered capital and increased registered capital, provided that the PRC subsidiaries complete the relevant necessary filing and registration procedures in accordance with the applicable laws and regulations. With respect to loans to the PRC subsidiaries by us, (i) if the relevant PRC subsidiary determines to adopt the traditional foreign exchange administration mechanism, or the current foreign debt mechanism, the outstanding amount of the loans shall not exceed the difference between the total investment and the registered capital of the PRC subsidiary and there is, in effect, no statutory limits on the amount of loans that we can make to our PRC subsidiary under this circumstance since we can increase the registered capital of our PRC subsidiary by making capital contributions to them, subject to the completion of relevant registrations, and the difference between the total investment and the registered capital will increase accordingly; and (ii) if the relevant PRC subsidiary determines to adopt the foreign exchange administration mechanism as provided in the Notice of the People’s Bank of China (“PBOC”) on Full-coverage Macro-prudent Management of Cross-border Financing (the “PBOC Notice No. 9”), the risk-weighted outstanding amount of the loans, which shall be calculated based on the formula provided in the PBOC Notice No. 9, shall not exceed 200% of the net asset of the relevant PRC subsidiary. According to the PBOC Notice No. 9, after a transition period of one year since the promulgation of the PBOC Notice No. 9, the PBOC and SAFE will determine the cross-border financing administration mechanism for the foreign-invested enterprises after evaluating the overall implementation of the PBOC Notice No. 9. As of the date hereof, neither PBOC nor SAFE has promulgated and made public any further rules, regulations, notices or circulars in this regard. It is uncertain which mechanism will be adopted by PBOC and SAFE in the future and what statutory limits will be imposed on us when providing loans to our PRC subsidiaries.
According to the relevant PRC laws and regulations, in terms of capital contributions, it typically takes about eight weeks to complete the relevant filings and registrations. In terms of loans, the SAFE registration process typically takes about four weeks to complete, provided that all the necessary procedures could be successfully consummated by the relevant PRC subsidiary, as case may be, and/or our company. While we currently see no material obstacles to completing the filing and registration procedures with respect to future capital contributions and loans to our PRC subsidiary, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at all. See “Risk Factors— Risks Related to Doing Business in the People’s Republic of China— PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control of currency conversion may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of our initial public to make loans to or make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.”
We cannot assure you that we will be able to complete the necessary government registrations or obtain the necessary government approvals on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to future loans by us to our PRC subsidiaries or controlled PRC affiliate or with respect to future capital contributions by us to our PRC subsidiaries. If we fail to complete such registrations or obtain such approvals, our ability to use the proceeds we receive from this Offering and to capitalize or otherwise fund our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could adversely and materially affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business”. It is likely that we will need to convert some of our net proceeds in U.S. dollars into Renminbi in order to use as proceeds as contemplated in this section. For details of PRC regulations governing foreign currency conversion, see “Regulations—Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange – Regulations Relating to Dividend Distribution.”
Pending remitting the Offering proceeds to the PRC, we intend to retain our net proceeds in a short-term, interest bearing bank account.
42 |
Although we may use a portion of the proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, companies, technologies, products or assets that complement our business, we have no present understandings, commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or make any investments. We cannot assure you that we will make any acquisitions or investments in the future.
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of Ordinary Shares by the selling shareholders.
The holders of our Ordinary Shares are entitled to dividends out of funds legally available when and as declared by our board of directors. Our board of directors has never declared a dividend and does not anticipate declaring a dividend in the foreseeable future. Should we decide in the future to pay dividends, as a holding company, our ability to do so and meet other obligations depends upon the receipt of dividends or other payments from our operating subsidiaries and other holdings and investments. In addition, our operating subsidiaries may, from time to time, be subject to restrictions on their ability to make distributions to us, including as a result of restrictive covenants in loan agreements, restrictions on the conversion of local currency into U.S. dollars or other hard currency and other regulatory restrictions. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our Ordinary Shares are entitled to receive, ratably, the net assets available to shareholders after payment of all creditors.
Subject to the BVI Act and our memorandum and articles, our directors may, by resolution, declare dividends at a time and amount as they think fit if they are satisfied, based on reasonable grounds, that, immediately after distribution of the dividend, the value of our assets will exceed our liabilities and we will be able to pay our debts as they fall due. There is no further BVI law restriction on the amount of funds which may be distributed by us by dividend, including all amounts paid by way of the subscription price for Ordinary Shares regardless of whether such amounts may be wholly or partially treated as share capital or share premium under certain accounting principles. Shareholder approval is not (except as otherwise provided in our memorandum or articles) required to pay dividends under BVI law. In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles, no dividend shall bear interest as against the Company (except as otherwise provided in our memorandum or articles).
If we determine to pay dividends on any of our Ordinary Shares in the future, as a holding company, we will be dependent on receipt of funds from our Hong Kong subsidiary, Vande.
Current PRC regulations permit our indirect PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to Vande only out of its accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. In addition, our subsidiary in China is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve funds until the accumulative amount of such funds reaches 50% of its registered capital. Each of such entity in China is also required to further set aside a portion of its after-tax profits to fund the employee welfare fund, although the amount to be set aside, if any, is determined at the discretion of such entity. Although the statutory reserves can be used, among other ways, to increase the registered capital and eliminate future losses in excess of retained earnings of the respective companies, the reserve funds are not distributable as cash dividends except in the event of liquidation.
The PRC government also imposes controls on the conversion of RMB into foreign currencies and the remittance of currencies out of the PRC. Therefore, we may experience difficulties in completing the administrative procedures necessary to obtain and remit foreign currency for the payment of dividends from our profits, if any. Furthermore, if our subsidiary and affiliates in the PRC incur debt on their own in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other payments. If we or our subsidiaries are unable to receive all of the revenues from our operations, we may be unable to pay dividends on our Ordinary Shares.
Cash dividends, if any, on our Ordinary Shares will be paid in U.S. dollars. Vande may be considered a non-resident enterprise for tax purposes, so that any dividends Wunong Shenzhen pays to Vande may be regarded as China-sourced income and as a result may be subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of up to 10.0%.
Pursuant to the Arrangement between mainland China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Tax Evasion on Income, or the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement, the 10% withholding tax rate may be lowered to 5% if a Hong Kong resident enterprise owns no less than 25% of the PRC enterprise. However, pursuant to the Notice of the State Administration of Taxation on the Issues concerning the Application of the Dividend Clauses of Tax Agreements, or SAT Circular 81, the 5% withholding tax rate does not automatically apply and certain requirements must be satisfied, including without limitation that (a) the Hong Kong enterprise must directly own the required percentage of equity interests and voting rights in the PRC resident enterprise; and (b) the Hong Kong enterprise must have directly owned no less than 25% equity interests in the PRC resident enterprise during the 12 consecutive months preceding its receipt of the dividends. In current practice, a Hong Kong enterprise must obtain a tax resident certificate from the Hong Kong tax authority to apply for the 5% lower PRC withholding tax rate. As the Hong Kong tax authority will issue such a tax resident certificate on a case-by-case basis, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain the tax resident certificate from the relevant Hong Kong tax authority and enjoy the preferential withholding tax rate of 5% under the Double Taxation Arrangement with respect to dividends to be paid by our PRC subsidiary to its immediate holding company, Vande. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not applied for the tax resident certificate from the relevant Hong Kong tax authority. Vande intends to apply for the tax resident certificate when Wunong Shenzhen plans to declare and pay dividends to Vande.
43 |
Our financial information is presented in U.S. dollars. Our functional currency is Renminbi (“RMB”), the currency of the PRC. Transactions which are denominated in currencies other than RMB are translated into RMB at the exchange rate quoted by the People’s Bank of China at the dates of the transactions. Exchange gains and losses resulting from transactions denominated in a currency other than the RMB are included in statements of operations as foreign currency transaction gains or losses. Our financial statements have been translated into U.S. dollars in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 52, “Foreign Currency Translation”, which was subsequently codified within Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 830, “Foreign Currency Matters”. The financial information is first prepared in RMB and then is translated into U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates as to assets and liabilities and average exchange rates as to revenue and expenses. Capital accounts are translated at their historical exchange rates when the capital transactions occurred. Items in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss, and statements cash flows are translated at the average exchange rate of the period. The effects of foreign currency translation adjustments are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity. The relevant exchange rates are listed below:
High | Low | Period End | Average | |||||||||||||
2013 | 6.2438 | 6.0537 | 6.0537 | 6.1478 | ||||||||||||
2014 | 6.2591 | 6.0402 | 6.2046 | 6.1620 | ||||||||||||
2015 | 6.4896 | 6.1870 | 6.4778 | 6.2827 | ||||||||||||
2016 | 6.9580 | 6.4480 | 6.9430 | 6.6400 | ||||||||||||
2017 | 6.9575 | 6.4773 | 6.5060 | 6.7568 | ||||||||||||
January | 6.9575 | 6.8360 | 6.8786 | 6.8907 | ||||||||||||
February | 6.8821 | 6.8517 | 6.8665 | 6.8694 | ||||||||||||
March | 6.9132 | 6.8687 | 6.8832 | 6.8940 | ||||||||||||
April | 6.8988 | 6.8778 | 6.8900 | 6.8876 | ||||||||||||
May | 6.9060 | 6.8098 | 6.8098 | 6.8843 | ||||||||||||
June | 6.8382 | 6.7793 | 6.7793 | 6.8066 | ||||||||||||
July | 6.8039 | 6.7240 | 6.7240 | 6.7694 | ||||||||||||
August | 6.7272 | 6.5888 | 6.5888 | 6.6670 | ||||||||||||
September | 6.6591 | 6.4773 | 6.6533 | 6.5690 | ||||||||||||
October | 6.6533 | 6.5712 | 6.6328 | 6.6264 | ||||||||||||
November | 6.6385 | 6.5967 | 6.6090 | 6.6200 | ||||||||||||
December | 6.6210 | 6.5063 | 6.5060 | 6.5931 | ||||||||||||
2018 | 6.9737 | 6.2649 | 6.8783 | 6.6199 | ||||||||||||
January | 6.5263 | 6.2841 | 6.3990 | 6.4727 | ||||||||||||
February | 6.3471 | 6.2649 | 6.3280 | 6.3183 | ||||||||||||
March | 6.3565 | 6.2685 | 6.2726 | 6.3174 | ||||||||||||
April | 6.3340 | 6.2655 | 6.3325 | 6.2967 | ||||||||||||
May | 6.4175 | 6.3325 | 6.4096 | 6.3701 | ||||||||||||
June | 6.6235 | 6.3850 | 6.6186 | 6.4651 | ||||||||||||
July | 6.8102 | 6.6123 | 6.8038 | 6.7164 | ||||||||||||
August | 6.9330 | 6.8018 | 6.8300 | 6.8453 | ||||||||||||
September | 6.8880 | 6.8270 | 6.8680 | 6.8551 | ||||||||||||
October | 6.9737 | 6.8680 | 6.9737 | 6.9191 | ||||||||||||
November | 6.9558 | 6.8894 | 6.9558 | 6.9367 | ||||||||||||
December | 6.9077 | 6.8343 | 6.8783 | 6.8837 | ||||||||||||
2019 | ||||||||||||||||
January | 6.8708 | 6.6958 | 6.6958 | 6.7863 | ||||||||||||
February | 6.7907 | 6.6822 | 6.6912 | 6.7367 | ||||||||||||
March | 6.7381 | 6.6916 | 6.7112 | 6.7119 | ||||||||||||
April | 6.7418 | 6.6870 | 6.7347 | 6.7161 | ||||||||||||
May | 6.9182 | 6.7319 | 6.9027 | 6.8519 | ||||||||||||
June | 6.9298 | 6.8510 | 6.8657 | 6.8977 | ||||||||||||
July | 6.8927 | 6.8487 | 6.8833 | 6.5784 | ||||||||||||
August | 6.9387 | 7.1628 | 7.1543 | 7.0629 | ||||||||||||
September | 7.1786 | 7.0659 | 7.1218 | 7.1119 | ||||||||||||
October | 7.1473 | 7.0379 | 7.0379 | 7.0961 | ||||||||||||
November | 7.0427 | 6.9741 | 7.0314 | 7.0211 | ||||||||||||
December | 7.0609 | 6.9618 | 6.9618 | 7.0137 | ||||||||||||
2020 | ||||||||||||||||
January | 6.9749 | 6.8589 | 6.9161 | 6.9184 | ||||||||||||
February | 7.0286 | 6.9650 | 6.9906 | 6.9967 | ||||||||||||
March | 7.1099 | 6.9244 | 7.0808 | 7.02045 | ||||||||||||
April | 7.0989 | 7.0341 | 7.0622 | 7.0708 | ||||||||||||
May | 7.1681 | 7.0622 | 7.1348 | 7.10159 | ||||||||||||
June | 7.1263 | 7.0575 | 7.0651 | 7.08156 | ||||||||||||
July | 7.0703 | 6.9800 | 6.9744 | 7.0041 |
44 |
We make no representation that any RMB or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or RMB, as the case may be, at any particular rate, or at all. The PRC government imposes control over its foreign currency reserves in part through direct regulation of the conversion of RMB into foreign exchange and through restrictions on foreign trade. We do not currently engage in currency hedging transactions.
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
The following table presents our selected historical financial data for the periods presented and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statement and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The following selected consolidated financial and operating data for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Balance Sheet Summaries at June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019
June 30, | December 31, | |||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
(Unaudited) | ||||||||
Total Current Assets | $ | 1,066,203 | $ | 1,629,840 | ||||
TOTAL ASSETS | 2,508,883 | 3,243,948 | ||||||
Total Current Liabilities | 3,211,226 | 3,222,725 | ||||||
TOTAL LIABILITIES | 5,355,600 | 4,892,558 | ||||||
Total Stockholder’s Equity (Deficit) | (2,846,717 | ) | (1,648,610 | ) | ||||
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) | $ | 2,508,883 | $ | 3,243,948 |
45 |
Income Statement Summaries for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019
Six months ended | ||||||||
June 30, | ||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
(Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | |||||||
NET REVENUES | $ | 2,990,267 | $ | 2,463,019 | ||||
COST OF REVENUES | 2,407,192 | 1,786,312 | ||||||
GROSS PROFIT | 583,075 | 676,707 | ||||||
Operating Expenses | 1,899,349 | 1,146,644 | ||||||
INCOME/(LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS | (1,316,274 | ) | (469,937 | ) | ||||
NET INCOME/(LOSS) | (1,313,342 | ) | (460,744 | ) | ||||
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS) | $ | (1,283,035 | ) | $ | (458,610 | ) |
46 |
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2020:
● | On an actual basis; and | |
● | On a pro forma basis to give effect to the sale of up to 5,750,000 Ordinary Shares by us in this Offering at the assumed Offering Price of $5 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting commissions and estimated offering expenses and assuming that the Underwriters do not exercise warrants to purchase up to 402,500 ordinary shares issuable to the Underwriters in connection with this Offering. |
You should read this table in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and “Use of Proceeds” and “Description of Ordinary Shares.” You should read this table in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and “Use of Proceeds” and “Description of Ordinary Shares.”
As of June 30, 2020
As Reported |
Pro Forma Adjusted
for
the Offering
|
Pro Forma Adjusted for the Offering (with over-allotment) | ||||||||||
Ordinary Shares | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||
Additional Paid-In Capital | $ | 1,088,375 | $ | 23,162,714 | $ | 26,650,214 | ||||||
Accumulated Deficit | $ | (4,022,647 | ) | $ | (4,022,647 | ) | $ | (4,022,647 | ) | |||
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income | $ | 87,555 | $ | 87,555 | $ | 87,555 | ||||||
Total Equity (Deficit) | $ | (2,846,717 | ) | $ | 19,227,622 | $ | 22,715,122 | |||||
Total Capitalization | $ | (2,846,717 | ) | $ | 19,227,622 | $ | 22,715,122 |
47 |
If you invest in our Ordinary Shares, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the Offering Price per Ordinary Shares and the pro forma net tangible book value per Ordinary Shares after the offering. Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2020 was $(3,966,220), or $(0.20) per share. Our net tangible book value per share set forth below represents our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our share stock outstanding before the offering.
Dilution results from the fact that the per Ordinary Share Offering Price is substantially in excess of the book value per Ordinary Shares attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding Ordinary Shares. After giving effect to our issuance and sale of 5,000,000 shares in this Offering at an assumed Offering Price of $5.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, assuming no exercise of overallotment and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses payable by us, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2020 would have been $18,108,119, or $0.72 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value to existing shareholders of $0.92 per share. The Offering Price per share will significantly exceed the net tangible book value per share. Accordingly, new investors who purchase shares in this Offering will suffer an immediate dilution of their investment of $4.28 per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution to the new investors purchasing shares in this Offering:
Offering | ||||
Assumed Offering Price per Ordinary Share | $ | 5.00 | ||
Net tangible book value per Ordinary Shares as of June 30, 2020 | $ | (0.20 | ) | |
Increase per Ordinary Shares attributable to this Offering | $ | 0.92 | ||
Pro forma net tangible book value per Ordinary Shares after the Offering | $ | 0.72 | ||
Dilution per Ordinary Share to new investors | $ | 4.28 |
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed Offering Price of $5.00 per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value by $4,650,000, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this Offering by $0.19 per share and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this Offering by $0.81 per share, assuming that the number of Ordinary Shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting fees and commissions and offering expenses payable by us.
The following chart illustrates our pro forma proportionate ownership, upon completion of this Offering by present shareholders and investors in this Offering, compared to the relative amounts paid by each. The charts reflect payment by present shareholders as of the date the consideration was received and by investors in this Offering at the assumed Offering Price without deduction of commissions or expenses. The charts further assume no changes in net tangible book value other than those resulting from the offering.
Shares Purchased | Total Consideration | Average Price | ||||||||||||||||||
Amount (#) | Percent (%) | Amount (#) | Percent (%) | Per Share ($) | ||||||||||||||||
Existing shareholders | 20,000,000 | 80 | % | 1,088,375 |
4.17 |
% | 0.0544 | |||||||||||||
New investors | 5,000,000 | 20 | % | 25,000,000 | 95.83 | % | 5.00 | |||||||||||||
Total | 25,000,000 | 100.0 | % | 26,088,375 | 100.0 | % | 1.0435 |
In the event of an exercise of the over-allotment in full, our issuance and sale of Ordinary Shares will increase to 5,750,000 shares in this Offering at an assumed Offering Price of $5.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, assuming no exercise of overallotment and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses payable by us, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2020 would have been $21,595,619, or $0.84 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value to existing shareholders of $1.04 per share. The Offering Price per share will significantly exceed the net tangible book value per share. Accordingly, new investors who purchase shares in this Offering will suffer an immediate dilution of their investment of $4.16 per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution to the new investors purchasing shares in this Offering:
Offering (with over-allotment) | ||||
Assumed Offering Price per Ordinary Share | $ | 5.00 | ||
Net tangible book value per Ordinary Shares as of June 30, 2020 | $ | (0.20 | ) | |
Increase per Ordinary Shares attributable to this Offering | $ | 1.04 | ||
Pro forma net tangible book value per Ordinary Shares after the Offering | $ | 0.84 | ||
Dilution per Ordinary Share to new investors | $ | 4.16 |
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed Offering Price of $5.00 per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value by $5,347,500, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this Offering by $0.21 per share and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this Offering by $0.79 per share, assuming that the number of Ordinary Shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting fees and commissions and offering expenses payable by us.
The following chart illustrates our pro forma proportionate ownership, upon completion of this Offering (including an exercise of the over-allotment in full) by present shareholders and investors in this Offering, compared to the relative amounts paid by each. The charts reflect payment by present shareholders as of the date the consideration was received and by investors in this Offering at the assumed Offering Price without deduction of commissions or expenses. The charts further assume no changes in net tangible book value other than those resulting from the offering.
Shares Purchased | Total Consideration | Average Price | ||||||||||||||||||
Amount (#) | Percent (%) | Amount (#) | Percent (%) | Per Share ($) | ||||||||||||||||
Existing shareholders | 20,000,000 | 77.67 | % | 1,088,375 | 3.65 | % | 0.0544 | |||||||||||||
New investors | 5,750,000 | 22.33 | % | 28,750,000 | 96.35 | % | 5.00 | |||||||||||||
Total | 25,750,000 | 100.0 | % | 29,838,375 | 100.0 | % | 1.1588 |
Sales by the selling shareholders in this Offering will cause the number of shares held by existing shareholders to be reduced to shares, or % of the total number of shares outstanding after this Offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to shares, or % of the total number of shares outstanding after this Offering, excluding any shares purchased by any existing holders in this Offering.
48 |
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our results of operations and financial condition should be read together with our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto and other financial information, which are included elsewhere in this registration statement. Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). In addition, our financial statements and the financial information included in this registration statement reflect our organizational transactions and have been prepared as if our current corporate structure had been in place throughout the relevant periods.
This section contains forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to various factors, risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those reflected in these forward-looking statements. Further, as a result of these factors, risks and uncertainties, the forward-looking events may not occur. Relevant factors, risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the section entitled “Business,” “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this registration statement. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s beliefs and opinions as of the date of this registration statement. We are not obligated to publicly update or revise any forward looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
Overview
We are a British Virgin Islands company incorporated on December 4, 2018 as “Advancement International Limited” by three shareholders, namely Kindness Global Company Limited, Four Dimensions Global Investment Limited and Wisdom Global Company Limited. Through our contractually controlled and managed company, Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co,. Ltd, a People’s Republic of China company (“Wunong Shenzhen”), we operate an electronic online platform designed to provide primarily clean food to customers in China. We also operate a restaurant in China with a grocery section that sells only clean food. Our mission is to provide our customers in China with green food, organic food and pollution-free food (collectively “Clean Food”).
On February 15, 2019, we acquired all shares of Shenzhen Vande Technology Co., Limited (“Vande”) pursuant to the Instrument of Transfer, Sold Note and Bought Note recorded with Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong Special Administration Region (SAR).
Vande, incorporated on April 6, 2017 in Hong Kong, incorporated Guo Gang Tong (“WFOE”) in the People’s Republic of China with a registered capital of RMB 5,000,000 on December 28, 2018.
On March 2, 2019, WFOE entered into a series of contractual agreements with Wunong Shenzhen, a company incorporated in the People’s Republic of China on June 16, 2015 with a registered capital of RMB 5,000,000. These agreements include an Exclusive Technology Consulting Services Agreement, an Equity Interest Pledge Agreement, an Exclusive Purchase Rights Agreement, and a Proxy Agreement, and allow us to:
● | exercise effective control over Wunong Shenzhen; | |
● | receive substantially all of the economic benefits of Wunong Shenzhen; and | |
● | have an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interests in Wunong Shenzhen when and to the extent permitted by PRC law. |
As a result of these contractual arrangements, we have become the primary beneficiary of Wunong Shenzhen, and we treat Wunong Shenzhen as a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) in accordance with the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810 “Consolidation”, because the equity investments in Wunong Shenzhen no longer have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest, and we, through WFOE, are the primary beneficiary of Wunong Shenzhen. Accordingly, Wunong Shenzhen has been consolidated.
49 |
On August 19, 2019, we changed our name from “Advancement International Limited” to Wunong Net Technology Company Limited.
We are an online and mobile commerce company and conduct our business through our online retail store on our Website - www.wnw108.com. We sell over 400 types of food products on our Website. We do not grow, foster or manufacture any food products and all the food products sold on our Website are from our suppliers. We do not sell genetically modified food. We are committed to providing our customers with safe, high-quality, nutritious, tasty and non-genetically modified food products through our portfolio of trusted and well-known suppliers. Optimizing our Website and real-time data, we are able to respond to and match supply with demand for food products in keeping with consumer trends.
Food safety, product quality and sustainability are our core values. The food products/commodities sold on our Website are broadly categorized into (i) Green Food, (ii) Organic Food, (iii) intangible cultural heritage food products (“ICH Products”), (iv) agricultural products bearing geographical indications (“Agri GI Products”) and (v) Pollution-Free Products (genetically modified products excepted).
As of December 31, 2019, the portfolio of food products sold on our Website comprises 9.9% Organic Food (52 products), 4.9% Green Food (26 products), 2.1% Agri GI Products (11 products), and 83.1% of other food products (including non-genetically modified Pollution-Free Products) (435 products). The mix of food products sold on our Website is ever-changing, depending on food quality and safety, market demand, and customer preferences.
We also plan to open franchise restaurants throughout China in 2020. These restaurants will not only offer our food products for sampling but also will be equipped with a grocery section that sells our products. As of the date of this prospectus, we have launched our first restaurant in Shenzhen and plan to roll out other restaurants through franchisees throughout China. Our present restaurant model (which is subject to further refinement) allows a customer to rent our restaurant facilities, cook and serve food utilizing the food products purchased from us.
We generate revenue from the sale of food products/commodities on our Website, which includes custom pre-sales of food products/commodities such as crops and from our restaurant.
We received an Internet Content Provider (“ICP”) license for value-added Internet information services on December 21, 2018. Because we only sell food products that we have purchased from suppliers on the Website instead of operating an online marketplace which matches third party sellers and buyers, we are legally not required under Chinese law to obtain an ICP license. We have, however, obtained an ICP license just to preserve the option to run the aforementioned online marketplace in the future. The ICP license is a permit issued by the Chinese Ministry of Industry and Information Technology to permit China-based websites to operate in China.
How to Assess the Company’s Performance
In assessing performance, we consider a variety of performance and financial measures, including principal growth in net revenue, gross profit, distribution, general and administrative expenses, net income from operations. The key measures that we use to evaluate the performance of our business are set forth below:
(i) | Net Revenue |
Net revenue is equal to gross sales minus sales returns and sales incentives that the Company offers to its customers, such as discounts that are offset to gross sales. Our net sales are driven by changes in the number of customers, product varieties, selling price, and mix of products sold.
(ii) | Gross Profit |
Gross profit is equal to net sales minus cost of goods sold. Cost of goods sold primarily includes inventory costs (net of supplier consideration), inbound freight and other miscellaneous expenses. Cost of goods sold generally changes as we incur higher or lower costs from suppliers and as the customer and product mix changes.
(iii) | Selling, Marketing, General and Administrative Expenses |
Selling, marketing, general and administrative expenses primarily consist of salaries and benefits for employees, shipping expense, utilities, maintenance and repairs expenses, insurance expense, depreciation and amortization expenses, selling and marketing expenses, professional fees, and other operating expenses.
Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operation
Our business benefits from the significant growth of China’s e-commerce sector and e-grocery market. An Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada report stated that from 2012 to 2016, China’s e-grocery sales saw a compound annual growth rate of 52.9%. Total e-commerce in China registered significant growth with a compound annual growth rate of 51.2% from 2012 to 2016. However, the report stated that the rate at which e-commerce sales were growing was slowing down due to the rise in the numbers of players. Although the e-grocery category was seeing dynamic growth, it continued to account for a small portion (6.5%) of total e-commerce sales in China. (Source: http://www.agr.gc.ca/eng/industry-markets-and-trade/international-agri-food-market-intelligence/reports/e-grocery-market-in-china/?id=1504037238257).
This trend in e-commerce is largely driven by a combination of economic, technology and support infrastructure factors that are driving the demand for product variety/quality, convenience, and greater deals and transparency (BMI research, 2017). In recent years, China has seen a rising middle class with rising disposable incomes and spending. As a result, e-commerce sales in China were continually boosted by further device penetration, more players emerging in the channel, and retailers making huge efforts to draw consumers to their websites. Our results of operations will be materially impacted by changes in any one or more of these factors.
50 |
For example, although the PRC economy has grown in recent years, the pace of growth has slowed, and even that rate of growth may not continue. According to the PRC National Bureau of Statistics, the annual rate of growth in the PRC declined from 7.8% in 2013 to 7.3% in 2014, 6.9% in 2015, 6.7% in 2016, 6.8% in 2017 and 6.6% in 2018. (Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Historical_GDP_of_China).
The Chinese economy advanced 6.2% year-on-year in the second quarter of 2019, slowing from a 6.4% expansion in the previous three-month period. It was the lowest growth rate since the first quarter of 1992, amid ongoing trade tensions with the US, weakening global demand and alarming off-balance-sheet borrowings by local governments. (Source: https://tradingeconomics.com/china/gdp-growth-annual)
A further slowdown in overall economic growth, an economic downturn or recession or other adverse economic developments in the PRC may materially reduce the purchase power of the consumers of our products and lead to the decrease of demand for our products and may have a materially adverse effect on our business.
Also, changes in the Chinese or regional business or regulatory environment affecting the purchasing power of consumers of our products, changes in the Chinese government policy on food industry generally or a breakout of livestock or crop diseases in the PRC, such as Bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE or mad cow disease), Fibromuscular Dysplasia (FMD), swine flu and avian flu and increases in fuel/transportation costs could materially impact our business and affect the results of operations of our operations.
Coronavirus (COVID-19) Update
Recently, there is an ongoing outbreak of a novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19) first identified in China and has since spread rapidly globally. The pandemic has resulted in quarantines, travel restrictions, and the temporary closure of stores and business facilities globally for the past few months. In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the COVID-19 to be a pandemic.
The peak of the COVID-19 pandemic in China was from February through March 2020. During that time, our office was closed and our employees worked remotely at home using conferencing software such as Tencent conference software, WeChat software and Dingding software. Fortunately, we were able to transition to remote working arrangements without much disruption.
This period coincided with the traditional Chinese New Year, which is typically a peak shopping season. Compounded with the pandemic and threat of a national lockdown, the first quarter saw increased purchases and orders as customers hoarded food products. We and our suppliers tried our best to fulfill these orders ahead of schedule ahead of the lockdown. Accordingly, the impact on the pandemic on our first quarter online operations was minimal.
During this time, we established an epidemic prevention and control team, issued epidemic prevention and safety guidelines, purchased masks, disinfectant and sanitizers for its employees and office.
The pandemic came under control in China during the second quarter of 2020. Lockdown measures were lifted and our employees were allowed to return to work, albeit with social distancing and safety measures. We were able to receive orders and fulfill them timely and without any disruption. Unfortunately, while China was gradually returning to business, the pandemic raged elsewhere in the world and impacted China’s economy severely. Manufacturing activity came to a standstill as overseas orders were canceled. Chinese residents saw incomes and consequently, disposable income dwindle. This, coupled with the previous hoarding of food products, resulted in fewer orders for our products during the second quarter as customers tightened their belts and held back spending on perceived “luxury items” (such as premium-priced organic produce) and investing.
Fortunately, with the help of member promotion activities and sales promotions, we were still able to show a year-over-year 21% increase in revenue for the half of the year. This, however, fell short of the Company’s original sales forecast for the year.
One of the industries most impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic is the restaurant business. Our franchisees were hesitant to invest any capital in opening restaurants until lockdown measures were lifted for the restaurant industry. This caused our restaurant expansion plans to be temporarily suspended. The lockdown measures for restaurants were finally lifted in the third quarter. Customers are now able to dine indoors or outdoors without occupancy limits. We have been able to resume our restaurant expansion plans and the Company signed franchise agreements for 25 restaurants in the Shenzhen area, which will all be set up by year end 2020.
While China has the pandemic largely under control now, there are still isolated reports of imported cases and patients getting re-infected. Given the unpredictable but extremely infectious nature of the COVID-19 virus and until an effective vaccine is introduced, it is entirely within the realm of contemplation that a national or regional lockdown may occur again should there be a resurgence. In such a scenario, any or all of the abovementioned scenarios may occur again and the repercussions on the Company’s businesses and operations cannot be predicted with any certainty.
Because substantially all of our business operations and our workforce are concentrated in China, should there be a national lockdown and the implementation of containment measures again, we believe there is a risk that our business, results of operations, and financial condition will be adversely affected. Potential impact to our results of operations will also depend on future developments and new information that may emerge regarding the duration and severity of the COVID-19 and the actions taken by government authorities and other entities to contain the COVID-19 or mitigate its impact, almost all of which are beyond our control. The impact of the COVID-19 on our business, financial condition, and results of operations include, but are not limited to, the following:
● | the supply chain of our products and our ability to fulfil orders; | |
● | our ability to source available labor and materials to renovate and retrofit our restaurants; | |
● | any restrictions on restaurants will also impact our expansion plans and revenue especially if indoor dining capacity is severely curtailed; | |
● | the curtailment of any in-person marketing, advertising and meetings; | |
● | the global stock markets have experienced, and may continue to experience, significant decline from the COVID-19 outbreak. It is possible that the price of our ordinary shares will decline significantly after the consummation of this offering, in which case, you may lose your investment. |
Because of the uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 outbreak, the business disruption and the related financial impact related to the outbreak of and response to the coronavirus cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. For a detailed description of the risks associated with the novel coronavirus, see “Risk Factors - Risks Related to Our Business and Industry - We are exposed to the risks of an economic recession, credit and capital markets volatility and economic and financial crisis as a result of the COVID-19 virus pandemic, which could adversely affect the demand for our products, our business operations and expansion plans and our ability to mitigate its impact and provide timely information to our investors and the SEC.”
Results of Operations
For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019
The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and provides information regarding the dollar and percentage increase or (decrease) during such periods.
51 |
Net Revenue
Net revenue is equal to gross sales minus sales returns and sales incentives that we offer to our customers, such as discounts that are offsets to gross sales and certain other adjustments. Our net revenue consists of product revenue and service revenue. Product revenue was derived mainly from sales of Clean Food to customers in China via an online platform and a restaurant operated by the Company.
Net revenue increased by $0.5 million or 21%, from $2.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019 to $3.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The revenue increase was primarily due to the Company expanding its sales channels, increasing its sales force, and enhancing user experiences to increase recurring purchases. Starting from January 1, 2020, the Company outsourced its restaurant service to third parties. Due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, we did not open any new franchise restaurants in the first half of 2020.
The following table sets forth the breakdown of our net revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019.
For the six months ended June 30, 2020
Net | % of Total | Sales | Average | |||||||||||||
Product category | revenue | revenue | quantities | selling price | ||||||||||||
Grains, oil, and spices | $ | 1,296,132 | 43.3 | % | 134,518 | $ | 9.64 | |||||||||
Beverages, alcohol and tea | $ | 337,580 | 11.3 | % | 16,104 | $ | 20.96 | |||||||||
Other food | $ | 414,413 | 13.9 | % | 35,623 | $ | 11.63 | |||||||||
Meat, poultry and eggs | $ | 623,466 | 20.8 | % | 26,300 | $ | 23.71 | |||||||||
Fresh fruits and vegetables | $ | 127,324 | 4.3 | % | 22,916 | $ | 5.56 | |||||||||
Groceries | $ | 162,915 | 5.4 | % | 6,778 | $ | 24.04 | |||||||||
Dried seafood | $ | 28,437 | 1.0 | % | 3,836 | $ | 7.41 | |||||||||
Restaurant Services | $ | - | - | % | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||
Total | $ | 2,990,267 | 100 | % | 246,075 |
For the six months ended June 30, 2019
Net | % of Total | Sales | Average | |||||||||||||
Product category | revenue | revenue | quantities | selling price | ||||||||||||
Grains, oil, and spices | $ | 1,340,181 | 54.4 | % | 99,505 | $ | 13.47 | |||||||||
Beverages, alcohol and tea | $ | 379,189 | 15.4 | % | 19,690 | $ | 19.26 | |||||||||
Other food | $ | 222,853 | 9.0 | % | 22,376 | $ | 9.96 | |||||||||
Meat, poultry and eggs | $ | 134,559 | 5.5 | % | 12,222 | $ | 11.01 | |||||||||
Fresh fruits and vegetables | $ | 250,392 | 10.2 | % | 23,354 | $ | 10.72 | |||||||||
Groceries | $ | - | - | % | - | $ | - | |||||||||
Dried seafood | $ | 121,802 | 4.9 | % | 11,816 | $ | 10.31 | |||||||||
Restaurant Services | $ | 14,043 | 0.6 | % | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||
Total | $ | 2,463,019 | 100 | % | 188,963 |
Currently, we have seven major product categories for Clean Food: (1) grains, oil, and spices (2) fresh fruits and vegetables (3) meat, poultry and eggs, (4) dried seafood, (5) beverages, alcohol and tea, (6) other food, (7) groceries. Revenue is primarily generated from grains, oil, and spices, which account for 43.3% of the total product revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 54.4% of the total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2019. Grains, oil, and spices had average selling prices of $9.64 and $13.47 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Beverages, alcohol and tea had average selling prices of $20.96 and $19.26 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, and accounted for 11.3% and 15.4% of the total product revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Meat, poultry and eggs had average selling prices of $23.71 and $11.01 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, and accounted for 20.8% and 5.5% of the total product revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The significant increase of sales was due to the following: (1) we started sales of groceries in the second half of fiscal year 2019, sales from groceries increased by approximately $163,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019; (2) we started pre-ordering service for meat, poultry and eggs in mid-2019, orders were completed and we started to recognize revenue from the first quarter of 2020. The new service has contributed $0.1 million of sales for the six months ended June 30, 2020. In addition, we have added 12 new items to this category including duck, lamb and Berkshire pork, which contributed approximately $450,000 in revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The new products made this line as the second largest revenue source among our product lines; (3) we increased the issuance of the promotional coupons to customers during the outbreak of COVID-19 in order to boost our sales. However, due to logistics constraints during the COVID-19 outbreak, fruit, vegetable and other perishable products sales decreased by approximately $123,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2020, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019.
Cost of Revenues and Gross Profit
Due to the commencement of the online platform in mid-2018 and expansion of the presence of our website to more customers, cost of sales significantly increased in 2020. Cost of revenue, including tax surcharges, was $2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, an increase of $0.6 million, or 35% from $1.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019. Gross profit was $0.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, a decrease of approximately $94,000 from $0.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019.
The following tables set forth the calculation of gross profit and gross margin for sales of major product categories of Clean Food for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019.
For the six months ended June 30, 2020
Net | Cost of | Tax | Gross | Gross | ||||||||||||||||
Product category | revenue | revenue | surcharges | profit | margin | |||||||||||||||
Grains, oil, and spices | $ | 1,296,132 | $ | 1,055,553 | $ | 5,102 | $ | 235,477 | 18 | % | ||||||||||
Beverages, alcohol and tea | $ | 337,580 | $ | 237,773 | $ | 1,149 | $ | 98,658 | 29 | % | ||||||||||
Other food | $ | 414,413 | $ | 311,663 | $ | 1,506 | $ | 101,244 | 24 | % | ||||||||||
Meat, poultry and eggs | $ | 623,466 | $ | 552,501 | $ | 2,670 | $ | 68,295 | 11 | % | ||||||||||
Fresh fruits and vegetables | $ | 127,324 | $ | 110,518 | $ | 534 | $ | 16,272 | 13 | % | ||||||||||
Groceries | $ | 162,915 | $ | 104,644 | $ | 506 | $ | 57,765 | 35 | % | ||||||||||
Dried seafood | $ | 28,437 | $ | 22,962 | $ | 111 | $ | 5,364 | 19 | % | ||||||||||
Restaurant Services | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | - | % | ||||||||||
Total | $ | 2,990,267 | $ | 2,395,614 | $ | 11,578 | $ | 583,075 | 19 | % |
52 |
Groceries had the highest gross margin of 35.5% among the six product categories whereas meat, poultry and eggs had the lowest gross margin of 11% among products sold for the six months ended June 30, 2020.
For the six months ended June 30, 2019
Net | Cost of | Tax | Gross | Gross | ||||||||||||||||
Product category | revenue | revenue | surcharges | profit | margin | |||||||||||||||
Grains, oil, and spices | $ | 1,340,181 | $ | 981,438 | $ | 4,893 | $ | 353,850 | 26 | % | ||||||||||
Fresh fruits and vegetables | $ | 250,392 | $ | 175,887 | $ | 914 | $ | 73,591 | 29 | % | ||||||||||
Meat, poultry and eggs | $ | 134,559 | $ | 107,250 | $ | 491 | $ | 26,818 | 20 | % | ||||||||||
Dried seafood | $ | 121,802 | $ | 87,932 | $ | 445 | $ | 33,425 | 27 | % | ||||||||||
Beverages, alcohol and tea | $ | 379,189 | $ | 257,362 | $ | 1,384 | $ | 120,443 | 32 | % | ||||||||||
Other food | $ | 222,853 | $ | 160,969 | $ | 814 | $ | 61,070 | 27 | % | ||||||||||
Restaurant service | $ | 14,043 | $ | 6,482 | $ | 51 | $ | 7,510 | 53 | % | ||||||||||
Total | $ | 2,463,019 | $ | 1,777,320 | $ | 8,992 | $ | 676,707 | 27 | % |
Beverages, alcohol and tea had the highest gross margin of 32% among the six product categories whereas meat, poultry and eggs had the lowest gross margin of 20% for the six months ended June 30, 2019. Restaurant service revenue has a gross margin of 53%.
The 8% overall decrease in gross margin from 27% for the six months ended June 30, 2019 to 19% for the six months ended June 30, 2020 was due to the following: (1) we issued more promotional coupons to our existing customers and new customers during the COVID-19 to increase our sales. With the same cost and the same competitive pricing of our products, the promotional coupons resulted in a decrease in our gross margin. For the six months ended June 30, 2020, sales resulting from the coupons accounted for 5% of our total revenue, compared to less than 1% for the six months ended June 30, 2019; (2) the logistics constraints during the COVID-19 outbreak decreased our turnover for fruits, vegetable and other perishable, which led to a higher charge of inventory write-off and lower gross margin; (3) we added lamb to our meat, poultry and eggs line, which has a lower margin of 7%. This new product lowered the overall profit for this product line for the six months ended June 30, 2020 compared to that for the six months ended June 30, 2019.
Sales and Marketing Expenses
Sales and marketing expenses were $1.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, an increase of $0.5 million, from $0.6 million for six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase was attributable mainly to higher sales commissions of $0.5 million due to increased sales and increased commission rate from the second half of 2019, especially new customer referral commission, as well as an increase of $0.1 million from salaries and employee benefits.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses were $0.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, an increase of $0.1 million from $0.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase was mainly attributable to increased salary and employee benefit expenses by $42,000 due to the growth in number of employees and increased consulting and business conference expenses by $0.1 million, due to the efforts to list our Ordinary Shares on the US capital market.
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses increased by $0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 from approximately $60,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase in research and development expenses is due to the improvement and maintenance work of our online platform.
Other Income
Other income consists primarily of non-operating income and interest income or expenses. Other income was $2,932 and $9,193 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Provision for income taxes
Our provision for income taxes was $nil for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 as there were net losses for the two periods. Based upon management’s assessment of all available evidence, we believe that it is more-likely-than-not that the deferred tax assets for NOL carry-forwards will not be realizable; and therefore, a full valuation allowance is established as of June 30, 2020 and 2019.
Other comprehensive income
Foreign currency translation adjustments amounted to $30,307 and $2,134 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The balance sheet amounts, with the exception of equity, on June 30, 2020 were translated at 1.00 RMB to $0.1414 as compared to 1.00 RMB to $0.1457 on June 30, 2019. The equity accounts were stated at their historical rate. The average translation rates applied to the income statements accounts for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 were RMB 1.00 to $0.1422 and RMB 1.00 to $0.1474, respectively. The change in the value of the RMB relative to the U.S. dollar may affect our financial results reported in U.S dollar terms without giving effect to any underlying change in our business or results of operation.
For the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and provides information regarding the dollar and percentage increase or (decrease) during such periods.
Years ended | Years ended | |||||||||||||||||||||||
December 31, | December 31, | Variance | ||||||||||||||||||||||
2019 | % of revenue | 2018 | % of revenue | Amount | % | |||||||||||||||||||
NET REVENUES | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net Product Revenue | $ | 7,666,506 | 100 | % | $ | 1,076,827 | 100 | $ | 6,589,679 | 612 | % | |||||||||||||
Net Service Revenue | 16,077 | - | - | - | % | 16,077 | 100 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Total Net Revenues | 7,682,583 | 100 | % | 1,076,827 | 100 | % | 6,605,756 | 613 | % | |||||||||||||||
COST OF REVENUES | 5,778,167 | 75 | % | 848,777 | 79 | % | 4,929,390 | 581 | % | |||||||||||||||
GROSS PROFIT | 1,904,416 | 25 | % | 228,050 | 21 | % | 1,676,366 | 735 | % | |||||||||||||||
OPERATING EXPENSES | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales and Marketing Expenses | 1,882,714 | 25 | % | 324,905 | 30 | % | 1,557,809 | 479 | % | |||||||||||||||
General and Administrative Expenses | 1,440,114 | 19 | % | 680,823 | 63 | % | 759,291 | 112 | % | |||||||||||||||
Research and Development Expenses | 340,534 | 4 | % | 205,609 | 19 | % | 134,924 | 66 | % | |||||||||||||||
Total Operating Expenses | 3,663,362 | 48 | % | 1,211,337 | 112 | % | 2,452,025 | 202 | % | |||||||||||||||
LOSSFROM OPERATIONS | (1,758,946 | ) | (23 | )% | (983,287 | ) | (91 | )% | (775,659 | ) | 79 | % | ||||||||||||
Other Income, net | 3,904 | 0 | % | 3,189 | 0 | 715 | 22 | % | ||||||||||||||||
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAX | (1,755,042 | ) | (23 | )% | (980,098 | ) | (91 | )% | (774,944 | ) | 79 | % | ||||||||||||
Provision for Income Taxes | - | - | - | - | % | - | - | % | ||||||||||||||||
NET LOSS | (1,755,042 | ) | (23 | )% | (980,098 | ) | (91 | )% | (774,944 | ) | (79 | )% | ||||||||||||
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment | 26,867 | 0 | % | 29,183 | 3 | % | (2,316 | ) | (8 | %) | ||||||||||||||
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS | $ | (1,728,175 | ) | (22 | )% | $ | (950,915 | ) | (88 | )% | $ | (777,260 | ) | (82 | )% |
53 |
Net Revenue
Net revenue is equal to gross sales minus sales returns and sales incentives that we offer to our customers, such as discounts that are offsets to gross sales and certain other adjustments. Our net revenue consists of product revenue and service revenue. Product revenue was derived mainly from sales of Clean Food to customers in China via an online platform and a restaurant operated by the Company.
Net revenue increased by $6,605,756, or 613%, from $1,076,827 for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $7,682,583 for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase was attributable to the increase in product revenue as we started operating our online platform in June 2018. The revenue increase was primarily due to the Company expanding its sales channels, increasing its sales force, and enhancing user experiences to increase recurring membership purchases. To a smaller extent, the Company also began operating its restaurant during this period.
The following table sets forth the breakdown of our net revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
For the year ended December 31, 2019
Net | % of Total | Sales | Average | |||||||||||||
Product category | revenue | revenue | quantities | selling price | ||||||||||||
Grains, oil, and spices | $ | 3,811,172 | 49.6 | % | 278,026 | $ | 13.71 | |||||||||
Beverages, alcohol and tea | $ | 1,060,858 | 13.8 | % | 58,079 | $ | 18.27 | |||||||||
Meat, poultry and eggs | $ | 876,249 | 11.4 | % | 52,102 | $ | 16.82 | |||||||||
Other food | $ | 687,426 | 9.0 | % | 59,452 | $ | 11.56 | |||||||||
Fresh fruits and vegetables | $ | 539,052 | 7.0 | % | 72,098 | $ | 7.48 | |||||||||
Groceries | $ | 462,003 | 6.0 | % | 3,619 | $ | 127.66 | |||||||||
Dried seafood | $ | 229,746 | 3.0 | % | 21,266 | $ | 10.8 | |||||||||
Restaurant Services | $ | 16,077 | 0.2 | % | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||
Total | $ | 7,682,583 | 100 | % | 544,642 |
54 |
For the year ended December 31, 2018
Net | % of total | Sales | Average | |||||||||||||
Product category | revenue | revenue | quantities | selling price | ||||||||||||
Grains, oil, and spices | $ | 561,128 | 52.1 | % | 57,803 | $ | 9.71 | |||||||||
Fresh fruits and vegetables | $ | 199,725 | 18.6 | % | 20,944 | $ | 9.54 | |||||||||
Meat, poultry and eggs | $ | 105,855 | 9.8 | % | 10,665 | $ | 9.93 | |||||||||
Other food | $ | 94,890 | 8.8 | % | 9,828 | $ | 9.66 | |||||||||
Dried seafood | $ | 80,920 | 7.5 | % | 8,728 | $ | 9.27 | |||||||||
Beverages, alcohol and tea | $ | 34,309 | 3.2 | % | 2,034 | $ | 16.87 | |||||||||
Total | $ | 1,076,827 | 100 | % | 110,002 |
Currently, we have seven major product categories for Clean Food: (1) grains, oil, and spices (2) fresh fruits and vegetables (3) meat, poultry and eggs, (4) dried seafood, (5) beverages, alcohol and tea, (6) other food, (7) groceries. Revenue is primarily generated from grains, oil, and spices, which account for 49.6% of the total product revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 52.10% of the total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018. Grains, oil, and spices had average selling prices of $13.71 and $9.71 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Beverages, alcohol and tea had average selling prices of $18.27 and $16.87 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and accounted for 13.8% and 3.2% of the total product revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Cost of Revenues and Gross Profit
Due to the commencement of the online platform in mid-2018, cost of sales and gross profit have both significantly increased in 2019. Cost of revenue, including tax surcharges, was $5,778,167 for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $4,929,390, or 581% from $848,777 for the year ended December 31, 2018. Gross profit was $1,904,416 for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $1,676,366 from $228,050 for the year ended December 31, 2018.
The following tables set forth the calculation of gross profit and gross margin for sales of major product categories of Clean Food for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
For the year ended December 31, 2019
Net | Cost of | Tax | Gross | Gross | ||||||||||||||||
Product category | revenue | revenue | surcharges | profit | margin | |||||||||||||||
Grains, oil, and spices | $ | 3,811,172 | $ | 2,887,812 | $ | 18,447 | $ | 904,913 | 23.7 | % | ||||||||||
Beverages, alcohol and tea | $ | 1,060,858 | $ | 725,638 | $ | 4,635 | $ | 330,585 | 31.2 | % | ||||||||||
Meat, poultry and eggs | $ | 876,249 | $ | 725,619 | $ | 4,635 | $ | 145,995 | 16.7 | % | ||||||||||
Other food | $ | 687,426 | $ | 515,892 | $ | 3,295 | $ | 168,239 | 24.5 | % | ||||||||||
Fresh fruits and vegetables | $ | 539,052 | $ | 397,721 | $ | 2,541 | $ | 138,790 | 25.7 | % | ||||||||||
Groceries | $ | 462,003 | $ | 312,868 | $ | 1,999 | $ | 147,136 | 31.8 | % | ||||||||||
Dried seafood | $ | 229,746 | $ | 160,176 | $ | 1,023 | $ | 68,547 | 29.8 | % | ||||||||||
Restaurant Services | $ | 16,077 | $ | 15,866 | $ | 0 | $ | 211 | 1.3 | % | ||||||||||
Total | $ | 7,682,583 | $ | 5,741,592 | $ | 36,575 | $ | 1,904,416 | 24.8 | % |
Groceries had the highest gross margin of 31.8% among the six product categories whereas meat, poultry and eggs had the lowest gross margin of 16.70% among products sold for the year ended December 31, 2019. Restaurant service revenue had a gross margin of 1.3%.
55 |
For the year ended December 31, 2018
Net | Cost of | Tax | Gross | Gross | ||||||||||||||||
Product category | revenue | revenue | surcharges | profit | margin | |||||||||||||||
Grains, oil, and spices | $ | 561,128 | $ | 455,210 | $ | 2,180 | $ | 103,738 | 18 | % | ||||||||||
Fresh fruits and vegetables | $ | 199,725 | $ | 144,045 | $ | 777 | $ | 55,903 | 27 | % | ||||||||||
Meat, poultry and eggs | $ | 105,855 | $ | 91,228 | $ | 411 | $ | 14,216 | 13 | % | ||||||||||
Other food | $ | 94,890 | $ | 73,200 | $ | 369 | $ | 21,321 | 22 | % | ||||||||||
Dried seafood | $ | 80,920 | $ | 59,775 | $ | 314 | $ | 20,831 | 26 | % | ||||||||||
Beverages, alcohol and tea | $ | 34,309 | $ | 21,135 | $ | 133 | $ | 13,041 | 38 | % | ||||||||||
Total | $ | 1,076,827 | $ | 844,593 | $ | 4,184 | $ | 228,050 | 21 | % |
Beverages, alcohol and tea had the highest gross margin of 38% among the six product categories whereas meat, poultry and eggs had the lowest gross margin of 13% for the year ended December 31, 2018.
The 3.8% overall increase in gross margin from 21% for the year ended December 31, 2018 to 24.8% for the year ended December 31, 2019 is because we only started online sales business in June 2018, and there were only seven months’ worth of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018. The gross margin for grains, oil and spices increased by 5.7% primarily due to the pre-ordering service, which has a higher margin of approximately 23%, accounting for 10% to the total sales in this category in 2019, compared to 0% in 2018. Gross margin for beverages, alcohol and tea decreased by 6.8% mostly due to a product mix change. In 2019, we increased to 36 different products with various gross profits compared to only 15 in 2018. Gross margin for meat, poultry and eggs increased by 3.7% mainly due to the sales price increases ahead of costs due to the swine flu in China in 2019. With the expansion of products sold online, we expect to see the gross profit fluctuate.
Sales and Marketing Expenses
Sales and marketing expenses were $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $1.6 million, from $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was attributable mainly to increased advertising expenses, higher sales commissions due to increased sales and growth in number of sales employees and their attendant salaries and employee benefits. Advertising expenses increased by approximately $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from approximately $13,000 for the year ended December 31, 2018. Sales commissions increased by $1.0 million or 558%, from $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 due to the sales increase of 613%. Salaries and employee benefit expenses increased by $0.2 million from $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses were $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of $0.7 million from $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was mainly attributable to increased salary and employee benefit expenses by $0.3 million and increased rent, utilities, and other office expenses by $0.2 million, due to the commencement of the online platform business and restaurant business and growth in number of employees.
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses increased by $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in research and development expenses is due to the improvement and maintenance of our online platform.
56 |
Other Income
Other income consists primarily of non-operating income and interest income or expenses. Other income was $3,904 and $3,189 for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Provision for income taxes
Our provision for income taxes was $nil for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 as there were net losses for the two periods.
Other comprehensive income
Foreign currency translation adjustments amounted to $26,867 and $29,183 for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The balance sheet amounts, with the exception of equity, on December 31, 2019 were translated at 1.00 RMB to $0.1435 as compared to 1.00 RMB to $0.1454 on December 31, 2018. The equity accounts were stated at their historical rate. The average translation rates applied to the income statements accounts for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were 1.00 RMB to $0.1447 and 1.00 RMB to $0.1511, respectively. The change in the value of the RMB relative to the U.S. dollar may affect our financial results reported in U.S dollar terms without giving effect to any underlying change in our business or results of operation.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We had cash of $212,817 and $546,294 as of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. Net loss was $1.3 million for six months ended June 30, 2020. We had negative working capital of $2.1 million and $1.6 million as of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. We have funded working capital and other capital requirements primarily by equity contributions from shareholders. Cash is required to pay purchase costs for inventory, salaries, selling expenses, rental expenses, income taxes, and other operating expenses.
As reflected in our consolidated financial statements, we had net losses of approximately $1.8 million and $1.0 million in fiscal year 2019 and 2018, respectively, and had negative working capital of $1.6 million and $0.5 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. In assessing our liquidity, management monitors and analyses our cash on hand, ability to generate sufficient revenue sources in the future, and operating and capital expenditure commitments. In addition, our major shareholders have been providing and will continue to provide their personal funds, if necessary, to support the Company on an as-needed basis. Subsequently in July to September 2020, major shareholders have contributed approximately $79,000 to the Company. The Company also received additional related party loan of $150,000 from Changbin Xia, shareholder of the Company subsequent in July 2020. In order to fully implement our business plan and sustain continued growth, we may also need to obtain additional financing support from local banks or raise capital from outside investors. At the present time, however, we do not have commitments of funds from any third party.
The following table sets forth cash flow data for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019:
Six Months Ended | ||||||||
June 30, | ||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Net cash used in operating activities | $ | (1,108,780 | ) | $ | (10 | ) | ||
Net cash provided from (used in) investing activities | 68,528 | (116,408 | ) | |||||
Net cash provided by financing activities | 712,603 | 417,079 | ||||||
Effect of changes of foreign exchange rate on cash | (5,828 | ) | (4,067 | ) | ||||
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents | $ | (333,477 | ) | $ | 296,594 |
Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities consists primarily of net income adjusted for non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization and adjusted for the effect of working capital changes. Net cash used in operating activities was approximately $1.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, an increase in cash flow of $1.1 million, compared to net cash used in operating activities of $10 for the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase resulted from approximately $0.8 million increase in net loss and $0.5 million decrease of working capital, including $0.7 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued expense and $0.1 million of change in prepaid expense, offset by increased inventory and advanced to suppliers of $0.3 million.
57 |
Investing Activities
Net cash provided from investing activities was approximately $68,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2020, an increase of $0.2 million, compared to approximately $116,000 of net cash used in investing activities the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase consisted mainly of an increase of $71,000 cash released from a certificate of deposit and a decrease of $72,000 in capital expenditure for office and restaurant renovations compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019.
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities was approximately $0.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020, an increase of approximately $0.3 million, compared with cash provided by financing activities of $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2019. The increase resulted from increased proceeds from related parties loans by approximately $285,000 and increased proceeds from capital contribution of $10,000.
The following table sets forth cash flow data for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:
Years Ended | ||||||||
December 31, | ||||||||
2019 | 2018 | |||||||
Net cash used in operating activities | $ | (409,069 | ) | $ | (533,224 | ) | ||
Net cash used in investing activities | (152,944 | ) | (302,083 | ) | ||||
Net cash provided by financing activities | 1,004,934 | 923,876 | ||||||
Effect of changes of foreign exchange rate on cash | 4,014 | 1,252 | ||||||
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents | $ | 446,935 | $ | 89,821 |
Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities consists primarily of net income adjusted for non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization and adjusted for the effect of working capital changes. Net cash used in operating activities was approximately $409,069 for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase in cash flow of $0.1 million, compared to net cash used in operating activities of $533,224 for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase resulted from approximately $1.2 million increase in advance from customers due to increased pre-ordering, $0.4 million increase in accounts payable and $0.2 million of prepaid expense, offset by increased net loss of $0.8 million, deferred offering cost of $0.3 million, $0.6 million of advances to suppliers and $0.2 million of inventories.
58 |
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $152,944 for the year ended December 31, 2019, a decrease in cash used of $0.1 million, compared to $302,083 of net cash used in investing activities the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease consisted mainly of decrease of $0.3 million capital expenditure for office and restaurant renovation, offset by increase of short term investment of certificate of deposit of approximately $72,000 and purchase of property and equipment of approximately $81,000 in the year ended December 31, 2019.
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities was approximately $1,004,934 for the year ended December 31, 2019, an increase of approximately $81,000, compared with cash provided by financing activities of $923,876 for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase resulted from increased proceeds from equity contribution by approximately $790,000, offset by decreased related parties loans for the year ended December 31, 2019 by approximately $700,000, compared with the year ended December 31, 2018.
Contractual Obligations
The Company leases two offices under operating leases. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations, which are comprised entirely of operating lease obligations as of June 30, 2020, and the effect these obligations expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods:
Payments due by period | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total | Less than 1 year | 1-3 years | 3-5 years | More than 5 years | ||||||||||||||||
Operating Lease Obligations | 941,624 | 274,714 | 581,306 | 85,604 | - | |||||||||||||||
Total | 941,624 | 274,714 | 581,306 | 85,604 | - |
None of the Company’s liabilities, other than obligations under operating leases, disclosed on the balance sheet represents contractual obligations.
Capital Expenditures
We had capital expenditures of $2,556 and $116,408 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Off -balance Sheet Arrangements
We are not a party to any off -balance sheet arrangements.
Critical Accounting Policies
We prepare our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted by the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), which requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect our reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and any related disclosures. Although there were no material changes made to the accounting estimates and assumptions in the past two years, we continually evaluate these estimates and assumptions based on the most recently available information, our own historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from our expectations as a result of changes in our estimates.
We believe that the following accounting policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity in their application and require us to make significant accounting estimates. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to understanding and evaluating our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.
59 |
Consolidation of variable interest entity
A VIE is an entity that either has a total equity investment that is insufficient to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, or whose equity investments lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest, such as through voting rights, and the right to receive the expected residual returns of the entity. The variable interest holder, if any, that has a controlling financial interest in a VIE is deemed to be the primary beneficiary of, and must consolidate, the VIE.
Guo Gang Tong is deemed to have a controlling financial interest in and be the primary beneficiary of Wunong Shenzhen because it has both of the following characteristics:
(1) | The power to direct activities at Wunong Shenzhen that most significantly impact such entity’s economic performance, and | |
(2) | The right to receive benefits from Wunong Shenzhen that could potentially be significant to such entity. |
Pursuant to the contractual arrangements with Wunong Shenzhen, Wunong Shenzhen pays service fees equal to all of its net profit after tax payments to Guo Gang Tong. Such contractual arrangements are designed so that Wunong Shenzhen operates for the benefit of Guo Gang Tong and ultimately, the Company.
Accordingly, the accounts of the Wunong Shenzhen are consolidated in our financial statements pursuant to ASC 810-10, Consolidation. In addition, their financial positions and results of operations are included in our financial statements.
Use of estimates
In preparing the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, management makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting years. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include, but not limited to, the useful lives of property and equipment; allowance for doubtful accounts and advances to suppliers; assumptions related to the consolidation of entities in which the Company holds variable interests; the valuation of inventories; the useful lives and implicit interest rate of finance leases, and the realization of deferred tax assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Revenue recognition
On January 1, 2017, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (FASB ASC Topic 606) using the modified retrospective approach. The results of applying Topic 606 using the modified retrospective approach were insignificant and did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, business process, controls or systems.
The core principle underlying the revenue recognition ASU is that the Company will recognize revenue to represent the transfer of goods to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in such exchange. This will require the Company to identify contractual performance obligations and determine whether revenue should be recognized at a point in time or over time, based on when control of goods and services transfers to a customer. The majority of the Company’s contracts have one single performance obligation as the promise to transfer the individual goods is not separately identifiable from other promises in the contracts and is, therefore, not distinct. The initial payments received from pre-ordering are recorded in the advance from customers on the balance sheets and will not be recognized as revenue until transfer of goods. Shipping and handling are activities to fulfill the Company’s promise to transfer goods to customers, which are included in the sale price of the goods.
60 |
Revenue is recognized or realizable and earned when all five of the following criteria are met: (1) Identify the Contract with a Customer, (2) Identify the Performance Obligations in the Contract, (3) Determine the Transaction Price, (4) Allocate the Transaction Price to the Performance Obligations in the Contract, and (5) Recognize Revenue When (or As) the Entity Satisfies a Performance Obligation. The Company recognizes revenue based upon gross sales minus sales returns and sales incentives that the Company offers to its customers, such as discounts. Revenue is reported net of all value added taxes. The Company generally does not permit customers to return products and historically, customer returns have been immaterial.
On January 1, 2017, the Company also adopted ASU 2016-08 Principle versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net), which amended the principal-versus-agent implementation guidance and illustrations in ASU 2014-09 to clarify how the principal-versus-agent indicators should be evaluated to support an entity’s conclusion that it controls a specified good or service before it is transferred to a customer. Under the new revenue standards, when a third party is involved in providing goods or services to a customer, the entity must determine whether its performance obligation is to provide the good or service itself (i.e., the entity is a principal) or to arrange for another party to provide the good or service (i.e., the entity is an agent). An entity makes this determination by evaluating the nature of its promise to the customer. An entity is a principal (and, therefore, records revenue on a gross basis) if it controls the promised good or service before transferring it to the customer. An entity is an agent (and records as revenue the net amount it retains as a commission) if its only role is to arrange for another entity to provide the goods or services.
The Company operates an online platform to sell Clean Food to retail customers and recognizes revenue on a gross basis. The Company is a principal because it controls the promised good or service before transferring it to a customer. This control is determined by the following indicators 1) The Company is the primary obligor in the sales transaction and responsible for providing products and service. 2) The Company bears the inventory risk. The Company will first indemnify customers for product damages and then request reimbursements from suppliers if the suppliers are determined to be responsible for the damages. 3) The Company selects suppliers and runs the entire sales process. 4) The Company sets the product price and has control over the entire transaction.
The Company applied a practical expedient to expense costs as incurred for costs to obtain a contract with a customer when the amortization period would have been one year or less. The Company has no material incremental costs of obtaining contracts with customers that the Company expects the benefit of those costs to be longer than one year which need to be recognized as assets.
Inventory, net
Inventories consist of raw materials and finished goods and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The cost of inventories is calculated using the weighted average basis. The Company reviews its inventories periodically to determine if any reserves are necessary for potential obsolescence or if the carrying value exceeds net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the normal course of business less any costs to complete and sell products.
Income taxes
The Company is subject to the income tax laws of the PRC. No taxable income was generated outside the PRC For the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes”. ASC 740 requires an asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting for income taxes and allows recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets based upon the likelihood of realization of tax benefits in future years. Under the asset and liability approach, deferred taxes are provided for the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. A valuation allowance is provided for deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not these items will either expire before the Company is able to realize their benefits, or future deductibility is uncertain.
61 |
ASC 740-10-25 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” prescribes a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken (or expected to be taken) in a tax return. It also provides guidance on the recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, years open for tax examination, accounting for income taxes in interim periods and income tax disclosures. There were no material uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. All tax returns since the Company’s inception are subject to examination by tax authorities.
Recent accounting pronouncements
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): The amendments in this Update require a financial asset (or a group of financial assets) measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. The amendments broaden the information that an entity must consider in developing its expected credit loss estimate for assets measured either collectively or individually. The use of forecasted information incorporates more timely information in the estimate of expected credit loss, which will be more decision useful to users of the financial statements. This ASU is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019 for issuers and December 15, 2020 for non-issuers. Early adoption is permitted for all entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods therein. In May 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-05, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Targeted Transition Relief. This update adds optional transition relief for entities to elect the fair value option for certain financial assets previously measured at amortized cost basis to increase comparability of similar financial assets. The updates should be applied through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective (that is, a modified retrospective approach). In November 19, 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-10 to amend the effective date for ASU 2016-13 to be fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 and interim periods therein. The Company does not believe this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement,” to improve the effectiveness of disclosures in the notes to financial statements related to recurring or nonrecurring fair value measurements by removing amounts and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the policy for timing of transfers between levels, and the valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements. The new standard requires disclosure of the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. The amendments in this update are effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company evaluated and deemed this standard has no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12 (“ASU 2019-12”), Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which is intended to simplify various aspects related to managerial accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in ASC 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of adopting this standard, and does not believe this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
The Company does not believe other recently issued but not yet effective accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the consolidated financial position, statements of operations and cash flows.
62 |
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks
Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to interest rate risk while we have short-term bank loans outstanding. Although interest rates for our short-term loans are typically fixed for the terms of the loans, the terms are typically twelve months and interest rates are subject to change upon renewal.
Credit Risk
Credit risk is controlled by the application of credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. We manage credit risk through in-house research and analysis of the Chinese economy and the underlying obligors and transaction structures. We identify credit risk collectively based on industry, geography and customer type. To minimize credit risk, we cooperate with local big distributors, which are more recognized in the farmers’ markets and have better credibility history. This information is monitored regularly by management.
In measuring the credit risk of our sales, we mainly reflect the “probability of default” by the customer on its contractual obligations and considers the current financial position of the customer and the exposures to the customer and its likely future development.
Liquidity Risk
We are also exposed to liquidity risk which is risk that it is unable to provide sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet its commitments and business needs. Liquidity risk is controlled by the application of financial position analysis and monitoring procedures. When necessary, we will turn to other financial institutions and third parties to obtain short-term funding to meet the liquidity shortage.
Inflation Risk
We are also exposed to inflation risk Inflationary factors, such as increases in raw material and overhead costs, could impair our operating results. Although we do not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our financial position or results of operations to date, a high rate of inflation in the future may have an adverse effect on our ability to maintain current levels of gross margin and operating expenses as a percentage of revenue if the selling prices of our products do not increase with such increased costs.
63 |
Foreign Currency Risk
A majority of our operating activities and a significant portion of our assets and liabilities are denominated in RMB, which is not freely convertible into foreign currencies. All foreign exchange transactions take place either through the Peoples’ Bank of China (“PBOC”) or other authorized financial institutions at exchange rates quoted by PBOC. Approval of foreign currency payments by the PBOC or other regulatory institutions requires submitting a payment application form together with suppliers’ invoices and signed contracts. The value of RMB is subject to changes in central government policies and to international economic and political developments affecting supply and demand in the China Foreign Exchange Trading System market.
INDUSTRY
Background to the Food Retail Industry in China and Our Food Products
The food retail market in China is highly fragmented both online and offline and will be the next frontier for e-commerce in China, according to a report released by Bloomberg Intelligence. The report named “China leads push into smart retail” discussed smart retail development in China and identified areas of focus in the industry.
As of the New China report on December 1, 2018, the online market share in the food retail category was less than 5%, and China’s leading internet platforms were focusing on it with strategic investments in the country’s largest grocery chains and planned to integrate online and offline shopping. (Source: http://www.xinhuanet.com/english/2018-12/01/c_137643102.htm). It started in March 2015 when Alibaba launched its Hema Fresh concept. The store offered freshly cooked food from produce it sold and integrated the online and offline experience through a mobile app that accepted payment and introduced products. Hema Fresh also doubled as a warehouse, providing 30-minute grocery deliveries for those living within 3 kilometers of a store. Hema Fresh had more than 100 stores in 19 cities of China. It offered fresh products from more than 100 countries and regions. More than 40 percent of its products were from overseas. Online orders accounted for more than 60 percent of total store sales for stores in operation for 18 months or longer. Analysts saw Hema Fresh as the best example of Chinese companies’ efforts to push forward smart retail initiatives, which are making Chinese consumers more demanding and sophisticated. Many Chinese companies followed suit. The technology developed for Hema Fresh had already been adopted by more than 30 retailers in China. RT-Mart, China’s leading hypermarket chain, was implementing the technology across all its stores. JD.com, another large e-commerce platform in China, had announced plans to open 1 million franchised convenience stores within five years. It had also introduced drone delivery project to solve the last-mile delivery problem. (Source: http://www.chinadaily.com.cn/a/201901/18/WS5c416f89a3106c65c34e543c.html)
The Bloomberg Intelligence report opined that the presence of China’s internet innovators in this space will likely spur industry consolidation over the next 10 years and that grocery was a natural area of growth because there were more opportunities to grow in a relatively small market (Source: http://www.xinhuanet.com/english/2018-12/01/c_137642997.htm).
Supporting this growth, mobile-payment transactions are expected to surge to about 1,270 trillion yuan in 2027 from 120 trillion yuan last year, based on consultancy iResearch and Bloomberg Intelligence’s analysis. In cloud-computing businesses, Alibaba and Tencent were expanding quickly for support, with revenue growth about triple-digit percentages. However, both companies were still at the early stages of global expansion, according to the report.
Green Food
According to an article titled “Green Food in China” by John Paull, “Green Food” is a Chinese eco-certification scheme for food. It certifies both the production process and the outcome. Green Food is produced with a controlled and reduced use of pesticides, together with a testing regime for pesticide residues. There is a contrast between Green Food, which is a certification of both production and outcome, and organic certification, which is a certification of production process alone.
64 |
For production of Green Food, four environmental criteria, need to be met:
1. “Area should meet the highest grade of air standards in China”;
2. “Heavy metal residues are restricted in irrigation, water and soil (tests for mercury, cadmium, arsenic, lead, chrome, etc.)”;
3. “Processing water must meet the National Drinking Water Standard”;
4. “Chemical applications are restricted and regulated, and some of the most poisonous pesticides and herbicides are banned”
Certified Green Food bears the Green Food logo which is a green circular graphic of a stylized bud accompanied by “Green Food” text, below or to the right of the graphic, in Chinese, or in Chinese and English.
(Source: John Paull, The Fenner School of Environment and Society, Australian National University, “Green Food in China”)
Article 9 of the Measures for the Administration of Green Food Logos (2012) [Revised] provides that products bearing the Green Food logo must comply with the Food Safety Law of the People’s Republic of China, the Agricultural Product Quality Safety Law of the People’s Republic of China and other laws and administrative regulations, fall under the scope approved by the Trademark Bureau of the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, and must meet the following conditions:
1. | the production site environment of products or product raw materials meet the environmental quality standards for green food production sites; | |
2. | pesticides, fertilizers, feeds, veterinary drugs and other inputs comply with the rules on the use of green food inputs; | |
3. | product quality meets the quality standards for green food products; and | |
4. | the packaging and storage meet the standards for the packaging and storage of green food. |
The China Green Food Development Center (“CGFDC”), established under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs of the People’s Republic of China in November 1992, is a specialized agency in China, in charge of Green Food logo licensing, organic agricultural products certification, Agri GI Products registration and protection, and local pollution-free agricultural products certification. The CGFDC joined the International Federation of Organic Agriculture Movements (“IFOAM”) in 1993. It is headquartered in Beijing, where its general office and divisions of logo management, authentication, sci-tech and standards, planning and finance, and international cooperation are located. Currently, the CGFDC has set up 42 local food regulatory agencies, commissioned 38 quality inspection agencies, and 71 green food producing environmental monitoring branches. (Source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/China_Green_Food_Development_Center).
Green Food covers agricultural and forestry products, livestock and poultry, aquatic products, drinks and other products. Depending on the level of processing, Green Food includes primary products, primary processed products and fine processed products. (Source: http://www.greenfood.org.cn/ywzn/lssp/cjwt/201112/t20111213_5910531.htm)
The Green Food certification originally had two levels: “AA Green Food” and “A Green Food”. The “AA Green Food” standard is a stricter standard and indicates or equals to that of organic agriculture. In June 2008, Grade AA green food was suspended officially by the China Green Food Development Center. (Source: “Why Should We Protect the Interests of “Green Food” Certified Product Growers? Evidence from Kiwifruit Production in China” by Ruifeng Liu, Zhifeng Gao, Gongan Yan and Hengyun Ma)
65 |
Organic Food
According to an article titled “Organic Food in China: The Law Behind Luse Shipin and Youji Shipin” by Riccardo Berti (GeoProgress Journal, vol. 2 n. I, 2015), Chinese organic agriculture began in the late 1980s, driven initially by environmental concerns and later by export opportunities. The sector’s growth was remarkable, reaching over million hectares within five years. The Chinese government was quick to move to regulate the organic sector through a series of rules and regulations introduced since the mid-1990s. By 2005, compulsory organic standards and supervision systems were introduced for organic certification bodies operating in China, and as a consequence all organic products, including imports, must comply with the national rules and standards.
There are various regulations and agencies in the Chinese regulatory system for organic agriculture. At the forefront is the Certification and Accreditation Administration of the People’s Republic of China (CNCA), the national administrative body overseeing all types of certification and accreditation within China. Established by the State Council of China in August 2001, CNCA’s main mandate is to unify and streamline management of standards and certifications, which were previously managed by various departments, resulting in inconsistency. The China National Accreditation Service for Conformity Assessment (CNAS), the national accreditation body, does technical conformity assessment. CNAS conducts assessment and accreditation for inspection bodies, laboratories as well as certification bodies. The China Organic Product Certification applies to the production, processing, labelling and marketing, and management system of all natural food products. It applies to the manufacturing of all-natural products and the producers are subject to annual auditing.
“National Standard of the People’s Republic of China: Organic Products” (GB/T19630-2005) was introduced in January 2005, taking effect in April. In June 2005 CNCA issued “The Rule on Implementation of Organic Products Certification”. In 2009, CNCA organized expert meetings for the revision of “China National Standard for Organic Product”, with the new version of the national standard due to be issued in late 2010. The Technical Committee of Chinese Organic Certification was founded on 14 December, 2009.
The China Organic Product Certification standard covers crops, mushrooms, wild plants, livestock and poultry, aquaculture products, beekeeping products and their unprocessed products, among others. The China Organic Product Certification system is certified by certification organizations. Inspectors of all certification and certification training bodies must be approved and registered with the China Certification & Accreditation Association (“CCAA”). The China Organic Product Certification system, previously a dual system to check compliance with the relevant criteria consisting of on-site auditing and residue testing, with two certificates (Organic Certificate; Conversion to Organic Certificate with a conversion period of 3 years) delivered by certification bodies subject to annual surveillance audits, is currently a unified system certifying the production, processing and sales of all products in compliance with the organic product certification rules regulated under the Measures for the Administration of Organic Product Certification. The organic standards, i.e. National Standard of the People’s Republic of China: Organic Products (GB/T 19630.1~19630.4-2005), are based on international norms with added emphasis on contamination by pollutants and prohibited materials and quality management systems, especially record keeping and traceability (Source: Standards Map, Market Analysis Tools, International Trade Centre and China Organic Product Certification Foundation, http:/www.ofdc.org.cn.)
Upon the promulgation and implementation of the Measures for the Administration of Organic Product Certification, starting from April 1, 2014, the Conversion to Organic Certificate was abolished mainly due to the misuse by some producers resulting in confusion to the general public. There is now only one organic label for all of China and for all categories of products:
(Source: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/319955148_Organic_Food_in_China_the_law_behind_Luse_Shipin_and_Youji_Shipin)
66 |
ICH Products
The term “intangible cultural heritage” (“ICH”) as mentioned in the Intangible Cultural Heritage Law of the PRC (promulgated on February 25, 2011) refers to various traditional cultural manifestations which are handed down by the people of all nationalities from generation to generation and regarded as part of their cultural heritage, and objects and spaces relevant to traditional cultural manifestations, including:
(i) | traditional oral literature and the language as a vehicle thereof; | |
(ii) | traditional fine arts, calligraphy, music, dance, drama, quyi and acrobatics; | |
(iii) | traditional techniques, medicine and calendar; | |
(iv) | traditional rituals, festivals and other folk customs; | |
(v) | traditional sports and entertainment; and | |
(vi) | other ICH. |
In 2006, the Chinese State Council approved and promulgated the First List of 518 ICH products comprising 8 ICH food products made with traditional food production techniques https://baike.baidu.com/item/%E9%A5%AE%E9%A3%9F%E7%94%B3%E9%81%97. In 2008, they approved and promulgated the Second List of 510 ICH products, of which 30 pertain to traditional food and beverage preparation techniques covering a range of food products ranging from beverages to tea, preserved food, pastry, poultry, meat, liquor, pork knuckle in soy sauce, roast duck, lamb hot pot, and vegetables pickled in soy sauce.
(Source: https://baike.baidu.com/item/%E7%AC%AC%E4%BA%8C%E6%89%B9%E5%9B%BD%E5%AE%B6%E7%BA%A7%E9%9D%9E%E7%89%A9%E8%B4%A8%E6%96%87%E5%8C%96%E9%81%97%E4%BA%A7%E5%90%8D%E5%BD%95)
Agri GI Products
According to an article titled “GI Protection in China: New Measures for Administration of Geographical Indications of Agricultural Products” by Wang Xiaobing and Irina Kireeva (Journal of Intellectual Property Law & Practice, 2010, Vol, 5, No. 11), geographical indications (“GIs”) are a type of intellectual property that identifies goods as originating from a particular territory and, as a result, as possessing specific characteristics, such as quality and reputation, which are attributable or essentially due to climatic conditions or the natural or human characteristics of that territory. Although GIs are a type of IP, they are not private rights in the usual sense such a patents or trade marks, but rather collective rights belonging to a group of people, being ‘owned’ collectively by the consortia or associations of producers and the state in which the products are produced. In that respect, GIs constitute part of a nation’s cultural heritage. (Source: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/270766413_GI_Protection_in_China_New_Measures_for_Administration_of_Geographical_Indications_of_Agricultural_Products)
Agri GI Products are agricultural products sourced from special regions of China, and normally named after the special regions. The quality and related features of these products are primarily dependent on the unique natural, ecological, historical and humanistic environment. The Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs of the People’s Republic of China (“MARAPRC”) administers the registration of Agri GI Products, with the Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Center of MARAPRC managing the examination and expert appraisal of such products.
67 |
Agri GI Products are denoted with the following logo:
Pollution-Free Food
“Pollution-free Food” is not a voluntary certification but rather a mandatory standard for producers, with less stringent regulation on the residue limits of fertilizers, pesticides, drugs, heavy metals and other chemicals. It is intended to gradually become the basic standard for agricultural production in China and was introduced first in 2002 as a voluntary standard. It became mandatory in 2006 after many food safety related incidents had compromised the trust of Chinese consumers in Chinese food, and entail and trade restrictions had been imposed by other countries.
Overview
We are a British Virgin Islands company incorporated on December 4, 2018, and conduct our business in China through our subsidiaries and variable interest entity, Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. We are an online and mobile commerce company and conduct our business through our online retail store on our Website - www.wnw108.com. We sell a myriad of food products on our Website. We do not grow, foster or manufacture any food products and all the food products sold on our Website are from our suppliers. We do not sell genetically modified food. We are committed to providing our customers with safe, high-quality, nutritious, tasty and non-genetically modified food products through our portfolio of trusted and well-known suppliers. Optimizing our Website and real-time data, we are able to respond to and match supply with demand for food products in keeping with consumer trends.
Food safety, product quality and sustainability are our core values. The food products/commodities sold on our Website are broadly categorized into (i) Green Food, (ii) Organic Food, (iii) intangible cultural heritage food products (“ICH Products”) (iv) agricultural products bearing geographical indications (“Agri GI Products”) and (v) Pollution-Free Products (genetically modified products excepted).
As of December 31, 2019, the portfolio of food products sold on our Website comprises 9.9% Organic Food (52 products), 4.9% Green Food (26 products), 2.1% Agri GI Products (11 products), and 83.1% of other food products (including non-genetically modified Pollution-Free Products) (435 products). The mix of food products sold on our Website is ever-changing, depending on food quality and safety, market demand, and customer preferences.
We also plan to open franchise restaurants throughout China that offer our food products and each of these restaurants will be equipped with a grocery section that sells our products. As of the date of this prospectus, we have launched our first restaurant in Shenzhen and plan to roll out other restaurants through franchisees throughout China. Our present restaurant model (which is subject to further refinement) allows a customer to rent our restaurant facilities, cook and serve food utilizing the food products purchased from us.
68 |
We generate revenue only from the sale of food products/commodities on our Website, which includes custom pre-sales of food products/commodities such as crops. We will have another source of income from our restaurants once they are fully operational.
For fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, our total revenue was $7,682,583, comprising entirely of online sales of food products on our Website.
We received an Internet Content Provider (“ICP”) license for value-added Internet information services on December 21, 2018. As we only sell food products that we have purchased from suppliers on the Website instead of operating an online marketplace which matches third party sellers and buyers, we are legally not required under Chinese law to obtain an ICP license. We have, however, obtained an ICP license just to preserve the option to run the aforementioned online marketplace in the future. The ICP license is a permit issued by the Chinese Ministry of Industry and Information Technology to permit China-based websites to operate in China.
On September 16, 2019, Wunong Shenzhen joined the International Federation of Organic Agriculture Movements (“IFOAM”). IFOAM, founded in 1972, is the only international umbrella organization for the organic world, uniting a diverse range of stakeholders contributing to the organic vision, having affiliates in more than 120 countries. It works towards true sustainability in agriculture, from the field, through the value chain to the consumer. From building awareness among the public and advocating for sustainable policy, to building capacity and facilitating the transition of farmers to organic agriculture, IFOAM aims to strengthen the organic movement and lead it forwards. (Source: https://www.ifoam.bio/en/about-us). According to IFOAM, organic agriculture is based on the principles of heath, ecology, fairness and care, and by joining IFOAM, we inherit the above principles and are committed to providing superior safe, healthy, and sustainable food products.
Our Website
We launched our Website (www.wnw108.com) in June 2018 to function as an online retail store of quality “clean” food products and commodities We maintain an account on WeChat, a PRC multi-purpose messaging, social medial and mobile payment app (ID: AITAwnw), where one may also access our Website.
As of December 31, 2019, we had over 398,884 registered users on our online sales platform, of which approximately 85,594 of them are monthly active users.
“Registered users” are customers who have entered and registered themselves on our Website (including through our WeChat account and app). “Active users” refer to registered users who have placed an order on our Website within the last 180 days and have made a successful purchase. Our users are not required to pay any monthly or annual fees.
Sale of Food Products on our Website
Only registered users are allowed to purchase food products and commodities from our Website. Prospective purchasers accept a User Agreement when they register themselves and open an account with us. Similarly, our pre-screened suppliers are required to subscribe to the terms of a WNW108.com Self-Operated E-Commerce Cooperation Agreement as part of our qualification process.
As of December 31, 2019, the portfolio of food products sold on our Website comprises 9.9% Organic Food (52 products), 4.9% Green Food (26 products), 2.1% Agri GI Products (11 products), and 83.1%of other food products (including non-genetically modified Pollution-Free Products) (435 products). Of these 524 food products, 161 products fall under the category of “Rice, Flour, Grain and Oil” (30.7%), 34 products under “Meat, Eggs, Poultry and Milk Products” (6.5%). There were 73 kinds of “fresh fruit and vegetable products” (13.9%), 87 products (16.6%) under “wine and tea drinks”, 90 products (17.3%) under “leisure non-staple food”, 32 “traditional nourishing” products (6.1%), 26 “dried seafood” products (4.9%) and 21 “daily necessities” (4%). We do not produce any of our food products but purchase them from our suppliers for resale on our Website.
Some examples of our food products in each category are:
Organic Food - Yangxian Black Rice, Baiyinxile Organic Flour, Frog Sound Organic Grain Flour, etc.;
Green Food - Monk Head Flour, Snowy Field Cilantro Seed Oil and Fuzhiyuan Fragrant Rice;
Agri GI Products – Hengshan Goat Meat; Dangshan Pears, Fuping Persimmons etc.;
ICH Products – Xinyuan Premium Sausages, Fan Old Wine, Fengyu Hundred Year Old Oil Workshop Pure Balm etc.; and
Pollution-free Products – Huoshanyan Rice, Jinhuakui Noodle, Fuzhiyuan Rice, Tangjixiang Flour etc.
Approximately 33% of our products are exclusive to our Website (including our private labeled wines), approximately 54% are available on other e-commerce platforms for purchase and the remainder of our portfolio may be obtained from a myriad of other sources, for example, brick and mortar stores.
Our Website lists our food products and offers an image and description of each product, including that product’s inventory, number of that product sold, origin and delivery terms. Registered purchasers are able to buy our products by simply clicking a “purchase” button on Website. Most purchasers opt to pay for their order simultaneously through a mobile payment app, such as WeChat Mobile Pay and Alipay.
69 |
Once payment is made, an order is generated and the supplier is notified of the order simultaneously. The order is then fulfilled by the supplier on our behalf within 24 hours (or 48 hours for special orders such as bulk sale orders). Our suppliers typically utilize the services of third party couriers, such as SF Express, Yunda Express, Zhongtong Express and China Post to ship the orders.
Our customers have one (1) day from the day of delivery to inspect perishable goods and seven (7) days for non-perishables. Within this period of inspection, they have the opportunity to raise any deficiency claims in quality or quantity which will be rectified by the relevant supplier upon verification of such claim by our customer service agents. If the supplier fails to rectify the deficiency, we will refund the customer the full price of the order. The customer is deemed to have accepted the goods after the inspection period and our Website will automatically close out the order(s). We will then arrange payment to the supplier in accordance with the supplier’s billing cycle.
Presently, we generate revenue only from the sale of food products/commodities on our Website, which includes custom pre-sales of food products/commodities such as crops. For example rice is a very popular product and some customers may prefer to purchase fresh rice instead of rice that has been grown and stored for a while. With our pre-ordering service, our customers can contact us and pre-order a quantity of rice typically at a discount off the usual list price. The payment arrangement with suppliers, however, is different when it comes to our pre-ordering service. After a pre-order is made, the customer will make full payment to us through the aforementioned services.
Upon receipt the payment, we will pay 50% as a first installment to the supplier. Once the rice is harvested, we will pay 30% to the supplier and upon delivery and acceptance of the rice by the customer after the aforementioned inspection period, we will pay the balance to the supplier. An interesting aspect of such pre-orders is that customers are able to monitor the stages of growth of certain crops grown specially for them through our Website and even view these crops in real-time through cameras installed by the farmers. Presently customers are only able to pre-order crops although we are considering expanding our offering to livestock as well.
Our Suppliers
We source our suppliers through multiple channels: (i) from our own research through Search Engine Optimization (“SEO”) and outreach, (ii) through referrals from our present customers, (iii) direct referrals from our local food co-operatives and service centers and finally (iv) through meeting them at our food expos.
By far, our most reliable source of finding new suppliers of quality products has been through referrals from our existing customers. Customers who register and open an account with us on our Website are given the option to register themselves as our official “search agents”. Once a referred food product is successfully qualified by us, the referring agent is paid a two percent (2%) referral fee to the product introducer on all food products sold on our Website and fulfilled by that supplier.
An agent typically initiates a referral by contacting one of our local service centers. The agent will usually provide a description of the supplier, the supplier’s contacts and product samples. The relevant local service center will then review the information and evaluate the potential market for the recommended food product.
The local service center will conduct due diligence on the supplier, which may include among other things, a site visit to the supplier’s farms, manufacturing and packing facilities and inspection of the supplier’s certifications and licenses. They will also assist in negotiating the selling prices of the food products from the supplier to us, recommend the listing/resale prices of the food products on our Website as well as determine the geographical regions in which the products may be shipped to. As compensation for the center’s assistance, we will pay it a three percent (3%) commission on the sale of all that supplier’s food products on our Website.
Once we have reviewed the report from the local service center, we will conduct our own due diligence and market research on the prospective supplier’s food products. In some instances, the search agent may make a referral directly with us and in that case, we will do our own due diligence with no involvement from the local service center. In that regard, we would typically request a sample of the food product and request certain qualification documents from the food supplier, such as its business license, tax registration certificate, trademark registrations, product quality reports, custom reports and certificates of inspection and quarantine. We have our own in-house examination team to run tests on the samples to determine if they comply with national standards for Green Food, Organic Food etc.
70 |
Once we are satisfied and have determined the marketability of the food products, we will negotiate and enter into a WNW108.com Self-Operated E-Commerce Cooperation Agreement with the supplier to supply food products to us for resale on our Website.
No one supplier accounts for more than 10% of our revenue for fiscal year 2018 and through the date of this prospectus.
As of December 31, 2019, we have approximately 28,420 registered customer/search agents. Approximately 95% of the food products sold on our Website are from suppliers recommended to us by these agents. We also have more than 99 local service centers located in 16 provinces in China working with us.
Our Customers
No customer accounts for more than 10% of our revenue for fiscal year 2018 and through the date of this prospectus. Prospective purchasers are required to register with us and open an account on our Website by accepting a User Agreement. Our customers are typically middle-income couples and are referred to us by other registered users through word of mouth or through our own marketing efforts.
Each registered user possesses a unique QR code. A new customer will be asked to identify his/her referrer (registered user) by scanning that referrer’s unique QR code and if identified, the referrer will earn a commission on all orders placed by that new customer.
Commissions
We have historically paid the following commissions on the sale of our food/products/commodities for the referrals of new food products and new customers:
New Food Products
(iii) | 2% on the sales of the relevant food product after it was referred by a customer and qualified for sale on our Website to the referring customer; | |
(iv) | 3% on the sales of the relevant food product to the local service center for assessing the food product |
New Customers
(iii) | 2% on all orders placed by a new customer to the referring customer; |
(iv) | 10% on all orders placed by a new customer to the relevant local service under which the new customer is under the “jurisdiction” of. |
Beginning August 2019, we began to negotiate and execute a new commission structure in stages, which is now fully implemented as of January 1, 2020:
There are no more commissions paid for the referrals of new food products.
Customers with an accumulated spending of over RMB 999 (approximately, $144) will be designated “Privileged Customers”. A referring Privileged Customer will be paid an 8% commission of all purchases made by its referee customer. However, only for the first purchase this referee customer makes, the referring Privileged Customer will be paid a 30% commission on the referee customer’s first purchase, capped at RMB300 (approximately, $43). In the event the referee customer subsequently qualifies as a “Privileged Customer”, the referrer’s commission is reduced from 8% to 2% of the referee customer’s purchases.
A referrer who is not a Privileged Customer will not be paid any commissions for referring new customers.
The local service center will now be paid a 3% on all purchases made by customers within its jurisdiction.
Local Service Centers
We have established cooperation relationships with over 100 local service centers nationwide across 15 provinces in China, including Shanxi, Xinjiang, Gansu, Henan, Hebei, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong and Guangxi and we have signed a Cooperation Agreement on Operating Service Centers with each of them. The role of local service centers is integral in our business as they serve as a bridge between us, our suppliers and our customers.
Local service centers are established throughout China based on the needs of China’s regional economies, population distribution, consumption habits and capacity and other conditions. They are formed and owned by private individuals who have become familiar with and interested in our products and mission statement. These individuals typically get to know us through our advertisements, conferences and promotional activities and reach out to us to express an interest in setting up a local service center to assist our business operations.
After a period of negotiation, we typically enter into an exclusive cooperation agreement with these local service centers and the initial period of cooperation is usually for two years, renewable for subsequent terms if the parties so desire within 30 days of the applicable expiration date. Our responsibilities would include providing the necessary training to the local service centers on product knowledge and marketing, after sales services and customer consultations. We would determine the scope of publicity within the geographic area of the local service centers.
Either party may terminate the agreement with one month’s notice. Additionally, we may terminate the agreement if:
● | the local service center has no business with us for two months; |
● | the local service center is not able to meet its budget for three consecutive months; or |
● | the local service center breaches the agreement |
Apart from assisting us with conducting due diligence on a prospective supplier, these local service centers also actively promote our products within their community using our promotional materials while maintaining our corporate image and level of service. There are no offline sales between local service centers and customers. Rather, all prospective customers are directed to register and place their orders on our Website.
Each local service center is staffed with at least three personnel: a business leader, a financial officer and a community owner. Depending on the needs of the local service center, each position may be staffed by more than one individual and each local service center may set up off-shoot service centers under its purview to manage its workload.
During negotiations with a prospective supplier, the local service center will supply our commodities department with pertinent information such as information on all products originating from the place where the supplier is located, consumer demand, local pricing information, market potential assessment and competition from similar products. It will also assist us in information verification within its jurisdiction. The local service centers are however not authorized to enter into any agreements or negotiate on our behalf as such negotiations are undertaken by us directly with the prospective supplier.
Quality Control Team
As we do not produce any of our food products, one of the ways we safeguard the quality and safety of our food products is through our quality control team, which presently comprises ten (10) experienced food experts who are familiar with national food standards and accreditation. This team used to travel regularly throughout China to visit our food suppliers to conduct onsite due diligence studies on the farms and factories where the food products are grown, manufactured and packaged.
Of the 10 members of our quality control team, 3 hold bachelor’s degrees, 7 hold associate diploma degrees and one holds a professional accreditation in quality control. Their work experience ranges from 2-20 years in the food-related industries. We have divided our products into 10 broad categories, namely, grains and oil, meat and eggs, beverages, marine products, non-staple food, fruits and vegetables, tonics, Wunong 108 products, snacks and daily used articles and each member is in charge of inspecting one category. Each team member is able to inspect 40-50 products annually. Products that are already being sold on the Website are inspected once a year.
Since the advent of the COVID-19 pandemic, our quality control team will now not conduct on-site inspections. We rely on our suppliers to provide proof of government licensure including the relevant quality inspection reports, to prove that they meet national or industry quality standards. We strictly review their qualification documents to ensure that their compliance is legal and meets the various quality indicators claimed by their food label. Each supplier must also mail samples consistent with the products that are applied for sale, and are subject to physical examination by our quality control team before they can be approved for sale.
Finally, we require all suppliers to provide their qualifications, including but not limited to business licenses, food production licenses, food business licenses, organic food licenses, Green Food licenses, ICH food Products licenses etc. We will verify these licenses at the relevant PRC government websites (e.g. National Certification and Accreditation Supervision Committee and the State Administration of Industry and Commerce) and be assured that they meet the applicable national standards and accreditation.
In order to complement the heavy workload of our internal quality control team, we have also hired a third-party food inspection agency to conduct random sampling tests on our food products and assist in the quality inspection and supervision function.
We are planning to resume onsite inspections in January 2021 but only for custom pre-sales of food products/commodities such as crops by certain loyal customers. An example of such crops is the well-regarded volcanic rock rice from Jilin Province. The inspection usually occurs during or close to harvest time for crops. It will comprise an 11-point checklist: qualifications, quality, production, warehousing, protection and safeguards, storage and exit process and supervision, anti-theft measures, processing systems, tracking, after-sales services and epidemic prevention and control measures. While some of these items such as qualifications verifications and sampling may have been done off-site in advance, our onsite inspections will focus on commodity output and supplier operations. In that regard, we would visit and inspect the supplier’s business premises, planting fields, storage facilities, processing facilities, transportation facilities, and epidemic control and prevention processes. This checklist will not materially differ whether our inspection is conducted during a pandemic or not save that we will not be conducting epidemic control and prevention processes inspection when the pandemic is officially over.
If the supplier passes our 11-point checklist, then the contract will proceed in due course and be fulfilled. If some items are not met, we will notify the supplier to rectify these items and the contract will be allowed to be fulfilled when these rectifications are made. Finally, if the supplier materially fails our inspection despite an opportunity to rectify the defects, compensation damages will be made in accordance with the contract and/or in extreme cases, the entire contract may be even deferred for a year.
Restaurants
As of the date of this prospectus, we have sub-leased 5,812 square feet (539.98 m2) at Rooms C106, C107, C108, C109, C110, C111, C112 on Hangcheng Street, Hourui No.2 Industrial District, Zhichuang Juzhen Industrial Park, Bao’an District, Shenzhen and soft-launched our first restaurant there. We also plan to automate our restaurant to offer a unique dining experience and provide a grocery section for onsite purchases of our food products.
71 |
This restaurant offers us the opportunity for management system testing, dish product research and personnel training. Additionally, we are constantly assessing the effectiveness of various marketing promotions and initiatives.
If this restaurant model proves to be successful, we plan to identify and work with franchisees to open more restaurants throughout China. The name of our current restaurant is “Wunong Food Hall” and we plan to use the same name for all our franchise restaurants. Our expansion to these franchisees would be premised on our ability to export a safe food supply chain (all the ingredients for the dishes will be sourced from us), construct a robust catering management system and implement an effective marketing campaign to optimize community education and market penetration.
Each franchised restaurant will be owned and operated independently whilst maintaining our corporate image and name, “Wunong Food Hall”.
Eventually, not only will these restaurants boost sales of our food products as we shall be the sole supplier of their ingredients, they will also function as offline grocery stores selling our food products. We may outsource some managerial oversight to the local service centers in the same locality as the restaurants according to their needs. The restaurants will also add another source of revenue in terms of franchise fees and restaurant-related revenue such as fee-based management training, dish development, community marketing activities etc.
We plan to roll out about 100 franchise restaurants in 2020, 120 restaurants in 2021 and 120 in 2022.
Due to the impact of COVID-19 pandemic, we did not open any new franchise restaurants in the first half of 2020. The PRC reopened and resumed business in April 2020. We have been actively deploying our restaurant expansion and franchising plans beginning the third quarter of 2020.
Presently, we are expanding our restaurants based on the coverage of local service centers. Since we are headquartered in Shenzhen, we have already signed franchise agreements for 25 restaurants in the Shenzhen area, which will all be set up by year end 2020. Based on the status of business negotiations, we also expect to replicate this model in Huizhou and Zhuhai with executed franchise agreements in October and the setting up of the restaurants thereunder to be completed in November and December 2020. Accordingly, we expect to average the establishment of 20-30 restaurants per month from September through December 2020 with an aggregate of 100 by the end of 2020.
We plan to roll-out our expansion plans based on the “local service center-centric” model. We expect to replicate this model in Huizhou and Zhuhai with executed franchise agreements in October. Each aspect of operations will be replicated – from food supply chain, marketing and management logistics with the exception that management will be coordinated from the relevant local service center level instead of the Company’s Shenzhen headquarters. Each local service center will function autonomously but in accordance with the franchise model. Each restaurant is also integrated with the others within the same group. Management of the Company will, however, form the backbone and provide back room support, such as problem-solving to the local service center and its restaurants. For example, our existing suppliers will provide the food supplies to these new restaurants. Marketing will follow that used by the Company but localized to the various districts.
China has already eased lockdown measures and re-opened “green channel measures” for the logistics and transportation of the food to ensure the effective supply of food to our restaurants. The only challenges we foresee, if any, would be in managing the local service centers and ensuring their and their restaurants’ compliance with the franchise model, both from an operational aspect and in the quality of restaurants’ services and offerings.
We, through our first-launched restaurant, had already adopted an online smart ordering system (via our app in smart phones), an automated waiter system and kitchen facilities. All these comprise our catering management system which we shall roll-out to our franchisees. Our suppliers of food products for Website are also the same suppliers of food for these restaurants, thus ensuring a safe and robust food supply chain. Finally, all the planned franchise restaurants are situated adjacent to local service centers. As such, our marketing campaign centers around marketing at the local service centers and online.
Our franchising fee structure will comprise only a one-off franchising fee of RMB10,000 (approximately $1,493).
Our “Franchise Cooperation Contract” is valid for one year, renewable for successive one year terms 6 months ahead of its expiration if the franchisee submits an application to renew.
Each franchisee may have one or more restaurants in operation. Each restaurant’s appearance must comply with the Company’s standards. All food supplies are to be sourced through the Company and from our suppliers. The franchisee’s management system, food supply chain, production standards, etc. are subject to our periodic review and verification and integrated into ours. In return, we will provide the franchisee with access to our management systems, suppliers, membership management training and other services. Each franchisee has agreed to purchase at least RMB 150,000 (approximately, $22,000) in food products from us per quarter. If such such purchase threshold is not met for two consecutive quarters, the relevant franchise agreement may be terminated and any fees paid are non-refundable. We do not provide any financing arrangements or referrals to our franchisees.
Our “Franchise Cooperation Contract” may be terminated under the following circumstances:
(a) | If both parties cannot reach an agreement on the renewal of the contract, the contract will be terminated on its expiration after one year; and |
(b) | If a force majeure event occurs and the parties agree on its termination because the contract cannot be performed. |
We will continually evaluate each franchisee’s performance during the contract period. We will have the right to unilaterally terminate the contract if:
(a) | the franchisee purchases less than RMB150,000 of food from us for two consecutive quarters, |
(b) | the franchisee materially breaches the terms of the contract and does not rectify such breaches within the time allotted; |
(c) | the franchisee engages in illegal activities or in serious breach of the terms of the contract, resulting in loss or damages to us. |
Finally, both parties may also agree to terminate the contact.
Our restaurant model is a newly-launched business initiative with a very short operating history. It is not a mature business segment and our business model may be adjusted from time to time in response to market demands. Our management has not had much experience in the restaurant franchise business. Additionally, we believe that our restaurant business is subject to the following risks and uncertainties, which may affect our roll-out plans:
· | The construction of a catering management system may require more time and investment for optimization and update; | |
· | We will be reliant on a third-payment payment services and any disruption in those services will affect our revenue; | |
· | Our ability to attract franchisee investors is subject to the Chinese government’s fiscal and tax policies in the food service, catering and restaurant industries. | |
· | As each franchised restaurant will be independently owned and operated, the quality of service and products may vary and this may affect our image and operations. |
Seasonality
We experience seasonality in our business, reflecting seasonal fluctuations in food production during different times of the year. For example, we generally experience fewer transactions on our Website during national holidays in China such as the Chinese New Year which usually occurs during the first quarter of each year. Food suppliers usually have limited food inventory between the winter and spring, and more during summer and autumn, and this directly translates to fluctuations in the prices of the food products.
Cybersecurity
Various laws and regulations, such as the Cyber Security Law of the PRC, govern the collection, use, retention, sharing, and security of the personal data we receive from and about our users. Privacy groups and government bodies have increasingly scrutinized the ways in which companies link personal identities and data associated with particular users with data collected through the internet, and we expect such scrutiny to continue to increase. We have adopted policies, procedures and guidelines to comply with these laws and regulations and protect the personal privacy of our customers and the security of their data. Our board of directors has general oversight power over cybersecurity issues and delegates the daily supervision responsibility to our chief executive officer, Mr. Xiaogang Qin. The head of our IT department directly reports cybersecurity status to Mr. Qin, and in case of a cybersecurity incident, Mr. Qin will report the incident to our board of directors to take appropriate and timely measures in response to the incident. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—Our business generates and processes a large amount of data, which subjects us to governmental regulations and other legal obligations related to privacy, information security and data protection. Any improper use or disclosure of such data by us, our employees or our business partners could subject us to significant reputational, financial, legal and operational consequences.”
Our Corporate History and Structure
We were incorporated as “Advancement International Limited” (“Advancement International”) under the laws of British Virgin Islands on December 4, 2018 by three shareholders, namely Kindness Global Company Limited, Four Dimensions Global Investment Limited and Wisdom Global Company Limited. Union International Company Limited was included as a fourth shareholder on February 14, 2019 when Kindness Global Company Limited transferred 17,000 Ordinary Shares to Union International Company Limited.
Kindness Global Company Limited, a BVI company incorporated in October 1, 2018, that is 100% owned by Kindness Global Holdings Limited, a BVI company, which is, in turn, 100% owned by Mr. Peijiang Chen, a Chinese citizen, our Chairman and director and shareholder and director of Wunong Shenzhen; Four Dimensions Global Investment Limited, a BVI company that is 100% owned by Four Dimensions Global Holdings Limited, a BVI company, which is, in turn, 100% owned by Mr. Changbin Xia, a Chinese citizen and a shareholder and director of Wunong Shenzhen; Wisdom Global Company Limited, a BVI company that is 100% owned by Wisdom Global Holdings Limited, a BVI company, which is, in turn, 100% owned by Mr. Hanwu Yang, a Chinese citizen and a shareholder and director of Wunong Shenzhen; Union International Company Limited, a BVI company that is 100% owned by Union International Holdings Limited, a BVI company, which, in turn, is 100% owned by Mishan City Shenmi Dazhong Management Consulting Partnership (Limited Partnership), a PRC limited partnership comprising 14 partners, all of whom are PRC citizens and natural persons. We do not foresee a conflict of interest with any of Kindness Global Company Limited, Kindness Global Holdings Limited, Four Dimensions Global Investment Limited, Four Dimensions Global Holdings Limited, Wisdom Global Company Limited, Union International Company Limited and Mishan City Shenmi Dazhong Management Consulting Partnership (Limited Partnership) as the latter are all holding companies with no business operations.
On February 15, 2019, Advancement International acquired all shares of Vande pursuant to an Instrument of Transfer, Sold Note and Bought Note recorded with Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong Special Administration Region (SAR).
Vande, incorporated on April 6, 2017 in Hong Kong, SAR, incorporated Guo Gang Tong (“WFOE”) in the People’s Republic of China with a registered capital of RMB5,000,000 (approximately, $707,500) on December 28, 2018.
WFOE, in turn, entered into a series of contractual agreements on March 2, 2019 with Wunong Shenzhen, a company incorporated in the People’s Republic of China on June 16, 2015 with a registered capital of RMB5,000,000 (approximately, $707,500) Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd wholly owns a subsidiary, Wunong Catering Chain Management (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd, which it incorporated in the PRC with a registered capital of RMB 5,000,000 on November 27, 2018.
72 |
On August 19, 2019, we changed our name from “Advancement International Limited” to Wunong Net Technology Company Limited.
On November 15, 2019, Kindness Global Company Limited transferred 2,500 Ordinary Shares to Fragrance International Group Company Limited. Also on November 15, 2019, we issued 6,667 Ordinary Shares to Soaring International Company Limited and 3,333 Ordinary Shares to each of Morning Choice International Company Limited, August International Group Company Limited and Eternal Horizon International Company Limited.
On December 2, 2019, we filed amended memorandum and articles of association with the BVI Registry of Corporate Affairs to change the par value of our Ordinary Shares from $1 to no par value and to forward split our issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares from 66,666 to 20,000,000.
The following diagram illustrates our current corporate structure:
Pursuant to PRC laws, each entity formed under PRC law shall have certain business scope approved by the Administration of Industry and Commerce or its local counterpart. As such, WFOE’s business scope is to primarily engage in enterprise management and consulting, food safety solutions, food packaging marketing and planning, food technology and development, consultation on food sourcing and producing/growing/fostering technology, design and technology development of packaging materials and rubber/plastic products, and technology assignments. Since the sole business of WFOE is to provide Wunong Shenzhen with technical support, consulting services and other management services relating to its day-to-day business operations and management in exchange for a service fee, such business scope is necessary and appropriate under PRC laws.
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited is a holding company with no business operation other than holding the shares in Vande. Vande is a pass-through entity with no business operation. WFOE is exclusively engaged in the provision of enterprise management and consulting, food safety solutions, food packaging marketing and planning, food technology and development, consultation on food sourcing and producing/growing/fostering technology, design and technology development of packaging materials and rubber/plastic products, and technology assignments.
73 |
Our principal executive offices are located at B401, 4th Floor Building 12, Hangcheng Street, Hourui No. 2 Industrial District, Southern Section, Zhichuang Juzhen Double Creative Park, Bao’an District, Shenzhen, PRC, and our phone number is +86-755-85255139. We maintain a corporate website at www.wnw108.com. The information contained in, or accessible from, our website or any other website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.
Contractual Arrangements between WFOE and Wunong Shenzhen
Due to PRC legal restrictions on foreign ownership in the value-added telecommunications services, neither we nor our subsidiaries own any equity interest in Wunong Shenzhen. Instead, we control and receive the economic benefits of Wunong Shenzhen’s business operations through a series of contractual arrangements. WFOE, Wunong Shenzhen and its shareholders entered into such a series of contractual arrangements, also known as VIE Agreements, on March 2, 2019. The VIE agreements are designed to provide WFOE with the power, rights and obligations equivalent in all material respects to those it would possess as the sole equity holder of Wunong Shenzhen, including absolute control rights and the rights to the assets, property and revenue of Wunong Shenzhen.
According to the Exclusive Technology Consulting Services Agreement between WFOE and Wunong Shenzhen, which is one of the VIE Agreements that was also entered into on March 2, 2019, Wunong Shenzhen is obligated to pay service fees to WFOE.
Each of the VIE Agreements is described in detail below:
Contracts that enable us to receive substantially all of the economic benefits from the variable interest entity
Exclusive Technology Consulting Services Agreement
Pursuant to the Exclusive Technology Consulting Services Agreement (“Service Agreement”) by and between Wunong Shenzhen and WFOE, WFOE provides Wunong Shenzhen with technical and consulting services for which WFOE collects a service fee each month based on the following formula: the balance after subtracting accumulated losses, actual operating costs, retention of operating capital and taxes that have been paid from our income.
Wunong Shenzhen has recorded a negative monthly profit from April 1, 2019 through December 31, 2019. Its after-tax monthly balance has been negative and consequently, no service fees had been paid over to WFOE.
Legend: 10,000 (RMB)
Cumulative Income | Cumulative Cost | Cumulative Loss | Cumulative Operating Capital Retention | Income Tax Payable | Service Fee | |||||||||||||||||||
April 2019 | 1,236.34 | 888.57 | 427.28 | - | - | -79.51 | ||||||||||||||||||
May 2019 | 1,412.98 | 1,019.13 | 543.88 | - | 2.19 | -152.22 | ||||||||||||||||||
June 2019 | 1,670.34 | 1,210.18 | 719.46 | - | - | -259.30 | ||||||||||||||||||
July 2019 | 2,351.95 | 1,714.09 | 870.18 | - | - | -232.32 | ||||||||||||||||||
August 2019 | 2,490.26 | 2,327.57 | 640.75 | - | - | -478.06 | ||||||||||||||||||
September 2019 | 2,936.74 | 2,691.73 | 766.14 | - | - | -521.13 | ||||||||||||||||||
October 2019 | 3,719.28 | 2,802.81 | 1,455.59 | - | - | -539.12 | ||||||||||||||||||
November 2019 | 4,575.94 | 3,451.91 | 1,455.59 | - | - | -543.70 | ||||||||||||||||||
December 2019 | 5,603.97 | 4,268.33 | 2,049.82 | - | - | -714.18 |
Unless otherwise provided in this Service Agreement or separately agreed upon by WFOE and Wunong Shenzhen, the term of this Services Agreement is ten (10) years, effective from March 2, 2019.
Equity Pledge Agreement
Pursuant to the Equity Pledge Agreement by and among WFOE and the shareholders of Wunong Shenzhen (the “Wunong Shenzhen Shareholders”), the Wunong Shenzhen Shareholders pledged all of their equity interests in Wunong Shenzhen to WFOE as collateral to guarantee the performance of Wunong Shenzhen to pay the service fee under the Service Agreement. The pledge shall be effective upon recording of such pledged equity interests on Wunong Shenzhen’s register of shareholders and registration with the competent government authorities, and shall expire two (2) years after the expiry date of term for the performance of all obligations under the Service Agreement.
Under the terms of the agreement, in the event Wunong Shenzhen or its shareholders breach(es) its/their respective contractual obligations under the Service Agreement, WFOE is entitled to enforce its rights as pledgee including without limitation, transferring such equity interests to itself or its designee, auction, sale or other means of disposition of the equity interests as permitted under law.
Contracts that give us effective control of the variable interest entity
Exclusive Purchase Rights Agreement
Pursuant to the Exclusive Purchase Rights Agreement by and among WFOE, Wunong Shenzhen Shareholders and Wunong Shenzhen, the Wunong Shenzhen Shareholders irrevocably and unconditionally grant WFOE an exclusive option, to the extent permitted by PRC laws, to purchase all or partial equity interests of Wunong Shenzhen at any time. In the event WFOE exercises said option, the purchase price of the equity interests shall be either (1) the amount of the paid-in capital contribution to the registered capital of Wunong Shenzhen in proportion to the Equity Interests; or (2) the then lowest price allowed by the PRC laws and regulations, whichever is lower, unless the then applicable PRC laws and regulations require an appraisal of the Equity Interest or impose other restrictions in respect of the price of the Equity Interest.
74 |
Under the Exclusive Purchase Rights Agreement, WFOE is entitled to assign all of its rights and obligations under this agreement to any third party when necessary by written notice, without any consent from Wunong Shenzhen and Wunong Shenzhen Shareholders. Wunong Shenzhen and Wunong Shenzhen Shareholders, however, shall not assign their rights and obligations under this agreement to any third party without the prior written consent of WFOE.
Pursuant to the PRC laws and regulations and the terms and conditions of this Exclusive Purchase Rights Agreement, WFOE and/or its designated party may exercise this exclusive option by serving written notice upon the Wunong Shenzhen Shareholders. WFOE has the sole and absolute right to determine the time, method and frequency when exercising such option.
Proxy Agreement
Under the Proxy Agreement, Wunong Shenzhen Shareholders have authorized WFOE or its designated person (“Proxy”) to exercise all of their rights as shareholders including attending and voting at a general meeting of equity interest holders of Wunong Shenzhen, appointing the Chairman, directors, general manager and other senior management personnel of Wunong Shenzhen, and sign the shareholders’ resolutions and any other relevant documents. Additionally, the Wunong Shenzhen Shareholders confirmed that the Proxy may exercise such rights under this Proxy Agreement without their consent and they will provide assistance to the Proxy in the exercise of such rights. They further confirmed that they shall be liable for all the legal consequences arising out of or in connection with the exercise of such authorized rights by the Proxy.
Description of Property
Intellectual Property
The PRC has domestic laws for the protection of rights in copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets. The PRC is also a signatory to all of the world’s major intellectual property conventions, including:
● | Convention establishing the World Intellectual Property Organization (June 3, 1980); | |
● | Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property (March 19, 1985); | |
● | Patent Cooperation Treaty (January 1, 1994); and | |
● | Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (November 11, 2001). |
The PRC Trademark Law, adopted in 1982 and revised in 2013, with its implementation rules adopted in 2014, protects registered trademarks. The Trademark Office of the State Administration of Industry and Commerce of the PRC, handles trademark registrations and grants trademark registrations for a term of ten years.
Our business is dependent on a combination of trademarks, copyrights, domain names, trade names, trade secrets and other proprietary rights, in order to protect our intellectual property rights. As of the date of this prospectus, we have one (1) registered trademark in different classes**, and fifteen registered computer software copyrights in the PRC. We also recently applied for five additional trademarks to be registered and most of them are still pending receipt and in process.
Trademarks
The trademark “物农” (“Wunong”) was originally registered under the name of Hunan Quanshengtong Agricultural Development Co., Ltd. (“Quanshengtong”), and was later assigned to Wunong Shenzhen on September 6, 2018.
75 |
On May 9, 2019, we applied to register “Wunong” in an additional fourteen (14) trademark classes and as of the date of this prospectus, the registration is still in process.
Country | Trademark | Application Number | Application Date | Registration Number | Classes |
Assignment
Application Number |
Assignor | Assignee | Assignment Date | Status | ||||||||||
China | 22377947 | 9 | 20180000081648 | Quanshengtong | Wunong Shenzhen | 09/06/2018 | Registered | |||||||||||||
China | 22378573 | 33 | 20180000081649 | Quanshengtong | Wunong Shenzhen | 09/06/2018 | Registered | |||||||||||||
China | 22378615 | 35 | 20180000081645 | Quanshengtong | Wunong Shenzhen | 09/06/2018 | Registered | |||||||||||||
China | 22378926 | 36 | 20180000081647 | Quanshengtong | Wunong Shenzhen | 09/06/2018 | Registered | |||||||||||||
China | 22378982 | 41 | 20180000081646 | Quanshengtong | Wunong Shenzhen | 09/06/2018 | Registered | |||||||||||||
China | 22379208 | 42 | 20180000081644 | Quanshengtong | Wunong Shenzhen | 09/06/2018 | Registered | |||||||||||||
China | 38066556 | 05/09/2019 | 16 | In process | ||||||||||||||||
China | 38066558 | 05/09/2019 | 45 | In process | ||||||||||||||||
China | 38069264 | 05/09/2019 | 29 | In process | ||||||||||||||||
China | 38071707 | 05/09/2019 | 33 | In process | ||||||||||||||||
China | 38076969 | 05/09/2019 | 31 | In process | ||||||||||||||||
China | 38076972 | 05/09/2019 | 41 | In process | ||||||||||||||||
China | 38082135 | 05/09/2019 | 3 | In process | ||||||||||||||||
China | 38082143 | 05/09/2019 | 24 | In process | ||||||||||||||||
China | 38082145 | 05/09/2019 | 30 | In process | ||||||||||||||||
China | 38083366 | 05/09/2019 | 38 | In process | ||||||||||||||||
China | 38083372 | 05/09/2019 | 21 | In process | ||||||||||||||||
China | 38083378 | 05/09/2019 | 43 | In process | ||||||||||||||||
China | 38085265 | 05/09/2019 | 39 | In process | ||||||||||||||||
China | 38087302 | 05/09/2019 | 20 | In process |
76 |
On May 10, 2019, Wunong Shenzhen submitted trademark applications for “物农生活” (“Wunong Life”) to be registered in 18 trademark classes with the China Patent & Trademark Office. As of the date of this prospectus, the application is still in process.
Country | Trademark | Application Date | Application Number | Classes | Status | |||||
China | 05/10/2019 | 38095790 | 41 | In Process | ||||||
China | 05/10/2019 | 38095791 | 43 | In Process | ||||||
China | 05/10/2019 | 38095793 | 38 | In Process | ||||||
China | 05/10/2019 | 38095795 | 29 | In Process | ||||||
China | 05/10/2019 |
38098780
|
3 | In Process | ||||||
China | 05/10/2019 |
38100047
|
30 | In Process | ||||||
China | 05/10/2019 | 38100052 | 21 | In Process | ||||||
China | 05/10/2019 | 38100056 | 39 | In Process | ||||||
China | 05/10/2019 | 38103752 | 33 | In Process | ||||||
China | 05/10/2019 | 38103755 | 35 | In Process | ||||||
China | 05/10/2019 | 38105325 | 31 | In Process | ||||||
China | 05/10/2019 | 38105330 | 16 | In Process | ||||||
China | 05/10/2019 | 38108505 | 42 | In Process | ||||||
China | 05/10/2019 | 38108508 | 45 | In Process | ||||||
China | 05/10/2019 | 38108512 | 24 | In Process | ||||||
China | 05/10/2019 | 38117208 | 20 | In Process | ||||||
China | 05/10/2019 | 38117210 | 25 | In Process | ||||||
China | 05/10/2019 | 38118406 | 32 | In Process |
77 |
On July 9, 2019, Wunong Shenzhen submitted trademark logo applications for “ ” to be registered in 7 trademark classes with the China Patent & Trademark Office. As of the date of this prospectus, we have received a receipt for only one class.
Country | Trademark |
Application Date |
Application
Number |
Classes | Status | |||||
China | 07/09/2019 | 39521704 | 42 | In Process | ||||||
China | 07/09/2019 | 35 |
Application
submitted,
|
|||||||
China | 07/09/2019 | 36 | 39518356 | |||||||
China | 07/09/2019 | 38 |
Application
submitted,
|
|||||||
China | 07/09/2019 | 9 |
Application
submitted,
|
|||||||
China | 07/09/2019 | 41 | 39525681 | |||||||
China | 07/09/2019 | 43 | 39537084 |
On July 9, 2019, Wunong Shenzhen submitted trademark applications for “物农优品” (translated to mean “Wunong Specialty Goods”) to be registered in 6 trademark classes with the China Patent & Trademark Office. As of the date of this prospectus, we have only received receipts for three classes.
Country |
Trademark (Mark 4) |
Application Date |
Application Number | Classes | Status | |||||
China | 07/09/2019 | 39539112 | 36 | In Process | ||||||
China | 07/09/2019 | 39539116 | 42 | In Process | ||||||
China | 07/09/2019 | 39528541 | 35 | In Process | ||||||
China | 07/09/2019 | 38 |
Application
submitted,
|
|||||||
China | 07/09/2019 | 9 |
Application
submitted,
|
|||||||
China | 07/09/2019 | 41 |
Application
submitted,
|
78 |
On July 9, 2019, Wunong Shenzhen submitted trademark applications for “物农家仓” (literally translated to mean “Wunong Home Warehouse”) to be registered in 7 trademark classes with the China Patent & Trademark Office. As of the date of this prospectus, we have received receipts for three classes.
Country |
Trademark (Mark 5) |
Application Date |
Application Number | Classes | Status | |||||
China | 07/09/2019 | 39525718 | 42 | In Process | ||||||
China | 07/09/2019 | 39528510 | 38 | In Process | ||||||
China | 07/09/2019 | 39533247 | 36 | In Process | ||||||
China | 07/09/2019 | 35 |
Application
submitted,
|
|||||||
China | 07/09/2019 | 9 |
Application
submitted,
|
|||||||
China | 07/09/2019 | 41 |
Application submitted, pending process |
|||||||
China | 07/09/2019 | 43 |
Application
submitted,
|
On July 9, 2019, Wunong Shenzhen submitted trademark applications for “物农食堂” (literally translated to mean “Wunong Food Hall”) to be registered in two trademark classes with the China Patent & Trademark Office. As of the date of this prospectus, we have received a receipt for one class.
Country |
Trademark (Mark 6) |
Application Date |
Application Number | Classes | Status | |||||
China | 07/09/2019 | 35 |
Application
submitted,
|
|||||||
China | 07/09/2019 | 39543168 | 43 | In Process |
** Classes
Class 3
Bleaching preparations and other substances for laundry use; cleaning, polishing, scouring and abrasive preparations; soaps; perfumery, essential oils, cosmetics, hair lotions; dentifrices.
Class 9
Scientific, nautical, surveying, photographic, cinematographic, optical, weighing, measuring, signaling, checking (supervision), life-saving and teaching apparatus and instruments; apparatus and instruments for conducting, switching, transforming, accumulating, regulating or controlling electricity; apparatus for recording, transmission or reproduction of sound or images; magnetic data carriers, recording discs; compact discs, DVDs and other digital recording media; mechanisms for coin-operated apparatus; cash registers, calculating machines, data processing equipment, computers; computer software; fire-extinguishing apparatus.
Class 16
Paper, cardboard and goods made from these materials, not included in other classes; printed matter; bookbinding material; photographs; stationery; adhesives for stationery or household purposes; artists’ materials; paint brushes; typewriters and office requisites (except furniture); instructional and teaching material (except apparatus); plastic materials for packaging (not included in other classes); playing cards; printers’ type; printing blocks.
Class 20
Furniture, mirrors, picture frames; goods (not included in other classes) of wood, cork, reed, cane, wicker, horn, bone, ivory, whalebone, shell, amber, mother-of-pearl, meerschaum and substitutes for all these materials, or of plastics.
79 |
Class 21
Household or kitchen utensils and containers (not of precious metal or coated therewith); combs and sponges; brushes (except paint brushes); brush-making materials; articles for cleaning purposes; steel wool; un-worked or semi-worked glass (except glass used in building); glassware, porcelain and earthenware not included in other classes.
Class 24
Textiles and textile goods, not included in other classes; bed and table covers.
Class 25
Clothing, footwear, headgear.
Class 29
Meat, fish, poultry and game; meat extracts; preserved, dried and cooked fruits and vegetables; jellies, jams, fruit sauces; eggs, milk and milk products; edible oils and fats.
Class 30
Coffee, tea, cocoa, sugar, rice, tapioca, sago, artificial coffee; flour and preparations made from cereals, bread, pastry and confectionery, ices; honey, treacle; yeast, baking-powder; salt, mustard; vinegar, sauces (condiments); spices; ice.
Class 31
Agricultural, horticultural and forestry products and grains not included in other classes; living animals; fresh fruits and vegetables; seeds, natural plants and flowers; foodstuffs for animals, malt.
Class 32
Beers; mineral and aerated waters and other nonalcoholic drinks; fruit drinks and fruit juices; syrups and other preparations for making beverages.
Class 33
Alcoholic beverages (except beers).
Class 35
Advertising; business management; business administration; office functions.
Class 36
Instalment loans; capital investment; financial loans; financial evaluation (insurance, banking, real estate); financial service; financial management; mortgage loan; financial analysis; financial consultation; fund investment.
Class 38
Telecommunications.
Class 39
Transport; packaging and storage of goods; travel arrangement.
Class 41
Education; providing of training; entertainment; sporting and cultural activities.
80 |
Class 42
Scientific and technological services and research and design relating thereto; industrial analysis and research services; design and development of computer hardware and software; computer programming; installation, maintenance and repair of computer software; computer consultancy services; design, drawing and commissioned writing for the compilation of web sites; creating, maintaining and hosting the web sites of others; design services.
Class 43
Services for providing food and drink; temporary accommodations.
Class 45
Personal and social services rendered by others to meet the needs of individuals; security services for the protection of property and individuals.
Software Copyright
We currently have fifteen registered computer software copyrights in the PRC. Set forth below is a detailed description of these copyrights.
Country | Name of Work |
Date of First Publication and Date of Registration |
Registration Number |
Type | ||||
Mainland China | Wunong Platform Quotation System V1.0 |
June 24, 2017 August 15, 2018 |
2018SR649627 | Computer Software | ||||
Mainland China | Wunong Sales Management System V1.0 |
June 22, 2018 August 15, 2018 |
2018SR651515 | Computer Software | ||||
Mainland China | Wunong Technology Yunji Procurement System V1.0 |
June 24, 2017 August 15, 2018 |
2018SR649646 | Computer Software | ||||
Mainland China | Wunong Platform Product Examination Standard System V1.0 |
June 22, 2018 August 15, 2018 |
2018SR650544 | Computer Software | ||||
Mainland China | Wunong E-Commerce Platform V1.0 |
June 24, 2017 August 15, 2018 |
2018SR649636 | Computer Software | ||||
Mainland China | Wunong Platform Voice Call System V1.0 |
November 21, 2016 August 15, 2018 |
2018SR649600 | Computer Software | ||||
Mainland China |
Wunong Platform Inquiry System V1.0 |
November 21, 2016 August 15, 2018 |
2018SR649620 | Computer Software | ||||
Mainland China |
Wunong Platform Online Live Chat System V1.0 |
November 21, 2016 August 15, 2018 |
2018SR649621 | Computer Software | ||||
Mainland China |
Wunong Platform Online Live Broadcasting System V1.0 |
June 22, 2018 August 15, 2018 |
2018SR650643 | Computer Software | ||||
Mainland China | Wunong Retrospective Product System V1.0 |
June 22, 2018 August 15, 2018 |
2018SR650533 | Computer Software | ||||
Mainland China | Wunong Platform Group Booking System V1.0 |
October 28, 2018 January 11, 2019 |
2019SR0037847 | Computer Software | ||||
Mainland China | Wunong Platform Large Group Booking System V1.0 |
November 5, 2018 January 11, 2019 |
2019SR0037840 | Computer Software | ||||
Mainland China | Wunong Platform Product Auditing System V1.0 |
October 9, 2018 January 11, 2019 |
2019SR0038276 | Computer Software | ||||
Mainland China | Wunong Platform Merchants-Settled System V1.0 |
June 8, 2018 January 11, 2019 |
2019SR0038292 | Computer Software | ||||
Mainland China | Wunong Platform Product Marketing System V1.0 |
September 25, 2018 January 11, 2019 |
2019SR0038285 | Computer Software |
81 |
Real Property
Leases
Our headquarters and executive offices are located in Shenzhen, China and consist of approximately 1,675 square meters of office space under one sub-lease. Additionally, we have a sub-lease for approximately 539.8 square meters in an adjacent building for our restaurant.
We lease all of our facilities and do not own any real property. We intend to procure additional space as we add employees and expand geographically. We believe our facilities are adequate and suitable for our current needs and that, should it be needed, suitable additional or alternative space will be available to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.
Facility | Address | Space (m2) | ||
Headquarters/Executive Offices | B401, 4th Floor Building 12, Hangcheng Street, Hourui No. 2 Industrial District, Southern Section, Zhichuang Juzhen Double Creative Park, Bao’an District, Shenzhen, China | 1,675 | ||
Restaurant | Rooms C106, C107, C108, C109, C110, C111, C112, 1st Floor Dormitory Building, Hangcheng Street, Hourui No. 2 Industrial District, Zhichuang Juzhen Industrial Park, Bao’an District, Shenzhen, China | 539.8 |
Shenzhen Hourui Joint-Stock Cooperation Company (“Hourui”) and Shenzhen Xinhao Precision Technology Co., Ltd (“Xinhao”) entered into a master lease on March 3, 2017 to lease the premises located at Building 12 and Dormitory Building, Hangcheng Street, Hourui No.2 Industrial District, Baoan District, Shenzhen for a lease term of nine years and eleven months commencing from June 4, 2017 to May 3, 2027.
Xinhao sub-leased the said property to Shenzhen Zhichuang Juzhen Technology Ltd (“Zhichuang Juzhen”) (“Zhichuang Juzhen Lease”) for the same term.
Zhichuang Juzhen entered a lease with Wunong Shenzhen on October 30, 2018 to lease our executive offices to us for a lease term from November 1, 2018 to October 31, 2020, at a monthly net rent of RMB92,125 (approximately, $12,945) from November 1, 2018 to October 31, 2019 and a monthly net rent of RMB100, 500 (approximately, $14,150) from November 1, 2019 to October 31, 2020. The monthly management fee for this office is RMB16,750 (approximately, $2,354).
Zhichuang Juzhen also entered into a lease with Wunong Catering on August 20, 2018 to lease the space for our restaurant from August 12, 2018 to September 11, 2019 at a monthly net rent of RMB50,912 (approximately, $7,154). The monthly management fee for this space RMB5,399 (approximately, $760). On September 12, 2019, the Restaurant Lease was renewed from September 12, 2019 to September 11, 2022, with the monthly net rent of RMB 54,311.
The following diagram illustrates our current lease structure:
We have been advised by our PRC counsel, China Commercial Law Firm, that our sub-leases are legally defective according to Article 2 of Interpretation of the Supreme Court on Several Questions Concerning the Specific Application of Law in the Trial of Disputes over Urban Housing Lease Contracts (Interpretation of Law [2009]11). If our sub-leases are declared to be invalid, we may need to pay damages to the owner and may even be evicted. Please see “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Business and Industry -The master lease and sub-leases over our headquarters and executive officers and restaurant may be defective and if they are adjudicated to be so and rendered null and void, we may face substantial damages and may even be evicted, resulting in disruption to our business operations and adversely impacting our financial performance.”
In the event that our sub-leases are declared invalid and we are evicted, we plan to find similar commercial space in the same locale to rent. We do not foresee any difficulty in finding alternative space as there is an abundance of such spaces in Shenzhen.
82 |
Employees
As of the date of this prospectus, we employed a total of 55 employees, located in Shenzhen, China. The following table sets forth breakdown of our employees by function:
As required by regulations in China, we participate in various employee social security plans that are organized by local governments, including pension, unemployment insurance, childbirth insurance, work-related injury insurance, medical insurance and housing insurance. We are required under Chinese law to make contributions to employee benefit plans at specified percentages of the salaries, bonuses and certain allowances of our employees, up to a maximum amount specified by the local government from time to time.
Our employees are not represented by a labor organization or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that we maintain a good working relationship with our employees and to date, we have not experienced any significant labor disputes.
Legal Proceedings
We may from time to time become a party to various legal or administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. As of the date hereof, neither we nor any of our subsidiaries is a party to any pending legal proceedings, nor are we aware of any such proceedings threatened against us or our subsidiaries.
Competitive Strengths
We believe that the following strengths have contributed to our success and are differentiating factors that set us apart from our peers.
● Innovative platform focusing on providing verified “clean” food products. An Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada report cited China is the largest e-commerce market in the world with retail sales amounting to US$366.1 billion in 2016 and a compound annual growth rate of 51.2% from 2012 to 2016. It reported that although the e-grocery sector in China was significantly smaller in comparison to other e-commerce sectors such as apparel and footwear, it had seen significant growth with a compound annual growth rate of 53% from 2012 to 2016. As a result, China was also the largest e-grocery market in the world worth US$23.9 billion in 2016. (Source: http://www.agr.gc.ca/eng/industry-markets-and-trade/international-agri-food-market-intelligence/reports/e-grocery-market-in-china/?id=1504037238257). We believe that our focus on providing our customers with one-stop access to licensed food producers by selling Green Food, Organic Food, ICH Products, Agri GI Products and Pollution-free Products (genetically modified products excepted) merges the potential of this multi-billion dollar industry with growing consumer e-shopping preference for “clean” food products. With our Website, we are able to span across geographic regions and connect with buyers and suppliers from different regions.
83 |
● Nation-wide sales network. We have established a strong client base and our food suppliers are directly working with their distributors to ship food products to our customers throughout China. As of December 31, 2019, we have over 398,884 registered customers on our Website, of whom 85,596 of them are monthly active customers. We also have approximately 28,420 registered search agents of food products who help us search and then recommend to us high-quality food products throughout China. In addition, we work with over 99 local service centers across 16 provinces in China, including Shanxi, Xinjiang, Gansu, Henan, Hebei, Sichuan, Hunan, Guangdong and Guangxi, and we have established strategic cooperation relationships with approximately 244 rural cooperatives across China.
● Experienced and committed management team. We have an experienced management team, where most of our members have more than 10 years of experience in marketing and/or management. The management team’s experience has provided them with the skills and expertise that are essential in approaching and selecting licensed food product suppliers, and dealing with our local service centers, food search agents and customers. In addition, we also have an experienced food examination team specialized in testing the quality of the food, assuring our customers that the food offered by us is clean, healthy and high quality.
● Cross- fertilization of business segments. With access to quality food products, we are able to expand our offering to our restaurant business, which we plan to roll out through franchisees throughout China. Not only will customers be able to pre-order our products to cook at our restaurants, they will also be able to purchase food products at the grocery section of each restaurant.
● Pre-ordering service. We provide our customers with a pre-ordering service to pre-order food products specially grown and cultivated for them. Pre-ordering has grown in popularity recently as it connects our customers with suppliers who grow authentic and fresh food products for them. In addition, pre-ordering reflects the market demand of a more discerning and affluent customer and avoids blind production of food products. We believe the safety and quality of pre-ordered food products and the predictability of delivery of these products are particularly attractive to our customers. Our customers are able to participate in the cultivation of the food products by actively overseeing the growth stages via real-time cameras installed by the suppliers.
● Extensive Supply chain support. As of December 31, 2019, we have more than 16 suppliers occupying over 46,757 acres (equivalent to 283,812mu; 1 acre = 6.07mu) of production sites to provide over 400 types food products for sale on our Website. The portfolio of food products sold on our Website is diversified and our access to extensive inventory is supported by a reliable network of suppliers.
Our Growth Strategies
The key elements of our strategy to grow our business are to:
● Optimize our pre-ordering service. Our pre-ordering service allows our customers to actively participate in food products specially grown and customized for them. We plan to expand this service to livestock.
● Enhanced cooperation with suppliers. We have a network of over 124 food suppliers and plan to explore more avenues of cooperation with them. Apart from purchasing more products from these suppliers, we will explore other non-traditional ways of cooperation. For example, some of our food suppliers have expressed interest in becoming franchisees of our restaurant.
● Cultivating our “Wunong 108” brand name. In order to distinguish ourselves, we plan to launch 108 premium products under our own “Wunong 108” brand name co-branded with the suppliers’ brand names. These products will not only be specially selected and curated by us based on customer data and feedback and be exclusive to our Website, they will also be competitively priced and superior in quality. We will supervise the production of the food products and participate in the design of their packaging and delivery. We plan to launch the “Wunong 108” products in a campaign with a compelling concept and pitch.
84 |
● Building a grassroots e-commerce distribution system. We plan to work with our local service centers to recruit, train and install more store managers to promote our Website and products at these service centers.
● Enhance our ability to attract, incentivize and retain talented professionals. We believe our success greatly depends on our ability to attract, incentivize and retain talented professionals. With a view to maintaining and improving our competitive advantage in the market, we plan to implement a series of initiatives to attract additional and retain mid- to high-level personnel, including formulating a market-oriented employee compensation structure and implementing a standardized multi-level performance review mechanism.
● Expand our customer base through online and offline marketing activities. We have launched a sales platform on one of the most popular Chinese messaging applications, WeChat, through which our customers can shop for our food products on their phones as well as learn about our latest promotions. Our customers can easily recommend us to their friends and families by sharing us on WeChat. In addition, we held eight agricultural products expos throughout the major provinces in China, including Sichuan, Shanxi, Henan and Shandong. Thousands of people have participated in our expos, including central and local government officials, and learned about the Company and the food products offered by us. We shall continue our marketing activities to expand our profile.
● Developing our customers into food-search agents. We believe that a key element to our success will be to continue identifying and building commercial relationships with reliable suppliers of high-quality food products. China’s licensed food producers are highly fragmented and therefore we need to have a broad food-search agent base to assist us in sourcing high quality food products for sale on our Website. We offer our online platform users opportunities to become a food-search agent with us. By signing an agent agreement with us, customers who successfully recommend us food products that pass our standards will receive a 2% commission of the sale price of such products. As of December 31, 2019, we have successfully cultivated approximately 28,420 nationwide food-search agents from our online platform users, among whom approximately 85,594 are active monthly. Approximately 95% products on our platform were recommended by our food-search agents and we shall continue to expand on this base.
Social Media
We believe that social media will be the engine that fuels our next stage of growth. The increase in sales of our food products is directly related to the increase in new customers and consequently, product consumption. We believe that new customers are often swayed by social media messages of the benefits of consuming our food products and the ease of obtaining these products by ordering them from our Website. As such we have made a concerted effort to utilize social media to increase awareness of our Company and its offerings.
For example, in the second half of 2019, we have participated in the following campaigns and used social media to promote them. We attribute the following additional revenue to these activities:
Promotion | Sales | |
2020 Chinese New Year Promotion | RMB 2.99 million (approximately $429,000) | |
November 2019 Food Festival Promotion | RMB 920,000 (approximately $132,061) | |
October 2019 Farmers’ Health Festival | RMB 780,000 (approximately $111,965) |
We use information technology to track operations-related data indicators, including but not limited to daily, weekly and monthly sales, new registered users, new user orders and amounts, number of active users and their orders, single product sales amounts and sales performance rankings, etc. Such information is however discrete and localized and not used to assess our performance as a whole.
Acquisition Strategy
The scope of our growth strategy could be greatly enhanced through the acquisitions of other businesses to build an integrated group and consequently, improving our supply chain. We will focus on quality enterprises both upstream and downstream in the chain of supply but will prioritize upstream suppliers so that we are assured of dependable quality supplies. Presently, we have targeted three potential targets for acquisition are in active negotiation with the existing suppliers of Huoshanyan Rice, Yangxian Black Rice and Jinhuakui Noodle. We have however not entered into any Memorandum Of Understandings, Letters Of Intents or agreements regarding these potential acquisitions yet and intend to acquire these targets by issuing shares. Accordingly, we do not anticipate utilizing any proceedings from the Offering for the acquisitions. We have not identified any downstream acquisitions yet but our profile of a downstream acquisition target would be one engaged in agricultural product sales with a large customer base. An acquisition of such a target would greatly boost the number of users of our Website.
Competition
According to an Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada report, total e-commerce in China continues to register significant growth with a compound annual growth rate of 51.2% from 2012 to 2016. However, the rate at which e-commerce sales were growing was slowing down due to the rise in the numbers of players. China was also the largest e-grocery market in the world worth $23.9 billion in 2016 but continued to account for only a small portion (6.5% share) of total e-commerce sales in China (Source: http://www.agr.gc.ca/eng/industry-markets-and-trade/international-agri-food-market-intelligence/reports/e-grocery-market-in-china/?id=1504037238257).
The article opined that the trend to grow China’s e-commerce, particularly China’s e-grocery market, was driving retailers to develop a new marketing strategy which integrated the following aspects: online sites, social media campaigns, brick and mortar stores, physical distribution and logistics infrastructures in order to provide customers with the best service and most enjoyable shopping experience. It reported that Alibaba, Jingdong, Suning, and Vipshop were the top four e-grocery retailers in China, with combined total retail sales of US$254.8 billion in 2016 (Source: http://www.agr.gc.ca/eng/industry-markets-and-trade/international-agri-food-market-intelligence/reports/e-grocery-market-in-china/?id=1504037238257). These retailers were putting more effort into developing mobile apps, focusing on online grocery, engaging with consumers through social media platforms, and improving fulfilment logistics infrastructure.
Apart from these home-grown e-retailers, we foresee competition from international companies that sell their products through cross-border marketplaces such as Tmall Global and JD.com Worldwide. These types of cross-border marketplaces allow international companies without Chinese business licenses to sell their products more easily and conveniently in China’s market. The cross-border online malls are a lower risk approach to entering the market, as they require relatively little investment from the foreign company (Canadian Trade Commissioner Services, 2016).
85 |
We believe the following companies may be our competitors:
● | Miss Fresh, founded in 2014, is a mobile e-commerce startup in China that delivers fresh produce in 20 cities in China. Miss Fresh is operating an online-only B2C (Business-to-Consumer) business model. Users can place an order through the Miss Fresh app and the goods will be delivered within one hour. Instead of focusing on brick-and-mortars supermarkets, it has more than 1,500 warehouse locations chosen via big-data selection, saving on labor and operating costs. After its last round of fundraising, Miss Fresh claimed that they were planning to build 10,000 front-warehouses in 100 cities, reaching more than 100 million families. (Source: https://equalocean.com/retail/20190618-will-miss-fresh-be-freshen-up-with-a-new-round-of-fundraising). | |
● | Yimutian, founded in 2011, is an operator of an online agricultural products trading platform with B2B (Business-Business) business mode. Yimutian’s platform allows small businesses and individuals to trade agricultural products such as crops, livestock, agricultural supplies and etc., on its online trading system. It also provides data analysis services to present information and trends in the agricultural world, allowing users to make educated decisions. (Source: https://pitchbook.com/profiles/company/280744-48). | |
● | Meicai, founded in 2014, is a developer of an online fresh food aggregator platform designed to connect farmers and restaurants. Its platform cuts out the middlemen by allowing customers including businesses and restaurants to order directly from the farms, enabling framers to sell vegetables directly to restaurants easily. (Source: https://pitchbook.com/profiles/company/119360-26 (Source: https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2019-07-10/tencent-backed-meicai-is-said-to-seek-at-least-500-million). | |
● | Cnhnb.com is a B2B e-commerce platform jointly launched by the Ministry of Agriculture, Chinese Academy of Sciences, and Hunan Huinong Technology Co. Ltd. This online platform is designed to serve rural users and widen sales channels for agricultural products by covering six agricultural categories, including fruit and vegetable cultivation, aquaculture, garden horticulture, non-staple food specialty and agricultural material supply. Cnhnb.com launched two apps - “Dianjiaqin” and “Huinongbao”. The “Dianjiaqin” app has a buyer edition, which is designed to provide services such as easy-to-use mobile shopping, daily information and community-based social services, and a seller edition, which is designed to provide services such as a mobile phone store, consumer attractions, network marketing, member management and marketing support. “Huinongbao” app is designed to benefit farmers across the country by allowing them to view industry news, market dynamics and transaction progress at any time whenever they want. (Source: Internet + and Electronic Business in China by Qiongwei Ye and Baojun Ma). |
REGULATIONS
Overview
We operate our business in China under a legal regime consisting of the National People’s Congress, which is the country’s highest legislative body, the State Council, which is the highest authority of the executive branch of the PRC central government, and several ministries and agencies under its authority, including the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, State Administration for Industry and Commerce (“SAIC”), the State Administration for Market Regulation and their respective local offices.
This section sets forth a summary of the most significant rules and regulations that affect our business activities in China.
Regulations Relating to Foreign Investment
The Draft PRC Foreign Investment Law
In January 2015, the PRC Ministry of Commerce (“MOC” or “MOFCOM”) published a discussion draft of the proposed Foreign Investment Law for public review and comments. The draft law purports to change the existing “case-by-case” approval regime to a “filing or approval” procedure for foreign investments in China. The State Council will determine a list of industry categories that are subject to special administrative measures, which is referred to as a “negative list,” consisting of a list of industry categories where foreign investments are strictly prohibited, or the “prohibited list” and a list of industry categories where foreign investments are subject to certain restrictions, or the “restricted list.” Foreign investments in business sectors outside of the “negative list” will only be subject to a filing procedure, in contrast to the existing prior approval requirements, whereas foreign investments in any industry categories that are on the “restricted list” must apply for approval from the foreign investment administration authority.
86 |
The draft for the first time defines a foreign investor not only based on where it is incorporated or organized, but also by using the standard of “actual control.” The draft specifically provides that entities established in China, but “controlled” by foreign investors will be treated as FIEs (“Foreign Invested Enterprises”). Once an entity is considered to be an FIE, it may be subject to the foreign investment restrictions in the “restricted list” or prohibitions set forth in the “prohibited list.” If an FIE proposes to conduct business in an industry subject to foreign investment restrictions in the “restricted list,” the FIE must go through a market entry clearance by the MOC before being established. If an FIE proposes to conduct business in an industry subject to foreign investment prohibitions in the “prohibited list,” it must not engage in the business. However, an FIE that conducts business in an industry that is in the “restricted list,” upon market entry clearance, may apply in writing for being treated as a PRC domestic investment if it is ultimately “controlled” by PRC government authorities and its affiliates and/or PRC citizens. In this connection, “control” is broadly defined in the draft law to cover the following summarized categories: (i) holding 50% or more of the voting rights of the subject entity; (ii) holding less than 50% of the voting rights of the subject entity but having the power to secure at least 50% of the seats on the board or other equivalent decision making bodies, or having the voting power to exert material influence on the board, the shareholders’ meeting or other equivalent decision making bodies; or (iii) having the power to exert decisive influence, via contractual or trust arrangements, over the subject entity’s operations, financial matters or other key aspects of business operations. According to the draft, variable interest entities would also be deemed as FIEs, if they are ultimately “controlled” by foreign investors, and be subject to restrictions on foreign investments. However, the draft law has not taken a position on what actions will be taken with respect to the existing companies with the “variable interest entity” structure, whether or not these companies are controlled by Chinese parties.
The draft emphasizes on the security review requirements, whereby all foreign investments that jeopardize or may jeopardize national security must be reviewed and approved in accordance with the security review procedure. In addition, the draft imposes stringent ad hoc and periodic information reporting requirements on foreign investors and the applicable FIEs. Aside from investment implementation report and investment amendment report that are required at each investment and alteration of investment specifics, an annual report is mandatory, and large foreign investors meeting certain criteria are required to report on a quarterly basis. Any company found to be non-compliant with these information reporting obligations may potentially be subject to fines and/or administrative or criminal liabilities, and the persons directly responsible may be subject to criminal liabilities.
In September 2016, the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress (the “SCNPC”) published The Decision on Amending Four Laws including the Law of the People’s Republic of China on Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprises (the “Decision”). According to the Decision, one provision is added to the Foreign Invested Enterprise Law, Sino-Foreign Joint Venture Law, Sino-Foreign Cooperative Enterprise Law and the Law on Protection of Investment by Taiwanese Compatriots. Under this new provision, foreign investments in business sectors outside of the “negative list” will only be subject to a filing procedure, in contrast to the existing prior approval requirements, whereas foreign investments in any industry categories that are on the “restricted list” must apply for approval from the foreign investment administration authority. This Decision means that the existing “case-by-case” approval regime has been changed to a “filing or approval” procedure for non-“negative list” foreign investments in China.
On October 8, 2016, The Provisional Measures for Filing Administration for the Establishment and Changes of Foreign-invested Enterprises was promulgated by MOC and become effective on the same date. It was subsequently amended on June 30, 2019.
On March 15, 2019, the final Foreign Investment Law was promulgated and will be implemented on January 1, 2020. As such, the trio of existing laws regulating foreign investment in China, namely, the Sino-foreign Equity Joint Venture Enterprise Law, the Sino-foreign Cooperative Joint Venture Enterprise Law and the Wholly Foreign-invested Enterprise Law, together with their implementation rules and ancillary regulations, will be abolished. See “Risk Factors— Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure and Operation - If the PRC government deems that the contractual arrangements in relation to Wunong Shenzhen, our consolidated variable interest entity, do not comply with PRC regulatory restrictions on foreign investment in the relevant industries, or if these regulations or the interpretation of existing regulations change in the future, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations.”
87 |
Industry Catalog Relating to Foreign Investment
Investment activities in China by foreign investors are principally governed by the Catalogue for the Guidance of Foreign Investment Industries, which was promulgated by MOFCOM and the National Development and Reform Commission, as amended from time to time. Industries listed in the catalogue are divided into three categories: encouraged, restricted and prohibited. Industries not listed in the catalogue are generally open to foreign investment unless specifically restricted by other PRC regulations. Establishment of wholly foreign-owned enterprises is generally allowed in encouraged industries. For some restricted industries, foreign investors can only conduct investment activities through equity or contractual joint ventures, while in some cases PRC partners are required to hold the majority interests in such joint ventures. In addition, projects in the restricted category are subject to higher-level governmental approvals. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries in the prohibited category.
On June 30, 2019, the National Development and Reform Commission and the MOFCOM jointly issued two “negative lists” and one “encouraged catalogue”, all three of which will take effect on July 30, 2019. The two Negative Lists refer to the Special Administrative Measures on Access to Foreign Investment (2019 edition) (“2019 FI National Negative List”) and the Free Trade Zone Special Administrative Measures on Access to Foreign Investment (2019 edition) (“2019 FI FTZ Negative list”), which will replace their respective 2018 versions. These two negative lists enumerate the industries where foreign investment will either be prohibited or restricted. The respective lists will be applicable in different areas – the FTZ list is for pilot free trade zones and the national list is for the rest of the country. Besides the lists, the new Encouraged Catalogue, or the Catalogue of Encouraged Industries for Foreign Investment (2019 edition) (“2019 FI Encouraged Catalogue”) lists industries where foreign knowhow and investment is welcome. The 2019 FI Encouraged Catalogue will replace the 2017 editions of the “encouraged category” of the Catalogue of Industries for Foreign Investment and the Catalogue of Encouraged Industries in the Central and Western Region. However, the Guidance Catalog of Industries for Foreign Investment (2017 Revised Version) for the Restricted and Prohibited Categories is still valid.
For industries not included in the negative list, foreign and domestic investors shall enjoy equal access under the law, save for record-filing requirements. No region or department may impose separate restrictions on foreign investment in areas not on the negative list.
Pursuant to the Notice of the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology on Removing the Restrictions on Foreign Equity Ratios in Online Data Processing and Transaction Processing Business (Operating E-commerce) promulgated on June 19, 2015 by the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, there is no restrictions on foreign investment into online data processing and transaction processing business (operating e-commerce). However, industries such as value-added telecommunication services (except e-commerce), including internet information services, are still restricted from foreign investment.
Laws and Regulations Relating to the Food Industry in General
Food Safety in General
According to the Food Safety Law of the PRC (the “Food Safety Law”), which was promulgated by the Standing Committee on February 28, 2009 and became effective on June 1, 2009, as amended on April 24, 2015, the Implementing Regulations for the Food Safety Law of the PRC, which were promulgated by the State Council on July 20, 2009 and became effective on the same day, and the Administrative Measures for Food Business License, which was promulgated by SAMR on August 31, 2015 and become effective on October 1, 2015, as amended on November 7, 2017, to engage in food production and/or operation business in China, an enterprise must obtain a Food Business License. The Food Safety Law and its implementation regulations require:
(1) | food producers and distributors to apply for the food production licenses and food distribution licenses, respectively, provided that a food producer who has obtained a food production licenses does not need to obtain a food distribution license for selling the food produced by it at its production facilities; |
88 |
(2) | food production and operation to comply with food-safety standards and certain other requirements. Food producers shall not purchase or use raw food materials, food additives or food related products which do not meet food-safety standards; | |
(3) | each food producer or trader to establish and implement a personnel health management system. Each worker who engages in food production or trading worker is required to take a physical examination each year and obtain health certificate prior to working; | |
(4) | food producers to check the licenses and food eligibility certification documents of their suppliers before purchasing raw food materials, food additives and food-related products from them. Each food production enterprise shall establish a procurement check record system and a food ex-factory check record system and ensure the records are authentic and retained for at least two years; and | |
(5) | the packages of pre-packed food to bear labels. The labels shall state matters including the name, specifications, net content, date of production, list of ingredients or components, producer’s name, address and contact information, shelf life, product standard code, storage conditions, the general name of the food additives used in the national standards, category number of the food production license, and other content acquired by laws, regulations or food safety standards. |
The State Administration for Market Regulation (“SAMR”) (previously known as the General Administration of Quality Supervision, Inspection and Quarantine, which was merged with SAMR in 2018) is responsible for the nationwide administration of food business licensing, while the local Food and Drug Supervision Bureaus (“FDSBs”) are responsible for administrating the scheme within their respective administrative regions.
The China Green Food Development Center (“CGFDC”), established in November 1992 under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs of the People’s Republic of China, which is subject to SAMR, is a specialized agency in China, not only in charge of the Green Food logo licensing, organic agricultural products certification, Agri GI Products registration and protection, but also of coordinating and instructing on local pollution-free agricultural products certification.
The PRC has established a food recall system. When a food producer finds that the food produced by it does not comply with food safety standards, it shall immediately stop production, recall the food on the market, notify the relevant producers, traders and consumers, and record the recall and notification. When a food trader finds that the food traded by it does not comply with food safety standards, it shall immediately stop trading such food, notify the relevant producers, traders and consumers, and record the cessation of trading and the notification. The food producers shall take measures to safely recall and destroy the affected food, and report the recall and treatment of the recalled food to the quality supervision authority at or above the county level. Where the food producers or traders fail to recall or stop producing or trading the food which are not in compliance with food safety standards under Article 53 of the Food Safety Law, the quality supervision, administration for industry and commerce, food and drug supervision and administration authorities at or above the county level shall order them to recall or stop production or trading.
In the event of any breach of the Food Safety Law, relevant authorities may confiscate any illegal gains and food products, issue warnings and impose rectification orders and monetary penalties ranging from two to ten times the value of the illegal products, as well as revoke the food safety certificate and impose criminal liability in severe cases.
Food Business License
Pursuant to the Administrative Measures for Food Business License, which was promulgated by SAMR on August 31, 2015 and became effective on October 1, 2015, and amended on November 7, 2017, no enterprise shall engage in food production and/or operation business in China without a Food Business License. A new Food Business License system was put into use after three years of transition. Starting from October 1, 2018, all licensed food producers must affix a label on the packaging of their food products typically marked with “SC” followed by 14 numbers. However, all existing food products with “QS” label are allowed to be sold provided that they are still within their relevant expiration date. (Source: http://www.lyg01.net/news/lygxw/2015/1128/35740.shtml). Food Business Licenses are valid for five years and applications for renewal should be submitted thirty (30) business days prior to expiry. Enterprises receiving a Food Business License will be searchable by either scanning the QR code on the Food Business License or logging into National Food Business Licensing for Public Enquires website (http://118.26.25.129:8098/cfdaPub/).
89 |
The Food Business License system was previously known as the “QS” system. Pursuant to Implementation Rules for the Supervision and Administration on the Quality Safety of the Food Manufacturing and Processing Enterprise (For Trial), a market access system was implemented in China for monitoring food quality and safety. All food producers and processing enterprises should possess the requisite conditions for guaranteeing food quality and safety and acquire a Food Business License. All food products must pass the quality standard and bear the “QS” label in order for them to be sold. The “QS” system originated from the abbreviation of the English words, “Quality Safety”. It was later adapted to be the acronym for the English translation of the Chinese characters “Qiyeshipin Shengchanxuke” with means “Enterprise Food Production License” on June 1, 2010. (Source: https://baike.baidu.com/item/QS%E6%A0%87%E5%BF%97)
Laws and Regulations Relating to Product Quality
The Product Quality Law of the PRC
Pursuant to the Product Quality Law of the PRC, which was promulgated on February 22, 1993, became effective on September 1, 1993, and was subsequently amended on July 8, 2000, producers are liable for the quality of the products they produce. Where anyone produces or sells products that do not comply with the relevant national or industrial standards safeguarding the health and safety of the persons and property, the relevant authority will order such person to suspend the production or sales, confiscate the products, impose a fine of an amount higher than the value of the products and less than three times of the value of the products, confiscate illegal gains (if any) as well as revoke the business license in severe cases. Where the activities constitute a crime, the offender will be prosecuted.
The Agricultural Products Safety Law of the PRC
According to the Agricultural Products Quality Safety Law of the PRC, which was promulgated by the State Council on April 29, 2006 and became effective on November 1, 2006, producers of agricultural products shall use chemical products reasonably and avoid contaminating agricultural production sites. Agricultural producers shall also ensure that the preservatives, additives and other chemicals used in the process of the packaging, preservation, storage and transportation of agricultural products shall conform with the relevant mandatory technical specifications set by the State.
Product Liabilities
Manufacturers and distributors of defective products in the PRC may incur liability for losses and injuries caused by such products. Under the General Principles of the Civil Laws of the PRC, which became effective on 1 January 1987, and the Law on the Protection of Consumer Rights and Interests of the PRC, which was promulgated on October 31, 1993, became effective on January 1, 1994 and was amended on August 27, 1999 and October 25, 2013, the manufacturers and distributors will be held liable for losses and damages suffered by consumers caused by the defective products manufactured or distributed by them.
Under the above-mentioned laws and regulations, we are required to ensure that products which we produce and sell meet the requirements for safeguarding human health and ensuring human and property safety. Failing to do so will lead to a series of penalties, including the suspension of production and sale, confiscation of the products and earnings, imposition of fines, revocation of business licenses, and/or even criminal liabilities. In addition, if the products cause personal injuries or other form of torts, the manufacturers and distributors of the products may be subject to tort liability.
90 |
Foreign Investment in Value-Added Telecommunication Services
The Provisions on Administration of Foreign Invested Telecommunications Enterprises promulgated by the State Council in December 2001 and subsequently amended in September 2008 prohibit a foreign investor from owning more than 50% of the total equity interest in any value-added telecommunications service business in China and require the major foreign investor in any value-added telecommunications service business in China have a good and profitable record and operating experience in this industry. The Guidance Catalog of Industries for Foreign Investment amended in 2017 and Circular 196 promulgated by MIIT in June 2015 allow a foreign investor to own more than 50% of the total equity interest in an E-Commerce business.
In July 2006, the Ministry of Information Industry, the predecessor of the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology (“MIIT”), issued the Circular on Strengthening the Administration of Foreign Investment in the Operation of Value-added Telecommunications Business, pursuant to which a domestic PRC company that holds an operating license for value-added telecommunications business, which we refer to as a VATS License, is prohibited from leasing, transferring or selling the VATS License to foreign investors in any form and from providing any assistance, including resources, sites or facilities, to foreign investors that conduct a value-added telecommunications business illegally in China. Further, the domain names and registered trademarks used by an operating company providing value-added telecommunications services must be legally owned by that company or its shareholders. In addition, the VATS License holder must have the necessary facilities for its approved business operations and to maintain the facilities in the regions covered by its VATS License.
In light of the above restrictions and requirements, we operate our website through Wunong Shenzhen, our consolidated variable interest entity. On December 21, 2018, Wunong Shenzhen received an Internet Content Provider (“ICP”) license to provide value-added Internet information services. The ICP license is a permit issued by the Chinese Ministry of Industry and Information Technology to permit China-based websites to operate in China. Because Wunong Shenzhen only sells food products of suppliers on the Website instead of operating an online marketplace for third party sellers and buyers, Wunong Shenzhen is legally not required under Chinese law to obtain an ICP license. It has however obtained an ICP license just to preserve the option to run the aforementioned online marketplace in the future.
Anti-money Laundering Regulations
The PRC Anti-money Laundering Law, which became effective in January 2007, sets forth the principal anti-money laundering requirements applicable to financial institutions as well as non-financial institutions with anti-money laundering obligations, including the adoption of precautionary and supervisory measures, establishment of various systems for client identification, retention of clients’ identification information and transactions records, and reports on large transactions and suspicious transactions. According to the PRC Anti-money Laundering Law, financial institutions subject to the PRC Anti-money Laundering Law include banks, credit unions, trust investment companies, stock brokerage companies, futures brokerage companies, insurance companies and other financial institutions as listed and published by the State Council, while the list of the non-financial institutions with anti-money laundering obligations will be published by the State Council. The PBOC and other governmental authorities issued a series of administrative rules and regulations to specify the anti-money laundering obligations of financial institutions and certain non-financial institutions, such as payment institutions. However, the State Council has not promulgated the list of the non-financial institutions with anti-money laundering obligations.
The Guidelines jointly released by ten PRC regulatory agencies in July 2015, purport, among other things, to require internet finance service providers, including online peer-to-peer lending platforms, to comply with certain anti-money laundering requirements, including the establishment of a customer identification program, the monitoring and reporting of suspicious transactions, the preservation of customer information and transaction records, and the provision of assistance to the public security department and judicial authority in investigations and proceedings in relation to anti-money laundering matters. The PBOC will formulate implementing rules to further specify the anti-money laundering obligations of internet finance service providers.
As the implementing rules of the Guidelines have not been published, there is uncertainty as to how the anti-money laundering requirements in the Guidelines will be interpreted and implemented, and whether online peer-to-peer lending service providers like us must abide by the rules and procedures set forth in the PRC Anti-money Laundering Law that are applicable to non-financial institutions with anti-money laundering obligations. We cannot assure you that our current risk control procedures will be deemed to be in full compliance with any anti-money laundering laws and regulations that may become applicable to us in the future.
91 |
Regulation on Intellectual Property Rights
Patent. Patents in the PRC are principally protected under the Patent Law of the PRC. The duration of a patent right is either 10 years or 20 years from the date of application, depending on the type of patent right.
Copyright. Copyright in the PRC, including copyrighted software, is principally protected under the Copyright Law of the PRC and related rules and regulations. Under the Copyright Law, the term of protection for copyrighted software is 50 years.
Trademark. Registered trademarks are protected under the Trademark Law of the PRC and related rules and regulations. Trademarks are registered with the Trademark Office of the SAIC. Where registration is sought for a trademark that is identical or similar to another trademark which has already been registered or given preliminary examination and approval for use in the same or similar category of commodities or services, the application for registration of such trademark may be rejected. Trademark registrations are effective for a renewable ten-year period, unless otherwise revoked.
Domain names. Domain name registrations are handled through domain name service agencies established under the relevant regulations, and applicants become domain name holders upon successful registration.
Regulations Relating to Dividend Withholding Tax
Pursuant to the Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, if a non-resident enterprise has not set up an organization or establishment in the PRC, or has set up an organization or establishment but the income derived has no actual connection with such organization or establishment, it will be subject to a withholding tax on its PRC-sourced income at a rate of 10%. Pursuant to the Arrangement between Mainland China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Tax Evasion on Income, the withholding tax rate in respect to the payment of dividends by a PRC enterprise to a Hong Kong enterprise is reduced to 5% from a standard rate of 10% if the Hong Kong enterprise directly holds at least 25% of the PRC enterprise. Pursuant to the Notice of the State Administration of Taxation on the Issues concerning the Application of the Dividend Clauses of Tax Agreements, or Circular 81, a Hong Kong resident enterprise must meet the following conditions, among others, in order to enjoy the reduced withholding tax: (i) it must directly own the required percentage of equity interests and voting rights in the PRC resident enterprise; and (ii) it must have directly owned such percentage in the PRC resident enterprise throughout the 12 months prior to receiving the dividends. There are also other conditions for enjoying the reduced withholding tax rate according to other relevant tax rules and regulations. In August 2015, the State Administration of Taxation promulgated the Administrative Measures for Non-Resident Taxpayers to Enjoy Treatments under Tax Treaties, or Circular 60, which became effective on November 1, 2015. Circular 60 provides that non-resident enterprises are not required to obtain pre-approval from the relevant tax authority in order to enjoy the reduced withholding tax rate. Instead, non-resident enterprises and their withholding agents may, by self-assessment and on confirmation that the prescribed criteria to enjoy the tax treaty benefits are met, directly apply the reduced withholding tax rate, and file necessary forms and supporting documents when performing tax filings, which will be subject to post-tax filing examinations by the relevant tax authorities. Accordingly, Vande, our Hong Kong subsidiary, may be able to enjoy the 5% withholding tax rate for the dividends they receive from Wunong Shenzhen, our PRC subsidiary, if it satisfies the conditions prescribed under Circular 81 and other relevant tax rules and regulations. However, according to Circular 81 and Circular 60, if the relevant tax authorities consider the transactions or arrangements we have are for the primary purpose of enjoying a favorable tax treatment, the relevant tax authorities may adjust the favorable withholding tax in the future.
92 |
Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange
Regulation on Foreign Currency Exchange
The principal regulations governing foreign currency exchange in China are the Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations, most recently amended in August 2008. Under the PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, such as profit distributions, interest payments and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. By contrast, approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is required where RMB is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital account items, such as direct investments, repayment of foreign currency-denominated loans, repatriation of investments and investments in securities outside of China. On February 28, 2015, the SAFE promulgated the Notice on Further Simplifying and Improving the Administration of the Foreign Exchange Concerning Direct Investment, or SAFE Notice 13. After SAFE Notice 13 became effective on June 1, 2015, instead of applying for approvals regarding foreign exchange registrations of foreign direct investment and overseas direct investment from SAFE, entities and individuals will be required to apply for such foreign exchange registrations from qualified banks. The qualified banks, under the supervision of the SAFE, will directly examine the applications and conduct the registration.
In August 2008, SAFE issued the Circular on the Relevant Operating Issues Concerning the Improvement of the Administration of the Payment and Settlement of Foreign Currency Capital of Foreign-Invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 142, regulating the conversion by a foreign-invested enterprise of foreign currency-registered capital into RMB by restricting how the converted RMB may be used. SAFE Circular 142, provides that the RMB capital converted from foreign currency registered capital of a foreign-invested enterprise may only be used for purposes within the business scope approved by the applicable government authority and may not be used for equity investments within the PRC. In addition, SAFE strengthened its oversight of the flow and use of the RMB capital converted from foreign currency registered capital of foreign-invested enterprises. The use of such RMB capital may not be changed without SAFE’s approval, and such RMB capital may not in any case be used to repay RMB loans if the proceeds of such loans have not been used. Violations may result in severe monetary or other penalties.
In November 2012, SAFE promulgated the Circular of Further Improving and Adjusting Foreign Exchange Administration Policies on Foreign Direct Investment, which substantially amends and simplifies the current foreign exchange procedure. Pursuant to this circular, the opening of various special purpose foreign exchange accounts, such as pre-establishment expenses accounts, foreign exchange capital accounts and guarantee accounts, the reinvestment of RMB proceeds derived by foreign investors in the PRC, and remittance of foreign exchange profits and dividends by a foreign-invested enterprise to its foreign shareholders no longer require the approval or verification of SAFE, and multiple capital accounts for the same entity may be opened in different provinces, which was not possible previously. In addition, SAFE promulgated another circular in May 2013, which specifies that the administration by SAFE or its local branches over direct investment by foreign investors in the PRC must be conducted by way of registration and banks must process foreign exchange business relating to the direct investment in the PRC based on the registration information provided by SAFE and its branches.
In July 2014, SAFE issued SAFE Circular 36, which purports to reform the administration of settlement of the foreign exchange capitals of foreign-invested enterprises in certain designated areas on a trial basis. Under the pilot program, some of the restrictions under SAFE Circular 142 will not apply to the settlement of the foreign exchange capitals of the foreign-invested enterprises established within the designated areas and the enterprises are allowed to use its RMB capital converted from foreign exchange capitals to make equity investment. On March 30, 2015, the SAFE promulgated Circular 19, to expand the reform nationwide. Circular 19 came into force and replaced both Circular 142 and Circular 36 on June 1, 2015. Circular 19 allows foreign-invested enterprises to make equity investments by using RMB fund converted from foreign exchange capital. However, Circular 19 continues to, prohibit foreign-invested enterprises from, among other things, using RMB fund converted from its foreign exchange capitals for expenditure beyond its business scope, providing entrusted loans or repaying loans between non-financial enterprises.
93 |
Regulations on Dividend Distribution
Under our current corporate structure, our BVI holding company may rely on dividend payments from Guo Gang Tong, which is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise incorporated in China, to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have. The principal regulations governing distribution of dividends of foreign-invested enterprises include the Foreign-Invested Enterprise Law, as amended from time to time, and its implementation rules. Under these laws and regulations, wholly foreign-owned enterprises in China may pay dividends only out of their accumulated after-tax profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, wholly foreign-owned enterprises in China are required to allocate at least 10% of their respective accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds until these reserves have reached 50% of the registered capital of the enterprises. Wholly foreign-owned companies may, at their discretion, allocate a portion of their after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to staff welfare and bonus funds. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends.
Regulations on Overseas Listings
Six PRC regulatory agencies, including the CSRC, jointly adopted the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, which became effective in September 2006. The M&A Rules, among other things, require offshore special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, formed for overseas listing purposes through acquisitions of PRC domestic companies and controlled by PRC companies or individuals, to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to publicly listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange.
While the application of the M&A Rules remains unclear, we believe, based on the advice of our PRC counsel, China Commercial Law Firm, that our contractual arrangements are in compliance with the M&A Rules. However, as there has been no official interpretation or clarification of the M&A Rules, there is uncertainty as to how this regulation will be interpreted or implemented.
Regulations Relating to Employment
The PRC Labor Law and the Labor Contract Law require that employers must execute written employment contracts with full-time employees. If an employer fails to enter into a written employment contract with an employee within one year from the date on which the employment relationship is established, the employer must rectify the situation by entering into a written employment contract with the employee and pay the employee twice the employee’s salary for the period from the day following the lapse of one month from the date of establishment of the employment relationship to the day prior to the execution of the written employment contract. All employers must compensate their employees with wages equal to at least the local minimum wage standards. Violations of the PRC Labor Law and the Labor Contract Law may result in the imposition of fines and other administrative sanctions, and serious violations may result in criminal liabilities.
Enterprises in China are required by PRC laws and regulations to participate in certain employee benefit plans, including social insurance funds, namely a pension plan, a medical insurance plan, an unemployment insurance plan, a work-related injury insurance plan and a maternity insurance plan, and a housing provident fund, and contribute to the plans or funds in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances, of the employees as specified by the local government from time to time at locations where they operate their businesses or where they are located. Failure to make adequate contributions to various employee benefit plans may be subject to fines and other administrative sanctions.
Although we have made significant contributions to employee benefits plans, we do not believe those are adequate contributions as required by applicable PRC laws and regulations. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in China—Failure to make adequate contributions to various employee benefit plans as required by PRC regulations may subject us to penalties.”
Regulations Relating to Cybersecurity
Regulation on Information Security
The Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress promulgated the Cyber Security Law of the PRC, or the Cyber Security Law, which became effective on June 1, 2017, to protect cyberspace security and order. Pursuant to the Cyber Security Law, any individual or organization using the network must comply with the constitution and the applicable laws, follow the public order and respect social moralities, and must not endanger cyber security, or engage in activities by making use of the network that endanger the national security, honor and interests; incite subversion of state power; overthrow the socialist system; incite secession, undermining national unity, terrorism and extremism promotion, ethnic hatred and discrimination; spread violence and disseminate pornographic information, fabricating and spreading false information that disturbs economic and social order; or infringe on the fame, privacy, intellectual property and other legitimate rights and interests of others. The Cyber Security Law sets forth various security protection obligations for network operators, which are defined as “owners and administrators of networks and network service providers,” including, among others, complying with a series of requirements of tiered cyber protection systems; verifying users’ real identity; localizing the personal information and important data gathered and produced by key information infrastructure operators during operations within the PRC; and providing assistance and support to government authorities where necessary for protecting national security and investigating crimes.
To comply with these laws and regulations, we have adopted security policies and measures to protect our cyber system and customer information.
Regulation on Internet Privacy
Pursuant to the Administrative Provisions on Mobile Internet Applications Information Services, effective on August 1, 2016, owners or operators of mobile applications that provide information services are required to be responsible for information security management; establish and improve the protective mechanism for user information; observe the principles of legality, rightfulness and necessity; and expressly state the purpose, method and scope of, and obtain user consent to, the collection and use of users’ personal information. In addition, the Cyber Security Law also requires network operators to strictly keep confidential users’ personal information that they have collected and to establish and improve user information protective mechanism. On May 8, 2017, the Supreme People’s Court and the Supreme People’s Procuratorate released the Interpretations of the Supreme People’s Court and the Supreme People’s Procuratorate on Several Issues Concerning the Application of Law in the Handling of Criminal Cases Involving Infringement of Citizens’ Personal Information, which clarifies several concepts regarding the crime of “infringement of citizens’ personal information” stipulated by Article 253A of the Criminal Law of the People’s Republic of China, including “citizen’s personal information,” “provision” and “unlawful acquisition of citizens’ personal information.” Also, it specifies the standards for determining “serious circumstances” and “particularly serious circumstances” of this crime.
To comply with these laws and regulations, we have required our customers to consent to our collecting and using their personal information, and established information security systems to protect customers’ privacy.
Regulation on E-Commerce
The Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress of PRC enacted the PRC E-Commerce Law on August 31, 2018, which became effective on January 1, 2019. Under the PRC E-Commerce Law, e-commerce refers to operating activities of selling goods or providing services through the internet or other information networks. The PRC E-Commerce Law generally applies to: (i) platform operators, which refer to legal persons or unincorporated organizations that provide network places of business, transaction matching, information release and other services to enable the transaction parties to carry out independent transaction activities; (ii) operators on the platform, which refer to e-commerce operators that sell goods or provide services to customers through e-commerce platforms; and (iii) other e-commerce operators that sell goods or provide services through self-established websites or other network services. The PRC E-commerce Law also provides rules in relation to e-commerce contracts, dispute settlements, e-commerce development as well as legal liabilities involved in e-commerce.
94 |
Set forth below is information concerning our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus:
Name | Age | Position(s) | ||
Xiaogang Qin | 44 | Chief Executive Officer | ||
Lin He | 36 | Chief Financial Officer | ||
Peijiang Chen | 57 | Chairman | ||
Alex P. Hamilton | 47 | Independent Director* | ||
Jiangping (Gary) Xiao | 40 | Independent Director* | ||
Xiaode Zhang | 63 | Independent Director* |
* This individual consents to be such position upon the closing of this Offering.
The business address of each of the officers and directors is B401, 4th Floor Building 12, Hangcheng Street, Hourui No. 2 Industrial District, Southern Section, Zhichuang Juzhen Double Creative Park, Bao’an District, Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China.
The following is a brief biography of each of our executive officers and directors:
Executive Officers:
Xiaogang Qin - Chief Executive Officer
Mr. Xiaogang Qin, aged 44, is an agriculture and agricultural products technology specialist in the agriculture industry, who has extensive experience in management, marketing and the food industry. Mr. Qin graduated from the China Agricultural University and received a Bachelor’s degree in Agricultural Product Storage and Processing in June 1997. In 2004, he joined Lam Soon Hong Kong Group as Marketing and Brand Manager of its subsidiaries until October 2011. From October 2013 to May 2015, he served as General Manager of Shenzhen Zao Hua Xiang Ecological Food Co., Ltd. From November 2016 to February 2018, he served as Brand Director at Hainan Ye Dao Alcohol Industry Development Co., Ltd. From March 2018 to May 2019, he served as General Manager of Shenzhen Zheng Tian Ran Industrial Co., Ltd. He joined Wunong Shenzhen as its Chief Executive Officer in May 2019.
Lin He - Chief Financial Officer
Mr. Lin He has been our Chief Financial Officer since joining us in June 2019. Mr. He, age 36, graduated from the Hunan University of Technology and Business (previously known as Hunan Business College) with a Bachelor’s degree in Financing in June 2007. After graduation, he started his career as an Administrative Director from March 2009 through April 2011. From January 2011, he studied accounting at China Accounting Online School (www.chinaacc.com) and obtained a Certified Public Accountant certificate in December 2013. Based on his financing academic background, coupled with his accounting knowledge, he changed his career path and worked as an accountant and auditor at Pan-China Certified Public Accountants from June 2011 to March 2014. Between April 2014 and August 2017, he served as Financial Manager and Risk Management Director at Zhong Cai International Fund Management (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. In September 2017, he joined Shenzhen Lixin Chuangyuan Technology Co., Ltd and served as its Financial Director until May 2019 when he joined us.
Non-Management Directors
Peijiang Chen – Chairman, Independent Director
Mr. Peijiang Chen, age 57, has extensive experience in company management. From July 2016 to September 2018, Mr. Chen was the legal representative of Shenzhen Yue Long Teng Da Sports Information Technology Limited Company. From June 2015 to October 2018, Mr. Chen served as Chairman of the board of directors at Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. Mr. Chen is also the Chairman and shareholder of an inactive shell company listed on the OTC Markets. Mr. Chen received his Bachelor’s degree in Electrical Automation in Industrial Enterprises from Jilin Teachers College of Engineering in 1985. Mr. Chen is our Chairman and an independent director.
95 |
Alex P. Hamilton – Director
Mr. Alex P. Hamilton, age 47, has been the Chief Financial Officer of CBD Biotech Inc. since November 2018, and has also served as Director of CBD Biotech Inc. since April 2019. In April 2016, Mr. Hamilton founded Hamilton Laundry, and has served as its Chief Executive Officer since then. Mr. Hamilton also founded Hamilton Strategy in November 2014, and has served as its Chief Executive Officer since. From November 2013 to November 2014, Mr. Hamilton was the President of Kei Advisors. Mr. Hamilton was also the Co-Founder of Donald Capital LLC, and has served as its President since May 2019. Mr. Hamilton obtained his B.A. in Economics from Brandeis University in 1994. Mr. Hamilton will join us as an independent director upon the closing of this Offering.
Jiangping (Gary) Xiao – Director
Mr. Jiangping (Gary) Xiao, age 40, has been the Vice President of Finance and Accounting at Hilco IP Merchant Bank since 2019. Prior to that, he was the Chief Financial Officer of Professional Diversity Network, Inc., from March 2017 to March 2019. From 2013 to 2016, Mr. Xiao was the Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Petstages. Earlier in his career, Mr. Xiao served as the Controller of the Operations Management Group of The Jordan Company, a private equity firm, from August 2008 to May 2013, and as a Senior Finance Associate, Financial Planning and Analysis of United Airline from June 2006 to August 2008. Mr. Xiao obtained a Master of Business Administration from the Ross School of Business Management at the University of Michigan in 2006 and a B.A. in accounting from Tsinghua University in Beijing, China, in 2000. Mr. Xiao will join us as an independent director upon the closing of this Offering.
Xiaode Zhang – Director
Mr. Xiaode Zhang, age 63, has been the Deputy Director of the China National School of Administration since 2014. From 2014 to May 2018, Mr. Zhang was a Director at the Center for Ecological Civilization Studies of the National School of Administration. Mr. Zhang has been an Expert Committee Member of the National Climate Experts Committee since 2017. Mr. Zhang has also been a Director of the China Organic Conference since 2016. Mr. Zhang obtained his Bachelor’s degree in Economics from Economic of Shanxi University in 1982, and a Ph.D. in Economics from Renmin University of China. Mr. Zhang will join us as an independent director upon the closing of this Offering.
Directors and Officers of Wunong Shenzhen
Messrs Xiaogang Qin and Lin He are the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Wunong Shenzhen, respectively. Messrs Peijiang Chen, Xiaogang Qin, Lin He, Changbin Xia and Hanwu Yang are directors of Wunong Shenzhen.
Changbin Xia – Director of Wunong Shenzhen
Mr. Changbin Xia, age 47, has extensive experience in company management, marketing and financing. From October 1989 through November 1992, he was a Guard Team Sergeant with the Sichuan PAP (Chinese People’s Armed Police Force) Corps. From 1993 to 2010, he worked as sales and manager at several industrial supply and trading companies. From 2011 to 2016, Mr. Xia joined Guangxi Nanning Zhu Hu Real Estate Co., Ltd as its General Manager. From 2017 till present, Mr. Xia has been the General Manager of Hunan Shangnong Network Technology Co., Ltd. Mr. Xia joined Wunong Shenzhen in 2017, and served as its Chief Executive Officer from March 2017 until April 2019. Mr. Xia now serves as a director of Wunong Shenzhen.
Hanwu Yang – Director of Wunong Shenzhen
Mr. Hanwu Yang, age 45, is a marketing specialist with over ten years’ experience in marketing. Mr. Yang graduated from Shanxi Normal University and received a Bachelor’s degree in Chinese Language and Literature in July 2002. He started his career as a Tutor in Chinese Language at Weinan Normal College after graduation. Starting from July 2005 through September 2016, he changed his career path and assumed the position as salesman for YOFOTO (China) Health Industry Co., Ltd. He joined Wunong Shenzhen in 2017 as its General Manager and is now its Marketing Director.
96 |
Election of Officers
Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors.
Family Relationships
None of the directors or executive officers has a family relationship as defined in Item 401 of Regulation S-K.
Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings
To the best of our knowledge, none of our directors or executive officers has, during the past ten years, been involved in any legal proceedings described in subparagraph (f) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K Our directors and officers have not been involved in any transactions with us or any of our affiliates or associates which are required to be disclosed pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.
Board of Directors
Our board of directors consists of five (5) directors. We expect that all current directors will continue to serve after this offering.
The directors will be re-elected at our annual general meeting of shareholders on an annual basis.
A director may vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he is interested, provided, however that the nature of the interest of any director in any such contract or transaction shall be disclosed by him at or prior to its consideration and any vote on that matter. A general notice or disclosure to the directors or otherwise contained in the minutes of a meeting or a written resolution of the directors or any committee thereof of the nature of a director’s interest shall be sufficient disclosure and after such general notice it shall not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction. A director may be counted for a quorum upon a motion in respect of any contract or arrangement which he shall make with our company, or in which he is so interested and may vote on such motion.
Board Committees
We established three committees under the board of directors: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. We have adopted a charter for each of the three committees. Copy of our committee charters are to be posted on our corporate investor relations website at [*] prior to our listing on the Nasdaq.
Each committee’s members will be appointed when the close of our Offering and listing on the Nasdaq and their functions are described below.
Audit Committee. The audit committee is will comprise of Messrs Alex P. Hamilton, Jiangping (Gary) Xiao and Xiaode Zhang with Mr. Hamilton serving as chairman. Our board of directors has determined that both Mr. Hamilton and Mr. Xiao qualify as audit committee financial experts and have the accounting or financial management expertise as defined under Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K and required under Nasdaq Rule 5605(c)(2)(A). We have also determined that Messrs Hamilton, Xiao and Zhang satisfy the “independence” requirements for purposes of serving on an audit committee under Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and of Nasdaq Rule 5605(a)(2).
Our board of directors has also adopted a written charter for the audit committee which the audit committee reviews and reassesses for adequacy on an annual basis. A copy of the audit committee’s current charter is available at our corporate Website.
97 |
Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee will comprise Messrs Alex P. Hamilton, Jiangping (Gary) Xiao and Xiaode Zhang, with Mr. Zhang serving as chairman. We have also determined that Messrs Hamilton, Xiao and Zhang, satisfy the “independence” requirements of Nasdaq Rule 5605(a)(2). The compensation committee oversees the compensation of our chief executive officer and our other executive officers and reviews our overall compensation policies for employees generally. If so authorized by the Board of Directors, the committee may also serve as the granting and administrative committee under any option or other equity-based compensation plans which we may adopt. The compensation committee does not delegate its authority to fix compensation; however, as to officers who report to the chief executive officer, the compensation committee consults with the chief executive officer, who may make recommendations to the compensation committee. Any recommendations by the chief executive officer are accompanied by an analysis of the basis for the recommendations. The committee will also discuss compensation policies for employees who are not officers with the chief executive officer and other responsible officers. A copy of the compensation committee’s current charter is available at our corporate Website.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is comprised of Messrs Alex P. Hamilton, Jiangping (Gary) Xiao and Xiaode Zhang, with Mr. Xiao serving as chairman. We have also determined that Messrs Hamilton, Xiao and Zhang, satisfy the “independence” requirements of Nasdaq Rule 5605(a)(2). The governance and nominating committee is involved in evaluating the desirability of and recommending to the board any changes in the size and composition of the board, evaluation of and successor planning for the chief executive officer and other executive officers. The qualifications of any candidate for director will be subject to the same extensive general and specific criteria applicable to director candidates generally. A copy of the nominating committee’s current charter is available at our corporate Website.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and controller, or persons performing similar functions. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is currently available at our corporate website at [ ].
Duties of Directors
Under British Virgin Islands law, our directors owe fiduciary duties to our Company, including a duty of loyalty, a duty to act honestly and a duty to act in what they consider in good faith to be in our best interests. Our directors also have a duty to exercise the skill they actually possess and such care and diligence that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, and the class rights vested thereunder in the holders of the shares. Our company has the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached. A shareholder may in certain limited exceptional circumstances have the right to seek damages in our name if a duty owed by the directors is breached.
Our board of directors has all the powers necessary for managing, and for directing and supervising, our business affairs. The functions and powers of our board of directors include, among others:
● | convening shareholders’ meetings; | |
● | declaring dividends and distributions; | |
● | appointing officers and determining the term of office of the officers; | |
● | exercising the borrowing powers of our company and mortgaging the property of our company; and | |
● | approving the transfer of shares in our company, including the registration of such shares in our share register. |
Qualification
There are no membership qualifications for directors. Further, there are no share ownership qualifications for directors unless so fixed by us in a general meeting. There are no other arrangements or understandings pursuant to which our directors are selected or nominated.
98 |
Terms of Directors and Officers
Our directors may be elected by a resolution of our board of directors, or by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders. Each of our directors will hold office until the expiration of his or her term as provided in the written agreement with our company, if any, and until his or her successor has been elected or appointed. A director will cease to be a director if, among other things, the director (i) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors; (ii) dies or is found by our company to be or becomes of unsound mind, (iii) resigns his office by notice in writing to the company, or (iv) without special leave of absence from our board, is absent from three consecutive board meetings and our directors resolve that his office be vacated. Our officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the board of directors.
Interested Transactions
A director may vote, attend a board meeting or sign a document on our behalf with respect to any contract or transaction in which he or she is interested. A director shall forthwith disclose the interest to all other directors after becoming aware of the fact that he or she is interested in a transaction we have entered into or are to enter into. A general notice or disclosure to all other directors that a director is a member, director, or officer of another named entity or has a fiduciary relationship with respect to the entity or a named individual and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction which may, after the date of the entry or disclosure, be entered into with that entity or individual, is a sufficient disclosure in relation to that transaction.
Remuneration and Borrowing
The directors may receive such remuneration as our board of directors may determine from time to time. Each director is entitled to be repaid or prepaid all traveling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors or committees of our board of directors or shareholder meetings or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his or her duties as a director. The compensation committee will assist the directors in reviewing and approving the compensation structure for the directors. Our board of directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge our undertakings and property or any part thereof, to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the company or of any third party.
99 |
Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers and Directors
We have entered into employment agreements with each of the named executive officers. Under these agreements, each of the named executive officers is employed for a specified time period and is entitled to receive annual salary plus other remuneration, pension insurance, medical insurance, maternity insurance, unemployment insurance, work-related injury insurance, housing provident funds and other benefits pursuant to PRC law. We and the named executive officers may terminate the employment upon mutual agreement. The named executive officers may terminate the employment by giving thirty days advance written notice. We may terminate the employment for cause, at any time, without notice or remuneration, for certain acts of the executive officer, such as serious violation of the Company’s rules and regulations, gross neglect of duty and misconduct resulting in large economic losses to the Company, damaging the Company’s image through defamation or disseminating rumors about the Company or its employees outside the Company, We may also terminate the employment for cause, with thirty days advance written notice and one month’s salary, for certain acts of the executive officer, such as illness, non-work related injury resulting in inability to work in the previous position or a newly assigned position after recovery, and inability to perform the assigned work and failure to perform the assigned tasks even after training or adjustment of position. The employment agreements will be terminated upon (1) expiry of the employment, (2) the entitlement of the named executive officers to the pension insurance, (3) the death of the named executive officers, (4) the bankruptcy of the Company pursuant to law, and (5) revocation of the Company’s business license, shutdown of the business pursuant to the order issued by the relevant authority, or earlier dissolution of the Company.
Each named executive officer has agreed not to be involved in a second occupation during the period of employment. Without our prior written consent or related mutual agreement, he shall not, directly or indirectly, hold any position in any other enterprises providing same or similar products or services.
Each named executive officer has agreed to be bound by non-competition restrictions during the term of his employment and for two years following termination of the employment. The executive officers are not allowed to contact our customers for business after termination of the employment and we have the right to bring legal action against them in the event of any losses so caused by their breach of said restrictions.
In addition, each named executive officer has agreed that the title to the intellectual property, including but not limited to patents and copyrights, created by him during the course of his employment, is vested in the Company. In exchange, the Company will compensate him based on the economic returns so derived.
We have entered into confidentiality agreements with each of the named executive officers. Each named executive officer has agreed (1) not to inquire about the trade secrets which are unrelated to the performance of his work; (2) not to disclose the trade secrets of the Company to any third party; (3) not to allow any third party to use or acquire the trade secrets of the Company, except as required in the performance of his or her duties in connection with the employment or pursuant to the instruction of the Company; (4) not to use the trade secrets of the Company for its own benefits; (5) to hold the trade secrets in strict confidence and report to the Company if the trade secrets are disclosed; and (6) to keep other confidential obligations. As a compensation, each named executive officer is entitled to receive a monthly confidentiality fee of $70.
Each executive officer has agreed to hold, both during and after the termination or expiry of his employment agreement, in strict confidence, except as required in the performance of his or her duties in connection with the employment or pursuant to applicable law or the Company’s instruction, any of our trade secrets, the trade secrets of our business partners and customers received by us and for which we have confidential obligations.
We have entered into director agreements with each of our independent director appointees. Their appointments will be effective on the date of close of our Offering and the listing of our Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market. These agreements set forth the services to be provided and compensation to be received by our independent directors, as well as the independent directors’ obligations in terms of confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation. Pursuant to these agreements, the directorship of our independent director appointees will last until the earlier of (i) the date on which the director ceases to be a member of our board of directors for any reason or (ii) the next annual meeting of shareholders if the director is not re-elected.
Our compensation committee approves our salaries and benefit policies. They determine the compensation to be paid to our executive officers based on our financial and operating performance and prospects, and contributions made by the officers’ to our success. Each of the named officers will be measured by a series of performance criteria by the board of directors, or the compensation committee on a yearly basis. Such criteria will be set forth based on certain objective parameters such as job characteristics, required professionalism, management skills, interpersonal skills, related experience, personal performance and overall corporate performance.
Our board of directors has not adopted or established a formal policy or procedure for determining the amount of compensation paid to our executive officers. The board of directors will make an independent evaluation of appropriate compensation to key employees, with input from management. The board of directors has oversight of executive compensation plans, policies and programs.
100 |
Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to compensation for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 earned by or paid to our chief executive officer and chief financial officer (the “named executive officers”).
Name and Position | Year |
Salary
($) |
Bonus
($) |
Stock
/ Share
Awards ($) |
Option
Awards ($) |
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation |
Deferred
Compensation Earnings |
Other |
Total
($) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Xiaogang Qin(1) | 2019 | 3,771 | 16,114 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 7,886 | 27,771 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chief Executive Officer | 2018 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Lin He (2) | 2019 | 3,771 | 10,457 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 4,629 | 18,857 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Chief Financial Officer | 2018 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Wei Wu (3) | 2019 | 3,771 | 9,104 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 4,859 | 17,734 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Former Chief Financial Officer | 2018 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Changbin Xia(4) | 2018 | 3,771 | 19,543 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 7,892 | 31,206 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Former Chief Executive Officer | 2017 | 3,771 | 19,543 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 7,543 | 30,857 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Guoxing Cui (5) | 2018 | 3,771 | 7,584 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 2,743 | 14,098 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Former Chief Financial Officer | 2017 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 |
(1) On May 1, 2019, Wunong Shenzhen entered into an employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Xiaogang Qin, pursuant to which he receives an annual base salary of $3,771 plus other remuneration, including, but not limited to, post allowance, performance-related pay, subsidies for work meals, transportation, housing, and confidentiality obligations. Mr. Qin’s employment is for an initial term of three years and may be renewed by the parties within thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the employment agreement. The amount reflects salary paid to Mr. Qin for services rendered to our operating subsidiary, Wunong Shenzhen and Wunong.
(2) On May 1, 2019, Wunong Shenzhen entered into an employment agreement with our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Lin He, pursuant to which he receives an annual base salary of $3,771 plus other remuneration, including, but not limited to, post allowance, performance-related pay, subsidies for work meals, transportation, housing, and confidentiality obligations. For the months of May and June 2019, Mr. He received $626 in base salary, $414 in post allowance and performance-related pay, and $314 in other compensation. Mr. He’s employment is for an initial term of three years and may be renewed by the parties within thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the employment agreement. The amount reflects salary paid to Mr. He for services rendered to our operating subsidiary, Wunong Shenzhen and Wunong.
(3) Between January and May 2019, Ms. Wei Wu served as Wunong Shenzhen’s interim Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Wu received an annual base salary of $3,771, plus other remuneration, including, but not limited to, post allowance, performance-related pay, subsidies for work meals, transportation, housing, and confidentiality obligations. From January to May 2019, Ms. Wu received $2,075 in base salary and overtime, $5,275 in post allowance and performance-related pay, and $1,357 in other compensation. Ms. Wu resigned from this position in May 2019.
(4) In 2017, Mr. Changbin Xia began working at Wunong Shenzhen as the de facto Chief Executive Officer. In 2017 and 2018, Mr. Xia received an annual base salary of $3,771 plus other remuneration, including, but not limited to, post allowance, performance-related pay, subsidies for work meals, transportation, housing, and confidentiality obligations. The amount reflects salary paid to Mr. Xia for services rendered to our operating subsidiary, Wunong Shenzhen and Wunong. Mr. Xia resigned from this position in December 2018.
(5) In 2018, Mr. Guoxing Cui began working at Wunong Shenzhen as the de facto Chief Financial Officer. In 2018, Mr. Cui received an annual base salary of $3,771 plus other remuneration, including, but not limited to, post allowance, performance-related pay, subsidies for work meals, transportation, housing, and confidentiality obligations. The amount reflects salary paid to Mr. Cui for services rendered to our operating subsidiary, Wunong Shenzhen and Wunong. Mr. Cui resigned from this position in December 2018.
101 |
Xiaogang Qin
On May 1, 2019, Wunong Shenzhen entered into an employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Xiaogang Qin, pursuant to which he receives an annual base salary of $3,710 plus other remuneration, including but not limited to performance related pay. Mr. Huang’s employment is for an initial term of three years and may be renewed by the parties within thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the employment agreement.
Lin He
On May 1, 2019, Wunong Shenzhen entered into an employment agreement with our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Lin He, pursuant to which he receives an annual base salary of $3,710 plus other remuneration, including but not limited to performance related pay. Mr. He’s employment is for an initial term of three years and may be renewed by the parties within thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the employment agreement. Amount reflects salary paid to Mr. Huang for services rendered to our operating subsidiary, Wunong Shenzhen and Wunong.
Compensation of Directors
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, no members of our board of directors received compensation in their capacity as directors.
Director Compensation — Non-Employee Directors
Historically, we have not paid our non-employee directors. We have agreed to pay our independent directors an annual cash retainer of $15,000, subject to terms of the definitive agreements. We will also reimburse all directors for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with their services provided in such capacity. In addition, we may provide incentive grants of stock, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for, our securities. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, we did not pay any non-employee directors because we did not have any non-employee directors.
Compensation of Directors of Wunong Shenzhen
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to compensation for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 earned by directors of Wunong Shenzhen.
Name and Principal Position |
Year |
Fee earned or paid in Cash ($) |
Base Compensation and bonus ($) |
Share Awards ($) |
Option Awards ($) |
Non-equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($) |
Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred ($) |
All
Other
Compensation ($) |
Total
($) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Changbin Xia1 | 2019 | 3,771 | 19,543 | -- | -- | -- | -- | 8,315 | 31,629 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 3,771 | 19,543 | -- | -- | 7,892 | 31,206 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Hanwu Yang2 | 2019 | 3,771 | 19,543 | -- | -- | -- | -- | 7,886 | 31,200 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Peijiang Chen3 | 2019 | 3,771 | 21,600 | -- | -- | -- | -- | 7,886 | 33,257 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- | -- |
(1) Mr. Xia was appointed director of Wunong Shenzhen on January 1, 2017. His annual director compensation were RMB216,000 (approximately, $30,857), RMB218,440 (approximately $31,206) and RMB 221,400 (approximately, $31,629) for 2017, 2018 and 2019. On January 1, 2020, Mr. Xia signed a director appointment letter with a new three-year term. His annual compensation shall be RMB 168,007.08 (approximately, $24,001).
(2) Mr. Yang was appointed director of Wunong Shenzhen on January 1, 2017. His annual director compensation was RMB 218,400 (approximately, $31,200) for 2019 but received no compensation for 2017 and 2018. On January 1, 2020, Mr. Yang signed a director appointment letter with a new three-year term. His annual compensation shall be RMB 167,886.36 (approximately, $23,984).
(3) Mr. Chen was appointed director of Wunong Shenzhen on January 1, 2017. His annual director compensation was RMB 232,800 (approximately, $33,257) for 2019 but received no compensation for 2017 and 2018. On January 1, 2020, Mr. Chen signed a director appointment letter with a new three-year term. His annual compensation shall be RMB 194,276.16 (approximately, $27,754).
In addition to the executive officer and director compensation arrangements discussed in “Executive Compensation,” below we describe transactions since incorporation, to which we have been a participant, in which the amount involved in the transaction is material to our company and in which any of the following is a party: (a) enterprises that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, control or are controlled by, or are under common control with, our Company; (b) associates; (c) individuals owning, directly or indirectly, an interest in the voting power of our Company that gives them significant influence over our Company, and close members of any such individual’s family; (d) key management personnel, that is, those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of our Company, including directors and senior management of companies and close members of such individuals’ families; and (e) enterprises in which a substantial interest in the voting power is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in (c) or (d) or over which such a person is able to exercise significant influence.
Transaction between Mr. Changbin Xia and Wunong Shenzhen
Pursuant to a Loan Contract fully executed between Wunong Shenzhen and Mr. Changbin Xia dated January 1, 2019, Mr. Changbin Xia, our Wunong Shenzhen director, made an interest-free loan in the amount of RMB2,000,000 to us, which shall be repaid in full on or before December 31, 2020. We have fully repaid this loan by December 31, 2019. Mr. Changbin Xia and Wunong Shenzhen entered another agreement on January 1, 2019 to make an interest-free loan in the amount of RMB 6,500,000 to us, which shall be repaid in full on or before December 31, 2021. Subsequently in 2020, major shareholders have lent approximately $723,000 in loans to the Company due on December 31, 2023. In the event the Company fails to repay these loans within above stipulated period, the interest rate will be at an annual rate of 8% for any and all overdue payments.
Transaction between Mr. Hanwu Yang and Wunong Shenzhen
Pursuant to a Loan Contract fully executed between Wunong Shenzhen and Mr. Hanwu Yang dated May 1, 2018, Mr. Hanwu Yang, our Wunong Shenzhen director, made an interest-free loan in the total amount of RMB4,241,782 to us, which had been wired to us by several wire transfers between May 14, 2018 and December 29, 2018. The loan shall be repaid in full on or before December 31, 2021. We fully repaid this loan as of the date of this prospectus.
102 |
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information with respect to beneficial ownership of our Ordinary Shares as of the date of the prospectus by:
● | Each person who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding Ordinary Shares; | |
● | Each of our director, director nominees and named executive officers; | |
● | All directors and named executive officers as a group and | |
● |
the selling shareholders, which consists of the entities shown as having shares listed in the column “Shares to be Sold in Offering.” |
In addition, the following table assumes that the over-subscription option has not been exercised.
Our Company is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Ordinary Shares with no par value. The number and percentage of Ordinary Shares beneficially owned before the Offering are based on 20,000,000 Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of the date of this prospectus and 25,000,000 Ordinary Shares post-Offering (assuming no exercise of the Underwriters’ over-allotment and Underwriters Warrants). Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our Ordinary Shares. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally requires that such person have voting or investment power with respect to securities. In computing the number of Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by a person listed below and the percentage ownership of such person, Ordinary Shares underlying options, warrants or convertible securities held by each such person that are exercisable or convertible within 60 days of the date of this prospectus are deemed outstanding, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person. None of our shareholders as of the date of this prospectus is a record holder in the United States. Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table, or as required by applicable community property laws, all persons listed have sole voting and investment power for all Ordinary Shares shown as beneficially owned by them. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes, the address for each principal shareholder is in the care of our Company at B401, 4th Floor Building 12, Hangcheng Street, Hourui No. 2 Industrial District, Southern Section, Zhichuang Juzhen Double Creative Park, Bao’an District, Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China. As of the date of this prospectus, we have 9 shareholders of record.
Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to this Offering | Shares to be Sold in Offering | Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned After this Offering | ||||||||||||||||||
Number | Percent | Number | Number | Percent | ||||||||||||||||
Directors and Executive Officers: | ||||||||||||||||||||
Peijiang Chen, Chairman and Director(1) | 4,350,043.50 | 21.75 | % | - | 4,350,043.50 | 18.00 | % | |||||||||||||
Xiaogang Qin, CEO | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||
Lin He, CFO | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||
5% Beneficial Owners | ||||||||||||||||||||
Union International Company Limited (2) Vistra Corporate Services Centre,Wickhams Cay II, Road Town,Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands |
5,100,051.00 | 25.50 | % | - | 5,100,051.00 | 21.10 | % | |||||||||||||
Kindness Global Company Limited (1) | 4,350,043.50 | 21.75 | % | - | 4,350,043.50 | 18.00 | % | |||||||||||||
Four Dimensions Global Investment Limited(3) | 2,400,024.00 | 12.00 | % | - | 2,400,024.00 | 9.93 | % | |||||||||||||
Wisdom Global Company Limited(4) | 2,400,024.00 | 12.00 | % | - | 2,400,024.00 | 9.93 | % | |||||||||||||
Soaring International Company Limited(5) 30 de Castro Street, Wickhams Cay 1, P. O. Box 4519, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands |
2,000,120.00 | 10.00 | % | - | 2,000,120.00 | 8.27 | % | |||||||||||||
Morning Choice International Company Limited(6) 30 de Castro Street, Wickhams Cay 1, P. O. Box 4519, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands |
999,910.00 | 5.00 | % | - | 999,910.00 | 4.14 | % | |||||||||||||
Eternal Horizon International Company Limited(7) 30 de Castro Street, Wickhams Cay 1, P. O. Box 4519, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands |
999,910.00 | 5.00 | % | 999,910.00 | - | - | ||||||||||||||
August International Group Company Limited(8) 30 de Castro Street, Wickhams Cay 1, P. O. Box 4519, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands |
999,910.00 | 5.00 | % | - | 999,910.00 | 4.14 | % |
(1) | Kindness Global Company Limited, a BVI company incorporated in October 1, 2018 that is 100% owned by Kindness Global Holdings Limited, a BVI company, which is, in turn, 100% owned by Mr. Peijiang Chen, our Chairman and director and also shareholder and director of Wunong Shenzhen. Mr. Chen is deemed to beneficially own the 4,350,043.500435 Ordinary Shares owned by Kindness Global Company Limited and has sole voting and dispositive powers over these shares. |
(2) | Union International Company Limited, a BVI company that is 100% owned by Union International Holdings Limited, a BVI company, which, in turn, is owned by 14 PRC citizens and natural persons. The 14 individuals comprise Changbin Xia (12.24%), Haiyan Qin (26.53%), Hui Wang (15.31%), Dongling Li (9.18%), Chunhua Shi (1.02%), Yanling Qi (1.02%), Dong Liu (1.02%), Tao Qiao (9.18%), Weixia Liu (7.14%), Naikang Meng (7.14%), Jie Bai (7.14%), Mei Gao (1.02%), Fuxiong Ma (1.02%) and Weidong Zhu (1.02%) and each is deemed to beneficially own and has sole voting and dispositive powers over the 5,100,051.000510 Ordinary Shares in accordance with their respective percentage interests in the partnership. The 14 individuals also comprise a PRC limited partnership, Mishan City Shenmi Dazhong Management Consulting Partnership (Limited Partnership). |
(3) | Four Dimensions Global Investment Limited, a BVI company that is 100% owned by Four Dimensions Global Holdings Limited, a BVI company, which is, in turn, 100% owned by Mr. Changbin Xia, a Chinese citizen and a shareholder and director of Wunong Shenzhen. Mr. Xia is deemed to beneficially own the 2,400,024.000240 Ordinary Shares owned by Four Dimensions Global Investment Limited and has sole voting and dispositive powers over these shares. Additionally, Mr. Xia is deemed to beneficially own and has sole voting and dispositive powers over 624,246.2424 Ordinary Shares held by Union International Company Limited by virtue of his shareholding in Union International Holdings Limited, which directly owns Union International Company Limited. |
(4) | Wisdom Global Company Limited, a BVI company that is 100% owned by Wisdom Global Holdings Limited, a BVI company, which is, in turn, 100% owned by Mr. Hanwu Yang, a Chinese citizen and a shareholder and director of Wunong Shenzhen. Mr. Yang is deemed to beneficially own the 2,400,024.000240 Ordinary Shares owned by Wisdom Global Company Limited and has sole voting and dispositive powers over these shares. |
(5) | Soaring International Company Limited is a BVI company that is owned solely by Xin Jin, a PRC citizen and Jin is deemed to beneficially own the Ordinary Shares owned by Soaring International Company Limited and has sole voting and dispositive powers over these shares. |
(6) | Morning Choice International Company Limited is a BVI company that is owned solely by Ze Chen, a PRC citizen and Chen is deemed to beneficially own the Ordinary Shares owned by Morning Choice International Company Limited and has sole voting and dispositive powers over these shares. |
(7) | Eternal Horizon International Company Limited is a BVI company that is owned solely by Jie Xu, a PRC citizen and Xu is deemed to beneficially own the Ordinary Shares owned by Eternal Horizon International Company Limited and has sole voting and dispositive powers over these shares. |
(8) | August International Group Company Limited is a BVI company that is owned solely by Dong Zhang, a PRC citizen and Zhang is deemed to beneficially own the Ordinary Shares owned by August International Group Company Limited and has sole voting and dispositive powers over these shares |
As of the date of this prospectus, we are authorized to issue an unlimited number of shares of no par value in a single class. Holders of Ordinary Shares are entitled to one vote per share. We will issue and register Ordinary Shares in this Offering.
103 |
As of the date of this prospectus, none of our outstanding Ordinary Shares are held by record holders in the United States.
We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our Company.
History of Share Capital
We were incorporated in the British Virgin Islands as a business company with liability limited by shares on December 4, 2018 with the specific purpose to become the legal vehicle for Wunong Shenzhen to go public in the U.S. As inducement for Peijiang Chen, Hanwu Yang, Changbin Xia and Mishan City Shenmi Dazhong Management Consulting Partnership (Limited Partnership) (“Wunong Shenzhen Shareholders”) who together hold 100% shares of Wunong Shenzhen to enter into the VIE Agreements pursuant to which the Company shall obtain absolute control rights and the rights to the assets, property and revenue of Wunong Shenzhen, the Company issued an aggregate of 50,000 shares to the Wunong Shenzhen Shareholders. On December 4, 2018, we issued 34,000 Ordinary Shares to Kindness Global Company Limited, a BVI company 100% owned by Kindness Global Holdings Limited, a BVI company, which is 100% owned by Mr. Peijiang Chen, a shareholder and director of Wunong Shenzhen and our Chairman and director. On the same day, we issued 8,000 Ordinary Shares to Four Dimensions Global Investment Limited, a BVI company 100% owned by Four Dimensions Global Holdings Limited, a BVI company, which is 100% owned by Mr. Changbin Xia, a shareholder and director of Wunong Shenzhen and another 8,0000 Ordinary Shares to Wisdom Global Company Limited, a BVI company, which is 100% owned by Wisdom Global Holdings Limited, a BVI company, and in turn is 100% owned by Mr. Hanwu Yang, a shareholder and director of Wunong Shenzhen.
On February 14, 2019, Kindness Global Company Limited transferred 17,000 Ordinary Shares to Union International Company Limited, a BVI company that is 100% owned by Union International Holdings Limited, a BVI company, which is, in turn, 100% owned by Mishan City Shenmi Dazhong Management Consulting Partnership (Limited Partnership), a PRC limited partnership comprising 14 partners, all of whom are PRC citizens and natural persons.
On November 15, 2019, Kindness Global Company Limited transferred 2,500 Ordinary Shares to Fragrance International Group Company Limited. Also on November 15, 2019, we issued 6,667 Ordinary Shares to Soaring International Company Limited and 3,333 Ordinary Shares to each of Morning Choice International Company Limited, August International Group Company Limited and Eternal Horizon International Company Limited.
On December 2, 2019, we filed amended memorandum and articles of association with the BVI Registry of Corporate Affairs to change the par value of our Ordinary Shares from $1 to no par value and to forward split our issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares from 66,666 to 20,000,000.
As of the date of this prospectus, none of our outstanding Ordinary Shares are held by record holders in the United States.
We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our Company.
DESCRIPTION OF ORDINARY SHARES
General
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited is a holding company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands on December 4, 2018. Our affairs are governed by the provisions of our Memorandum and Articles, as amended and/or restated from time to time, and the BVI Act, and the applicable laws of the BVI (including applicable common law).
Our memorandum authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of shares at no par value of a single class. All of our issued Ordinary Shares are fully paid and non-assessable. We may, but is not required to if the rules of the senior national exchange allow, issue share certificates specifying the number of Ordinary Shares held by each holder of Ordinary Shares in the Company. Our shareholders may freely hold and vote their Ordinary Shares.
104 |
Our memorandum and articles permit the directors, by way of resolution of directors, to fix the emoluments of directors with respect to services to be rendered in any capacity to the Company. All decisions about the compensation of directors will be recommended by the compensation committee, and approved by way of resolution of directors of the Company.
The following description of our authorized shares and our constitutional rules under our memorandum and articles is qualified in its entirety by reference to our memorandum and articles, which have been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Memorandum and Articles of Association
The following discussion describes our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that (subject to any limitations, restrictions or modifications in our memorandum and articles of association; and subject to any rights or restrictions attaching to any shares) will be in effect upon the completion of this Offering:
Objects and Purposes, Register, and Shareholders. Subject to the BVI Act and BVI law, our objects and purposes are unlimited. Our register of members will be maintained by our transfer agent, Transhare Securities Transfer and Registrar. Under the BVI Act, a BVI company may treat the registered holder of a share as the only person entitled to (a) exercise any voting rights attaching to the share, (b) receive notices, (c) receive a distribution in respect of the share and (d) exercise other rights and powers attaching to the share. Consequently, as a matter of BVI Law, where a shareholder’s shares are registered in the name of a nominee such as Cede & Co, the nominee is entitled to receive notices, receive distributions and exercise rights in respect of any such shares registered in its name. The beneficial owners of the shares registered in a nominee’s name will therefore be reliant on their contractual arrangements with the nominee in order to receive notices and dividends and ensure the nominee exercises voting and other rights in respect of the shares in accordance with their directions.
Directors’ Powers. Under the BVI Act, subject to any modifications or limitations in a company’s memorandum and articles of association, a company’s business and affairs are managed by, or under the direction or supervision of, its directors; and directors generally have all powers necessary to manage a company. A director must disclose any interest he has on any proposal, arrangement or contract not entered into in the ordinary course of business and on usual terms and conditions. An interested director may (subject to the memorandum and articles of association) vote on a transaction in which he has an interest. In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles of association, the directors may by resolution of directors exercise all the powers of the Company to incur indebtedness, liabilities or obligations and to secure indebtedness, liabilities or obligations whether of the Company or of any third party.
Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Ordinary Shares. Our directors may (subject to the memorandum and articles of association and BVI law) authorize dividends at such time and in such amount as they determine. Each Ordinary Share is entitled to one vote on any resolution of shareholders. In the event of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, each Ordinary Share (subject to the memorandum and articles of association) is entitled to an equal share in all surplus assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment and discharge of all claims, debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company and after provision is made for each class of shares (if any) having preference over the Ordinary Shares. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to our Ordinary Shares. Holders of our Ordinary Shares have no pre-emptive rights. Subject to the provisions of the BVI Act, we may, (subject to the memorandum and articles of association) with the consent of the shareholder whose shares are to be purchased, repurchase our Ordinary Shares in certain circumstances provided that the Company will, immediately after the repurchase, satisfy the solvency test. The Company will satisfy the solvency test, if (i) the value of the Company’s assets exceeds its liabilities; and (ii) the Company is able to pay its debts as they fall due.
105 |
In accordance with the BVI Act:
(i) | the Company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its own shares in accordance with either (a) Sections 60, 61 and 62 of the BVI Act (save to the extent that those Sections are negated, modified or inconsistent with provisions for the purchase, redemption or acquisition of its own shares specified in the Company’s memorandum and articles of association); or (b) such other provisions for the purchase, redemption or acquisition of its own shares as may be specified in the Company’s memorandum and articles of association. The Company’s memorandum and articles of association provide that such Sections 60, 61 and 62 do not apply to the Company; and | |
(ii) | where a company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its own shares otherwise than in accordance with Sections 60, 61 and 62 of the BVI Act, it may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire the shares without the consent of the member whose shares are to be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired, unless the Company is permitted by the memorandum and articles of association to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire the shares without that consent; and | |
(iii) | unless the shares are held as treasury shares in accordance with Section 64 of the BVI Act, any shares acquired by the Company are deemed to be cancelled immediately on purchase, redemption or other acquisition. |
Variation of the Rights of Shareholders. As permitted by the BVI Act and our memorandum and articles of association, the rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class of the Company may (subject to the memorandum and articles of association) only be varied, whether or not the Company being wound up, with the consent in writing of or by resolution passed at a meeting by the holders of more than 50 per cent of the issued shares of that class. A greater majority is required in relation to a scheme of arrangement and may be required in relation to a plan of arrangement.
Shareholder Meetings. In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles of association, (a) any director of the Company may convene meetings of the shareholders at such times as the director considers necessary or desirable (and the director convening a meeting of shareholders may fix as the record date for determining those shareholders that are entitled to vote at the meeting the date notice is given of the meeting, or such other date as may be specified in the notice, being a date not earlier than the date of the notice); and (b) upon the written request of shareholders entitled to exercise 30% or more of the voting rights in respect of the matter for which the meeting is requested, the directors shall convene a meeting of shareholders. Under BVI Law, the memorandum and articles of association may be amended to decrease but not increase the required percentage to call a meeting above 30%. In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles of association, (a) the director convening a meeting shall give not less than 7 days’ notice of a meeting of shareholders to those shareholders whose names on the date the notice is given appear as shareholders in the register of members of the Company and are entitled to vote at the meeting; and the other directors; (b) a meeting of shareholders held in contravention of the requirement to give notice is valid if shareholders holding at least 90% of the total voting rights on all the matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting and, for this purpose, the presence of a shareholder at the meeting shall constitute waiver in relation to all of the shares that that shareholder holds; (c) a meeting of shareholders is duly constituted if, at the commencement of the meeting, there are present in person or by proxy not less than 50% of the votes of the shares or, where there exists more than one class of shares, not less than 50 per cent of each class or series of shares entitled to vote on resolutions of shareholders to be considered at the meeting; and (d) if within two hours from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the request of the shareholders, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the next business day in the jurisdiction in which the meeting was to have been held at the same time and place or to such other time and place as the directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting there are present within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting in person or by proxy not less than one third of the votes of the shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered by the meeting, those present shall constitute a quorum but otherwise the meeting shall be dissolved.
Dividends. Subject to the BVI Act and our memorandum and articles of association, the directors of the Company may, by resolution of directors, authorize a distribution by way of dividend at a time and amount as they think fit if they are satisfied, based on reasonable grounds, that, immediately after distribution of the dividend, the value of our assets will exceed our liabilities and we will be able to pay our debts as they fall due. There is no further BVI Law restriction on the amount of funds which may be distributed by us by dividend, including all amounts paid by way of the subscription price for Ordinary Shares regardless of whether such amounts may be wholly or partially treated as share capital or share premium under certain accounting principles. Shareholder approval is not (except as otherwise provided in our memorandum articles of association) required to pay dividends under BVI Law. In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles of association, no dividend shall bear interest as against the Company (except as otherwise provided in our memorandum articles of association).
106 |
Disclosure of the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Position on Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Transfer of Shares. Subject to any applicable restrictions or limitations arising pursuant to (i) our memorandum and articles of association; or (ii) the BVI Act, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in any other form which our directors may approve (such instrument of transfer being signed by the transferor and containing the name and address of the transferee). The BVI Act also provides that the shares of the Company, whilst listed on a recognized exchange such as the NYSE or Nasdaq, may be transferred without the need for a written instrument of transfer if the transfer is carried out within the laws, rules, procedures and other requirements applicable to shares registered on the recognized exchange and subject to the Company’s memorandum and articles of association and the Listed Companies and Funds Regulations of the British Virgin Islands. There are currently no provisions of the Listed Companies and Funds Regulations in force that would affect this. Our memorandum and articles of association also (save as otherwise provided therein) provide that shares may be dealt with by means of a system utilized for the purposes of holding and transferring of shares in uncertificated form.
Summary of Certain Significant Provisions of BVI Law
The BVI Act differs from laws applicable to US corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of certain significant provisions of the BVI Act applicable to us (save to the extent that such provisions have been, to the extent permitted under the BVI Act, negated or modified in our memorandum and articles of association in accordance with the BVI Act).
Mergers, Consolidations and Similar Arrangements. The BVI Act provides for mergers as that expression is understood under US corporate law. Common law mergers are also permitted outside of the scope of the BVI Act. Under the BVI Act, two or more companies may either merge into one of such existing companies, or the surviving company, or consolidate with both existing companies ceasing to exist and forming a new company, or the consolidated company. The procedure for a merger or consolidation between the Company and another company (which need not be a BVI company, and which may be the Company’s parent, but need not be) is set out in the BVI Act. The directors of the BVI company or BVI companies which are to merge or consolidate must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation which must also be authorized by a resolution of members (and the outstanding shares of every class of shares that are entitled to vote on the merger or consolidation as a class if the memorandum articles of association so provide or if the plan of merger or consolidation contains any provisions that, if contained in a proposed amendment to the memorandum and articles of association, would entitle the class to vote on the proposed amendment as a class) of the shareholders of the BVI company or BVI companies which are to merge. A foreign company which is able under the laws of its foreign jurisdiction to participate in the merger or consolidation is required by the BVI Act to comply with the laws of that foreign jurisdiction in relation to the merger or consolidation. The Company must then execute articles of merger or consolidation, containing certain prescribed details. The plan and articles of merger or consolidation are then filed with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs in the BVI, or the Registrar. If the surviving company or the consolidated company is to be incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside BVI, it shall file the additional instruments required under Section 174(2)(b) of the BVI Act. The Registrar then (if he is satisfied that the requirements of the BVI Act have been complied with) registers, in the case of a merger, the articles of merger or consolidation and any amendment to the memorandum and articles of association of the surviving company and, in the case of a consolidation, the memorandum and articles of association of the new consolidated company and issues a certificate of merger or consolidation (which is conclusive evidence of compliance with all requirements of the BVI Act in respect of the merger or consolidation). The merger or consolidation is effective on the date that the articles of merger or consolidation are registered by the Registrar or on such subsequent date, not exceeding thirty days, as is stated in the articles of merger or consolidation but if the surviving company or the consolidated company is a company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the BVI, the merger or consolidation is effective as provided by the laws of that other jurisdiction.
107 |
As soon as a merger or consolidation becomes effective (inter alia), (a) the surviving company or consolidated company (so far as is consistent with its amended memorandum and articles, as amended or established by the articles of association of merger or consolidation) has all rights, privileges, immunities, powers, objects and purposes of each of the constituent companies; (b) the memorandum and articles of association of any surviving company are automatically amended to the extent, if any, that changes to its amended memorandum and articles of association are contained in the articles of merger; (c) assets of every description, including choses-in-action and the business of each of the constituent companies, immediately vest in the surviving company or consolidated company; (d) the surviving company or consolidated company is liable for all claims, debts, liabilities and obligations of each of the constituent companies; (e) no conviction, judgment, ruling, order, claim, debt, liability or obligation due or to become due, and no cause existing, against a constituent company or against any shareholder, director, officer or agent thereof, is released or impaired by the merger or consolidation; and (f) no proceedings, whether civil or criminal, pending at the time of a merger or consolidation by or against a constituent company, or against any shareholder, director, officer or agent thereof, are abated or discontinued by the merger or consolidation, but: (i) the proceedings may be enforced, prosecuted, settled or compromised by or against the surviving company or consolidated company or against the shareholder, director, officer or agent thereof, as the case may be or (ii) the surviving company or consolidated company may be substituted in the proceedings for a constituent company but if the surviving company or the consolidated company is incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the BVI, the effect of the merger or consolidation is the same as noted previously except in so far as the laws of the other jurisdiction otherwise provide.
The Registrar shall strike off the register of companies each constituent company that is not the surviving company in the case of a merger and all constituent companies in the case of a consolidation (save that this shall not apply to a foreign company).
If the directors determine it to be in the best interests of the Company, it is also possible for a merger to be approved as a court approved plan of arrangement or as a scheme of arrangement in accordance with (in each such case) the BVI Act. The convening of any necessary shareholders meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be authorized by the BVI court. A scheme of arrangement requires the approval of 75% of the votes of the shareholders or class of shareholders, as the case may be. If the effect of the scheme is different in relation to different shareholders, it may be necessary for them to vote separately in relation to the scheme, with it being required to secure the requisite approval level of each separate voting group. Under a plan of arrangement, a BVI court may determine what shareholder approvals are required and the manner of obtaining the approval.
Continuation into a Jurisdiction Outside the BVI. In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles of association, the Company may by resolution of shareholders or by a resolution passed unanimously by all directors of the Company continue as a company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the BVI in the manner provided under those laws. The Company does not cease to be a BVI company unless the foreign law permits continuation and the BVI company has complied with the requirements of that foreign law. Where a company that wishes to continue as a company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the BVI has a charge registered in respect of the property of the company undersection 163 of the BVI Act which has not been released or satisfied, it shall, before continuing and provided that the charge does not contain a covenant prohibiting continuation of the company outside the BVI, provide a written declaration addressed to the Registrar specifying that: (a) a notice of satisfaction or release in respect of the charge has been filed and registered under section 165 of the BVI Act; (b) where paragraph (a) has not been complied with, the chargee to whom the registered charge relates has been notified in writing of the intention to continue the company as a company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the BVI and the chargee has given his or her consent or has not objected to the continuation; or (c) where paragraph (a) has not been satisfied and the chargee, after notification under paragraph (b), has not given his or her consent or objected to the continuation, the chargee’s interest secured by the registered charge shall not be diminished or in any way compromised by the continuation and the charge shall operate as a liability of the continued company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside of the BVI. Where a company is continued under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the BVI, (a) the company continues to be liable for all of its claims, debts, liabilities and obligations that existed prior to its continuation, (b) no conviction, judgment, ruling, order, claim, debt, liability or obligation due or to become due, and no cause existing, against the company or against any shareholder, director, officer or agent thereof, is released or impaired by its continuation as a company under the laws of the jurisdiction outside the BVI, (c) no proceedings, whether civil or criminal, pending by or against the company, or against any shareholder, director, officer or agent thereof, are abated or discontinued by its continuation as a company under the laws of the jurisdiction outside the BVI, but the proceedings may be enforced, prosecuted, settled or compromised by or against the Company or against the shareholder, director, officer or agent thereof, as the case may be; and (d) service of process may continue to be effected on the registered agent of the company in the BVI in respect of any claim, debt, liability or obligation of the Company during its existence as a company under the BVI Act.
108 |
Directors. In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles (including, for the avoidance of any doubt, any rights or restrictions attaching to any Ordinary Shares), (a) the first directors of the Company shall be appointed by the first registered agent within 6 months of the date of the incorporation of the Company; and thereafter, the directors shall be elected by resolution of shareholders or by resolution of directors for such term as the shareholders or directors determine; (b) each director holds office for the term, if any, fixed by the resolution of shareholders or resolution of directors appointing him, or until his disqualification, earlier death, resignation or removal; (c) a director may be removed from office: (i) with or without cause, by a resolution of shareholders passed at a meeting of shareholders called for the purposes of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director or by a written resolution passed by a least seventy five per cent of the Shareholders of the Company entitled to vote; or (ii) with cause, by a resolution of directors passed at a meeting of directors called for the purpose of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director resolution of directors or resolution of shareholders; (d) a director may resign his office by giving written notice of his resignation to the Company and the resignation has effect from the date the notice is received by the Company at the office of its registered agent or from such later date as may be specified in the notice and a director shall resign forthwith as a director if he is, or becomes, disqualified from acting as a director under the BVI Act; (e) the directors may at any time appoint any person to be a director either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors and where the directors appoint a person as director to fill a vacancy, the term shall not exceed the term that remained when the person who has ceased to be a director ceased to hold office; (f) a vacancy in relation to directors occurs if a director dies or otherwise ceases to hold office prior to the expiration of his term of office; and (g) a director is not required to hold shares in the Company as a qualification to office.
In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles of association, (a) any one director of the Company may call a meeting of the directors by sending a written notice to each other director; (b) the directors of the Company or any committee thereof may meet at such times and in such manner as the directors may determine to be necessary or desirable; (c) a director shall be given not less than 3 days’ notice of meetings of directors, but a meeting of directors held without 3 days’ notice having been given to all directors shall be valid if all the directors entitled to vote at the meeting who do not attend waive notice of the meeting, and for this purpose the presence of a director at a meeting shall constitute waiver by that director and the inadvertent failure to give notice of a meeting to a director, or the fact that a director has not received the notice, does not invalidate the meeting; (d) a meeting of directors is duly constituted for all purposes if at the commencement of the meeting there are present in person or by alternate not less than one-half of the total number of directors, unless there are only 2 directors in which case the quorum is two; (e) a director may by a written instrument appoint an alternate who need not be a director and the alternate shall be entitled to attend meetings in the absence of the director who appointed him and to vote or consent in place of the director until the appointment lapses or is terminated; (f) a resolution of directors is passed if either (i) the resolution is approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of directors of the Company or of a committee of directors of the Company by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at the meeting who voted except that where a director is given more than one vote, he shall be counted by the number of votes he casts for the purpose of establishing a majority; or (ii) the resolution is consented to in writing by all directors or by all members of a committee of directors of the Company, as the case may be, unless (in either case) the BVI Act or our memorandum and articles of association require a different majority.
Indemnification of Directors. In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles of association (including the limitations detailed therein), the Company shall indemnify against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings any person who (a) is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director of the Company; or (b) is or was, at the request of the Company, serving as a director of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.
In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles of association (including the limitations detailed therein), (a) the indemnity referred to above only applies if the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that their conduct was unlawful; (b) the decision of the directors as to whether the person acted honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company and as to whether the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful is, in the absence of fraud, sufficient for the purposes of the articles of association, unless a question of law is involved; and (c) the termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entering of a nolle prosequi does not, by itself, create a presumption that the person did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
109 |
In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles of association, the Company may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any person who is or was a director, officer or liquidator of the Company, or who at the request of the Company is or was serving as a director, officer or liquidator of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by the person in that capacity, whether or not the Company has or would have had the power to indemnify the person against the liability as provided in the articles of association.
Directors and Conflicts of Interest. As noted above, pursuant to the BVI Act and the Company’s memorandum and articles of association, a director of a company who has an interest in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the Company and who has declared such interest to the other directors, may:
(a) | vote on a matter relating to the transaction; | |
(b) | attend a meeting of directors at which a matter relating to the transaction arises and be included among the directors present at the meeting for the purposes of a quorum; and | |
(c) | sign a document on behalf of the Company, or do any other thing in his capacity as a director, that relates to the transaction, |
and, subject to compliance with the BVI Act shall not, by reason of his office be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from such transaction and no such transaction shall be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such interest or benefit.
In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles of association, (a) a director of the Company shall, forthwith after becoming aware of the fact that he is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the Company, disclose the interest to all other directors of the Company; and (b) for the purposes noted foregoing, a disclosure to all other directors to the effect that a director is a member, director or officer of another named entity or has a fiduciary relationship with respect to the entity or a named individual and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction which may, after the date of the entry or disclosure, be entered into with that entity or individual, is a sufficient disclosure of interest in relation to that transaction.
Shareholders’ Suits. The enforcement of the Company’s rights will ordinarily be a matter for its directors.
In certain circumstances, a shareholder has the right to seek various remedies against the Company in the event the directors are in breach of their duties under the BVI Act. Pursuant to Section 184B of the BVI Act, if a company or director of a company engages in, proposes to engage in, or has engaged in conduct that contravenes the provisions of the BVI Act or the memorandum and articles of association of the Company, the BVI court may, on application of a shareholder or a director of the Company, make an order directing the Company or director to comply with, or restraining the Company or director from engaging in conduct that contravenes, the BVI Act or the memorandum and articles of association.
Furthermore, pursuant to Section 184I(1) of the BVI Act a shareholder of a company who considers that the affairs of the Company have been, are being or are likely to be, conducted in a manner that is, or any act or acts of the Company have been, or are likely to be oppressive, unfairly discriminatory, or unfairly prejudicial to him in that capacity, may apply to the BVI court for an order which, inter alia, can require the Company or any other person to pay compensation to the shareholder.
110 |
The BVI Act provides for a series of remedies available to shareholders. Where a company incorporated under the BVI Act conducts some activity which contravenes the BVI Act or the Company’s memorandum and articles of association, the court can issue a restraining or compliance order. Under Section 184G of the BVI Act, a shareholder of a company may bring an action against the Company for breach of a duty owed by the Company to him as a shareholder. A shareholder also pursuant to Section 184C of the BVI Act may, with the leave of the BVI court, bring proceedings or intervene in proceedings in the name of the Company, in certain circumstances. Such actions are known as derivative actions. The BVI court may only grant leave to bring a derivative action where it is satisfied that:
● | the Company does not intend to bring, diligently continue or defend or discontinue proceedings; and | |
● | it is in the interests of the Company that the conduct of the proceedings should not be left to the directors or to the determination of the shareholders as a whole. |
When considering whether to grant leave, the BVI court must take the following matters into account:
● | whether the shareholder is acting in good faith; | |
● | whether the derivative action is in the interests of the Company, taking account of the views the company’s directors on commercial matters; | |
● | whether the proceedings are likely to succeed; | |
● | the costs of the proceedings in relation to the relief likely to be obtained; and | |
● | whether an alternative remedy to the derivative claim is available. |
Any shareholder of a company may apply to the BVI court under the Insolvency Act, 2003 of the BVI, or the Insolvency Act, for the appointment of a liquidator to liquidate the Company and the court may appoint a liquidator for the Company if it is of the opinion that it is just and equitable to do so.
Appraisal Rights. The BVI Act provides that any shareholder of a company is entitled to payment of the fair value of his shares upon dissenting from any of the following: (a) a merger if the company is a constituent company, unless the company is the surviving company and the shareholder continues to hold the same or similar shares; (b) a consolidation, if the company is a constituent company; (c) any sale, transfer, lease, exchange or other disposition of more than 50% in value of the assets or business of the company if not made in the usual or regular course of the business carried on by the company but not including: (i) a disposition pursuant to an order of the court having jurisdiction in the matter, (ii) a disposition for money on terms requiring all or substantially all net proceeds to be distributed to the shareholders in accordance with their respective interests within one year after the date of disposition, or (iii) a transfer pursuant to the power of the directors to transfer assets for the protection thereof; (d) a compulsory redemption of 10% or fewer of the issued shares of the company required by the holders of 90% or more of the votes of the outstanding shares of the company pursuant to the terms of Section 176 of the BVI Act; and (e) an arrangement, if permitted by the BVI court.
Generally, any other claims against a company by its shareholders must be based on the general laws of contract or tort applicable in the BVI or their individual rights as shareholders as established by the company’s memorandum and articles of association. There are common law rights for the protection of shareholders that may be invoked, largely derived from English common law. For example, under the rule established in the English case known as Foss v. Harbottle, a court will generally refuse to interfere with the management of a company at the insistence of a minority of its shareholders who express dissatisfaction with the conduct of the company’s affairs by the majority or the board of directors. However, every shareholder is entitled to seek to have the affairs of the company conducted properly according to law and the constituent documents of the Company. As such, if those who control the Company have persistently disregarded the requirements of company law or the provisions of the company’s memorandum and articles of association, then the courts may grant relief. Generally, the areas in which the courts will intervene are the following:
● | a company is acting or proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of its authority; | |
● | the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of the authority, could only be effected if duly authorized by more than the number of votes which have actually been obtained; | |
● | the individual rights of the plaintiff shareholder have been infringed or are about to be infringed; or | |
● | those who control the Company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.” |
Share Repurchases and Redemptions. As permitted by the BVI Act and subject to our memorandum and articles of association, shares may be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired by us by resolution of directors and with the consent of the shareholder whose shares are being purchased. Depending on the circumstances of the redemption or repurchase, our directors may need to determine that, immediately following the redemption or repurchase, we will be able to satisfy our debts as they fall due and the value of our assets exceeds our liabilities. Our directors may only exercise this power on our behalf, subject to the BVI Act, our memorandum and articles of association and to any applicable requirements imposed from time to time by the SEC, the NYSE or Nasdaq or any other stock exchange on which our securities are listed.
111 |
Inspection of Books and Records. Under the BVI Act, members of the general public, on payment of a nominal fee, can obtain copies of the public records of a company available at the office of the Registrar, including the Company’s certificate of incorporation, its memorandum and articles of association (with any amendments thereto), records of license fees paid to date, any articles of dissolution, any articles of merger, and a register of charges created by the Company (if the Company has elected to file such a register or an applicable chargee has caused the same to be filed).
A shareholder of a company is entitled, on giving written notice to the Company, to inspect:
(a) | the memorandum and articles of association; | |
(b) | the register of members; | |
(c) | the register of directors; and | |
(d) | the minutes of meetings and resolutions of shareholders and of those classes of shares of which he is a shareholder. |
In addition, a shareholder may make copies of or take extracts from the documents and records referred to in (a) through (d) above. However, subject to the memorandum and articles of association of the Company, the directors may, if they are satisfied that it would be contrary to the Company’s interests to allow a shareholder to inspect any document, or part of any document, specified in (b), (c) or (d) above, refuse to permit the shareholder to inspect the document or limit the inspection of the document, including limiting the making of copies or the taking of extracts from the records. Where a company fails or refuses to permit a shareholder to inspect a document or permits a shareholder to inspect a document subject to limitations, that shareholder may apply to the BVI court for an order that he should be permitted to inspect the document or to inspect the document without limitation.
Our registered agent is Coverdale Trust Services Limited, 30 de Castro Street, P.O. Box 4519, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. A company is required to keep a copy of its register of members and register of directors at the offices of its registered agent in the BVI, and the Company is required to notify any changes to the originals of such registers (assuming the originals are held elsewhere) to the registered agent, in writing, within 15 days of any change; and to provide the registered agent with a written record of the physical address of the place or places at which the original register of members or the original register of directors is kept.
Where the place at which the original register of members or the original register of directors of the Company is changed, the Company must provide the registered agent with the physical address of the new location of the records within 14 days of the change of location.
A company is also required to keep at the office of its registered agent or at such other place or places, within or outside the BVI, as the directors may determine the minutes of meetings and resolutions of shareholders and of classes of shareholders; and the minutes of meetings and resolutions of directors and committees of directors. If such records are kept at a place other than at the office of the Company’s registered agent, the Company is required to provide the registered agent with a written record of the physical address of the place or places at which the records are kept and to notify the registered agent, within 14 days, of the physical address of any new location where such records may be kept.
Dissolution; Winding Up. As permitted by the BVI Act and subject to our memorandum and articles of association, we may be voluntarily liquidated and dissolved under Part XII of the BVI Act by resolution of directors and resolution of shareholders if we have no liabilities or we are able to pay our debts as they fall due and the value of our assets equals or exceeds our liabilities.
112 |
We also may be wound up and dissolved in circumstances where we are insolvent in accordance with the terms of the Insolvency Act.
Anti-Money Laundering Laws. In order to comply with legislation and regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering we are required to adopt and maintain anti-money laundering procedures, and may require subscribers to provide evidence to verify their identity. Where permitted, and subject to certain conditions, we also may delegate the maintenance of our anti-money laundering procedures (including the acquisition of due diligence information) to a suitable person. We reserve the right to request such information as is necessary to verify the identity of a subscriber. In the event of delay or failure on the part of the subscriber in producing any information required for verification purposes, we may refuse to accept the application, in which case any funds received will be returned without interest to the account from which they were originally debited.
If any person resident in the BVI knows or suspects that another person is engaged in money laundering or terrorist financing and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to his or her attention in the course of his or her business the person will be required to report his belief or suspicion to the Financial Investigation Agency of the BVI, pursuant to the Proceeds of Criminal Conduct Act 1997 (as amended). Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.
Exchange controls. We know of no BVI laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation that limit the import or export of capital or the payment of dividends to shareholders who do not reside in the BVI.
Material Differences in BVI Law and our Memorandum and Articles of Association and Delaware Law
Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles and the provisions of applicable BVI law, including the BVI Act and BVI common law. The BVI Act differs from laws applicable to US corporations and their shareholders. The following table provides a comparison between certain statutory provisions of the BVI Act (together with the provisions of our memorandum and articles) and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights.
Shareholder Meetings | ||||||
BVI | Delaware | |||||
● | In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles (a) any director of the company may convene meetings of the shareholders at such times and in such manner as the director considers necessary or desirable; and (b) upon the written request of shareholders entitled to exercise thirty percent (30%) or more of the voting rights in respect of the matter for which the meeting is requested the directors shall convene a meeting of shareholders. | ● |
May be held at such time or place as designated in the charter or the by-laws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors.
|
|||
● | May be held inside or outside the BVI. | ● | May be held inside or outside Delaware. | |||
● | In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles, (a) the director convening a meeting shall give not less than 7 days’ notice of a meeting of shareholders to those shareholders whose names on the date the notice is given appear as shareholders in the register of members of the company and are entitled to vote at the meeting; and the other directors; and (b) the director convening a meeting of shareholders may fix as the record date for determining those shareholders that are entitled to vote at the meeting the date notice is given of the meeting, or such other date as may be specified in the notice, being a date not earlier than the date of the notice. | ● | Whenever shareholders are required to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any. |
113 |
Shareholder’s Voting Rights | ||||||
BVI | Delaware | |||||
● | In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles (including, for the avoidance of any doubt, any rights or restrictions attaching to any shares), (a) a shareholder may be represented at a meeting of shareholders by a proxy who may speak and vote on behalf of the shareholder; and (b) the instrument appointing a proxy shall be produced at the place designated for the meeting before the time for holding the meeting at which the person named in such instrument proposes to vote. The notice of the meeting may specify an alternative or additional place or time at which the proxy shall be presented. | ● | Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy. | |||
● | In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles (including, for the avoidance of any doubt, any rights or restrictions attaching to any shares), (a) a meeting of shareholders is duly constituted if, at the commencement of the meeting, there are present in person or by proxy not less than fifty percent of the votes of the shares or class or series of shares entitled to vote on resolutions of shareholders to be considered at the meeting; and (b) if within two hours from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of shareholders, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the next business day in the jurisdiction in which the meeting was to have been held at the same time and place or to such other time and place as the directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting there are present within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting in person or by proxy not less than one third of the votes of the shares or each class or series of shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered by the meeting, those present shall constitute a quorum but otherwise the meeting shall be dissolved. | ● |
The charter or bylaws may specify the number to constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of shares entitled to vote at a meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares shall constitute a quorum.
|
|||
● | In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles (including, for the avoidance of any doubt, any rights or restrictions attaching to any shares), (a) at any meeting of the shareholders, the chairman is responsible for deciding in such manner as he considers appropriate whether any resolution proposed has been carried or not and the result of his decision shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting. If the chairman has any doubt as to the outcome of the vote on a proposed resolution, he shall cause a poll to be taken of all votes cast upon such resolution. If the chairman fails to take a poll then any shareholder present in person or by proxy who disputes the announcement by the chairman of the result of any vote may immediately following such announcement demand that a poll be taken and the chairman shall cause a poll to be taken forthwith. If a poll is taken at any meeting, the result shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting. The demand for a poll may, before the poll is taken, be withdrawn but only with the consent of the chairman and a demand so withdrawn shall not be taken to have invalidated the outcome of the vote declared before the poll was demanded. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll or any other manner by which the decision is taken, the chairman shall be entitled to a casting vote in addition to any other vote he may have. In accordance with the BVI Act, a shareholder resolution is passed if approved by a majority of in excess of 50% or, if a higher majority is required by the memorandum and articles, that higher majority, of the votes of those shareholders entitled to vote and voting on the resolution; unless (in either case) the BVI Act or our memorandum and articles require a different majority. | ● |
Except as provided in the charter documents, changes in the rights of shareholders as set forth in the charter documents require approval of a majority of its shareholders.
|
114 |
● |
In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles, (a) the rights attached to shares as specified in the memorandum may only, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied with the consent in writing of or by a resolution passed at a meeting by the holders of more than 50 per cent of the issued shares of that class, except where some other majority is required under our memorandum and articles or the BVI Act. |
● | The certificate of incorporation or bylaws may provide for cumulative voting. | |||
● | In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles (including, for the avoidance of any doubt, Clause 8 of the memorandum and any rights or restrictions attaching to any shares), the company may amend its memorandum or articles by a resolution of shareholders or by a resolution of directors, save that no amendment may be made by a Resolution of directors: (i) to restrict the rights or powers of the shareholders to amend the memorandum or articles; (ii) to change the percentage of shareholders required to pass a Resolution of Shareholders to amend the memorandum or articles; (iii) in circumstances where the memorandum or articles cannot be amended by the shareholders or (iv) to Clauses 7, 8, 9 or 12 of the memorandum. | |||||
Directors | ||||||
BVI | Delaware | |||||
● | In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles, the minimum number of directors shall be one. | ● |
Board must consist of at least one member.
|
|||
● | In accordance with, and subject to, our memorandum and articles (including, for the avoidance of any doubt, any rights or restrictions attaching to any Ordinary Shares), (a) the first directors of the Company shall be appointed by the first registered agent within 6 months of the date of the incorporation of the Company; and thereafter, the directors shall be elected by resolution of shareholders or by resolution of directors for such term as the shareholders or directors determine; (b) each director holds office for the term, if any, fixed by the resolution of shareholders or resolution of directors appointing him, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal; (c) a director may be removed from office: (i) with or without cause, by a resolution of shareholders passed at a meeting of shareholders called for the purposes of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director or by a written resolution passed by a least seventy five per cent of the Shareholders of the Company entitled to vote; or (ii) with cause, by a resolution of directors passed at a meeting of directors called for the purpose of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director; (d) a director may resign his office by giving written notice of his resignation to the Company and the resignation has effect from the date the notice is received by the Company at the office of its registered agent or from such later date as may be specified in the notice and a director shall resign forthwith as a director if he is, or becomes, disqualified from acting as a director under the BVI Act; and (e) a director is not required to hold Ordinary Shares as a qualification to office. | ● | Number of board members shall be fixed by the by laws, unless the charter fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by amendment of the charter. | |||
● | Directors do not have to be independent. | ● | Directors do not have to be independent. |
115 |
Shareholder’s Derivative Actions | |||||||
BVI | Delaware | ||||||
Generally speaking, the company is the proper plaintiff in any action. A shareholder may, with the leave of the BVI court, bring proceedings or intervene in proceedings in the name of the company, in certain circumstances. Such actions are known as derivative actions. The BVI court may only grant leave to bring a derivative action where it is satisfied that the following circumstances apply: | ● | In any derivative suit instituted by a shareholder of a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a shareholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such shareholder’s stock thereafter devolved upon such shareholder by operation of law. | |||||
● | the company does not intend to bring, diligently continue or defend or discontinue the proceedings; or | ● |
Complaint shall set forth with particularity the efforts of the plaintiff to obtain the action by the board or the reasons for not making such effort. |
||||
● | it is in the interests of the company that the conduct of the proceedings not be left to the directors or to the determination of the shareholders or members as a whole when determining whether to grant leave, the BVI court must take the following matters: | ● |
Such action shall not be dismissed or compromised without the approval of the Delaware Court of Chancery.
|
||||
i. | whether the member is acting in good faith; | ||||||
ii. | whether the derivative action is in the interests of the company, taking account of the views of the company’s directors on commercial matters; | ||||||
iii. | whether the proceedings are likely to succeed; | ||||||
iv. | the costs of the proceedings in relation to the relief likely to be obtained; and | ||||||
v. | whether an alternative remedy to the derivative claim is available |
116 |
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Upon completion of this Offering, we will have 25,000,000 Ordinary Shares outstanding, not including shares underlying Underwriters Warrants (please see below “Underwriters Warrants”) and assuming no exercise of the Underwriters’ over-allotment to purchase 750,000 Ordinary Shares. All of the Ordinary Shares sold in this Offering will be freely transferable by persons other than by our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of our Ordinary Shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our Ordinary Shares. Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for our Ordinary Shares. We have applied for and gotten a listing approval letter to list the ordinary shares on the Nasdaq, but we cannot assure you that a regular trading market will develop in the Ordinary Shares. We do not expect that a trading market will develop for our ordinary shares.
Underwriters Warrants
In addition to cash compensation, we have agreed to issue to the Underwriters warrants to purchase a number of ordinary shares equal to an aggregate of seven percent (7%) of the Ordinary Shares sold in the Offering (the “Underwriters Warrants”). The exercise price of the Underwriters Warrants is equal to 125% of the Offering price of the Ordinary Shares offered hereby. Assuming a maximum placement and a maximum exercise price of $7.50 per share (125% of the maximum Offering price of $6 per share), we would receive, in the aggregate, $2,515,625 upon exercise of the Underwriters Warrants. The Underwriters Warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, commencing from the closing of the Offering and expiring five (5) years from the commencement of sale of this Offering.
Rule 144
All of our Ordinary Shares outstanding prior to this offering are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may be sold publicly in the United States only if they are subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirement such as those provided by Rule 144 and Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not deemed to have been our affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for more than six months would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least one year from the later of the date these shares were acquired from us or from our affiliate would be entitled to freely sell those shares.
A person who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned “restricted securities” for at least six months would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that is not more than the greater of:
● | 1% of the number of Ordinary Shares then outstanding, in the form of Ordinary Shares or otherwise, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; or | |
● | the average weekly trading volume of the Ordinary Shares on the NYSE American during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale. |
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, in each case, these shares would remain subject to lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.
Material Tax Consequences Applicable to U.S. Holders of Our Ordinary Shares
The following sets forth the material U.S. federal income tax consequences related to an investment in our Ordinary Shares. It is directed to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of our Ordinary Shares and is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This description does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our Ordinary Shares or U.S. tax laws, other than the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as the tax consequences under non U.S. tax laws, state, local and other tax laws. Unless otherwise noted in the following discussion, this section is the opinion of Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP, our U.S. Tax counsel, insofar as it relates to legal conclusions with respect to matters of U.S. federal income tax law, and of China Commercial Law Firm, our PRC counsel, insofar as it relates to legal conclusions with respect to matters of PRC Enterprise Taxation below.
117 |
The following brief description applies only to U.S. Holders (defined below) that hold Ordinary Shares as capital assets and that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. This brief description is based on the federal income tax laws of the United States in effect as of the date of this prospectus and on U.S. Treasury regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this prospectus, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below.
The brief description below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders” will apply to you if you are a beneficial owner of Ordinary Share and you are, for U.S. federal income tax purposes,
● | an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States; | |
● | a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; | |
● | an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or | |
● | a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more U.S. persons for all substantial decisions or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. |
People’s Republic of China Enterprise Taxation
The following brief description of Chinese enterprise laws is designed to highlight the enterprise-level taxation on our earnings, which will affect the amount of dividends, if any, we are ultimately able to pay to our shareholders. See “Dividend Policy.”
We are a holding company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands and we gain substantial income by way of dividends paid to us from our PRC subsidiaries. The PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law (“EIT Law”) and its implementation rules provide that China-sourced income of foreign enterprises, such as dividends paid by a PRC subsidiary to its equity holders that are non-resident enterprises, will normally be subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of 10%, unless any such foreign investor’s jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with China that provides for a preferential tax rate or a tax exemption.
Under the EIT Law, an enterprise established outside of China with a “de facto management body” within China is considered a “resident enterprise,” which means that it is treated in a manner similar to a Chinese enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes. Although the implementation rules of the EIT Law define “de facto management body” as a managing body that actually, comprehensively manage and control the production and operation, staff, accounting, property and other aspects of an enterprise, the only official guidance for this definition currently available is set forth in SAT Notice 82, which provides guidance on the determination of the tax residence status of a Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated enterprise, defined as an enterprise that is incorporated under the laws of a foreign country or territory and that has a PRC enterprise or enterprise group as its primary controlling shareholder. Although Wunong Technology Company Limited does not have a PRC enterprise or enterprise group as our primary controlling shareholder and is therefore not a Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated enterprise within the meaning of SAT Notice 82, in the absence of guidance specifically applicable to us, we have applied the guidance set forth in SAT Notice 82 to evaluate the tax residence status of Wunong Net Technology Company Limited and its subsidiaries organized outside the PRC.
According to SAT Notice 82, a Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated enterprise will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having a “de facto management body” in China and will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax on its worldwide income only if all of the following criteria are met: (i) the places where senior management and senior management departments that are responsible for daily production, operation and management of the enterprise perform their duties are mainly located within the territory of China; (ii) financial decisions (such as money borrowing, lending, financing and financial risk management) and personnel decisions (such as appointment, dismissal and salary and wages) are decided or need to be decided by organizations or persons located within the territory of China; (iii) main property, accounting books, corporate seal, the board of directors and files of the minutes of shareholders’ meetings of the enterprise are located or preserved within the territory of China; and (iv) one half (or more) of the directors or senior management staff having the right to vote habitually reside within the territory of China.
118 |
We believe that we do not meet some of the conditions outlined in the immediately preceding paragraph. For example, as a holding company, the key assets and records of Wunong, including the resolutions and meeting minutes of our board of directors and the resolutions and meeting minutes of our shareholders, are located and maintained outside the PRC. In addition, we are not aware of any offshore holding companies with a corporate structure similar to ours that has been deemed a PRC “resident enterprise” by the PRC tax authorities. Accordingly, we believe that Wunong and its offshore subsidiaries should not be treated as a “resident enterprise” for PRC tax purposes if the criteria for “de facto management body” as set forth in SAT Notice 82 were deemed applicable to us. However, as the tax residency status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body” as applicable to our offshore entities, we will continue to monitor our tax status.
The implementation rules of the EIT Law provide that, (i) if the enterprise that distributes dividends is domiciled in the PRC or (ii) if gains are realized from transferring equity interests of enterprises domiciled in the PRC, then such dividends or gains are treated as China-sourced income. It is not clear how “domicile” may be interpreted under the EIT Law, and it may be interpreted as the jurisdiction where the enterprise is a tax resident. Therefore, if we are considered as a PRC tax resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes, any dividends we pay to our overseas shareholders which are non-resident enterprises as well as gains realized by such shareholders from the transfer of our shares may be regarded as China-sourced income and as a result become subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of up to 10%. We are unable to provide a “will” opinion because China Commercial Law Firm, our PRC counsel, believes that it is more likely than not that the Company and its offshore subsidiaries would be treated as a non-resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes because they do not meet some of the conditions out lined in SAT Notice. In addition, we are not aware of any offshore holding companies with a corporate structure similar to ours that has been deemed a PRC “resident enterprise” by the PRC tax authorities as of the date of the prospectus. Therefore we believe that it is possible but highly unlikely that the income received by our overseas shareholders will be regarded as China-sourced income.
See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in the People’s Republic of China — If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders.”
Our Company pays an EIT rate of 25% for Wunong Shenzhen. The EIT is calculated based on the entity’s global income as determined under PRC tax laws and accounting standards. If the PRC tax authorities determine that Wunong Shenzhen a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, we may be required to withhold a 10% withholding tax from dividends we pay to our shareholders that are non-resident enterprises. In addition, non-resident enterprise shareholders may be subject to a 10% PRC withholding tax on gains realized on the sale or other disposition of our Ordinary Shares, if such income is treated as sourced from within the PRC. It is unclear whether our non-PRC individual shareholders would be subject to any PRC tax on dividends or gains obtained by such non-PRC individual shareholders in the event we are determined to be a PRC resident enterprise. If any PRC tax were to apply to dividends or gains realized by non-PRC individuals, it would generally apply at a rate of 20% unless a reduced rate is available under an applicable tax treaty. However, it is also unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of the Company would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that the Company is treated as a PRC resident enterprise. There is no guidance from the PRC government to indicate whether or not any tax treaties between the PRC and other countries would apply in circumstances where a non-PRC company was deemed to be a PRC tax resident, and thus there is no basis for expecting how tax treaty between the PRC and other countries may impact non-resident enterprises.
British Virgin Islands Taxation
Under British Virgin Islands law as currently in effect, there is no tax applicable to a holder of Ordinary Shares who is not a resident of the British Virgin Islands on dividends paid with respect to the Ordinary Shares and none of the holders of Ordinary Shares are liable to the British Virgin Islands for income tax on gains realized during that year on sale or disposal of such shares. The British Virgin Islands does not impose a withholding tax on dividends paid by a company incorporated or re-registered under the BVI Act.
119 |
There are no capital gains, gift or inheritance taxes levied by the British Virgin Islands on companies incorporated or re-registered under the BVI Act or persons not resident in the British Virgin Islands. In addition, shares of companies incorporated or re-registered under the BVI Act are not subject to transfer taxes, stamp duties or similar charges where the Company and other companies within its group are not BVI land owning companies for the purposes of the BVI Act.
There is no income tax treaty currently in effect between the United States and the British Virgin Islands or between China and the British Virgin Islands.
The disclosure included in the Taxation Section of this Prospectus is the opinion of Harney Westwood & Riegels LP, our BVI counsel, on the BVI tax consequences of investing in the Company. In addition, Harney Westwood & Riegels LP has confirmed rendering the tax opinion relating the BVI taxation contained in this section in part of its legal opinion attached herein as Exhibit 5.1.
United States Federal Income Taxation
WE URGE POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF OUR ORDINARY SHARES TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAXADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAXCONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR ORDINARY SHARES.
The following does not address the tax consequences to any particular investor or to persons in special tax situations such as:
● | banks; | |
● | financial institutions; | |
● | insurance companies; | |
● | regulated investment companies; | |
● | real estate investment trusts; | |
● | broker-dealers; | |
● | traders that elect to mark-to-market; | |
● | U.S. expatriates; | |
● | tax-exempt entities; | |
● | persons liable for alternative minimum tax; | |
● | persons holding our Ordinary Shares as part of a straddle, hedging, conversion or integrated transaction; | |
● | persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our voting shares (including by reason of owning our Ordinary Shares); | |
● | persons who acquired our Ordinary Shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee share option or otherwise as compensation; or | |
● | persons holding our Ordinary Shares through partnerships or other pass-through entities. |
120 |
The discussion set forth below is addressed only to U.S. Holders that purchase Ordinary Shares in this offering. Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their own tax advisors about the application of the U.S. federal income tax rules to their particular circumstances as well as the state, local, foreign and other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Ordinary Shares.
Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Ordinary Shares
Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, the gross amount of distributions made by us to you with respect to the Ordinary Shares (including the amount of any taxes withheld therefrom) will generally be includable in your gross income as dividend income on the date of receipt by you, but only to the extent that the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). With respect to corporate U.S. Holders, the dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.
With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individual U.S. Holders, dividends will be taxed at the lower capital gains rate applicable to qualified dividend income, provided that (1) the Ordinary Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or we are eligible for the benefits of an approved qualifying income tax treaty with the United States that includes an exchange of information program, (2) we are not a passive foreign investment company (as discussed below) for either our taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year, and (3) certain holding period requirements are met. Because there is no income tax treaty between the United States and the British Virgin Islands, clause (1) above can be satisfied only if the Ordinary Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Under U.S. Internal Revenue Service authority, Ordinary Shares are considered for purpose of clause (1) above to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States if they are listed on the Nasdaq. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to our Ordinary Shares, including the effects of any change in law after the date of this prospectus. Non-corporate U.S. Holders will also be subject to the 3.8% Net Investment Income Tax if their income exceeds the threshold amounts for such tax.
Dividends will constitute foreign source income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. If the dividends are taxed as qualified dividend income (as discussed above), the amount of the dividend taken into account for purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation will be limited to the gross amount of the dividend, multiplied by the reduced rate divided by the highest rate of tax normally applicable to dividends. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with respect to our Ordinary Shares will constitute “passive category income” but could, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, constitute “general category income.”
To the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), it will be treated first as a tax-free return of your tax basis in your Ordinary Shares, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds your tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain. We do not intend to calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, a U.S. Holder should expect that a distribution will be treated as a dividend even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above. The Net Investment Income Tax also applies to capital gains.
Taxation of Dispositions of Ordinary Shares
Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of a share equal to the difference between the amount realized (in U.S. dollars) for the share and your tax basis (in U.S. dollars) in the Ordinary Shares. The gain or loss will be capital gain or loss. If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, including an individual U.S. Holder, who has held the Ordinary Shares for more than one year, you will be eligible for (a) reduced tax rates of 0% (for individuals in the 10% or 15% tax brackets), (b) higher tax rates of 20% (for individuals in the 39.6% tax bracket) or (c) 15% for all other individuals. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any such gain or loss that you recognize will generally be treated as United States source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
121 |
Passive Foreign Investment Company
A non-U.S. corporation is considered a PFIC for any taxable year if either:
● | at least 75% of its gross income is passive income; or | |
● | at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income (the “asset test”). |
Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of passive assets. We will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, at least 25% (by value) of the stock. In determining the value and composition of our assets for purposes of the PFIC asset test, (1) the cash we raise in this offering will generally be considered to be held for the production of passive income and (2) the value of our assets must be determined based on the market value of our Ordinary Shares from time to time, which could cause the value of our non-passive assets to be less than 50% of the value of all of our assets (including the cash raised in this offering) on any particular quarterly testing date for purposes of the asset test.
We must make a separate determination each year as to whether we are a PFIC. Depending on the amount of cash we raise in this offering, together with any other assets held for the production of passive income, it is possible that, for our 2019 taxable year or for any subsequent year, more than 50% of our assets may be assets held for the production of passive income. We will make this determination following the end of any particular tax year.
Although the law in this regard is unclear, we are treating Wunong Shenzhen as being owned by us for United States federal income tax purposes, not only because we control their management decisions, but also because we are entitled to the economic benefits associated with Wunong Shenzhen, and as a result, we are treating Wunong Shenzhen as our wholly-owned subsidiary for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The U.S. Internal Revenue Code provides that the income and assets of an affiliated company are taken into account (on a proportionate basis) in determining the PFIC status of a foreign corporation if the affiliate is more than 25% “owned” by the foreign corporation. The U.S. Internal Revenue Service has not to our knowledge take a position on whether a VIE such as Wunong Shenzhen should be treated as “owned” by us for this purpose. In regulations promulgated under provisions requiring certain U.S. persons to report their ownership of foreign entities, the IRS acknowledged that a VIE may under accepted accounting practices be consolidated with another entity for financial accounting purpose, but it declined to extend reporting obligations to U.S. taxpayers with respect to such entities. The Internal Revenue Service also did not address VIE’s when, in July of 2019, it proposed regulations concerning the treatment of income and assets of a look-through subsidiary for purposes of determining whether a foreign corporation is a PFIC. Accordingly, the law on this question remains unresolved. If it were determined that we do not own the stock of our variable interest entities for United States federal income tax purposes, we may be treated as a PFIC.
Because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test will generally be determined based on the market price of our Ordinary Shares and because cash is generally considered to be an asset held for the production of passive income, our PFIC status will also depend in large part on the market price of our Ordinary Shares and the amount of cash we raise in this offering. Accordingly, fluctuations in the market price of the Ordinary Shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, the application of the PFIC rules is subject to uncertainty in several respects and the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash we raise in this offering. We are under no obligation to take steps to reduce the risk of our being classified as a PFIC, and as stated above, the determination of the value of our assets will depend upon material facts (including the market price of our Ordinary Shares from time to time and the amount of cash we raise in this offering) that may not be within our control. If we are a PFIC for any year during which you hold Ordinary Shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which you hold Ordinary Shares. However, if we cease to be a PFIC and you did not previously make a timely “mark-to-market” election as described below, you may avoid some of the adverse effects of the PFIC regime by making a “purging election” (as described below) with respect to the Ordinary Shares.
If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold Ordinary Shares, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” that you receive and any gain you realize from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the Ordinary Shares, unless you make a “mark-to-market” election as discussed below. Distributions you receive in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions you received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the Ordinary Shares will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules:
● | the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the Ordinary Shares; | |
● | the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income, and | |
● | the amount allocated to each other year will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for that year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year. |
122 |
The tax liability for amounts allocated to years prior to the year of disposition or “excess distribution” cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale of the Ordinary Shares cannot be treated as capital, even if you hold the Ordinary Shares as capital assets.
A U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” (as defined below) in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election for such stock to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. If you make a mark-to-market election for the first taxable year which you hold (or are deemed to hold) Ordinary Shares and for which we are determined to be a PFIC, you will include in your income each year an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Ordinary Shares as of the close of your taxable year over your adjusted basis in such Ordinary Shares, which excess will be treated as ordinary income and not capital gain. You are allowed an ordinary loss for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the Ordinary Shares over their fair market value as of the close of the taxable year. However, such ordinary loss is allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains on the Ordinary Shares included in your income for prior taxable years. Amounts included in your income under a mark-to-market election, as well as gain on the actual sale or other disposition of the Ordinary Shares, are treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment also applies to any loss realized on the actual sale or disposition of the Ordinary Shares, to the extent that the amount of such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included for such Ordinary Shares. Your basis in the Ordinary Shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. If you make a valid mark-to-market election, the tax rules that apply to distributions by corporations which are not PFICs would apply to distributions by us, except that the lower applicable capital gains rate for qualified dividend income discussed above under “— Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Ordinary Shares” generally would not apply.
The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock”, which is stock that is traded in other than de minimis quantities on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (“regularly traded”) on a qualified exchange or other market (as defined in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations), including the Nasdaq. If the Ordinary Shares are regularly traded on the Nasdaq and if you are a holder of Ordinary Shares, the mark-to-market election would be available to you were we to be or become a PFIC.
Alternatively, a U.S. Holder of stock in a PFIC may make a “qualified electing fund” election with respect to such PFIC to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. A U.S. Holder who makes a valid qualified electing fund election with respect to a PFIC will generally include in gross income for a taxable year such holder’s pro rata share of the corporation’s earnings and profits for the taxable year. However, the qualified electing fund election is available only if such PFIC provides such U.S. Holder with certain information regarding its earnings and profits as required under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. We do not currently intend to prepare or provide the information that would enable you to make a qualified electing fund election. If you hold Ordinary Shares in any year in which we are a PFIC, you will be required to file U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 in each such year and provide certain annual information regarding such Ordinary Shares, including regarding distributions received on the Ordinary Shares and any gain realized on the disposition of the Ordinary Shares.
If you do not make a timely “mark-to-market” election (as described above), and if we were a PFIC at any time during the period you hold our Ordinary Shares, then such Ordinary Shares will continue to be treated as stock of a PFIC with respect to you even if we cease to be a PFIC in a future year, unless you make a “purging election” for the year we cease to be a PFIC. A “purging election” creates a deemed sale of such Ordinary Shares at their fair market value on the last day of the last year in which we are treated as a PFIC. The gain recognized by the purging election will be subject to the special tax and interest charge rules treating the gain as an excess distribution, as described above. As a result of the purging election, you will have a new basis (equal to the fair market value of the Ordinary Shares on the last day of the last year in which we are treated as a PFIC) and holding period (which new holding period will begin the day after such last day) in your Ordinary Shares for tax purposes.
You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to your investment in our Ordinary Shares and the elections discussed above.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Dividend payments with respect to our Ordinary Shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our Ordinary Shares may be subject to information reporting to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and possible U.S. backup withholding at a current rate of 24%. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide such certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.
123 |
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and furnishing any required information. We do not intend to withhold taxes for individual shareholders. However, transactions effected through certain brokers or other intermediaries may be subject to withholding taxes (including backup withholding), and such brokers or intermediaries may be required by law to withhold such taxes.
Under the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act of 2010, certain U.S. Holders are required to report information relating to our Ordinary Shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for Ordinary Shares held in accounts maintained by certain financial institutions), by attaching a complete Internal Revenue Service Form 8938, Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets, with their tax return for each year in which they hold Ordinary Shares.
Plan of Distribution
We are registering the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the exercise of the Underwriters Warrants and the Ordinary Shares of the selling shareholders to permit the resale of these Ordinary Shares by the holders of the Underwriters Warrants and the selling shareholders from time to time after the date of this prospectus. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale by the holders of the Underwriters Warrants of these Ordinary Shares or the Ordinary Shares of the selling shareholders, although we will receive the exercise price of any warrants not exercised by the holders of the Underwriters Warrants on a cashless exercise basis. We will bear all fees and expenses incident to our obligation to register the Ordinary Shares underlying the Underwriters Warrants and the Ordinary Shares of the selling shareholders.
The holders of the Underwriters Warrants and the selling shareholders may sell all or a portion of these Ordinary Shares held by them and offered hereby from time to time directly or through one or more underwriter, broker-dealers or agents. If the Ordinary Shares are sold through an underwriter or broker-dealers, the holders of the Underwriters Warrants or the selling shareholders will be responsible for underwriting discounts or commissions or agent’s commissions. The Ordinary Shares may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of the sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale or at negotiated prices. These sales may be effected in transactions, which may involve crosses or block transactions, pursuant to one or more of the following methods:
● | on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale; | |
● | in the over-the-counter market; | |
● | in transactions otherwise than on these exchanges or systems or in the over-the-counter market; | |
● | through the writing or settlement of options, whether such options are listed on an options exchange or otherwise; | |
● | ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers; | |
● | block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction; | |
● | purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account; | |
● | an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange; | |
● | privately negotiated transactions; | |
● | short sales made after the date the Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC; |
124 |
● | broker-dealers may agree with a selling security holder to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share; | |
● | a combination of any such methods of sale; and | |
● | any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law. |
The holders of the Underwriters Warrants and the selling shareholders may also sell their Ordinary Shares under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, if available, rather than under this prospectus. In addition, the holders of the Underwriters Warrants and the selling shareholders may transfer the Ordinary Shares by other means not described in this prospectus. If the holders of the Underwriters Warrants and the selling shareholders effect such transactions by selling Ordinary Shares to or through an underwriter, broker-dealers or agents, such underwriter, broker-dealers or agents may receive commissions in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the holders of the Underwriters Warrants or the selling shareholders or commissions from purchasers of the Ordinary Shares for whom they may act as agent or to whom they may sell as principal (which discounts, concessions or commissions as to particular underwriter, broker-dealers or agents may be in excess of those customary in the types of transactions involved). In connection with sales of the Ordinary Shares or otherwise, the holders of the Underwriters Warrants and the selling shareholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Ordinary Shares in the course of hedging in positions they assume. The holders of the Underwriters Warrants and the selling shareholders may also sell their Ordinary Shares short and deliver Ordinary Shares covered by this prospectus to close out short positions and to return borrowed shares in connection with such short sales. The holders of the Underwriters Warrants and the selling shareholders may also loan or pledge Ordinary Shares to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such shares.
The holders of the Underwriters Warrants and the selling shareholders may pledge or grant a security interest in some or all of the Ordinary Shares owned by them and, if they default in the performance of their secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell the Ordinary Shares from time to time pursuant to this prospectus or any amendment to this prospectus under Rule 424(b)(3) or other applicable provision of the Securities Act amending, if necessary, the list of holders of the Underwriters Warrants and selling shareholders to include the pledgee, transferee or other successors in interest as selling shareholders under this prospectus. The holders of the Underwriters Warrants and the selling shareholders also may transfer and donate the Ordinary Shares in other circumstances in which case the transferees, donees, pledgees or other successors in interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus.
To the extent required by the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, the holders of the Underwriters Warrants, the selling shareholders and any broker-dealer participating in the distribution of the Ordinary Shares may be deemed to be “Underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any commission paid, or any discounts or concessions allowed to, any such broker-dealer may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act. At the time a particular offering of the Ordinary Shares is made, a prospectus supplement, if required, will be distributed, which will set forth the aggregate amount of Ordinary Shares being offered and the terms of the Offering, including the name or names of any broker-dealers or agents, any discounts, commissions and other terms constituting compensation from the holders of the Underwriters Warrants or the selling shareholders, as the case may be, and any discounts, commissions or concessions allowed or re-allowed or paid to broker-dealers.
Under the securities laws of some states, the Ordinary Shares may be sold in such states only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in some states the Ordinary Shares may not be sold unless such shares have been registered or qualified for sale in such state or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied with.
There can be no assurance that any selling shareholder will sell any or all of the Ordinary Shares registered pursuant to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.
The holders of the Underwriters Warrants and the selling shareholders and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, including, without limitation, to the extent applicable, Regulation M of the Exchange Act, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of any of the Ordinary Shares by the holders of the Underwriters Warrants and any other participating person. To the extent applicable, Regulation M may also restrict the ability of any person engaged in the distribution of the ordinary shares to engage in market-making activities with respect to the Ordinary Shares. All of the foregoing may affect the marketability of the Ordinary Shares and the ability of any person or entity to engage in market-making activities with respect to the Ordinary Shares.
125 |
We will pay all expenses of the registration of the Ordinary Shares pursuant to the underwriting agreement, estimated to be $1,106 in total, including, without limitation, Securities and Exchange Commission filing fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or “blue sky” laws; provided, however, a holder of the Underwriters Warrants and the selling shareholders will pay all underwriting discounts and selling commissions, if any. We will indemnify the holders of the Underwriters Warrants and the selling shareholders against liabilities, including some liabilities under the Securities Act in accordance with the registration rights agreements or the holders of the Underwriters Warrants and the selling shareholders will be entitled to contribution. We may be indemnified by the holders of the Underwriters Warrants and the selling shareholders against civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act that may arise from any written information furnished to us by the holders of the Underwriters Warrants and the selling shareholders specifically for use in this prospectus, in accordance with the related registration rights agreements or we may be entitled to contribution.
Once sold under the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, the Ordinary Shares will be freely tradable in the hands of persons other than our affiliates.
ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
We are incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands as an exempted company with limited liability. We are incorporated in the British Virgin Islands because of certain benefits associated with being a British Virgin Islands entity, such as political and economic stability, an effective judicial system, a favorable tax system, the absence of exchange control or currency restrictions and the availability of professional and support services. However, the British Virgin Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides protections for investors to a lesser extent. In addition, British Virgin Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.
Substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. In addition, a majority of our directors and officers are nationals and/or residents of countries other than the United States, and all or a substantial portion of such persons’ assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or such persons or to enforce against them or against us, judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof.
We have appointed Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York under the federal securities laws of the United States or of any State of the United States or any action brought against us in the Supreme Court of the State of New York in the County of New York under the securities laws of the State of New York.
Harney Westwood & Riegels LP, our counsel to the laws of the British Virgin Islands, and China Commercial Law Firm, our counsel to PRC law, have advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the British Virgin Islands or the PRC would (i) recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States or (ii) entertain original actions brought in the British Virgin Islands or the PRC against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.
Harney Westwood & Riegels LP has further advised us that the United States and the British Virgin Islands do not have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts of the United States in civil and commercial matters and that a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any general or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws, may not be recognized and enforceable in the British Virgin Islands. We have also been advised by Harney Westwood & Riegels LP that a final and conclusive judgment obtained in U.S. federal or state courts under which a sum of money is payable as compensatory damages (i.e., not being a sum claimed by a revenue authority for taxes or other charges of a similar nature by a governmental authority, or in respect of a fine or penalty or multiple or punitive damages) may be the subject of an action on a debt in the court of the British Virgin Islands.
126 |
China Commercial Law Firm has further advised us that the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedure Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedure Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on reciprocity between jurisdictions. On 20 June 2017, the Intermediate People’s Court in Wuhan (“IPCW”) became the first PRC court to recognize a US judgment. This judgment in combination with previous recent developments in the PRC (“China”) could have a significant effect on the way foreign judgments are treated by PRC courts, and make widespread recognition of foreign judgments possible in China.
In connection with this Offering, we and the selling shareholders will enter into an underwriting agreement with Boustead Securities, LLC and Brilliant Norton Securities Company Limited, as the Underwriters in this Offering. The Underwriters may retain other brokers or dealers to act as a sub-agents or selected dealers on their behalf in connection with this Offering. The Underwriters have agreed to purchase from us and the selling shareholders, on a firm commitment basis, the number of Ordinary Shares set forth opposite its name below, at the Offering price less the underwriting discounts set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:
Name of Underwriter | Number of Ordinary Shares | |
Boustead Securities, LLC | ||
Brilliant Norton Securities Company Limited | ||
Total | 5,999,911 |
The Underwriters are committed to purchase all the Ordinary Shares offered by this prospectus if it purchases any Ordinary Shares. The Underwriters are not obligated to purchase the Ordinary Shares covered by the Underwriters’ Over-Allotment option to purchase Ordinary shares as described below. The Underwriters are offering the Ordinary Shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the Underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
Over-Allotment Option
We have granted to the Underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to an aggregate of 750,000 additional Ordinary Shares (equal to 15% of the number of Ordinary Shares sold in the Offering and exclusive of the 999,911 Ordinary Shares offered by the selling shareholder), at the Offering price per Ordinary Shares less underwriting discounts and commissions. The Underwriters may exercise this option for 45 days from the date of closing of this Offering solely to cover sales of Ordinary Shares by the Underwriters in excess of the total number of Ordinary Shares set forth in the table above. If any of the additional Ordinary Shares are purchased, the Underwriters will offer the additional Ordinary Shares at $[●] per Ordinary Share, the Offering price of each Ordinary Share.
Fees, Commissions and Expense Reimbursement
We (and the selling shareholders) will pay the Underwriters a fee/commission equivalent to seven percent (7%) of the gross proceeds of this Offering. The Underwriters propose initially to offer the Ordinary Shares to the public at the Offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at those prices less the aforesaid fee (“underwriting discount”) set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If all of the Ordinary Shares offered by us are not sold at the Offering price, the Underwriters may change the Offering price and other selling terms by means of a supplement to this prospectus.
127 |
The following table shows the underwriting fees/commission payable to the Underwriting with this Offering:
Per Ordinary Share |
Total
Without Over- Allotment Option |
Total
With
Full Over- Allotment Option |
||||||||||
Public Offering price | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Underwriting fees and commissions (7%)(1) | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to us | $ | $ | $ |
(1) | The fees do not include the Underwriters Warrants or expense reimbursement as described below. |
In addition to the cash commission, we will also reimburse the Underwriters for accountable out-of-pocket expenses not to exceed $250,000. Such accountable out-of-pocket expenses include no more than $125,000 in Underwriters’ legal counsel fees, due diligence and other like expenses not to exceed $52,500 and road show, travel, on-boarding fees and other reasonable out-of-pocket accountable expenses not to exceed $50,000, background checks expenses not to exceed $5,000, and DTC eligibility fees and expenses not to exceed $17,500. We estimate that the total expenses payable by us in connection with the Offering, other than the underwriting fees and commissions, will be approximately $925,661.
We have agreed to issue to the Underwriters and to register herein warrants to purchase up to 402,500 Ordinary Shares (equal to seven per cent (7%) of the 5,750,000 Ordinary Shares sold in this Offering, inclusive of the Underwriters’ Over-Allotment option to purchase an additional 750,000 Ordinary Shares, if such over-allotment option is exercised and exclusive of the 999,911 Ordinary Shares offered by the selling shareholder) and to also register herein such underlying Ordinary Shares. The warrants will be exercised at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, commencing from the closing of the Offering and expiring five (5) years from the commencement of sales of the public offering. The warrants are exercisable at a per share price of 125% of the Offering price of the Ordinary Shares offered hereby. The Underwriters Warrant shall not be callable or cancellable. The Underwriters have received $119,250 in accountable expenses as of the date hereof, which will be refundable to us to the extent actually not incurred by the Underwriters in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(4)(A).
The Underwriters Warrants may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the securities by any person for a period of 180 days beginning on the date of the commencement of sales of the offering (in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110), except that they may be assigned, in whole or in part, to any successor, officer, manager, member, or partner of the Underwriters, and to members of the syndicate or selling group and their respective officers, managers, members or partners, if all securities so transferred remain subject to the same lock-up restrictions for the remainder of the 180-day period. The Underwriters Warrants may be exercised as to all or a lesser number of shares, will provide for cashless exercise and will contain provisions for immediate “piggyback” registration rights at our expense for a period of five years from the commencement of sale of the Offering. We have registered the Underwriters the Ordinary shares underlying the Underwriters Warrants in this Offering.
The Underwriters intend to offer our and the selling shareholders’ Ordinary Shares to their retail customers only in states in which we are permitted to offer our Ordinary Shares. We have relied on an exemption to the blue sky registration requirements afforded to “covered securities.” Securities listed on a National Securities Exchange are “covered securities.” If we were unable to meet a National Securities Exchange listing standards, then we would be unable to rely on the covered securities exemption to blue sky registration requirements and we would need to register the offering in each state in which we planned to sell shares. Consequently, we will not complete this Offering unless we meet a National Securities Exchange’s listing requirements and our application to list on the exchange is approved.
The foregoing does not purport to be a complete statement of the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement and subscription agreement. A form of the underwriting agreement is included as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
128 |
Right of First Refusal
Until twenty-four (24) months from the termination or expiration of the engagement between us and the Underwriters the Underwriters shall have a right of first refusal to act as lead or managing underwriters exclusive or joint financial advisor or in any other similar capacity, on the representative’s customary terms and conditions, in the event we pursue a registered, underwritten public offering of securities (in addition to this offering), a public or private offering of securities (debt or equity), a merger, acquisition of another company or business, change of control, sale of substantially all assets, business combination, recapitalization or other similar transaction (regardless of whether we would be considered an acquiring party, a selling party or neither in such transaction). In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(6)(A)(i), such right of first refusal shall not have a duration of more than three years from the commencement of sales of the public offering or the termination date of the engagement between the us and the Underwriters.
Lock-Up Agreements
We have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions set forth in the underwriting agreement, we will not, without the prior written consent of the Underwriters, from the date of execution of the underwriting agreement and continuing for a period of 12 months from the date on which the trading of the Ordinary Shares on Nasdaq commences, (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Ordinary Shares or any such other securities.
Our officers, directors, and all existing shareholders agree not to offer, issue, sell, contract to sell, encumber, grant any option for the sale of or otherwise dispose of any Ordinary Shares or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares for a period of up to 12 months after the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the Underwriters without the prior written consent of the Underwriters.
The Underwriters may in their sole discretion and at any time without notice release some or all of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. When determining whether or not to release shares from the lock-up agreements, the Underwriters will consider, among other factors, the security holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time.
Price Stabilization
The Underwriters will be required to comply with the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, including without limitation, Rule 10b-5 and Regulation M under the Exchange Act. These rules and regulations may limit the timing of purchases and sales of shares of capital stock by the Underwriters acting as principal. Under these rules and regulations, the Underwriters:
● | may not engage in any stabilization activity in connection with our securities; and | |
● | may not bid for or purchase any of our securities or attempt to induce any person to purchase any of our securities, other than as permitted under the Exchange Act, until it has completed its participation in the distribution. |
Determination of Offering Price
The public offering price of the shares we are offering was determined by us in consultation with the Underwriters based on discussions with potential investors in light of the history and prospects of our company, the stage of development of our business, our business plans for the future and the extent to which they have been implemented, an assessment of our management, the public stock price for similar companies, general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the Offering and such other factors as were deemed relevant.
Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Securities.
A prospectus in electronic format may be delivered to potential investors by the Underwriters. The prospectus in electronic format will be identical to the paper version of such prospectus. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the Underwriters’ website and any information contained in any other website maintained by the Underwriters is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.
129 |
Foreign Regulatory Restrictions on Purchase of our Shares
We have not taken any action to permit a public offering of our shares outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. People outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to this Offering of our shares and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.
Indemnification
We have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against liabilities relating to the Offering arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and to contribute to payments that the Underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities. We have been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, indemnification of liabilities under the Securities Act is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is therefore, unenforceable.
Application for Nasdaq Listing
We have applied to have our Ordinary Shares approved for listing/quotation on the Nasdaq under the symbol “WNW.” We will not consummate and close this Offering without a listing approval letter from the Nasdaq. Our receipt of a listing approval letter is not the same as an actual listing on the Nasdaq. The listing approval letter will serve only to confirm that, if we sell a number of Ordinary Shares in this Offering sufficient to satisfy applicable listing criteria, our Ordinary Shares will in fact be listed.
If the application is approved, trading of our Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq will begin within five days following the closing of this offering. If our Ordinary Shares are listed on the Nasdaq, we will be subject to continued listing requirements and corporate governance standards. We expect these new rules and regulations to significantly increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs.
EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING
Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding placement discounts and commissions, that we expect to incur in connection with this offering. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq Capital Market listing fee, all amounts are estimates.
Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee | $ | 2,875 | ||
Nasdaq Capital Market Listing Fee | $ | 150,000 | ||
FINRA | $ | 3,825 | ||
Legal Fees and Expenses | $ | 678,961 | ||
Accounting Fees and Expenses | $ | 30,000 | ||
Printing and Engraving Expenses | $ | 10,000 | ||
Miscellaneous Expenses | $ | 50,000 | ||
Total Expenses | $ | 925,661 |
These expenses and underwriting fees and commissions will be borne by us.
The validity of the Ordinary Shares offered hereby will be opined upon for us by Harney Westwood & Riegels LP. Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP is acting as counsel to our Company regarding U.S. securities law matters. Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP is acting as counsel to the Underwriters. Certain legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for us by China Commercial Law Firm. Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP may rely upon China Commercial Law Firm with respect to matters governed by PRC law.
130 |
The current address for Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP is 1185 Avenue of the Americas, 37th Floor, New York, NY 10036. The current address of Harney Westwood & Riegels LP is Craigmuir Chambers, PO Box 71, Road Town, Tortola VG1110, British Virgin Islands. The current address of Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP is 366 Madison Avenue, 3rd Floor, New York, NY 10017. The current address of China Commercial Law Firm is 21/24/F, CTS Tower, No. 4011, Shennan Road, Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China.
The consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2019, and 2018, as set forth in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance on the report of Friedman LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing. The current address of Friedman LLP is One Liberty Plaza, 165 Broadway, 21st FL, New York, NY 10006.
INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL
No expert or counsel named in this prospectus as having prepared or certified any part of this prospectus or having given an opinion upon the validity of the securities being registered or upon other legal matters in connection with the registration or offering of the Ordinary Shares was employed on a contingency basis, or had, or is to receive, in connection with the offering, a substantial interest, direct or indirect, in the registrant. Nor was any such person connected with the registrant as a promoter, managing or principal Underwriters, voting trustee, director, officer, or employee.
DISCLOSURE OF COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us, we have been advised that it is the SEC’s opinion that such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in such act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the Ordinary Shares offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed therewith. For further information about us and the Ordinary Shares offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and in each instance we refer you to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. However, statements in the prospectus contain the material provisions of such contracts, agreements and other documents. We currently do not file periodic reports with the SEC. Upon the closing of our initial public offering, we will be required to file periodic reports and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from that office. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.
131 |
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
F-1 |
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Wunong Net Technology Company Limited and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, shareholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes and schedules (collectively referred to as the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Friedman LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.
New York, New York
August 13, 2020
F-2 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, | December 31, | |||||||
2019 | 2018 | |||||||
ASSETS | ||||||||
Current Assets: | ||||||||
Cash | $ | 546,294 | $ | 99,359 | ||||
Short term investment | 71,757 | - | ||||||
Advances to Suppliers, net | 606,006 | 38,244 | ||||||
Inventories, net | 253,090 | 47,982 | ||||||
Prepaid Expenses | 122,761 | 164,822 | ||||||
Other Current Assets | 29,932 | 17,208 | ||||||
Total Current Assets | 1,629,840 | 367,615 | ||||||
Property and Equipment, net | 328,021 | 288,209 | ||||||
Right of Use Lease Assets, net | 934,755 | 1,171,218 | ||||||
Deferred Offering Costs | 310,277 | - | ||||||
Security deposit | 41,055 | 41,591 | ||||||
TOTAL ASSETS | 3,243,948 | 1,868,633 | ||||||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT | ||||||||
Current Liabilities: | ||||||||
Accounts Payable | 1,158,311 | 384,920 | ||||||
Advances from Customers | 1,454,261 | 127,781 | ||||||
Current Portion of Obligations under Operating Leases | 225,140 | 200,170 | ||||||
Tax Payable | 10,065 | 31,558 | ||||||
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities | 374,948 | 128,803 | ||||||
Total Current Liabilities | 3,222,725 | 873,232 | ||||||
Due to Related Parties | 903,813 | 808,709 | ||||||
Obligations under Operating Leases, non-current | 766,020 | 1,004,085 | ||||||
TOTAL LIABILITIES | 4,892,558 | 2,686,026 | ||||||
Commitment and Contingencies |
||||||||
Stockholders’ Deficit | ||||||||
Ordinary Shares, no par value, unlimited shares authorized; 20,000,000 and 15,000,150 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively | - | - | ||||||
Additional Paid-in Capital | 1,003,447 | 106,489 | ||||||
Accumulated deficit | (2,709,305 | ) | (954,263 | ) | ||||
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income | 57,248 | 30,381 | ||||||
Total Stockholders’ Deficit | (1,648,610 | ) | (817,393 | ) | ||||
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT | $ | 3,243,948 | $ | 1,868,633 |
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-3 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS)
For the year ended | ||||||||
December 31, | ||||||||
2019 | 2018 | |||||||
NET REVENUE | $ | 7,682,583 | $ | 1,076,827 | ||||
COST OF REVENUE | 5,778,167 | 848,777 | ||||||
GROSS PROFIT | 1,904,416 | 228,050 | ||||||
OPERATING EXPENSES | ||||||||
Sales and Marketing Expenses | 1,882,714 | 324,905 | ||||||
General and Administrative Expenses | 1,440,114 | 680,823 | ||||||
Research and Development Expenses | 340,534 | 205,609 | ||||||
Total operating expenses | 3,663,362 | 1,211,337 | ||||||
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS | (1,758,946 | ) | (983,287 | ) | ||||
Other Income, net | 3,904 | 3,189 | ||||||
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAX | (1,755,042 | ) | (980,098 | ) | ||||
Provision for Income Taxes | - | - | ||||||
NET LOSS | (1,755,042 | ) | (980,098 | ) | ||||
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME | ||||||||
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment | 26,867 | 29,183 | ||||||
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE LOSS | $ | (1,728,175 | ) | $ | (950,915 | ) | ||
EARNINGS PER SHARE – BASIC AND DILUTED | $ | (0.11 | ) | $ | (0.06 | ) | ||
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING – BASIC AND DILUTED | 15,630,268 | 15,000,150 |
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-4 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
Accumulated | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ordinary Shares | Additional | Other | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Number of Shares | Amount |
Paid-in Capital |
Accumulated Deficit |
Comprehensive Income |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2017 | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 25,835 | $ | 1,198 | $ | 27,033 | |||||||||||||
Ordinary Shares | 15,000,150 | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Capital Contributions | - | - | 106,489 | - | - | 106,489 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net Loss | - | - | - | (980,098 | ) | - | (980,098 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments | - | - | - | - | 29,183 | 29,183 | ||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2018 | 15,000,150 | - | 106,489 | (954,263 | ) | 30,381 | (817,393 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Ordinary Shares issued | 4,999,850 | - | 16,666 | 16,666 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Capital Contributions | - | - | 880,292 | - | - | 880,292 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net Loss | - | - | - | (1,755,042 | ) | - | (1,755,042 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments | - | - | - | - | 26,867 | 26,867 | ||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2019 | 20,000,000 | $ | - | $ | 1,003,447 | $ | (2,709,305 | ) | $ | 57,248 | $ | (1,648,610 | ) |
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-5 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the year ended | ||||||||
December 31, | ||||||||
2019 | 2018 | |||||||
Cash flows from operating activities: | ||||||||
Net Loss | $ | (1,755,042 | ) | $ | (980,098 | ) | ||
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from operating activities: | ||||||||
Depreciation and Amortization | 301,368 | 59,834 | ||||||
Bad debt expense | (7,237 | ) | - | |||||
Change in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||||||
Account Receivable, net | - | 45,318 | ||||||
Prepaid Expenses | 40,281 | (171,256 | ) | |||||
Inventories, net | (207,488 | ) | (49,855 | ) | ||||
Other Current Assets | (5,819 | ) | (25,432 | ) | ||||
Advances to Suppliers, net | (579,778 | ) | (39,737 | ) | ||||
Rent deposit | (41,407 | ) | (43,214 | ) | ||||
Deferred Expense | - | |||||||
Deferred Offering Costs | (312,936 | ) | - | |||||
Accounts Payable | 790,113 | 399,944 | ||||||
Advances from Customers | 1,339,505 | 132,769 | ||||||
Tax Payable | (21,268 | ) | 28,009 | |||||
Lease liability | (199,286 | ) | (22,883 | ) | ||||
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities | 249,925 | 133,377 | ||||||
Net cash used in operating activities | (409,069 | ) | (533,224 | ) | ||||
Cash flows from investing activities: | ||||||||
Investment in office renovation | - | (272,361 | ) | |||||
Short term investment | (72,371 | ) | - | |||||
Purchase of property and equipment | (80,573 | ) | (29,722 | ) | ||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (152,944 | ) | (302,083 | ) | ||||
Cash flows from financing activities: | ||||||||
Proceeds from related parties loans | 107,976 | 817,387 | ||||||
Capital contributions | 896,958 | 106,489 | ||||||
Net cash provided by financing activities | 1,004,934 | 923,876 | ||||||
Effect of changes of foreign exchange rate on cash | 4,014 | 1,252 | ||||||
NET INCREASE IN CASH | 446,935 | 89,821 | ||||||
CASH, BEGINNING OF THE PERIOD | 99,359 | 9,538 | ||||||
CASH , END OF THE PERIOD | $ | 546,294 | $ | 99,359 | ||||
Supplementary cash flow information: | ||||||||
Right of use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities | $ | - | $ | 442,589 |
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6 |
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. | ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS BACKGROUND |
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited (“Wunong Net Technology” or the “Company”), formerly named as Advancement International Limited, is a holding company incorporated under the laws of British Virgin Islands on December 4, 2018 by three shareholders, namely Kindness Global Company Limited, Four Dimensions Global Investment Limited, and Wisdom Global Company Limited. Subsequently on February 14, 2019, Kindness Global Company Limited transferred part of its shares to Union International Company Limited. Through contractually controlled and managed company, Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd, a People’s Republic of China company (“Wunong Shenzhen”), the Company operates an electronic online platform designed to provide primarily Clean Food to customers in China. The Company also operates a restaurant in China with a grocery section that sells only Clean Food.
The four major shareholders of Wunong Net Technology are all BVI companies. Kindness Global Company Limited is a BVI company incorporated in October 1, 2018 and 100% owned by Mr. Peijiang Chen, a Chinese citizen Four Dimensions Global Investment Limited is 100% owned by Mr. Hanwu Yang, a Chinese citizen. Wisdom Global Company Limited is 100% owned by Mr. Changbin Xia, a Chinese citizen. Union International Company Limited is 100% owned by 14 individual partners of Mishan Municipal ShenMi Dazhong Enterprise Consulting and Management Partnership (Limited Partnership) (“ShenMi Dazhong”), all of whom are PRC citizens and natural persons.
On February 15, 2019, Advancement International acquired all shares of Shenzhen Vande Technology Co., Limited (“Vande”) pursuant to the Instrument of Transfer, Sold Note and Bought Note recorded with Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong Special Administration Region (SAR).
Vande, incorporated on April 6, 2017 in Hong Kong, incorporated Guo Gang Tong (“WFOE”) in the People’s Republic of China with a registered capital of RMB 5,000,000 on December 28, 2018.
On March 2, 2019, WFOE entered into a series of contractual agreements with Wunong Shenzhen, a company incorporated in the People’s Republic of China on June 16, 2015 with a registered capital of RMB 5,000,000. These agreements include an Exclusive Technology Consulting Services Agreement, an Equity Interest Pledge Agreement, an Exclusive Purchase Rights Agreement, and a Proxy Agreement, and allow us to:
● | exercise effective control over Wunong Shenzhen; |
● | receive substantially all of the economic benefits of Wunong Shenzhen; and |
● | have an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interests in Wunong Shenzhen when and to the extent permitted by PRC law. |
As a result of these contractual arrangements, we have become the primary beneficiary of Wunong Shenzhen, and we treat Wunong Shenzhen as a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) in accordance with the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810 “Consolidation”, because the equity investments in Wunong Shenzhen no longer have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest, and the Company, through WFOE, is the primary beneficiary of Wunong Shenzhen. Accordingly, Wunong Shenzhen has been consolidated.
Since Wunong Net Technology Company Limited and its subsidiaries are effectively controlled by the same controlling shareholders before and after the Reorganization, they are considered to be under common control. The above-mentioned transactions were accounted for as a recapitalization. The consolidation of the Company and its subsidiaries has been accounted for at historical cost and prepared on the basis as if the aforementioned transactions had become effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
F-7 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Upon the reorganization, the Company has subsidiaries in countries and jurisdictions including PRC, Hong Kong and British Virgin Islands. Details of the subsidiaries of the Company are set out below:
Name of Entity | Date of Incorporation | Place of Incorporation | % of Ownership | Principal Activities | ||||
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited | December 4, 2018 | British Virgin Islands | Parent, 100 | Holding Company | ||||
Shenzhen Vande Technology Co., Limited | April 6, 2017 | Hong Kong | 100 | Holding Company | ||||
Guo Gang Tong Trade (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd | December 28, 2018 | Shenzhen, China | 100 | Holding Company | ||||
Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd | June 16, 2015 | Shenzhen, China | VIE | An electronic online platform designed to provide primarily Clean Food to customers in China |
The Company believes that the contractual arrangements with its VIE and their respective shareholders are in compliance with PRC laws and regulations and are legally enforceable. However, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit the Company’s ability to enforce the contractual arrangements. If the ownership structure, contractual arrangements and business of our Company, WFOE or Wunong Shenzhen are found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or we fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or approvals, the relevant governmental authorities would have broad discretion in dealing with such violation, including levying fines, confiscating our income or the income of WFOE and Wunong Shenzhen, revoking the business licenses or operating licenses of WFOE or Wunong Shenzhen, discontinuing or placing restrictions or onerous conditions on our operations, requiring us to undergo a costly and disruptive restructuring, restricting or prohibiting our use of proceeds from our offerings to finance our business and operations in China, and taking other regulatory or enforcement actions that could be harmful to our business. Any of these actions could cause significant disruption to our business operations and severely damage our reputation, which would in turn materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If any of these occurrences results in our inability to direct the activities of Wunong Shenzhen, and/or our failure to receive economic benefits from Wunong Shenzhen, we may not be able to consolidate their results into our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
2. | LIQUIDITY |
As reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, the Company had net losses of approximately $1.8 million and $1.0 million in fiscal year 2019 and 2018, respectively, and had negative working capital of $1.6 million and $0.5 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The $1.1 million decrease of working capital mainly resulted from loss from the year ended December 31, 2019. In assessing its liquidity, management monitors and analyzes the Company’s cash on hand, ability to generate sufficient revenue sources in the future, and operating and capital expenditure commitments. Management believes the Company may be able to obtain additional financing support from local banks for its operations. In addition, major shareholders of the Company has been providing and will continue to provide their personal funds, if necessary, to support the Company on an as needed basis. The Company’s revenues has increased $6.6 million in the fiscal year 2019 compared to 2018. Subsequently in 2020, major shareholders have lent approximately $723,000 loans to the Company and contributed approximately $164,000 to the Company. In order to fully implement our business plan and sustain continued growth, we may also need to raise capital from outside investors. At the present time, however, we do not have commitments of funds from any third party.
3. | SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES |
● | Basis of presentation and principles of consolidation |
These accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and have been consistently applied. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its subsidiaries, and the VIE. All intercompany balances and transactions between the Company, its subsidiaries and the VIE are eliminated upon consolidation.
● | Consolidation of Variable Interest Entity |
A VIE is an entity that either has a total equity investment that is insufficient to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, or whose equity investments lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest, such as through voting rights, and the right to receive the expected residual returns of the entity. The variable interest holder, if any, that has a controlling financial interest in a VIE is deemed to be the primary beneficiary of, and must consolidate, the VIE.
F-8 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Guo Gang Tong Trade (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd is deemed to have a controlling financial interest in and be the primary beneficiary of Wunong Shenzhen because it has both of the following characteristics:
(1) | The power to direct activities at Wunong Shenzhen that most significantly impact such entity’s economic performance, and | |
(2) | The right to receive benefits from Wunong Shenzhen that could potentially be significant to such entity. |
Pursuant to the contractual arrangements with Wunong Shenzhen, Wunong Shenzhen pays service fees equal to all of its net profit after tax payments to WFOE. Such contractual arrangements are designed so that Wunong Shenzhen operates for the benefit of Guo Gang Tong Trade (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd and ultimately, the Company.
Accordingly, the accounts of the Wunong Shenzhen are consolidated in our financial statements pursuant to ASC 810-10, Consolidation. In addition, their financial positions and results of operations are included in our financial statements. The carrying amount of this VIE’s assets and liabilities are as follows:
December 31, | December 31, | |||||||
2019 | 2018 | |||||||
Current assets | $ | 1,629,840 | $ | 367,615 | ||||
Property and equipment | 328,021 | 288,209 | ||||||
Right of Use Lease Assets, net | 934,755 | 1,171,218 | ||||||
Other non-current assets | 41,055 | 41,591 | ||||||
Total assets | 2,933,671 | 1,868,633 | ||||||
Total current liabilities | 3,152,725 | 812,599 | ||||||
Total non-current liabilities | 924,958 | 1,648,959 |
For the years ended | ||||||||
December 31, | ||||||||
2019 | 2018 | |||||||
Revenue | $ | 7,682,583 | $ | 1,076,827 | ||||
Cost of revenue | 5,778,167 | 848,777 | ||||||
Operating expenses | 3,389,681 | 978,338 | ||||||
Net loss | (1,469,598 | ) | (747,098 | ) |
For the years ended | ||||||||
December 31, | ||||||||
2019 | 2018 | |||||||
Net cash used in operating activities | $ | (409,069 | ) | $ | (533,224 | ) | ||
Net cash used in investing activities | (152,944 | ) | (302,083 | ) | ||||
Net cash provided by financing activities | 1,004,934 | 923,876 | ||||||
Effect of changes of foreign exchange rate on cash | 4,014 | 1,252 | ||||||
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents | 446,935 | 89,821 |
F-9 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
● | Use of estimates |
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Management makes these estimates using the best information available at the time the estimates are made; however actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, valuation of inventory, and recoverability of carrying amount and the estimated useful lives of fixed assets, and implicit interest rate of operating leases.
● | Cash |
Cash consist of cash on hand, cash in bank with no restrictions, as well as highly liquid investments which are unrestricted as to withdrawal or use, and which have remaining maturities of three months or less when initially purchased.
● | Inventories, net |
The Company values its inventories at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The cost of inventories is calculated using the first in first out basis.
Where there is evidence that the utility of inventories, in their disposal in the ordinary course of business, will be less than cost, whether due to physical deterioration, obsolescence, changes in price levels, or other causes, the inventories are written down to net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the normal course of business less any costs to complete and sell products. Any idle facility costs or excessive spoilage are recorded as current period charges. There was no inventory impairment for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
● | Advances to suppliers |
Advances to suppliers represent prepayments made to certain suppliers of Clean Food. To ensure continuous high-quality supplies and favorable purchase prices of Clean Food, the Company is required from time to time to make cash advances when placing its purchase orders. The Company reviews its advances to suppliers on a periodic basis and makes general and specific allowances when there is doubt as to the ability of a supplier to provide supplies to the Company or refund the advance. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the allowances were both $Nil.
● | Deferred financing cost |
Deferred financing cost represent cost directly attributable to an offering of equity securities deferred and will be charged against the gross receipts of the offering as a reduction of additional paid capital, including registration related fees and exchanges listing fees, legal fees, and printing fee and other fees that are directly related to the offering.
● | Property and Equipment |
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. The cost of an asset comprises its purchase price and any directly attributable costs of bringing the asset to its present working condition and location for its intended use. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives listed below:
Estimated Useful Life | ||
Computers and accessories | 3 years | |
Software | 2 years | |
Office Equipment | 5 years | |
Leasehold improvement | 5 years |
F-10 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
When computers and accessories, software, and office equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, resulting gain or loss is included in net income or loss in the year of disposition for the difference between the net book value and proceeds received thereon. Maintenance and repairs which do not improve or extend the expected useful lives of the assets are charged to expenses as incurred.
Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the remaining lease term.
Depreciation for equipment commences once it is placed in service and amortization of leasehold improvements commences once they are ready for our intended use.
Construction in progress is related to office renovation that has not yet been completed for our intended use. Capitalization of the cost of renovation ceases and the construction in progress is transferred to leasehold improvement when substantially all the renovations are completed. Construction in progress is not depreciated until they are ready for our intended use.
● | Leased property under operating leases |
The Company early adopted ASU 2016-02, “Leases” on January 1st, 2017 and used modified retrospective method that requires application at the beginning of the earliest comparative year presented. The most significant impact upon adoption relates to the recognition of new Right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and lease liabilities on the Company’s balance sheet for office space leases. Upon adoption, the Company recognized additional lease liabilities of approximately $1.2 million with corresponding ROU assets of the same amount based on the present value of the remaining rental payments under current leasing standards for existing leases. The remaining balance of lease liabilities are presented within current portion of finance lease liabilities and the non-current portion of lease liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
● | Impairment of long-lived assets |
The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the estimated cash flows from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition below are the asset’s carrying value, then the asset is deemed to be impaired and written down to its fair value. There were no indicators of impairments of these assets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.
● | Revenue recognition |
On January 1, 2017, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (FASB ASC Topic 606) using the modified retrospective approach. The results of applying Topic 606 using the modified retrospective approach were insignificant and did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, business process, controls or systems.
The core principle underlying the revenue recognition ASU is that the Company will recognize revenue to represent the transfer of goods to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in such exchange. This will require the Company to identify contractual performance obligations and determine whether revenue should be recognized at a point in time or over time, based on when control of goods and services transfers to a customer. All of the Company’s contracts have one single performance obligation as the promise to transfer the individual goods is not separately identifiable from other promises in the contracts and is, therefore, not distinct. The initial payments received from pre-ordering are recorded in the advance from customers on the balance sheets and will not be recognized as revenue until transfer of goods. Shipping and handling are activities to fulfill the Company’s promise to transfer goods to customers, which are included in the sale price of the goods.
F-11 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Revenue is recognized or realizable and earned when all five of the following criteria are met: (1) Identify the Contract with a Customer, (2) Identify the Performance Obligations in the Contract, (3) Determine the Transaction Price, (4) Allocate the Transaction Price to the Performance Obligations in the Contract, and (5) Recognize Revenue When (or As) the Entity Satisfies a Performance Obligation. The Company recognizes revenue based upon gross sales minus sales returns and sales incentives that the Company offers to its customers, such as discounts. Revenue is reported net of all value added taxes. The Company generally does not permit customers to return products and historically, customer returns have been immaterial.
The contract assets and contract liabilities are recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as accounts receivable and advance from customers.
Revenue expected to be recognized in any future periods related to remaining performance obligations is recorded in advances from customers. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the balance of advances from customers was $1,454,261 and $127,781, respectively.
The Company recognizes product revenue upon the delivery of products to customers, which is when title and risk and rewards of ownership have passed to customers and when collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue by product for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 is as below:
For the years ended December 31 | ||||||||||||||||
2019 | 2018 | |||||||||||||||
Net | % of total | Net | % of total | |||||||||||||
Product category | revenue | revenue | revenue | Revenue | ||||||||||||
Grains, oil, and spices | $ | 3,811,172 | 49.6 | % | $ | 561,128 | 52.1 | % | ||||||||
Beverages, alcohol and tea | $ | 1,060,858 | 13.8 | % | $ | 34,309 | 3.2 | % | ||||||||
Other food | $ | 687,426 | 9.0 | % | $ | 94,890 | 8.8 | % | ||||||||
Meat, poultry and eggs | $ | 876,249 | 11.4 | % | $ | 105,855 | 9.8 | % | ||||||||
Fresh fruits and vegetables | $ | 539,052 | 7.0 | % | $ | 199,725 | 18.6 | % | ||||||||
Groceries | $ | 462,003 | 6.0 | % | $ | - | - | % | ||||||||
Dried seafood | $ | 229,746 | 3.0 | % | $ | 80,920 | 7.5 | % | ||||||||
Total | $ | 7,666,506 | 99.8 | % | $ | 1,076,827 | 100 | % |
The Company recognizes service revenue from the restaurant as service is performed. The Company incurred service revenue of $16,077 in 2019 and $nil in 2018.
On January 1, 2017, the Company also adopted ASU 2016-08 Principle versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net), which amended the principal-versus-agent implementation guidance and illustrations in ASU 2014-09 to clarify how the principal-versus-agent indicators should be evaluated to support an entity’s conclusion that it controls a specified good or service before it is transferred to a customer. Under the new revenue standards, when a third party is involved in providing goods or services to a customer, the entity must determine whether its performance obligation is to provide the good or service itself (i.e., the entity is a principal) or to arrange for another party to provide the good or service (i.e., the entity is an agent). An entity makes this determination by evaluating the nature of its promise to the customer. An entity is a principal (and, therefore, records revenue on a gross basis) if it controls the promised good or service before transferring it to the customer. An entity is an agent (and records as revenue the net amount it retains as a commission) if its only role is to arrange for another entity to provide the goods or services.
The Company operates an online platform to sell Clean Food to retail customers and recognizes revenue on a gross basis. The Company is a principal because it controls the promised good or service before transferring it to a customer. This control is determined by the following indicators 1) The Company is the primary obligor in the sales transaction and responsible for providing products and service. 2) The Company bears the inventory risk. The Company will first indemnify customers for product damages and then request reimbursements from suppliers if the suppliers are determined to be responsible for the damages. 3) The Company selects suppliers and runs the entire sales process. 4) The Company sets the product price and has control over the entire transaction.
The Company applied a practical expedient to expense costs as incurred for costs to obtain a contract with a customer when the amortization period would have been one year or less. The Company has no material incremental costs of obtaining contracts with customers that the Company expects the benefit of those costs to be longer than one year which need to be recognized as assets.
F-12 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
● | Cost of revenues |
The shipping and handling costs as well as the cost of purchased Clean Food products listed for sale on our platform are included as part of cost of goods sold. The Company expenses shipping and handling costs in conjunction with sale of its products as incurred.
● | Sales and marketing expense |
Advertising, sales and marketing costs consist primarily of costs for the promotion of business brand and product marketing. The Company expensed all marketing and advertising costs as incurred.
● | Research and development expense |
Research and development expenditures include salaries, wages and other costs of personnel engaged in research and development. Costs of services performed by others for research and development on our behalf are expensed when incurred. The Company’s research and development expense primarily includes software development and testing.
● | Income taxes |
The Company is subject to the income tax laws of the PRC. No taxable income was generated outside the PRC for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC740, “Income Taxes”. The provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability approach of accounting for income taxes. Under this approach, the provision for income taxes represents income taxes paid or payable (or received or receivable) for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during the year. Deferred taxes represent the future tax consequences expected to occur when the reported amounts of assets and liabilities are recovered or paid, and result from differences between the financial and tax bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities and are adjusted for changes in tax rates and tax laws when enacted.
Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, management considers all potential sources of taxable income, including income available in carryback periods, future reversals of taxable temporary differences, projections of taxable income, and income from tax planning strategies, as well as all available positive and negative evidence. Positive evidence includes factors such as a history of profitable operations, projections of future profitability within the carryforward period, including from tax planning strategies, and the Company’s experience with similar operations. Existing favorable contracts and the ability to sell products into established markets are additional positive evidence. Negative evidence includes items such as cumulative losses, projections of future losses, or carryforward periods that are not long enough to allow for the utilization of a deferred tax asset based on existing projections of income. Deferred tax assets for which no valuation allowance is recorded may not be realized upon changes in facts and circumstances, resulting in a future charge to establish a valuation allowance.
Tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return are recorded when such benefits meet a more likely than not threshold. Otherwise, these tax benefits are recorded when a tax position has been effectively settled, which means that the statute of limitation has expired or the appropriate taxing authority has completed their examination even though the statute of limitations remains open. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized as part of the provision for income taxes and are accrued beginning in the period that such interest and penalties would be applicable under relevant tax law until such time that the related tax benefits are recognized. There were no material uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. All tax returns since the Company’s inception are subject to examination by tax authorities.
F-13 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
● | Value added taxes (“VAT”) |
Sales represents the invoiced value of goods, net of VAT. The VAT is based on gross sales price and VAT rates, depending on the type of products sold. The VAT may be offset by VAT paid by the Company on inventory acquired. The Company recorded a VAT payable net of payments in the accompanying financial statements. All of the VAT returns of the Company have been and remain subject to examination by the tax authorities for five years from the date of filing.
Before April 30, 2019, the Company’s product sales revenues were subject to VAT at a reduced rate of 3% and subject to surcharges at a reduced surcharge rate of 6% of the VAT payable since the company is qualified as a small-scale enterprise. Starting from May 1, 2019, the Company is no longer qualified as a small-scale enterprise. The Company’s grains, oil, and spices products are subject to 9% VAT and the other products are subject to 13% VAT. All the Company’s products are subject to tax surcharges at 12% of the VAT payable.
● | Foreign currency transactions and translations |
An entity’s functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates, normally that is the currency of the environment in which the entity primarily generates and expends cash. Management’s judgment is essential to determine the functional currency by assessing various indicators, such as cash flows, sales price and market, expenses, financing and inter-company transactions and arrangements. The functional currency of the Company is the Renminbi (“RMB’), and PRC is the primary economic environment in which the Company operates. The reporting currency of these combined financial statements is the United States dollar (“US Dollars” or “$”).
For financial reporting purposes, the financial statements of the Company, which are prepared using the RMB, are translated into the Company’s reporting currency, the United States Dollar. Assets and liabilities are translated using the exchange rate at each balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses are translated using average rates prevailing during each reporting period, and shareholders’ equity is translated at historical exchange rates when capital transaction occurred. Adjustments resulting from the translation are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity (deficiency). Cash flows from the Company’s operations are calculated based upon the local currencies using the average translation rate. As a result, amounts related to assets and liabilities reported on the statements of cash flows will not necessarily agree with changes in the corresponding balances on the balance sheets.
Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. The resulting exchange differences are included in the determination of net loss of the consolidated financial statements for the respective periods.
The exchange rates used for foreign currency translation were as follows (US Dollars $1 = RMB):
Year End | Average | |||||||
12/31/2019 | 6.9680 | 6.9088 | ||||||
12/31/2018 | 6.8783 | 6.6199 |
No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars at the rates used in translation.
● | Comprehensive Income |
Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of the Company during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances excluding those resulting from investments by and distributions to shareholders. Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), as presented on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, only consists of cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment.
F-14 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
● | Fair value of financial instruments |
The Company also follows the guidance of the ASC Topic 820-10, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820-10”), with respect to financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value. ASC 820-10 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:
● | Level 1: Inputs are based upon unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets; |
● | Level 2: Inputs are based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques (e.g. Black-Scholes Option-Pricing model) for which all significant inputs are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. |
● | Level 3: Inputs are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. |
As of December 31, 2019, Short term investment stands for certificate of deposit and recorded at its face value. The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheets for cash, short term investment, advances to suppliers, other current assets, accounts payable, advance from customers, tax payable, other payables and accrued liabilities approximate their fair value based on the short-term maturity of these instruments.
Concentrations of Credit risk
Credit risk is one of the most significant risks for the Company’s business. Credit risk exposures arise principally in lending activities.
Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and advances to supplies. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions, which management believes are of high-credit ratings and quality. The Company conducts credit evaluations of customers and generally does not require collateral or other security from its customers. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.
Concentration risk
Under PRC regulations, each bank account is insured by People’s bank of China with the maximum amount of RMB 500,000 (approximately US$72,716). The cash balance held in the PRC bank accounts and other third party payment platform was $546,294 and $99,359 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, most of the Company’s assets were located in the PRC and all of the Company’s revenues were derived from the PRC.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, one major supplier accounted for approximately 16.2% of total purchase, one major supplier accounted 15% for the year ended December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2019, one major supplier accounted for approximately 74.6% of the advance to suppliers balance. As of December 31, 2018, two suppliers accounted for approximately 50.7% and 38.5% of the advances to suppliers balance for property and equipment purchase. The Company expects to maintain this relationship with the supplier.
F-15 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
● | Recent accounting pronouncements |
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): The amendments in this Update require a financial asset (or a group of financial assets) measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. The amendments broaden the information that an entity must consider in developing its expected credit loss estimate for assets measured either collectively or individually. The use of forecasted information incorporates more timely information in the estimate of expected credit loss, which will be more decision useful to users of the financial statements. This ASU is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019 for issuers and December 15, 2020 for non-issuers. Early adoption is permitted for all entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods therein. In May 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-05, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Targeted Transition Relief. This update adds optional transition relief for entities to elect the fair value option for certain financial assets previously measured at amortized cost basis to increase comparability of similar financial assets. The updates should be applied through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective (that is, a modified retrospective approach). In November 19, 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-10 to amend the effective date for ASU 2016-13 to be fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 and interim periods therein. The Company does not believe this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement,” to improve the effectiveness of disclosures in the notes to financial statements related to recurring or nonrecurring fair value measurements by removing amounts and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the policy for timing of transfers between levels, and the valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements. The new standard requires disclosure of the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. The amendments in this update are effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company evaluated and deemed this standard has no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements upon adoption.
5. | PREPAID EXPENSES |
As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 the Company has prepaid expenses of $122,761 and 164,822, including prepayments for consulting service, servers usage, software development, and costs of shooting marketing videos.
6. | PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT |
Property and equipment consist of the following:
December 31, | ||||||||
2019 | 2018 | |||||||
Computer and accessories | $ | 22,358 | $ | 10,103 | ||||
Office Equipment | 48,582 | 10,043 | ||||||
Software | 8,351 | 8,460 | ||||||
Construction in process | - | 262,129 | ||||||
Leasehold improvement | 328,645 | - | ||||||
Less: accumulated depreciation | (79,915 | ) | (2,526 | ) | ||||
Property and equipment, net | $ | 328,021 | $ | 288,209 |
Construction in progress relates to office and restaurant renovation not yet completed as of December 31, 2018. This renovation was completed by the end of January 31, 2019.
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $78,085 and $2,624, respectively.
F-16 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
7. | RIGHTS-TO-USE LEASE ASSETS, NET |
The Company leases office and restaurant premises under non-cancelable operating lease agreements, with an option to renew the leases. Per the new lease standard ASC 842-10-55, these leases are treated as operating leases. Management determined the loan interest rate of 4.75% is the weighted average discount rate for the lease that began in 2018. The rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $274,864 and $74,997, respectively. All leases are on a fixed payment basis. None of the leases include contingent rentals. The Company had lease commitment of $1,085,745 as of December 31, 2019, of which $266,563 was within one year.
Rights-to-use lease assets, net consisted of the following:
December 31, | December 31, | |||||||
2019 | 2018 | |||||||
Leased properties under operating lease | $ | 1,210,493 | 1,226,279 | |||||
Less: accumulated amortization | (275,738 | ) | (55,061 | ) | ||||
Right-to-use asset, net | $ | 934,755 | 1,171,218 |
The Company does not have any variable lease costs. Cash payment made under the lease agreements is $246,606 and $37,721 for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The weighted-average remaining lease term is 3.78 years at December 31, 2019.
Future lease commitments | ||||
2020 | $ | 266,563 | ||
2021 | $ | 285,077 | ||
2022 | $ | 291,407 | ||
2023 | $ | 242,698 | ||
Total Lease Payments | $ | 1,085,745 | ||
Less: imputed interest | $ | (94,585 | ) | |
Less: prepayments | $ | - | ||
Present value of lease liabilities | $ | 991,160 | ||
Current portion of obligations under operating leases | $ | 225,140 | ||
Obligations under operating leases, non-current | $ | 766,020 |
Amortization expense was recognized as lease expense in general and administrative expense. Non-cash portion of amortization expense was $23,996 and $34,327 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
The estimated amortization expenses for each of the five succeeding years is as follows:
Year ending December 31, | Amortization expense | |||
2020 | $ | 231,105 | ||
2021 | 242,297 | |||
2022 | 254,433 | |||
2023 | 206,920 | |||
Total | $ | 934,755 |
F-17 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
8. | EQUITY |
Ordinary shares
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited is established under the laws of British Virgin Islands on December 4, 2018 with 50,000 authorized and issued ordinary shares of par value USD$1.00 each in class. Subsequently on November 15, 2019, the Company issued 16,666 new shares for $16,666, with a par value of USD$1.00, and issued ordinary shares became 66,666 in total. On November 27, 2019, the board of directors of the Company approved written resolutions that the authorized and issued shares in the Company change from a par value of USD$1.00 each of a single class to no par value each of a single class, and that the 66,666 shares of no par value each of a single class in issue be divided pro-rata into 20,000,000 shares of no par value each of a single class. As a part of the company’s recapitalization prior to completion of its initial public offering, the Company has retroactively restated all shares and per share data. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, 20,000,000 and 15,000,150 ordinary shares were issued and outstanding with no par value, respectively.
Additional Paid-in Capital
The additional paid-in capital at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 was $1,003,447 and $106,489, respectively. During the twelve-month ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, $896,958 and $106,489 were contributed to the Company.
9. | RELATED PARTY BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS |
The Company borrowed loans as working capital from two shareholders Hanwu Yang and Changbin Xia as well as the legal representative of Shenzhen Vande Technology Co., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Wunong Net Technology Company Limited. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, amount due to related parties was $902,638 and $805,954, respectively. The balance due to related parties is interest-free and will be due on December 31, 2021.
During the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company purchased $35,977 and $36,987 food products from related parties. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the account payable to these related parties is $7,773 and $2,754, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, sales to related parties is $125,526 and Nil, respectively.
The Company’s shareholder, ShenMi DaZhong, and ShenMi Da Zhong’s limited partners have received sales commissions of $103,832 and $36,655 during the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
10. | TAXATION |
Income Tax
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited was incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (“BVI”) as an offshore holding company. Under the current law of the BVI, Wunong Net Technology Company Limited is not subject to tax on income or capital gains. Additionally, upon payments of dividends by Wunong Net Technology Company Limited to its shareholders, no BVI withholding tax will be imposed.
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited’s subsidiary Shenzhen Vande Technology Co was incorporated in Hong Kong and does not conduct any substantial operations on its own. No provision for Hong Kong profits tax has been made in the financial statements as Shenzhen Vande Technology Co has no assessable profits. Additionally, upon payments of dividends by Shenzhen Vande Technology Co to its shareholders, no Hong Kong withholding tax will be imposed.
Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd, our PRC operating subsidiaries and VIE, being incorporated in the PRC, are governed by the income tax law of the PRC and is subject to PRC enterprise income tax (“EIT”). The EIT rate of PRC is 25%, which applies to both domestic and foreign invested enterprises.
During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company and its subsidiary have incurred a net loss of $1,755,042 and a net loss of $980,098. As a result, the Company and its subsidiary did not incur any EIT during 2019 and 2018.
In accordance with PRC Tax Administration Law on the Levying and Collection of Taxes, the PRC tax authorities generally have up to five years to assess underpaid tax plus penalties and interest for PRC entities’ tax filings. In the case of tax evasion, which is not clearly defined in the law, there is no limitation on the tax years open for investigation. Accordingly, the PRC entities remain subject to examination by the tax authorities based on the above.
For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company’s taxable income was subject to a 50% reduction before it applies to a reduced tax rate of 20% since the company is qualified as a small-scale and low-profit enterprise. Therefore, the PRC income tax is 10% of taxable income due to tax exemption.
Reconciliation between the statutory rate and the effective tax rate is as follows for the years of 2019 and 2018.
2019 | 2018 | |||||||
PRC statutory tax rate | 25 | % | 25 | % | ||||
Net impact of exemption and favorable tax rate rendered by local tax authorities | - | - | % | |||||
Foreign loss not recognized in PRC | 4 | % | 6 | % | ||||
Permanent difference | 2 | % | (1 | )% | ||||
Other | (8 | )% | (6 | )% | ||||
Change in valuation allowance | (23 | )% | (24 | )% | ||||
Effective tax rate | - | - |
F-18 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Deferred Tax
Realization of the net deferred tax assets is dependent on factors including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and adequate future taxable income, exclusive of reversing deductible temporary differences and tax loss or credit carry forwards. The Company evaluates the potential realization of deferred tax assets on an entity-by-entity basis. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, valuation allowance was provided against deferred tax assets in entities where it was determined it was more likely than not that the benefits of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company had deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, which can be carried forward to offset future taxable income. The management determines it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets could not be recognized, so full allowances were provided as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. The operating loss generated from tax year ending December 31, 2018 carry forward incurred by the Company and subsidiary that will expire in year 2024. The Company maintains a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets, since due to uncertainties surrounding future utilization, the Company estimates there will not be sufficient future earnings to utilize its deferred tax assets.
The Company’s deferred tax assets were as follows:
December 31, 2019 |
December 31, 2018 |
|||||||
Allowance for doubtful accounts | $ | - | $ | 1,817 | ||||
Tax effect of net operating losses carried forward | 644,685 | 236,963 | ||||||
Valuation allowance | (644,685 | ) | (238,780 | ) | ||||
Deferred tax assets, net | $ | - | $ | - |
There were no uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the Company does not believe that this will change over the next twelve months.
11. SEGMENT REPORTING
ASC 280, “Segment Reporting”, establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments on a basis consistent with the Company’s internal organizational structure as well as information about geographical areas, business segments and major customers in financial statements for details on the Company’s business segments. The Company uses the “management approach” in determining reportable operating segments. The management approach considers the internal organization and reporting used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source for determining the Company’s reportable segments. Management, including the chief operating decision maker, reviews operation results by the revenue of different products or services. Based on management’s assessment, the Company has determined that it has three operating segments as defined by ASC 280, including Clean Food platform, restaurant, and others.
F-19 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Adjustments and eliminations of inter-company transactions were not included in determining segment (loss) profit, as they are not used by the chief operating decision maker. The following table presents summary information by segment for the years ended December 2019 and 2018, respectively:
For the year ended December 31, 2019 | ||||||||||||||||
Clean Food Platform | Restaurant | Others | Total | |||||||||||||
Revenues | $ | 7,666,506 | $ | 16,077 | $ | - | $ | 7,682,583 | ||||||||
Cost of goods sold | 5,762,301 | 15,866 | - | 5,778,167 | ||||||||||||
Gross profit | 1,904,205 | 211 | - | 1,904,416 | ||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 70,798 | 31,283 | - | 102,082 | ||||||||||||
Capital expenditures | 43,784 | 36,789 | - | 80,573 | ||||||||||||
Loss from operations | (1,268,097 | ) | (205,405 | ) | (285,444 | ) | (1,758,946 | ) | ||||||||
Provision for income taxes | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Segment loss | (1,265,334 | ) | (204,264 | ) | (285,444 | ) | (1,755,042 | ) | ||||||||
Segment assets | $ | 2,482,450 | $ | 451,221 | $ | 310,277 | $ | 3,243,948 |
For the year ended December 31, 2018 | ||||||||||||||||
Clean Food Platform | Restaurant | Others | Total | |||||||||||||
Revenues | $ | 1,076,827 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 1,076,827 | ||||||||
Cost of goods sold | 848,777 | - | - | 848,777 | ||||||||||||
Gross profit | 228,050 | - | - | 228,050 | ||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 27,317 | 9,634 | - | 36,951 | ||||||||||||
Capital expenditures | 302,083 | - | - | 302,083 | ||||||||||||
Loss from operations | (703,790 | ) | (46,497 | ) | (233,000 | ) | (983,287 | ) | ||||||||
Provision for income taxes | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Segment loss | (700,601 | ) | (46,497 | ) | (233,000 | ) | (980,098 | ) | ||||||||
Segment assets | $ | 1,406,154 | $ | 462,479 | $ | - | $ | 1,868,633 |
12. | COMMITMENTS |
Operating lease
The Company leases office and restaurant premises under non-cancelable operating lease agreements, with an option to renew the leases. See Note 7 for additional information on future lease payment commitments.
13. | SUBSEQUENT EVENTS |
In accordance with ASC Topic 855, “Subsequent Events”, which establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued, the Company has evaluated all events or transactions that occurred after December 31, 2019 up through the date that the Company issued these consolidated financial statements. The Company received total additional capital contributions of approximately $164,000 from major shareholders.
In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19) surfaced. The spread of COVID-19 around the world in the first quarter of 2020 has caused significant volatility in the U.S. and international markets. The ultimate disruption which may be caused by the outbreak is uncertain; however it may result in a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial position, operations and cash flows. In the first half year of 2020, the Company’s sales increased when compared to the same period in last year, since shopping online became preferable way when people were encouraged to stay home. However, the restaurant business was adversely affected due to the lockdown. As government officials started to ease the restrictive measures since April 2020, the impact of COVID-19 on labor workforce, availability of products and supplies used in operations are immaterial.
F-20 |
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION - FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE I
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT COMPANY
UNAUDITED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, | December 31, | |||||||
2019 | 2018 | |||||||
ASSETS | ||||||||
Non-current Assets | ||||||||
Deferred Offering Cost | $ | 310,277 | $ | - | ||||
Investment in Subsidiaries and VIE | (1,144,012 | ) | (592,925 | ) | ||||
Total Assets | $ | (833,735 | ) | $ | (592,925 | ) | ||
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT | ||||||||
Liabilities | $ | 814,875 | $ | 224,468 | ||||
Stockholders’ Deficit | ||||||||
Ordinary Shares, no par value, unlimited shares authorized; 20,000,000 and 15,000,150 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively | - | - | ||||||
Paid-in Capital | 1,003,447 | 106,489 | ||||||
Retained Earnings | (2,709,305 | ) | (954,263 | ) | ||||
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income | 57,248 | 30,381 | ||||||
Total Stockholders’ Deficit | (1,648,610 | ) | (817,393 | ) | ||||
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit | $ | (833,735 | ) | $ | (592,925 | ) |
F-21 |
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION - FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE I
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT COMPANY
UNAUDITED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
Years ended | ||||||||
December 31, | ||||||||
2019 | 2018 | |||||||
NET REVENUE | $ | 7,682,583 | $ | 1,076,827 | ||||
COST OF REVENUE | 5,778,167 | 848,777 | ||||||
GROSS PROFIT | 1,904,416 | 228,050 | ||||||
Operating Expense | 3,663,362 | 1,211,337 | ||||||
Other Income, net | 3,904 | 3,189 | ||||||
NET LOSS | (1,755,042 | ) | (980,098 | ) | ||||
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME | 26,867 | 29,183 | ||||||
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE LOSS | $ | (1,728,175 | ) | $ | (950,915 | ) |
1. Basis for preparation
The condensed financial information of the parent company has been prepared using the same accounting policies set out in the Company’s consolidated financial information, except that the parent company used the equity method to account for investments in its subsidiaries, VIE and VIE’s subsidiary.
2. Investments in subsidiaries, VIE
The parent company and its subsidiaries and VIE were included in the consolidated financial statements where inter-company balances and transactions were eliminated upon consolidation. For purpose of the parent company’s stand-alone financial statements, its investments in subsidiaries and VIE were reported using the equity method of accounting. The parent company’s share of income from its subsidiaries and VIE were reported as share of income of the subsidiaries and VIE subsidiary in the accompanying parent company financial statements.
F-22 |
WUNONG
NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
June 30, | December 31, | |||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
(Unaudited) | ||||||||
ASSETS | ||||||||
Current Assets: | ||||||||
Cash | $ | 212,817 | $ | 546,294 | ||||
Short term investment | - | 71,757 | ||||||
Advances to Suppliers, net | 579,443 | 606,006 | ||||||
Inventories, net | 74,672 | 253,090 | ||||||
Prepaid Expenses | 134,853 | 122,761 | ||||||
Other Current Assets | 64,418 | 29,932 | ||||||
Total Current Assets | 1,066,203 | 1,629,840 | ||||||
Property and Equipment, net | 282,712 | 328,021 | ||||||
Right of Use Lease Assets, net | 808,685 | 934,755 | ||||||
Deferred Offering Costs | 310,818 | 310,277 | ||||||
Security deposit | 40,465 | 41,055 | ||||||
TOTAL ASSETS | 2,508,883 | 3,243,948 | ||||||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT | ||||||||
Current Liabilities: | ||||||||
Accounts Payable | 583,228 | 1,158,311 | ||||||
Advances from Customers | 2,116,357 | 1,454,261 | ||||||
Current Portion of Obligations under Operating Leases | 239,213 | 225,140 | ||||||
Tax Payable | - | 10,065 | ||||||
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities | 272,428 | 374,948 | ||||||
Total Current Liabilities | 3,211,226 | 3,222,725 | ||||||
Due to Related Parties | 1,513,507 | 903,813 | ||||||
Obligations under Operating Leases, non-current | 630,867 | 766,020 | ||||||
TOTAL LIABILITIES | 5,355,600 | 4,892,558 | ||||||
Commitment and Contingencies |
||||||||
Stockholders’ Deficit | ||||||||
Ordinary Shares, no par value, unlimited shares authorized; 20,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 | - | - | ||||||
Additional Paid-in Capital | 1,088,375 | 1,003,447 | ||||||
Accumulated deficit | (4,022,647 | ) | (2,709,305 | ) | ||||
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income | 87,555 | 57,248 | ||||||
Total Stockholders’ Deficit | (2,846,717 | ) | (1,648,610 | ) | ||||
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT | $ | 2,508,883 | $ | 3,243,948 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
F-23 |
WUNONG
NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(UNAUDITED)
For the six months ended | ||||||||
June 30, (Unaudited) | ||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
NET REVENUE | $ | 2,990,267 | $ | 2,463,019 | ||||
COST OF REVENUE | 2,407,192 | 1,786,312 | ||||||
GROSS PROFIT | 583,075 | 676,707 | ||||||
OPERATING EXPENSES | ||||||||
Sales and Marketing Expenses | 1,137,866 | 606,009 | ||||||
General and Administrative Expenses | 607,667 | 480,762 | ||||||
Research and Development Expenses | 153,816 | 59,873 | ||||||
Total operating expenses | 1,899,349 | 1,146,644 | ||||||
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS | (1,316,274 | ) | (469,937 | ) | ||||
Other Income, net | 2,932 | 9,193 | ||||||
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAX | (1,313,342 | ) | (460,744 | ) | ||||
Provision for Income Taxes | - | - | ||||||
NET LOSS | (1,313,342 | ) | (460,744 | ) | ||||
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME | ||||||||
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment | 30,307 | 2,134 | ||||||
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE LOSS | $ | (1,283,035 | ) | $ | (458,610 | ) | ||
EARNINGS PER SHARE
– BASIC AND DILUTED |
$ | (0.06 | ) | $ | (0.03 | ) | ||
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING – BASIC AND DILUTED | 20,000,000 | 15,000,150 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
F-24 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2020 AND 2019 (UNAUDITED)
Additional | Accumulated Other | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Ordinary Shares | Paid-in | Accumulated | Comprehensive | |||||||||||||||||||||
Number of Shares | Amount | Capital | Deficit | Income | Total | |||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2018 | 15,000,150 | - | 106,489 | (954,263 | ) | 30,381 | (817,393 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Capital Contributions | 74,560 | 74,560 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Net Loss | (460,744 | ) | (460,744 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments | 2,134 | 2,134 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at June 30, 2019 | 15,000,150 | - | 181,049 | (1,415,007 | ) | 32,515 | (1,201,443 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2019 | 20,000,000 | $ | - | $ | 1,003,447 | $ | (2,709,305 | ) | $ | 57,248 | $ | (1,648,610 | ) | |||||||||||
Capital Contributions | - | - | 84,928 | - | - | 84,928 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net Loss | - | - | - | (1,313,342 | ) | - | (1,313,342 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments | - | - | - | - | 30,307 | 30,307 | ||||||||||||||||||
Balance at June 30, 2020 | 20,000,000 | $ | - | $ | 1,088,375 | $ | (4,022,647 | ) | $ | 87,555 | $ | (2,846,717 | ) |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
F-25 |
WUNONG
NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
For the six months ended | ||||||||
June 30 | ||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Cash flows from operating activities: | ||||||||
Net Loss | $ | (1,313,342 | ) | $ | (460,744 | ) | ||
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from operating activities: | ||||||||
Depreciation and Amortization | 156,550 | 46,507 | ||||||
Change in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||||||
Prepaid Expenses | (13,928 | ) | 71,184 | |||||
Inventories, net | 175,667 | 23,415 | ||||||
Other Current Assets | (16,695 | ) | (9,458 | ) | ||||
Advances to Suppliers, net | 18,478 | (134,078 | ) | |||||
Deferred Offering Costs | (5,030 | ) | - | |||||
Accounts Payable | (563,613 | ) | (10,937 | ) | ||||
Advances from Customers | 686,492 | 478,569 | ||||||
Tax Payable | (28,371 | ) | (5,039 | ) | ||||
Lease liability | (107,365 | ) | - | |||||
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities | (97,623 | ) | 571 | |||||
Net cash used in operating activities | (1,108,780 | ) | (10 | ) | ||||
Cash flows from investing activities: | ||||||||
Investment in office renovation | - | (71,769 | ) | |||||
Cash released from short term investment | 71,084 | - | ||||||
Purchase of property and equipment | (2,556 | ) | (44,639 | ) | ||||
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities | 68,528 | (116,408 | ) | |||||
Cash flows from financing activities: | ||||||||
Proceeds from related parties loans | 627,675 | 342,519 | ||||||
Capital contributions | 84,928 | 74,560 | ||||||
Net cash provided by financing activities | 712,603 | 417,079 | ||||||
Effect of changes of foreign exchange rate on cash | (5,828 | ) | (4,067 | ) | ||||
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH | (333,477 | ) | 296,594 | |||||
CASH, BEGINNING OF THE PERIOD | 546,294 | 99,359 | ||||||
CASH , END OF THE PERIOD | $ | 212,817 | $ | 395,953 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
F-26 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. | ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS BACKGROUND |
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited (“Wunong Net Technology” or the “Company”), formerly named as Advancement International Limited, is a holding company incorporated under the laws of British Virgin Islands on December 4, 2018 by three shareholders, namely Kindness Global Company Limited, Four Dimensions Global Investment Limited, and Wisdom Global Company Limited. Subsequently on February 14, 2019, Kindness Global Company Limited transferred part of its shares to Union International Company Limited. Through contractually controlled and managed company, Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd, a People’s Republic of China company (“Wunong Shenzhen”), the Company operates an electronic online platform designed to provide primarily Clean Food to customers in China. The Company also operates a restaurant in China with a grocery section that sells only Clean Food.
The four major shareholders of Wunong Net Technology are all BVI companies. Kindness Global Company Limited is a BVI company incorporated in October 1, 2018 and 100% owned by Mr. Peijiang Chen, a Chinese citizen Four Dimensions Global Investment Limited is 100% owned by Mr. Hanwu Yang, a Chinese citizen. Wisdom Global Company Limited is 100% owned by Mr. Changbin Xia, a Chinese citizen. Union International Company Limited is 100% owned by 14 individual partners of Mishan Municipal ShenMi Dazhong Enterprise Consulting and Management Partnership (Limited Partnership) (“ShenMi Dazhong”), all of whom are PRC citizens and natural persons.
On February 15, 2019, Advancement International acquired all shares of Shenzhen Vande Technology Co., Limited (“Vande”) pursuant to the Instrument of Transfer, Sold Note and Bought Note recorded with Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong Special Administration Region (SAR).
Vande, incorporated on April 6, 2017 in Hong Kong, incorporated Guo Gang Tong (“WFOE”) in the People’s Republic of China with a registered capital of RMB 5,000,000 on December 28, 2018.
On March 2, 2019, WFOE entered into a series of contractual agreements with Wunong Shenzhen, a company incorporated in the People’s Republic of China on June 16, 2015 with a registered capital of RMB 5,000,000. These agreements include an Exclusive Technology Consulting Services Agreement, an Equity Interest Pledge Agreement, an Exclusive Purchase Rights Agreement, and a Proxy Agreement, and allow us to:
● | exercise effective control over Wunong Shenzhen; | |
● | receive substantially all of the economic benefits of Wunong Shenzhen; and | |
● | have an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interests in Wunong Shenzhen when and to the extent permitted by PRC law. |
As a result of these contractual arrangements, we have become the primary beneficiary of Wunong Shenzhen, and we treat Wunong Shenzhen as a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) in accordance with the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810 “Consolidation”, because the equity investments in Wunong Shenzhen no longer have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest, and the Company, through WFOE, is the primary beneficiary of Wunong Shenzhen. Accordingly, Wunong Shenzhen has been consolidated.
Since Wunong Net Technology Company Limited and its subsidiaries are effectively controlled by the same controlling shareholders before and after the Reorganization, they are considered to be under common control. The above-mentioned transactions were accounted for as a recapitalization. The consolidation of the Company and its subsidiaries has been accounted for at historical cost and prepared on the basis as if the aforementioned transactions had become effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-27 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Upon the reorganization, the Company has subsidiaries in countries and jurisdictions including PRC, Hong Kong and British Virgin Islands. Details of the subsidiaries of the Company are set out below:
Name of Entity | Date of Incorporation | Place of Incorporation | % of Ownership | Principal Activities | ||||
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited | December 4, 2018 | British Virgin Islands | Parent, 100 | Holding Company | ||||
Shenzhen Vande Technology Co., Limited | April 6, 2017 | Hong Kong | 100 | Holding Company | ||||
Guo Gang Tong Trade (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd | December 28, 2018 | Shenzhen, China | 100 | Holding Company | ||||
Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd | June 16, 2015 | Shenzhen, China | VIE | An electronic online platform designed to provide primarily Clean Food to customers in China |
The Company believes that the contractual arrangements with its VIE and their respective shareholders are in compliance with PRC laws and regulations and are legally enforceable. However, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit the Company's ability to enforce the contractual arrangements. If the ownership structure, contractual arrangements and business of our Company, WFOE or Wunong Shenzhen are found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or we fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or approvals, the relevant governmental authorities would have broad discretion in dealing with such violation, including levying fines, confiscating our income or the income of WFOE and Wunong Shenzhen, revoking the business licenses or operating licenses of WFOE or Wunong Shenzhen, discontinuing or placing restrictions or onerous conditions on our operations, requiring us to undergo a costly and disruptive restructuring, restricting or prohibiting our use of proceeds from our offerings to finance our business and operations in China, and taking other regulatory or enforcement actions that could be harmful to our business. Any of these actions could cause significant disruption to our business operations and severely damage our reputation, which would in turn materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If any of these occurrences results in our inability to direct the activities of Wunong Shenzhen, and/or our failure to receive economic benefits from Wunong Shenzhen, we may not be able to consolidate their results into our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
2. | LIQUIDITY |
As reflected in the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, the Company had net losses of approximately $1.3 million and $1.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and fiscal year 2019, respectively, and had negative working capital of $2.1 million and $1.6 million as of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The $0.6 million decrease of working capital mainly resulted from loss from the six months ended June 30, 2020. In assessing its liquidity, management monitors and analyzes the Company’s cash on hand, ability to generate sufficient revenue sources in the future, and operating and capital expenditure commitments. In addition, major shareholders of the Company has been providing and will continue to provide their personal funds, if necessary, to support the Company on an as needed basis. The Company’s revenues has increased $0.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and compared to the six months ended June 30, 2019. Subsequently in July to September 2020, major shareholders have contributed approximately $79,000 to the Company. The Company also received additional related party loan of $150,000 from Changbin Xia, shareholder of the Company subsequent in July 2020. In order to fully implement our business plan and sustain continued growth, we may also need to obtain additional financing support from local banks or raise capital from outside investors. At the present time, however, we do not have commitments of funds from any third party.
3. | SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES |
● | Basis of presentation and principles of consolidation |
These accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2019 included in the Company’s Registration Statement Form F-1. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its subsidiaries, and the VIE. All intercompany balances and transactions between the Company, its subsidiaries and the VIE are eliminated upon consolidation.
F-28 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
● | Consolidation of Variable Interest Entity |
A VIE is an entity that either has a total equity investment that is insufficient to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, or whose equity investments lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest, such as through voting rights, and the right to receive the expected residual returns of the entity. The variable interest holder, if any, that has a controlling financial interest in a VIE is deemed to be the primary beneficiary of, and must consolidate, the VIE.
Guo Gang Tong Trade (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd is deemed to have a controlling financial interest in and be the primary beneficiary of Wunong Shenzhen because it has both of the following characteristics:
(1) | The power to direct activities at Wunong Shenzhen that most significantly impact such entity’s economic performance, and | |
(2) | The right to receive benefits from Wunong Shenzhen that could potentially be significant to such entity. |
Pursuant to the contractual arrangements with Wunong Shenzhen, Wunong Shenzhen pays service fees equal to all of its net profit after tax payments to WFOE. Such contractual arrangements are designed so that Wunong Shenzhen operates for the benefit of Guo Gang Tong Trade (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd and ultimately, the Company.
Accordingly, the accounts of the Wunong Shenzhen are consolidated in our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements pursuant to ASC 810-10, Consolidation. In addition, their financial positions and results of operations are included in our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. The carrying amount of this VIE’s assets and liabilities are as follows:
June 30, | December 31, | |||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Current assets | $ | 1,066,203 | $ | 1,629,840 | ||||
Property and equipment | 282,712 | 328,021 | ||||||
Right of Use Lease Assets, net | 808,685 | 934,755 | ||||||
Other non-current assets | 40,465 | 41,055 | ||||||
Total assets | 2,198,065 | 2,933,671 | ||||||
Total current liabilities | 3,211,226 | 3,152,725 | ||||||
Total non-current liabilities | 1,258,950 | 924,958 |
For the six months ended | ||||||||
June 30, | ||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Revenue | $ | 2,990,267 | $ | 2,463,019 | ||||
Cost of revenue | 2,407,191 | 1,786,312 | ||||||
Operating expenses | 1,821,687 | 1,135,662 | ||||||
Net loss | (1,235,681 | ) | (449,761 | ) |
For the six months ended | ||||||||
June 30, | ||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Net cash used in operating activities | $ | (1,108,780 | ) | $ | (10 | ) | ||
Net cash used in investing activities | 68,528 | (116,408 | ) | |||||
Net cash provided by financing activities | 712,603 | 417,079 | ||||||
Effect of changes of foreign exchange rate on cash | (5,828 | ) | (4,067 | ) | ||||
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents | (333,477 | ) | 296,594 |
F-29 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
● | Use of estimates |
The preparation of unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Management makes these estimates using the best information available at the time the estimates are made; however actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, valuation of inventory, and recoverability of carrying amount and the estimated useful lives of fixed assets, and implicit interest rate of operating leases.
● | Cash |
Cash consist of cash on hand, cash in bank with no restrictions, as well as highly liquid investments which are unrestricted as to withdrawal or use, and which have remaining maturities of three months or less when initially purchased.
● | Inventories, net |
The Company values its inventories at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The cost of inventories is calculated using the first in first out basis.
Where there is evidence that the utility of inventories, in their disposal in the ordinary course of business, will be less than cost, whether due to physical deterioration, obsolescence, changes in price levels, or other causes, the inventories are written down to net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the normal course of business less any costs to complete and sell products. Any idle facility costs or excessive spoilage are recorded as current period charges. There was no inventory impairment for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019.
● | Advances to suppliers |
Advances to suppliers represent prepayments made to certain suppliers of Clean Food. To ensure continuous high-quality supplies and favorable purchase prices of Clean Food, the Company is required from time to time to make cash advances when placing its purchase orders. The Company reviews its advances to suppliers on a periodic basis and makes general and specific allowances when there is doubt as to the ability of a supplier to provide supplies to the Company or refund the advance. As of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the allowances were both $Nil.
● | Deferred financing cost |
Deferred financing cost represent cost directly attributable to an offering of equity securities deferred and will be charged against the gross receipts of the offering as a reduction of additional paid capital, including registration related fees and exchanges listing fees, legal fees, and printing fee and other fees that are directly related to the offering.
● | Property and Equipment |
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. The cost of an asset comprises its purchase price and any directly attributable costs of bringing the asset to its present working condition and location for its intended use. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives listed below:
Estimated Useful Life | ||
Computers and accessories | 3 years | |
Software | 2 years | |
Office Equipment | 5 years | |
Leasehold improvement | 5 years |
F-30 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
When computers and accessories, software, and office equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, resulting gain or loss is included in net income or loss in the year of disposition for the difference between the net book value and proceeds received thereon. Maintenance and repairs which do not improve or extend the expected useful lives of the assets are charged to expenses as incurred.
Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the remaining lease term.
Depreciation for equipment commences once it is placed in service and amortization of leasehold improvements commences once they are ready for our intended use.
Construction in progress is related to office renovation that has not yet been completed for our intended use. Capitalization of the cost of renovation ceases and the construction in progress is transferred to leasehold improvement when substantially all the renovations are completed. Construction in progress is not depreciated until they are ready for our intended use.
● | Leased property under operating leases |
The Company early adopted ASU 2016-02, “Leases” on January 1st, 2017 and used modified retrospective method that requires application at the beginning of the earliest comparative year presented. The most significant impact upon adoption relates to the recognition of new Right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and lease liabilities on the Company’s balance sheet for office space leases. Upon adoption, the Company recognized additional lease liabilities of approximately $1.2 million with corresponding ROU assets of the same amount based on the present value of the remaining rental payments under current leasing standards for existing leases. The remaining balance of lease liabilities are presented within current portion of lease liabilities and the non-current portion of lease liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet.
● | Impairment of long-lived assets |
The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If the estimated cash flows from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition below are the asset’s carrying value, then the asset is deemed to be impaired and written down to its fair value. No impairments was recorded for these assets as of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019.
● | Revenue recognition |
On January 1, 2017, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (FASB ASC Topic 606) using the modified retrospective approach. The results of applying Topic 606 using the modified retrospective approach were insignificant and did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, business process, controls or systems.
The core principle underlying the revenue recognition ASU is that the Company will recognize revenue to represent the transfer of goods to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in such exchange. This will require the Company to identify contractual performance obligations and determine whether revenue should be recognized at a point in time or over time, based on when control of goods and services transfers to a customer. All of the Company’s contracts have one single performance obligation as the promise to transfer the individual goods is not separately identifiable from other promises in the contracts and is, therefore, not distinct. The initial payments received from pre-ordering are recorded in the advance from customers on the balance sheets and will not be recognized as revenue until transfer of goods. Shipping and handling are activities to fulfill the Company’s promise to transfer goods to customers, which are included in the sale price of the goods.
Revenue is recognized or realizable and earned when all five of the following criteria are met: (1) Identify the Contract with a Customer, (2) Identify the Performance Obligations in the Contract, (3) Determine the Transaction Price, (4) Allocate the Transaction Price to the Performance Obligations in the Contract, and (5) Recognize Revenue When (or As) the Entity Satisfies a Performance Obligation. The Company recognizes revenue based upon gross sales minus sales returns and sales incentives that the Company offers to its customers, such as discounts. Revenue is reported net of all value added taxes. The Company generally does not permit customers to return products and historically, customer returns have been immaterial.
F-31 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Revenue expected to be recognized in any future periods related to remaining performance obligations is recorded in advances from customers. As of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the balance of advances from customers was $2,116,357 and $1,454,261, respectively.
The Company recognizes product revenue upon the delivery of products to customers, which is when title and risk and rewards of ownership have passed to customers and when collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue by product for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 is as below:
For the six months ended June 30 | ||||||||||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||||||||||
Net | % of total | Net | % of total | |||||||||||||
Product category | revenue | revenue | revenue | Revenue | ||||||||||||
Grains, oil, and spices | $ | 1,296,132 | 43.3 | % | $ | 1,340,181 | 54.4 | % | ||||||||
Beverages, alcohol and tea | $ | 337,580 | 11.3 | % | $ | 379,189 | 15.4 | % | ||||||||
Other food | $ | 414,413 | 13.9 | % | $ | 222,853 | 9.0 | % | ||||||||
Meat, poultry and eggs | $ | 623,466 | 20.8 | % | $ | 134,559 | 5.5 | % | ||||||||
Fresh fruits and vegetables | $ | 127,324 | 7.0 | % | $ | 250,392 | 10.2 | % | ||||||||
Groceries | $ | 162,915 | 6.0 | % | $ | - | - | % | ||||||||
Dried seafood | $ | 28,437 | 1.0 | % | $ | 121,802 | 4.9 | % | ||||||||
Total from product sales | $ | 2,990,267 | 100 | % | $ | 2,448,976 | 99.4 | % |
The Company recognizes service revenue from the restaurant as service is performed. The Company incurred service revenue of $nil and $14,043 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019.
On January 1, 2017, the Company also adopted ASU 2016-08 Principle versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net), which amended the principal-versus-agent implementation guidance and illustrations in ASU 2014-09 to clarify how the principal-versus-agent indicators should be evaluated to support an entity’s conclusion that it controls a specified good or service before it is transferred to a customer. Under the new revenue standards, when a third party is involved in providing goods or services to a customer, the entity must determine whether its performance obligation is to provide the good or service itself (i.e., the entity is a principal) or to arrange for another party to provide the good or service (i.e., the entity is an agent). An entity makes this determination by evaluating the nature of its promise to the customer. An entity is a principal (and, therefore, records revenue on a gross basis) if it controls the promised good or service before transferring it to the customer. An entity is an agent (and records as revenue the net amount it retains as a commission) if its only role is to arrange for another entity to provide the goods or services.
The Company operates an online platform to sell Clean Food to retail customers and recognizes revenue on a gross basis. The Company is a principal because it controls the promised good or service before transferring it to a customer. This control is determined by the following indicators 1) The Company is the primary obligor in the sales transaction and responsible for providing products and service. 2) The Company bears the inventory risk. The Company will first indemnify customers for product damages and then request reimbursements from suppliers if the suppliers are determined to be responsible for the damages. 3) The Company selects suppliers and runs the entire sales process. 4) The Company sets the product price and has control over the entire transaction.
F-32 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Company applied a practical expedient to expense costs as incurred for costs to obtain a contract with a customer when the amortization period would have been one year or less. The Company has no material incremental costs of obtaining contracts with customers that the Company expects the benefit of those costs to be longer than one year which need to be recognized as assets.
● | Cost of revenues |
The shipping and handling costs as well as the cost of purchased Clean Food products listed for sale on our platform are included as part of cost of goods sold. The Company expenses shipping and handling costs in conjunction with sale of its products as incurred.
● | Sales and marketing expense |
Advertising, sales and marketing costs consist primarily of costs for the promotion of business brand and product marketing. The Company expensed all marketing and advertising costs as incurred.
● | Research and development expense |
Research and development expenditures include salaries, wages and other costs of personnel engaged in research and development. Costs of services performed by others for research and development on our behalf are expensed when incurred. The Company’s research and development expense primarily includes software development and testing.
● | Income taxes |
The Company is subject to the income tax laws of the PRC. No taxable income was generated outside the PRC for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019. The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC740, “Income Taxes”. The provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability approach of accounting for income taxes. Under this approach, the provision for income taxes represents income taxes paid or payable (or received or receivable) for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during the year. Deferred taxes represent the future tax consequences expected to occur when the reported amounts of assets and liabilities are recovered or paid, and result from differences between the financial and tax bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities and are adjusted for changes in tax rates and tax laws when enacted.
Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, management considers all potential sources of taxable income, including income available in carryback periods, future reversals of taxable temporary differences, projections of taxable income, and income from tax planning strategies, as well as all available positive and negative evidence. Positive evidence includes factors such as a history of profitable operations, projections of future profitability within the carryforward period, including from tax planning strategies, and the Company’s experience with similar operations. Existing favorable contracts and the ability to sell products into established markets are additional positive evidence. Negative evidence includes items such as cumulative losses, projections of future losses, or carryforward periods that are not long enough to allow for the utilization of a deferred tax asset based on existing projections of income. Deferred tax assets for which no valuation allowance is recorded may not be realized upon changes in facts and circumstances, resulting in a future charge to establish a valuation allowance.
F-33 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return are recorded when such benefits meet a more likely than not threshold. Otherwise, these tax benefits are recorded when a tax position has been effectively settled, which means that the statute of limitation has expired or the appropriate taxing authority has completed their examination even though the statute of limitations remains open. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized as part of the provision for income taxes and are accrued beginning in the period that such interest and penalties would be applicable under relevant tax law until such time that the related tax benefits are recognized. There were no material uncertain tax positions as of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019. All tax returns since the Company’s inception are subject to examination by tax authorities.
● | Value added taxes (“VAT”) |
Sales represents the invoiced value of goods, net of VAT. The VAT is based on gross sales price and VAT rates, depending on the type of products sold. The VAT may be offset by VAT paid by the Company on inventory acquired. The Company recorded a VAT payable net of payments in the accompanying financial statements. All of the VAT returns of the Company have been and remain subject to examination by the tax authorities for five years from the date of filing.
Before April 30, 2019, the Company’s product sales revenues were subject to VAT at a reduced rate of 3% and subject to surcharges at a reduced surcharge rate of 6% of the VAT payable since the company is qualified as a small-scale enterprise. Starting from May 1, 2019, the Company is no longer qualified as a small-scale enterprise. The Company’s grains, oil, and spices products are subject to 9% VAT and the other products are subject to 13% VAT. All the Company’s products are subject to tax surcharges at 12% of the VAT payable.
● | Foreign currency transactions and translations |
An entity’s functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates, normally that is the currency of the environment in which the entity primarily generates and expends cash. Management’s judgment is essential to determine the functional currency by assessing various indicators, such as cash flows, sales price and market, expenses, financing and inter-company transactions and arrangements. The functional currency of the Company is the Renminbi (“RMB’), and PRC is the primary economic environment in which the Company operates. The reporting currency of these combined financial statements is the United States dollar (“US Dollars” or “$”).
For financial reporting purposes, the financial statements of the Company, which are prepared using the RMB, are translated into the Company’s reporting currency, the United States Dollar. Assets and liabilities are translated using the exchange rate at each balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses are translated using average rates prevailing during each reporting period, and shareholders’ equity is translated at historical exchange rates when capital transaction occurred. Adjustments resulting from the translation are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity (deficiency). Cash flows from the Company’s operations are calculated based upon the local currencies using the average translation rate. As a result, amounts related to assets and liabilities reported on the statements of cash flows will not necessarily agree with changes in the corresponding balances on the balance sheets.
Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. The resulting exchange differences are included in the determination of net loss of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the respective periods.
The exchange rates used for foreign currency translation were as follows (US Dollars $1 = RMB):
Period End | Period End | Average | ||||||
6/30/2020 | 7.0697 | 7.0339 | ||||||
6/30/2019 | 6.8657 | 6.7857 | ||||||
12/31/2019 | 6.9680 | 6.9088 | ||||||
12/31/2018 | 6.8783 | 6.6199 |
No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars at the rates used in translation.
F-34 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
● | Comprehensive Income |
Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of the Company during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances excluding those resulting from investments by and distributions to shareholders. Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), as presented on the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets, only consists of cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment.
● | Fair value of financial instruments |
The Company also follows the guidance of the ASC Topic 820-10, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820-10”), with respect to financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value. ASC 820-10 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:
● | Level 1: Inputs are based upon unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets; |
● | Level 2: Inputs are based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques (e.g. Black-Scholes Option-Pricing model) for which all significant inputs are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. |
● | Level 3: Inputs are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. |
As of December 31, 2019, Short term investment stands for certificate of deposit and recorded at its face value. The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheets for cash, short term investment, advances to suppliers, other current assets, accounts payable, advance from customers, tax payable, other payables and accrued liabilities approximate their fair value based on the short-term maturity of these instruments.
Concentrations of Credit risk
Credit risk is one of the most significant risks for the Company’s business. Credit risk exposures arise principally in lending activities.
Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and advances to supplies. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions, which management believes are of high-credit ratings and quality. The Company conducts credit evaluations of customers and generally does not require collateral or other security from its customers. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.
Concentration risk
Under PRC regulations, each bank account is insured by People’s bank of China with the maximum amount of RMB 500,000 (approximately US$72,716). The cash balance held in the PRC bank accounts and other third party payment platform was $212,817 and $546,294 as of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.
For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, most of the Company’s assets were located in the PRC and all of the Company’s revenues were derived from the PRC.
For the six months ended June 30, 2020, two major supplier accounted for approximately 16% and 15% of total purchase, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2019, the Company has one major supplier that accounted for approximately 11% of total purchase. As of December 31, 2019, one major supplier accounted for approximately 74.6% of the advance to suppliers balance. As of June 30, 2020, two suppliers accounted for approximately 64.9% and 15.9% of the advances to suppliers balance for inventory purchase. The Company expects to maintain this relationship with the supplier.
Impatct of Covid-19
In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19) surfaced. The spread of COVID-19 around the world in the first quarter of 2020 has caused significant volatility in the U.S. and international markets. The ultimate disruption which may be caused by the outbreak is uncertain; however it may result in a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial position, operations and cash flows. In the first half year of 2020, the Company’s sales increased by 21% compared to the same period in last year, since shopping online became the preferred way when people were encouraged to stay home. However, the restaurant business was adversely affected due to the lockdown. As government officials started to ease the restrictive measures since April 2020, the impact of COVID-19 on labor workforce, availability of products and supplies used in operations are immaterial.
F-35 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
● | Recent accounting pronouncements |
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): The amendments in this Update require a financial asset (or a group of financial assets) measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. The amendments broaden the information that an entity must consider in developing its expected credit loss estimate for assets measured either collectively or individually. The use of forecasted information incorporates more timely information in the estimate of expected credit loss, which will be more decision useful to users of the financial statements. This ASU is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019 for issuers and December 15, 2020 for non-issuers. Early adoption is permitted for all entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods therein. In May 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-05, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Targeted Transition Relief. This update adds optional transition relief for entities to elect the fair value option for certain financial assets previously measured at amortized cost basis to increase comparability of similar financial assets. The updates should be applied through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective (that is, a modified retrospective approach). In November 19, 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-10 to amend the effective date for ASU 2016-13 to be fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 and interim periods therein. The Company does not believe this guidance will have a material impact on its unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement,” to improve the effectiveness of disclosures in the notes to financial statements related to recurring or nonrecurring fair value measurements by removing amounts and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the policy for timing of transfers between levels, and the valuation processes for Level 3 fair value measurements. The new standard requires disclosure of the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. The amendments in this update are effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company evaluated and deemed this standard has no material impact on the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12 (“ASU 2019-12”), Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which is intended to simplify various aspects related to managerial accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in ASC 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of adopting this standard, and does not believe this guidance will have a material impact on its unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements upon adoption.
4. | PREPAID EXPENSES |
As of June 30 2020 and December 31, 2019, the Company has prepaid expenses of $134,853 and $122,761, including prepayments for consulting service, servers usage, software development, and costs of shooting marketing videos.
F-36 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
5. | PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT |
Property and equipment consist of the following:
June 30 | December 31, | |||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Computers and accessories | $ | 24,976 | $ | 22,358 | ||||
Office equipment | 47,487 | 48,582 | ||||||
Software | 8,231 | 8,351 | ||||||
Leasehold improvements | 323,918 | 328,645 | ||||||
Less: accumulated depreciation | (121,900 | ) | (79,915 | ) | ||||
Property and equipment, net | $ | 282,712 | $ | 328,021 |
Depreciation expense for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 was $43,354 and $33,058, respectively.
6. | RIGHTS-TO-USE LEASE ASSETS, NET |
The Company leases office and restaurant premises under non-cancelable operating lease agreements, with an option to renew the leases. Per the new lease standard ASC 842-10-55, these leases are treated as operating leases. Management determined the loan interest rate of 4.75% is the weighted average discount rate for the lease that began in 2018. The rental expense for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 was $134,987 and $139,923, respectively. All leases are on a fixed payment basis. None of the leases include contingent rentals. The Company had lease commitment of $941,624 as of June 30, 2020, of which $274,714 would be due within one year.
Rights-to-use lease assets, net consisted of the following:
June 30 | December 31, | |||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
Leased properties under operating lease | $ | 1,193,080 | 1,210,493 | |||||
Less: accumulated amortization | (384,395 | ) | (275,738 | ) | ||||
Right-to-use asset, net | $ | 808,685 | 934,755 |
The Company does not have any variable lease costs. Cash payment made under the lease agreements is $129,156 and $126,473 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The weighted-average remaining lease term is 3.78 years at June 30, 2020.
Future lease commitments | ||||
2020 | $ | 274,714 | ||
2021 | $ | 280,976 | ||
2022 | $ | 300,330 | ||
2023 | $ | 85,604 | ||
Total Lease Payments | $ | 941,624 | ||
Less: imputed interest | $ | (71,544 | ) | |
Less: prepayments | $ | - | ||
Present value of lease liabilities | $ | 870,080 | ||
Current portion of obligations under operating leases | $ | 239,213 | ||
Obligations under operating leases, non-current | $ | 630,867 |
Amortization expense was recognized as lease expense in general and administrative expense. Non-cash portion of amortization expense was $5,831 and $13,450 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
F-37 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The estimated amortization expenses for each of the five succeeding years is as follows:
Year ending June 30, | Amortization expense | |||
2021 | $ | 233,106 | ||
2022 | 244,708 | |||
2023 | 257,224 | |||
2024 | 73,647 | |||
Total | $ | 808,685 |
7. | EQUITY |
Ordinary shares
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited is established under the laws of British Virgin Islands on December 4, 2018 with 50,000 authorized and issued ordinary shares of par value USD$1.00 each in class. Subsequently on November 15, 2019, the Company issued 16,666 new shares for $16,666, with a par value of USD$1.00, and issued ordinary shares became 66,666 in total. On November 27, 2019, the board of directors of the Company approved written resolutions that the authorized and issued shares in the Company change from a par value of USD$1.00 each of a single class to no par value each of a single class, and that the 66,666 shares of no par value each of a single class in issue be divided pro-rata into 20,000,000 shares of no par value each of a single class. As a part of the company’s recapitalization prior to completion of its initial public offering, the Company has retroactively restated all shares and per share data. As of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, 20,000,000 and 20,000,000 ordinary shares were issued and outstanding with no par value, respectively.
Additional Paid-in Capital
The additional paid-in capital at June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 was $1,088,375 and $1,003,447, respectively. During the twelve-month ended December 31, 2019 and six months ended June 30, 2020, $896,958 and $84,928 were contributed to the Company. Subsequently in July through September of 2020, the Company obtained additional capital contributions of $79,000 from major shareholders, which will increase the additional paid-in capital to $1,167,375
8. | RELATED PARTY BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS |
The Company borrowed loans as working capital from two shareholders Hanwu Yang and Changbin Xia as well as the legal representative of Shenzhen Vande Technology Co., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Wunong Net Technology Company Limited. As of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, amount due to related parties was $1,513,520 and $902,638, respectively. The balance due to related parties is interest-free and will be due on December 31, 2023.
During the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, the Company purchased $23,128 and $15,692 food products from related parties. As of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, the account payable to these related parties is $5,322 and $7,773, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, sales to related parties is $62,172 and 20,446, respectively.
The Company’s shareholder, ShenMi DaZhong, and ShenMi Da Zhong’s limited partners have received sales commissions of $78,085 and $72,081 during the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019.
F-38 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
9. | TAXATION |
Income Tax
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited was incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (“BVI”) as an offshore holding company. Under the current law of the BVI, Wunong Net Technology Company Limited is not subject to tax on income or capital gains. Additionally, upon payments of dividends by Wunong Net Technology Company Limited to its shareholders, no BVI withholding tax will be imposed.
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited’s subsidiary Shenzhen Vande Technology Co was incorporated in Hong Kong and does not conduct any substantial operations on its own. No provision for Hong Kong profits tax has been made in the financial statements as Shenzhen Vande Technology Co has no assessable profits. Additionally, upon payments of dividends by Shenzhen Vande Technology Co to its shareholders, no Hong Kong withholding tax will be imposed.
Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd, our PRC operating subsidiaries and VIE, being incorporated in the PRC, are governed by the income tax law of the PRC and is subject to PRC enterprise income tax (“EIT”). The EIT rate of PRC is 25%, which applies to both domestic and foreign invested enterprises.
During the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, the Company and its subsidiary have incurred a net loss of $1,313,342 and a net loss of $460,744. As a result, the Company and its subsidiary did not incur any EIT during 2020 and 2019.
In accordance with PRC Tax Administration Law on the Levying and Collection of Taxes, the PRC tax authorities generally have up to five years to assess underpaid tax plus penalties and interest for PRC entities’ tax filings. In the case of tax evasion, which is not clearly defined in the law, there is no limitation on the tax years open for investigation. Accordingly, the PRC entities remain subject to examination by the tax authorities based on the above.
For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, the Company’s taxable income was subject to a 50% reduction before it applies to a reduced tax rate of 20% since the company is qualified as a small-scale and low-profit enterprise. Therefore, the PRC income tax is 10% of taxable income due to tax exemption.
Reconciliation between the statutory rate and the effective tax rate is as follows for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019.
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
PRC statutory tax rate | 25 | % | 25 | % | ||||
Net impact of exemption and favorable tax rate rendered by local tax authorities | - | - | % | |||||
Foreign loss not recognized in PRC | 1 | % | - | % | ||||
Permanent difference | 2 | % | (3 | )% | ||||
Other | (3 | )% | - | % | ||||
Change in valuation allowance | (25 | )% | (22 | )% | ||||
Effective tax rate | - | - |
F-39 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Deferred Tax
Realization of the net deferred tax assets is dependent on factors including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and adequate future taxable income, exclusive of reversing deductible temporary differences and tax loss or credit carry forwards. The Company evaluates the potential realization of deferred tax assets on an entity-by-entity basis. As of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, valuation allowance was provided against deferred tax assets in entities where it was determined it was more likely than not that the benefits of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company had deferred tax assets as of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, which can be carried forward to offset future taxable income. The management determines it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets could not be utilized, so full allowances were provided as of June 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019. The operating loss generated from tax year ending December 31, 2019 carry forward incurred by the Company and subsidiary that will expire in year 2025. The Company maintains a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets, since due to uncertainties surrounding future utilization, the Company estimates there will not be sufficient future earnings to utilize its deferred tax assets.
The Company’s deferred tax assets were as follows:
June 30, 2020 |
December 31, 2019 |
|||||||
Allowance for doubtful accounts | $ | - | $ | - | ||||
Tax effect of net operating losses carried forward | 976,254 | 644,685 | ||||||
Valuation allowance | (976,254 | ) | (644,685 | ) | ||||
Deferred tax assets, net | $ | - | $ | - |
There were no uncertain tax positions as of June 30 and December 31, 2019 and the Company does not believe that this will change over the next twelve months.
10. SEGMENT REPORTING
ASC 280, “Segment Reporting”, establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments on a basis consistent with the Company’s internal organizational structure as well as information about geographical areas, business segments and major customers in financial statements for details on the Company’s business segments. The Company uses the “management approach” in determining reportable operating segments. The management approach considers the internal organization and reporting used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source for determining the Company’s reportable segments. Management, including the chief operating decision maker, reviews operation results by the revenue of different products or services. Based on management’s assessment, the Company has determined that it has three operating segments as defined by ASC 280, including Clean Food platform, restaurant, and others.
F-40 |
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Adjustments and eliminations of inter-company transactions were not included in determining segment (loss) profit, as they are not used by the chief operating decision maker. The following table presents summary information by segment for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively:
For the six months ended June 30, 2020 | ||||||||||||||||
Clean Food Platform | Restaurant | Others | Total | |||||||||||||
Revenues | $ | 2,990,267 | $ | $- | $ | 2,990,267 | ||||||||||
Cost of goods sold | 2,407,192 | - | - | 2,407,192 | ||||||||||||
Gross profit | 583,075 | - | 583,075 | |||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 22,816 | 133,734 | - | 156,550 | ||||||||||||
Capital expenditures | 2,556 | - | - | 2,556 | ||||||||||||
Loss from operations | (1,161,232 | ) | (77,380 | ) | (77,662 | ) | (1,316,274 | ) | ||||||||
Provision for income taxes | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Segment loss | (1,158,783 | ) | (76,897 | ) | (77,662 | ) | (1,313,342 | ) | ||||||||
Segment assets | $ | 1,802,877 | $ | 395,187 | $ | 310,819 | $ | 2,508,883 |
For the six months ended June 30, 2019 | ||||||||||||||||
Clean Food Platform | Restaurant | Others | Total | |||||||||||||
Revenues | $ | 2,448,976 | $ | 14,043 | $ | - | $ | 2,463,019 | ||||||||
Cost of goods sold | 1,792,419 | (6,107 | ) | - | 1,786,312 | |||||||||||
Gross profit | 656,557 | 20,150 | - | 676,707 | ||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 33,259 | 13,249 | - | 46,508 | ||||||||||||
Capital expenditures | 116,408 | - | - | 116,408 | ||||||||||||
Loss from operations | (371,881 | ) | (87,073 | ) | (10,983 | ) | (469,937 | ) | ||||||||
Provision for income taxes | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Segment loss | (363,093 | ) | (86,668 | ) | (10,983 | ) | (460,744 | ) | ||||||||
Segment assets | $ | 1,672,463 | $ | 515,522 | $ | - | $ | 2,187,985 |
11. | COMMITMENTS |
Operating lease
The Company leases office and restaurant premises under non-cancelable operating lease agreements, with an option to renew the leases. See Note 7 for additional information on future lease payment commitments.
12. | SUBSEQUENT EVENTS |
In accordance with ASC Topic 855, “Subsequent Events”, which establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued, the Company has evaluated all events or transactions that occurred after June 30, 2020 up through the date that the Company issued these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. The Company received total additional capital contributions of $79,000 from major shareholders. Additionally, the Company received additional related party loan of $150,000 from Changbin Xia, shareholder of the Company. The additional related party loan is interest-free and will be due on December 31, 2023.
F-41 |
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION - FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE I
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT COMPANY
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
June 30, 2020 | December 31, 2019 | |||||||
(unaudited) | ||||||||
ASSETS | ||||||||
Non-current Assets | ||||||||
Deferred Offering Cost | $ | 310,818 | $ | 310,277 | ||||
Investment in Subsidiaries and VIE | (2,272,111 | ) | (1,144,012 | ) | ||||
Total Assets | $ | (1,961,293 | ) | $ | (833,735 | ) | ||
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT | ||||||||
Liabilities | $ | 885,424 | $ | 814,875 | ||||
Stockholders’ Deficit | ||||||||
Ordinary Shares, no par value, unlimited shares authorized; 20,000,000 and 15,000,150 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively | - | - | ||||||
Paid-in Capital | 1,088,375 | 1,003,447 | ||||||
Retained Earnings | (4,022,647 | ) | (2,709,305 | ) | ||||
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income | 87,555 | 57,248 | ||||||
Total Stockholders’ Deficit | (2,846,717 | ) | (1,648,610 | ) | ||||
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit | $ | (1,961,293 | ) | $ | (833,735 | ) |
F-42 |
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION - FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE I
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT COMPANY
UNAUDITED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
Six months Ended | ||||||||
June 30, | ||||||||
2020 | 2019 | |||||||
NET REVENUE | $ | 2,990,267 | $ | 2,463,019 | ||||
COST OF REVENUE | 2,407,191 | 1,786,312 | ||||||
GROSS PROFIT | 583,076 | 676,707 | ||||||
Operating Expense | 1,899,349 | 1,146,644 | ||||||
Other Income, net | 2,932 | 9,193 | ||||||
NET LOSS | (1,313,341 | ) | (460,744 | ) | ||||
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME | 30,307 | 2,134 | ||||||
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE LOSS | $ | (1,283,034 | ) | $ | (458,610 | ) |
1. Basis for preparation
The condensed financial information of the parent company has been prepared using the same accounting policies set out in the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial information, except that the parent company used the equity method to account for investments in its subsidiaries, VIE and VIE’s subsidiary.
2. Investments in subsidiaries, VIE
The parent company and its subsidiaries and VIE were included in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements where inter-company balances and transactions were eliminated upon consolidation. For purpose of the parent company’s stand-alone condensed financial statements, its investments in subsidiaries and VIE were reported using the equity method of accounting. The parent company’s share of income from its subsidiaries and VIE were reported as share of income of the subsidiaries and VIE subsidiary in the accompanying parent company financial statements.
F-43 |
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Our memorandum and articles of association provides that we shall indemnify any of our directors, officers or anyone serving at our request as a director of another entity against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings or suits. If such person provides an undertaking to repay expense advances under certain circumstances, we shall pay any expenses, including legal fees, incurred by any such person in defending any legal, administrative or investigative proceedings in advance of the final disposition of the proceedings. If a person to be indemnified has been successful in defense of any proceedings referred to above, such person is entitled to be indemnified against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments and fines reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the proceedings. We are required to indemnify a director or officer only if he or she acted honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. The decision of our board of directors as to whether the director or officer acted honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests and as to whether the director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful, is in the absence of fraud sufficient for the purposes of indemnification, unless a question of law is involved. The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entry of no plea does not, by itself, create a presumption that a director or officer did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to our best interests or that the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
We may enter into Letters of Appointment with our directors pursuant to which we agreed to indemnify them against a number of liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director.
We may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any of our directors or officers against any liability asserted against the directors or officers and incurred by the directors or officers in that capacity.
Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
Founding Transactions
We were incorporated in the British Virgin Islands as a business company with liability limited by shares on December 4, 2018 with the specific purpose to become the legal vehicle for Wunong Shenzhen to go public in the U.S. As inducement for Peijiang Chen, Hanwu Yang, Changbin Xia and Mishan City Shenmi Dazhong Management Consulting Partnership (Limited Partnership) (“Wunong Shenzhen Shareholders”) who together hold 100% shares of Wunong Shenzhen to enter into the VIE Agreements pursuant to which the Company shall obtain absolute control rights and the rights to the assets, property and revenue of Wunong Shenzhen, the Company have issued an aggregate of 50,000 shares to the Wunong Shenzhen Shareholders. On December 4, 2018, we issued 34,000 Ordinary Shares to Kindness Global Company Limited, a BVI company 100% owned by Kindness Global Holdings Limited, a BVI company, which is 100% owned by Mr. Peijiang Chen, a shareholder and director of Wunong Shenzhen and our Chairman and director. On the same day, we issued 8,000 Ordinary Shares to Four Dimensions Global Investment Limited, a BVI company 100% owned by Four Dimensions Global Holdings Limited, a BVI company, which is 100% owned by Mr. Changbin Xia, a shareholder and director of Wunong Shenzhen and our director and another 8,000 Ordinary Shares to Wisdom Global Company Limited, a BVI company, which is 100% owned by Wisdom Global Holdings Limited, a BVI company, and in turn is 100% owned by Mr. Hanwu Yang, a shareholder and director of Wunong Shenzhen.
II-1 |
On February 14, 2019, Kindness Global Company Limited transferred 17,000 Ordinary Shares to Union International Company Limited, a BVI company that is 100% owned by Union International Holdings Limited, a BVI company, which is, in turn, 100% owned by Mishan City Shenmi Dazhong Management Consulting Partnership (Limited Partnership), a PRC limited partnership comprising 14 partners, all of whom are PRC citizens and natural persons.
On December 2, 2019, we filed amended memorandum and articles of association with the BVI Registry of Corporate Affairs to change the par value of our Ordinary Shares from $1 to no par value and to forward split our issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares from 66,666 to 20,000,000.
Private Placement
On November 15, 2019, Kindness Global Company Limited transferred 2,500 Ordinary Shares to Fragrance International Group Company Limited. Also on November 15, 2019, we issued 6,667 Ordinary Shares to Soaring International Company Limited and 3,333 Ordinary Shares to each of Morning Choice International Company Limited, August International Group Company Limited and Eternal Horizon International Company Limited.
Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) Exhibits
The following exhibits are filed herewith or incorporated by reference in this prospectus:
EXHIBIT INDEX
II-2 |
II-3 |
* Filed herewith
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements or the Notes thereto.
Item 8. Undertakings
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters at the closing specified in the placement agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) | To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement: |
(i) | To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933; | |
(ii) | To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) (§ 230.424(b) of this chapter) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement. |
II-4 |
(iii) | To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement; |
(2) | That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. | |
(3) | To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering. | |
(4) | To file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by “Item 8.A. of Form 20-F (17 CFR 249.220f)” at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering and such other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements. | |
(5) |
That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
|
(i) | Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§ 230.424 of this chapter); | |
(ii) | Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant; | |
(iii) | The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and | |
(iv) | Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser. |
(6) | That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective. | |
(7) | That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
II-5 |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China, on October 16, 2020.
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited | ||
By: | /s/ Xiaogang Qin | |
Xiaogang Qin Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) |
||
/s/ Lin He | ||
Lin He | ||
Chief Financial Officer | ||
Principal Accounting and Financial Officer |
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below does hereby constitute and appoint Xiaogang Qin and Lin He as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and all post-effective amendments thereto and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature | Capacity | Date | ||
/s/ Xiaogang Qin | Chief Executive Officer |
October 16, 2020 |
||
Xiaogang Qin | (Principal Executive Officer) | |||
/s/ Lin He | Chief Financial Officer |
October 16, 2020 |
||
Lin He | (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer) | |||
/s/ Peijiang Chen | Chairman and Director |
October 16, 2020 |
||
Peijiang Chen |
SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES
Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of America, has signed this registration statement thereto in New York, NY on October 16, 2020.
Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP | ||
By: | /s/ Benjamin Tan | |
Name: Benjamin Tan | ||
Title: Partner |
II-6 |
Exhibit 1.1
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
[__________], 2020
Boustead Securities, LLC
6 Venture, Suite 395
Irvine, CA 92618
Attn: Keith Moore, Chief Executive Officer
Attn: Daniel J. McClory, Managing Director
Brilliant Norton Securities Company Limited
Suite 804, 8/F, Jubilee Centre
46 Gloucester Road, Wanchai, Hong Kong
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This underwriting agreement (this “Agreement”) constitutes the agreement between Wunong Net Technology Company Limited, a British Virgin Islands company limited by shares (collectively with its subsidiaries and affiliates, including, without limitation, all entities disclosed or described in the Registration Statement (as hereafter defined) as being subsidiaries or affiliates of the Company, the “Company”) and August International Group Company Limited, a British Virgin Islands company limited by shares (the “Reseller”), on the one hand, and Boustead Securities, LLC and Brilliant Norton Securities Company Limited (the “Underwriters”), on the other hand, pursuant to which the Underwriters shall serve as the underwriters for the Company and the Reseller in connection with the proposed offering (the “Offering”) by the Company and Reseller of their Offered Securities (as defined below) on a “Firm Commitment” basis.
The Company proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of [____________] authorized but unissued ordinary shares (the “Underwritten Shares”), par value $1.00 per share (the “Ordinary Shares”), of the Company and to grant the Underwriters the option to purchase an aggregate of up to [___________] additional Ordinary Shares (the “Additional Shares”) as may be necessary to cover over-allotments made in connection with the Offering. The Reseller proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of 999,911 Ordinary Shares (the “Reseller Shares”).
The Underwritten Shares, Additional Shares and Reseller Shares are collectively referred to as the “Offered Securities.” The Offered Securities, the Underwriters’ Warrant and the Warrant Shares (as defined below) are herein collectively referred to as the “Securities.”
The Company hereby confirms its agreement with the Underwriters as follows:
Section 1. Agreement to Act as Underwriter.
(a) Underwriting Discount; Underwriter’s Warrants; Expenses.
(i) Underwriting Discount. An underwriting discount equal to seven percent (7.0%) of the aggregate public sales price of the Offered Securities sold on a Closing Date, which will be paid to and allocated by the Underwriters among the selling syndicate and soliciting dealers in their sole discretion, if applicable.
(ii) Underwriters’ Warrants. The Company hereby agrees to issue to the Underwriters (and/or their designees) on each Closing Date, as defined in Section 3(c) herein, a warrant to purchase a number of Ordinary Shares equal to 7% of the Underwritten Shares and Additional Shares sold on such Closing Date (“Underwriters’ Warrant”). The Underwriters’ Warrant, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, commencing on the date of issuance and expiring on the five-year anniversary from the commencement of sale of the Offering at an initial exercise price equal to 125% of the Per Share Price (as defined below) of the Offered Securities. The Underwriters’ Warrant shall include a “cashless” exercise feature. The Underwriters understand and agree that there are significant restrictions pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110 against transferring the Underwriters’ Warrant and the underlying Ordinary Shares (such shares, the “Warrant Shares”) during the one hundred eighty (180) days following the commencement of sales of the Offering and by their acceptance thereof shall agree that it will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate the Underwriters’ Warrant or Warrant Shares, or any portion thereof, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the commencement of sales of the Offering to anyone other than the circumstances listed under FINRA Rule 5110(e)(2).
Delivery of the Underwriters’ Warrants shall be made on each Closing Date and shall be issued in the name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Underwriter may request on such Closing Date.
(iii) [Intentionally omitted].
(iv) Expenses. Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Registration Statement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company hereby agrees to pay all costs and expenses incident to the Offering, including the following:
A. | all expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, formatting for EDGAR and filing of the Registration Statement, and any and all amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; | |
B. | all fees and expenses in connection with filings with FINRA’s Public Offering System; | |
C. | all fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Offered Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and the Offering; | |
D. | all reasonable expenses in connection with the qualifications of the Offered Securities for offering and sale under state or blue-sky laws, when applicable; | |
E. | all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Offered Securities on the NYSE Amex or Nasdaq (a “Senior Exchange”); | |
F. | any stock transfer taxes incurred in connection with this Agreement or the Offering; | |
G. | the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, including the legal fees and costs in connection with the exercise of Underwriters’ Warrants, such as a legal opinion; | |
H. |
all of the Underwriters’ reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the performance of its services hereunder, with the aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000, including but not limited to:
(i) Underwriters’ counsel’s fees and expenses up to $125,000,
(ii) due diligence and other expenses incurred prior to completion of the Offering, which shall not exceed $52,500;
(iii) road show, travel, platform on-boarding fees, and other reasonable out-of-pocket accountable expenses which shall not exceed $50,000 (the “Road Show and Travel Expenses”);
(iv) $5,000 for background checks on the Company’s officers, directors and major shareholders; and
(v) $17,500 for DTC eligibility of the Securities.
Prior to the date of this Agreement, the Company has paid to the Underwriters $119,250. Any advances made by the Company have been (and shall be) made for reasonably anticipated out-of-pocket accountable expenses in connection with the Offering, and any unused portion will be returned to the Company to the extent not actually incurred. |
In the event that this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9 hereof, or subsequent to a Material Adverse Change, the Company will pay all documented out-of-pocket and unreimbursed expenses of the Underwriter (including but not limited to fees and disbursements of Underwriter’s counsel, expenses associated with a due diligence report and reasonable travel specified in Sections 1(a)(iii)(H) incurred in connection herewith which shall be limited to expenses which are actually incurred as allowed under FINRA Rule 5110 and in any event, the aggregate amount of such expenses to be paid or reimbursed by the Company directly or indirectly to or on behalf of the Underwriter shall not exceed $250,000.
2 |
(b) Exclusivity. The term of the Underwriters’ exclusive engagement (the “Exclusive Term”) will be until the termination of the engagement agreement by and between the Company and the Underwriters dated September 5, 2019 (the “Engagement Letter”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the provisions concerning confidentiality, indemnification and contribution contained herein will survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement, and the Company’s obligation to pay fees actually earned and payable and to reimburse expenses actually incurred and reimbursable pursuant to Section 1 hereof and which are permitted to be reimbursed under FINRA Rule 5110(g)(4)(A), will survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit the ability of the Underwriters or their Affiliates to pursue, investigate, analyze, invest in, or engage in investment banking, financial advisory or any other business relationship with Persons (as defined below) other than the Company. As used herein (i) “Persons” means an individual or corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company, joint stock company, government (or an agency or subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind and (ii) “Affiliate” means any Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with a Person as such terms are used in and construed under Rule 405 under the Securities Act. If during the Exclusive Term, or within twelve (12) months after the date of termination or expiration of the Engagement Letter, no Closing has occurred, the Company sells securities to investors who become aware of or become known to the Company prior to such termination or expiration, then the Company shall pay to the Underwriters, at the time of each such sale, the compensation, including the warrants, set forth in Section 1(a) above, with respect to any such sale.
Section 2. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Company. The Company hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the Underwriters, as of the date hereof, and as of each Closing Date, except as set out in the Registration Statement, as follows:
(a) Securities Law Filings. The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form F-1 (Registration File No. 333-248876) under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations (the “Rules and Regulations”) of the Commission promulgated thereunder. At the time of the effective date of the Registration Statement, the Registration Statement and amendments will materially meet the requirements of Form F-1 under the Securities Act. The Company will file with the Commission pursuant to Rules 430A and 424(b) under the Securities Act, a final prospectus included in such registration statement relating to the Offering and the underwriting thereof (the “Final Prospectus”) and has advised the Underwriters of all further information (financial and other) with respect to the Company required to be set forth therein. Such registration statement, including the exhibits thereto, as amended at the date of this Agreement, is hereinafter called the “Registration Statement”; such prospectus in the form in which it appears in the Registration Statement as amended at the date of this Agreement is hereinafter called the “Prospectus.” All references in this Agreement to financial statements and schedules and other information that is “contained,” “included,” “described,” “referenced,” “set forth” or “stated” in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (and all other references of like import) shall be deemed to mean and include all such financial statements and schedules and other information that is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, as the case may be. The Registration Statement has been declared effective on the date hereof. The Company shall, prior to the initial Closing Date, file with the Commission a Form 8-A providing for the registration under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), of the Ordinary Shares.
(b) Assurances. The Registration Statement (and any further documents to be filed with the Commission) contains all exhibits and schedules as required by the Securities Act. Each of (i) the Registration Statement at the time it became effective, (ii) the Prospectus at the time the Registration Statement became effective, (iii) any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement at the time it becomes effective and (iv) and the Final Prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) at the time of such filing, and at all other subsequent times at each Closing Date, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable Rules and Regulations, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, and did not and will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading (provided, however, that the preceding representations and warranties contained in this sentence shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by the Underwriters expressly for use therein (the “Underwriter Information”). The Prospectus, as of its date, complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable Rules and Regulations, and the Final Prospectus, as of its date, will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable Rules and Regulations. As of its date, the Prospectus did not and will and the Final Prospectus will not contain as of the date thereof any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (provided, however, that the preceding representations and warranties contained in this sentence shall not apply to any Underwriter Information). All post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement reflecting facts or events arising after the date thereof which represent, individually or in the aggregate, a fundamental change in the information set forth therein have been so filed with the Commission. There are no documents required to be filed with the Commission in connection with the transaction contemplated hereby that (x) have not been filed as required pursuant to the Securities Act or (y) will not be filed within the requisite time period. There are no material contracts or other documents required to be described in the Prospectus (or the Final Prospectus) or filed as exhibits or schedules to the Registration Statement that have not been (or will not be) described or filed as required. The Company is eligible to use free writing prospectuses in connection with the Offering pursuant to Rules 164 and 433 under the Securities Act. Any free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable Rules and Regulations. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or behalf of or used by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable Rules and Regulations. The Company will not, without the prior consent of the Underwriters, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus. Except as set out on Schedule 2(b), there are no free-writing prospectuses in connection with this offering.
3 |
(c) Offering Materials. The Company has delivered, or will as promptly as practicable deliver, to the Underwriters complete conformed copies of the Registration Statement and of each consent and certificate of experts, as applicable, filed as a part thereof, and conformed copies of the Registration Statement (without exhibits) and the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented (including the Final Prospectus), in such quantities and at such places as the Underwriters reasonably request. Neither the Company nor any of its directors and officers has distributed and none of them will distribute, prior to any Closing Date, any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Securities other than the Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, the Registration Statement, and any other materials permitted by the Securities Act (collectively, the “Offering Materials”).
(d) Subsidiaries. All of the direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Company (the “Subsidiaries”) are described in the Registration Statement to the extent necessary. The Company owns, directly or indirectly, all of its capital stock or other equity interests of each Subsidiary free and clear of any liens, charges, security interests, encumbrances, rights of first refusal, preemptive rights or other restrictions (collectively, “Liens”), and all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary are validly issued and are fully paid, non-assessable and free of preemptive and similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities.
(e) Organization and Qualification. The Company and each of the Subsidiaries is an entity duly incorporated or otherwise organized, validly existing and in good standing (where applicable) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, with the requisite power and authority to own and use its properties and assets and to carry on its business as currently conducted. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in violation or default of any of the provisions of its respective certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational or charter documents. Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries is duly qualified to conduct business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation or other entity in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted or property owned by it makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing, as the case may be, could not reasonably be expected to result in: (i) a material adverse effect on the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other agreement entered into between the Company and the Underwriters (“Transaction Documents”), (ii) a material adverse effect on the results of operations, assets, business, prospects (as such prospects are described in the Prospectus) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (iii) a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to perform in any material respect on a timely basis its obligations under this Agreement or the Offering (any of (i), (ii) or (iii), a “Material Adverse Effect”) and to the best knowledge of the Company, no action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding (including, without limitation, an informal investigation or partial proceeding, such as a deposition), whether commenced or threatened (“Proceeding”) has been instituted in any such jurisdiction revoking, limiting or curtailing or seeking to revoke, limit or curtail such power and authority or qualification.
(f) Authorization; Enforcement. The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents and the Offering and otherwise to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and each of the other Transaction Documents and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Company and no further action is required by the Company, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”) or the Company’s shareholders in connection therewith other than in connection with the Required Approvals (as defined below). This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party has been duly executed by the Company and, when delivered in accordance with the terms hereof, will constitute the valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by general equitable principles and applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and (iii) insofar as indemnification and contribution provisions may be limited by applicable law.
4 |
(g) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (i) conflict with or violate any provision of the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational or charter documents, or (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) of, any agreement, credit facility, debt or other instrument (evidencing a Company or Subsidiary debt or otherwise) or other understanding to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by which any property or asset of the Company or any Subsidiary is bound or affected, or (iii) subject to the Required Approvals, conflict with or result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, injunction, decree or other restriction of any court or governmental authority to which the Company or a Subsidiary is subject (including federal and state securities laws and regulations), or by which any property or asset of the Company or a Subsidiary is bound or affected; except in the case of each of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), such conflict, default or violation could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(h) Filings, Consents and Approvals. The Company is not required to obtain any consent, waiver, authorization or order of, give any notice to, or make any filing or registration with, any court or other federal, state, local or other governmental authority or other Person in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated hereby, other than: (i) the filing with the Commission of the Final Prospectus as required by Rule 424 under the Securities Act, (ii) application to a Senior Exchange (the “Trading Market”), for the listing of the Offered Securities for trading thereon in the time and manner required thereby and (iii) if applicable, such filings as are required to be made under applicable state securities laws (collectively, the “Required Approvals”).
(i) Issuance of the Offered Securities; Registration. The Offered Securities are duly authorized and, when issued and paid for in accordance with this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and the terms of the Offering as described in the Prospectus, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all Liens imposed by the Company. The Ordinary Shares underlying the Underwriters’ Warrants (the “Underlying Shares”) are duly authorized and, when issued and paid for in accordance the terms of the Underwriters’ Warrants, as applicable, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all Liens imposed by the Company. The Company has sufficient Ordinary Shares for the issuance of the maximum number of Securities and Underlying Shares issuable pursuant to the Offering as described in the Prospectus.
(j) Capitalization. The capitalization of the Company as of the date hereof is as set forth in the Registration Statement, and the Prospectus. The Company has not issued any Ordinary Shares since the date of this Agreement, other than pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans, the issuance of Ordinary Shares to employees, directors or consultants pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans and pursuant to the conversion and/or exercise of any securities of the Company or the Subsidiaries which would entitle the holder thereof to acquire Ordinary Shares at any time, including, without limitation, any debt, preferred shares, right, option, warrant or other instrument that is at any time convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or otherwise entitles the holder thereof to receive (“Ordinary Shares Equivalents”). No Person has any right of first refusal, preemptive right, right of participation, or any similar right to participate in the transactions contemplated by the Offering Materials. Except as a result of the purchase and sale of the Securities or as disclosed in the Registration Statement, and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding options, warrants, scrip rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities, rights or obligations convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or giving any Person any right to subscribe for or acquire, any Ordinary Shares or the capital stock of any Subsidiary, or contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which the Company or any Subsidiary is or may become bound to issue additional Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Shares Equivalents or capital stock of any Subsidiary. The issuance and sale of the Offered Securities will not obligate the Company or any Subsidiary to issue Ordinary Shares or other securities to any Person (other than the Underwriters) and will not result in a right of any holder of Company securities to adjust the exercise, conversion, exchange or reset price under any of such securities. There are no securities of the Company or any Subsidiary that have any anti-dilution or similar adjustment rights (other than adjustments for stock splits, recapitalizations, and the like) to the exercise or conversion price, have any exchange rights, or reset rights. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding securities or instruments of the Company or any Subsidiary that contain any redemption or similar provisions, and there are no contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which the Company or any Subsidiary is or may become bound to redeem a security of the Company or such Subsidiary. The Company does not have any share appreciation rights or “phantom stock” plans or agreements or any similar plan or agreement. All of the outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, have been issued in compliance in all material respects with all federal and state securities laws, and none of such outstanding Ordinary Shares was issued in violation of any preemptive rights or similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities. No further approval or authorization of any shareholder, the Board of Directors or others is required for the issuance and sale of the Offered Securities. Except for the operating agreement of the Company, there are no shareholders agreements, voting agreements or other similar agreements with respect to the Company’s Ordinary Shares to which the Company is a party or, to the knowledge of the Company, between or among any of the Company’s shareholders.
5 |
(k) Material Changes; Undisclosed Events, Liabilities or Developments. Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included within the Registration Statement, except as specifically disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Final Prospectus, (i) there has been no event, occurrence or development that has had or that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the Company has not incurred any liabilities (contingent or otherwise) other than (A) trade payables and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (B) liabilities not required to be reflected in the Company’s financial statements pursuant to United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or disclosed in filings made with the Commission, (iii) the Company has not altered its method of accounting, (iv) the Company has not declared or made any dividend or distribution of cash or other property to its shareholders or purchased, redeemed or made any agreements to purchase or redeem any Ordinary Shares of the Company and (v) the Company has not issued any equity securities to any officer, director or Affiliate, except pursuant to existing Company stock option plans, if any. The Company does not have pending before the Commission any request for confidential treatment of information. Except for the issuance of the Securities contemplated by the Prospectus or disclosed in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, no event, liability, fact, circumstance, occurrence or development has occurred or exists or is reasonably expected to occur or exist with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries or their respective business, prospects (as such prospects are described in the Prospectus), properties, operations, assets or financial condition that would be required to be disclosed by the Company under applicable securities laws at the time this representation is made or deemed made that has not been publicly disclosed at least one trading day prior to the date that this representation is made.
(l) Litigation. Except for such matter disclosed in the Offering Materials, there is no action, suit, inquiry, notice of violation, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company, any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties before or by any court, arbitrator, governmental or administrative agency or regulatory authority (federal, state, county, local or foreign) (an “Action”) which (i) adversely affects or challenges the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any of the Transaction Documents, the Offering or the Securities or (ii) could, if there were an unfavorable decision, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary, nor any director or officer thereof, is or has within the last 10 years been the subject of any Action involving a claim of violation of or liability under federal or state securities laws or a claim of breach of fiduciary duty. There has not been, and to the knowledge of the Company, there is not pending or contemplated, any investigation by the Commission involving the Company or any current or former director or officer of the Company.
(m) Labor Relations. No material labor dispute exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent with respect to any of the employees of the Company, which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ employees is a member of a union that relates to such employee’s relationship with the Company or such Subsidiary, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to a collective bargaining agreement, and the Company and its Subsidiaries believe that their relationships with their employees are good. No executive officer, to the knowledge of the Company, is, or is now expected to be, in violation of any material term of any employment contract, confidentiality, disclosure or proprietary information agreement or non-competition agreement, or any other contract or agreement or any restrictive covenant in favor of any third party, and the continued employment of each such executive officer does not subject the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any liability with respect to any of the foregoing matters. To the Company’s actual knowledge, the Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations relating to employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours, except where the failure to be in compliance could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(n) Compliance. Except as set forth in the Offering Materials, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary: (i) is in default under or in violation of (and no event has occurred that has not been waived that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would result in a default by the Company or any Subsidiary under), nor has the Company or any Subsidiary received notice of a claim that it is in default under or that it is in violation of, any indenture, loan or credit agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound (whether or not such default or violation has been waived), (ii) is in violation of any judgment, decree or order of any court, arbitrator or governmental body or (iii) is or has been in violation of any statute, rule, ordinance or regulation of any governmental authority, including without limitation all foreign, federal, state and local laws relating to taxes, environmental protection, occupational health and safety, product quality and safety and employment and labor matters, except in each case as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
6 |
(o) Regulatory Permits. The Company and the Subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses as described in the Prospectus, except where the failure to possess such permits could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect (“Material Permits”), and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Material Permit.
(p) Title to Assets. The Company and the Subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property owned by them and good and marketable title in all personal property owned by them that is material to the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all Liens, except for Liens disclosed in the Prospectus, Liens as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and the Subsidiaries and Liens for the payment of federal, state or other taxes, the payment of which is neither delinquent nor subject to penalties. Except as disclosed in the Offering Materials, any real property and facilities held under lease by the Company and the Subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with which the Company and the Subsidiaries are in compliance.
(q) Patents and Trademarks. Except as disclosed in the Offering Materials and to the best of the Company’s actual knowledge, the Company and the Subsidiaries have, or have rights to use, all patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, trade names, trade secrets, inventions, copyrights, licenses and other intellectual property rights and similar rights necessary or required for use in connection with their respective businesses as described in the Offering Materials and which the failure to so have could have a Material Adverse Effect (collectively, the “Intellectual Property Rights”). None of, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received a notice (written or otherwise) that any of, the Intellectual Property Rights has expired, terminated or been abandoned, or is expected to expire or be abandoned, within two (2) years from the date of this Agreement, except where such action would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as disclosed in the Offering Materials, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included within the Offering Materials, a written notice of a claim or otherwise has any knowledge that the Intellectual Property Rights violate or infringe upon the rights of any Person, except as would not have or reasonably be expected to not have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Company, all such Intellectual Property Rights are enforceable and there is no existing infringement by another Person of any of the Intellectual Property Rights. The Company and its Subsidiaries have taken reasonable security measures to protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of all of their intellectual properties, except where failure to do so would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has no knowledge that it lacks or will be unable to obtain any rights or licenses to use all Intellectual Property Rights that are necessary to conduct its business.
(r) Transactions with Affiliates and Employees. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, none of the officers or directors of the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, none of the employees of the Company is presently a party to any transaction with the Company or any Subsidiary (other than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any officer, director or such employee or, to the knowledge of the Company, any entity in which any officer, director, or any such employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner, in each case in excess of $120,000 other than for (i) payment of salary or consulting fees for services rendered, (ii) reimbursement for expenses incurred on behalf of the Company and (iii) other employee benefits, including stock option agreements under any stock option plan of the Company.
(s) Sarbanes-Oxley; Internal Accounting Controls. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and in the Prospectus, the Company is in compliance with any and all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that are effective and applicable to the Company as of the date hereof, and any and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder that are effective as of the date hereof and as of each Closing Date. Except as set forth in the Offering Materials, the Company and the Subsidiaries maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Company and the Subsidiaries have established disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the Company and the Subsidiaries and designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms.
7 |
(t) Certain Fees, FINRA Affiliation. Except as set forth herein and in the Prospectus, contemplated by this Agreement, or a separate agreement regarding the Offering with a soliciting dealer in the sole discretion of the Underwriters, no brokerage or finder’s fees or commissions are or will be payable by the Company or any Subsidiary to any broker, financial advisor or consultant, finder, placement agent, investment banker, bank or other Person with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, and the Prospectus, to the Company’s knowledge, there are no other arrangements, agreements or understandings of the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its stockholders that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation, as determined by FINRA. The Company has not made any direct or indirect payments (in cash, securities or otherwise) to (i) any person, as a finder’s fee, investing fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who provided capital to the Company, (ii) any FINRA member, or (iii) any person or entity that has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member within the 12-month period prior to the date on which the Registration Statement was filed with the Commission (the “Filing Date”) or thereafter. To the Company’s knowledge, no (i) officer or director of the Company or its subsidiaries, (ii) owner of 5% or more of the Company’s unregistered securities or that of its subsidiaries or (iii) owner of any amount of the Company’s unregistered securities acquired within the 180-day period prior to the Filing Date, has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member. The Company will advise the Underwriters if it becomes aware that any officer, director or stockholder of the Company or its Subsidiaries is or becomes an Affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the Offering.
(u) Investment Company. The Company is not, and is not an Affiliate of, and immediately after receipt of payment for the Offered Securities, will not be or be an Affiliate of, an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The Company shall conduct its business in a manner so that it will not become an “investment company” subject to registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
(v) Registration Rights. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, no Person has any right to cause the Company to effect the registration under the Securities Act of any securities of the Company.
(w) Registration. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and a current Prospectus relating thereto for as long as the Offered Securities and the Underwriters’ Warrant remain outstanding. During any period when the Company fails to have maintained an effective Registration Statement or a current Prospectus relating thereto and a holder of an Underwriters’ Warrant desires to exercise such warrants and, in the opinion of counsel to the holder, Rule 144 is not available as an exemption from registration for the resale of the Company’s Warrant Shares, the Company shall promptly file a registration statement registering the resale of the Warrant Shares and use its commercially reasonable efforts to have it declared effective by the Commission within ninety (90) days.
(x) Solvency. Based on the consolidated financial condition of the Company, as of each Closing Date, after giving effect to the receipt by the Company of the proceeds from the sale of the Offered Securities hereunder, the current cash flow of the Company, together with the proceeds the Company would receive, were it to liquidate all of its assets, after taking into account all anticipated uses of the cash, are sufficient to pay all amounts on or in respect of its liabilities when such amounts are required to be paid. The Company does not intend to incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature (taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be payable on or in respect of its debt). Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Company has no knowledge of any facts or circumstances which lead it to believe that it will file for reorganization or liquidation under the bankruptcy or reorganization laws of any jurisdiction within one year from each Closing Date. The Registration Statement and the Prospectus sets forth as of the date hereof all outstanding secured and unsecured Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary, or for which the Company or any Subsidiary has commitments. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Indebtedness” means (x) any liabilities for borrowed money or amounts owed in excess of $50,000 (other than trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (y) all guaranties, endorsements and other contingent obligations in respect of indebtedness of others, whether or not the same are or should be reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet (or the notes thereto), except guaranties by endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business; and (z) the present value of any lease payments in excess of $50,000 due under leases required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in default with respect to any Indebtedness.
8 |
(y) Tax Status. Except for matters that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and each Subsidiary (i) has made or filed all income and franchise tax returns, reports and declarations required by any jurisdiction to which it is subject, (ii) has paid all taxes and other governmental assessments and charges that are material in amount, shown or determined to be due on such returns, reports and declarations and (iii) has set aside on its books provision reasonably adequate for the payment of all material taxes for periods subsequent to the periods to which such returns, reports or declarations apply. There are no unpaid taxes in any material amount claimed to be due by the taxing authority of any jurisdiction, and the officers of the Company or of any Subsidiary know of no basis for any such claim.
(z) Accountants. Friedman LLP (“Friedman”) is the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. To the knowledge and belief of the Company, such accounting firm (i) is a registered public accounting firm as required by the Exchange Act and (ii) has expressed its opinion with respect to the financial statements of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
(aa) Office of Foreign Assets Control. Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”).
(bb) Company Not Ineligible Issuer. (i) At the time of filing the Registration Statement relating to the Offered Securities and (ii) as of the date of the execution and delivery of this Agreement (with such date being used as the determination date for purposes of this clause (ii)), the Company met all the requirements set forth in General Instruction I of Form F-1.
(cc) Emerging Growth Company. From the time of the initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communications) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”). “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.
(dd) Certificates. Any certificate signed by an officer of the Company and delivered to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters set forth therein.
(ee) Reliance. The Company acknowledges that the Underwriters will rely upon the accuracy and truthfulness of the foregoing representations and warranties and hereby consents to such reliance.
(ff) Forward-Looking Statements. No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in either the Registration Statement or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.
(gg) Statistical or Market-Related Data. Any statistical, industry-related and market-related data included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably and in good faith believes to be reliable and accurate, and such data agree with the sources from which they are derived.
(hh) Listing and Maintenance Requirements. The Ordinary Shares are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, and the Company has taken no action designed to, or which to its knowledge is likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the Securities under the Exchange Act nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission is contemplating terminating such registration. Except as disclosed in the Offering Materials, the Company is, and has no reason to believe that it will not in the foreseeable future continue to be, in compliance with all such listing and maintenance requirements. The Ordinary Shares are currently eligible for electronic transfer through the Depository Trust Company or another established clearing corporation and the Company is current in payment of the fees to the Depository Trust Company (or such other established clearing corporation) in connection with such electronic transfer. The issuance and sale of the Securities hereunder does not contravene the rules and regulations of a Senior Exchange.
(ii) Foreign Corrupt Practices. Neither the Company, nor to the knowledge of the Company, any agent or other person acting on behalf of the Company, has (i) directly or indirectly, used any funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses related to foreign or domestic political activity, (ii) made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or to any foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds, (iii) failed to disclose fully any contribution made by the Company (or made by any person acting on its behalf of which the Company is aware) which is in violation of law, or (iv) violated in any material respect any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.
9 |
(jj) Regulation M Compliance. The Company has not, and to its knowledge no one acting on its behalf has, (i) taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or to result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Offered Securities, (ii) sold, bid for, purchased, or, paid any compensation for soliciting purchases of, any of the Offered Securities, or (iii) paid or agreed to pay to any Person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any other securities of the Company, other than, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), compensation paid to the Underwriters in connection with the Offering.
(kk) Testing the Waters Communications. The Company (a) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Underwriters with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (b) has not authorized anyone other than the Underwriters to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Underwriters have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications.
(ll) Money Laundering. The operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial record-keeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, applicable money laundering statutes and applicable rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”), and no Action or Proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any Subsidiary with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company or any Subsidiary, threatened.
(mm) Insurance. The Company and the Subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as the Company believes are prudent and customary in the businesses in which the Company and the Subsidiaries are engaged. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business without a significant increase in cost.
(nn) Bank Holding Company Act. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”) and to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries owns or controls, directly or indirectly, five percent or more of the outstanding shares of any class of voting securities or 25 percent or more of the total equity of a bank or any entity that is subject to the BHCA and to regulation by the Federal Reserve. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of a bank or any entity that is subject to the BHCA and to regulation by the Federal Reserve.
(oo) U.S. Real Property Holding Corporation. The Company is not and has never been a U.S. real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Company shall so certify upon the Underwriters’ request.
(pp) Senior Exchange Listing. The Ordinary Shares has been approved for listing on a Senior Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance, and the Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, delisting the Ordinary Shares from the Senor Exchange, nor has the Company received any notification that the Senor Exchange is contemplating terminating such listing.
(qq) D&O Questionnaires. To the Company’s knowledge, all information contained in the questionnaires (the “Questionnaires”) completed by each of the Company’s directors, officers and 5% shareholders immediately prior to the Offering (the “Insiders”) as supplemented by all information concerning the Company’s directors, officers and principal shareholders as described in the Offering Materials, provided to the Underwriters, is true and correct in all material respects and the Company has not become aware of any information which would cause the information disclosed in the Questionnaires to become materially inaccurate and incorrect.
(rr) Electronic Road Show. The Company has made available a “bona fide electronic road show” in compliance with Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) of the Securities Act Regulations such that no filing of any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h) of the Securities Act Regulations) is required in connection with the Offering.
(ss) Margin Securities. The Company owns no “margin securities” as that term is defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”), and none of the proceeds of Offering will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin security, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin security or for any other purpose which might cause any of the Securities to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meanings of Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.
10 |
(tt) Export and Import Laws. The Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, each of its Affiliates, and any director, officer, agent or employee of, or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company, has acted at all times in compliance with applicable Export and Import Laws (as defined below) and there are no claims, complaints, charges, investigations or Proceedings pending or expected or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and any governmental authority under any Export or Import Laws. The term “Export and Import Laws” means the Arms Export Control Act, the International Traffic in Arms Regulations, the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, the Export Administration Regulations, and all other laws and regulations of the United States government regulating the provision of services to non-U.S. parties or the export and import of articles or information from and to the United States of America, and all similar laws and regulations of any foreign government regulating the provision of services to parties not of the foreign country or the export and import of articles and information from and to the foreign country to parties not of the foreign country.
(uu) Integration. Neither the Company, nor any of its affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf has, directly or indirectly, made any offers or sales of any security or solicited any offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would cause the Offering to be integrated with prior offerings by the Company for purposes of the Securities Act that would require the registration of any such securities under the Securities Act.
(vv) No Fiduciary Duties. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters’ responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature and that none of the Underwriters or their Affiliates or any selling agent shall be deemed to be acting in a fiduciary capacity, or otherwise owes any fiduciary duty to the Company or any of its Affiliates in connection with the Offering and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company acknowledges that the Underwriters may have financial interests in the success of the Offering that are not limited to the difference between the Per Share Price to the public and the purchase price paid to the Company by the Underwriters for the Offering Securities and the Underwriters have no obligation to disclose, or account to the Company for, any of such additional financial interests. The Company hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the Company may have against the Underwriters with respect to any breach or alleged breach of fiduciary duty.
Section 3. Delivery and Payment.
(a) On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell the Offered Securities to the Underwriters, and the Underwriters agree to purchase the Offered Securities. The purchase price for each Underwritten Share and Reseller Share shall be $[ ] (the “Per Share Price”).
(b) The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters the option to purchase some or all of the Additional Shares, and, upon the basis of the warranties and representations and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase all or any portion of the Additional Shares at the Per Share Price as may be necessary to cover over-allotments made in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. This option may be exercised by the Underwriters at any time (but not more than once) on or before the forty-fifth (45th) day following the date hereof, by written notice to the Company (the “Option Notice”). The Option Notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Additional Shares as to which the option is being exercised, and the date and time when the Additional Shares are to be delivered (such date and time being herein referred to as the “Option Closing Date”); provided, however, that the Option Closing Date shall not be earlier than the Closing Date (as defined below) nor earlier than the second business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised (or third business day if the Option Notice is given after 4.30pm Eastern Time) nor later than the fifth business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised unless the Company and the Underwriters otherwise agree. Payment of the purchase price for and delivery of the Additional Shares shall be made at the Option Closing Date in the same manner and at the same office as the payment for the Underwritten Shares as set forth in subparagraph (c) below.
(c) The Underwritten Shares and the Reseller Shares will be delivered by the Company to the Underwriters against payment of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of same day funds payable to the order of the Company’s offices, or such other location as may be mutually acceptable, at 6:00 a.m. Pacific Time, on the second (or if the Underwritten Shares are priced, as contemplated by Rule 15c6-1(c) under the Exchange Act, after 4:30 p.m. Eastern Time, the third) full business day following the date hereof, or at such other time and date as the Underwriters and the Company determine pursuant to Rule 15c6-1(a) under the Exchange Act, or, in the case of the Additional Shares, at such date and time set forth in the Option Notice. The time and date of delivery of the Underwritten Shares, the Reseller Shares or the Additional Shares, as applicable, is referred to herein as the “Closing Date”. If the Underwriters so elect, delivery of the Underwritten Shares, the Reseller Shares and Additional Shares may be made by credit through full fast transfer to the account at The Depository Trust Company designated by the Underwriters.
11 |
Section 4. Covenants and Agreements of the Company. The Company further covenants and agrees with the Underwriters as follows:
(a) Registration Statement Matters. The Registration Statement and any amendments thereto have been declared effective, and if Rule 430A is used or the filing of the Prospectus is otherwise required under Rule 424(b), the Company will file the Prospectus (properly completed if Rule 430A has been used) pursuant to Rule 424(b) within the prescribed time period and will provide evidence satisfactory to the Underwriters of such timely filing. The Company will advise the Underwriters promptly after they receive notice thereof of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any supplement or amendment to the Prospectus has been filed and will furnish the Underwriters with copies thereof. The Company will file promptly all reports and any definitive proxy or information statements required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act subsequent to the date of the Prospectus and for so long as the delivery of a prospectus is required in connection with the Offering. The Company will advise the Underwriters, promptly after it receives notice thereof (i) of any request by the Commission to amend the Registration Statement or to amend or supplement the Prospectus or for additional information, and (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or any order preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, of the suspension of the qualification of the Offered Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the institution or threatened institution of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop order or prevention or suspension of such use. If the Commission shall enter any such stop order or order or notice of prevention or suspension at any time, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the lifting of such order at the earliest possible moment, or will file a new registration statement and use its commercially reasonable efforts to have such new registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable. Additionally, the Company agrees that it shall comply with the provisions of Rules 424(b), 430A, 430B and 430C, as applicable, under the Securities Act, including with respect to the timely filing of documents thereunder, and will use its commercially reasonable efforts to confirm that any filings made by the Company under such Rule 424(b) are received in a timely manner by the Commission.
(b) Blue Sky Compliance. The Company will cooperate with the Underwriters in endeavoring to qualify the Offered Securities for sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions (United States and foreign) as the Underwriters may reasonably request and will make such applications, file such documents, and furnish such information as may be reasonably required for that purpose, provided the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or required to file such a consent, and provided further that the Company shall not be required to produce any new disclosure document other than the Prospectus. The Company will, from time to time, prepare and file such statements, reports and other documents as are or may be required to continue such qualifications in effect for so long a period as the Underwriters may reasonably request for distribution of the Offered Securities. The Company will advise the Underwriters promptly of the suspension of the qualification or registration of (or any such exemption relating to) the Offered Securities for offering, sale or trading in any jurisdiction or any initiation or threat of any proceeding for any such purpose, and in the event of the issuance of any order suspending such qualification, registration or exemption, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal thereof at the earliest possible moment.
(c) Amendments and Supplements to the Prospectus and Other Matters. The Company will comply with the Rules and Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Offered Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and the Prospectus. If during the period in which a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with the distribution of Offered Securities contemplated by the Prospectus (the “Prospectus Delivery Period”), any event shall occur as a result of which, in the judgment of the Company or in the opinion of the Underwriters or counsel for the Underwriters, it becomes necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, as the case may be, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with any law, the Company will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, and furnish at its own expense to the Underwriters and to dealers, an appropriate amendment to the Registration Statement or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus that is necessary in order to make the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, as the case may be, not misleading, or so that the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, as so amended or supplemented, will comply with law. Before amending the Registration Statement or supplementing the Prospectus in connection with the Offering, the Company will furnish the Underwriters with a copy of such proposed amendment or supplement and will not file any such amendment or supplement to which the Underwriters reasonably objects; the Underwriters, and its counsel shall have at least three (3) business days to review and return any comments to the Company.
12 |
(d) Copies of any Amendments and Supplements to the Prospectus. The Company will furnish the Underwriters, without charge, during the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the final Closing Date of the Offering, as many copies of the Prospectus and any amendments and supplements thereto as the Underwriters may reasonably request.
(e) Free Writing Prospectus. The Company covenants that it will not, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Underwriters, make any offer relating to the Offered Securities that would constitute a Company Free Writing Prospectus (as defined below) or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act) required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433 of the Securities Act. In the event that the Underwriters expressly consent in writing to any such free writing prospectus (a “Permitted Free Writing Prospectus”), the Company covenants that it shall (i) treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as a Company Free Writing Prospectus, and (ii) comply with the requirements of Rule 164 and 433 of the Securities Act applicable to such Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including in respect of timely filing with the Commission, legending and record keeping. “Company Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act Regulations (“Rule 433”), including without limitation any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act Regulations) relating to the public securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the public securities or of the Offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).
(f) Transfer Agent. The Company will maintain, at its expense, a registrar and transfer agent for its Ordinary Shares for so long as the Ordinary Shares are publicly traded.
(g) Earnings Statement. As soon as practicable and in accordance with applicable requirements under the Securities Act, but in any event not later than 18 months after the last Closing Date, the Company will make generally available to its security holders and to the Underwriters an earnings statement, covering a period of at least 12 consecutive months beginning after the last Closing Date, that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) and Rule 158 under the Securities Act.
(h) Periodic Reporting Obligations. During the Prospectus Delivery Period, the Company will duly file, on a timely basis, with the Commission all reports and documents required to be filed under the Exchange Act within the time periods and in the manner required by the Exchange Act.
(i) Additional Documents. The Company will enter into any subscription, purchase or other customary agreements as the Underwriters deem necessary or appropriate to consummate the Offering, all of which will be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Underwriters.
(j) No Manipulation of Price. The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or result in, or that has constituted or might reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any securities of the Company.
(k) Company Lock-Up.
(i) The Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Underwriters, from the date of execution of this Agreement and continuing for a period of 12 months from the date on which the trading of the Ordinary Shares on a Senior Exchange commences (the “Lock-Up Period”), (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Ordinary Shares or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Ordinary Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, except to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement. The Company agrees not to accelerate the vesting of any option or warrant or the lapse of any repurchase right prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period.
13 |
(ii) The restrictions contained in Section 4(k)(i) hereof shall not apply to: (A) the Offered Securities, (B) Ordinary Shares underlying the Underwriters’ Warrants, (C) any security issued or proposed to be issued under an employee stock purchase plan, (which shall be no more than 10% of the Company’s current issued and outstanding shares)in each case, as described in the Offering Materials, and (D) Ordinary Shares or other securities issued in connection with a transaction with an unaffiliated third party that includes a bona fide commercial relationship (including joint ventures, marketing or distribution arrangements, collaboration agreements or intellectual property license agreements) or any acquisition of assets or acquisition of not less than a majority or controlling portion of the equity of another entity; provided that (x) the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to clause (D) shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the total number of outstanding Ordinary Shares immediately following the issuance and sale of the Offered Securities and (y) the recipient of any such Ordinary Shares or other securities issued or granted pursuant to clauses (C) and (D) during the Lock-Up Period shall enter into an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto..
(l) Acknowledgment. The Company acknowledges that any advice given by the Underwriters to the Company is solely for the benefit and use of the Board of Directors of the Company and may not be used, reproduced, disseminated, quoted or referred to, without such Underwriters’ prior written consent.
(m) Listing. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the listing of the Offered Securities on a Senior Exchange for five (5) years after the date of this Agreement.
(n) Application of Net Proceeds. The Company shall apply the net proceeds from the Offering of the Offered Securities received by it in a manner consistent with the application thereof described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Final Prospectus.
(o) Rule 158. The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the Exchange Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by Rule 158(a) under Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.
(p) Stabilization. Neither the Company nor, to its knowledge, any of its employees, directors or shareholders (without the consent of the Underwriters) has taken or shall take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under Regulation M of the Exchange Act, or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Securities.
(q) Internal Controls. The Company shall maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary in order to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.
(r) Accountants. The Company shall retain an independent registered public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Underwriters (it being understood that Friedman LLP is an independent registered public accounting firm that is reasonably acceptable to the Underwriters), and the Company shall continue to retain a nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm for a period of at least five (5) years after the date of this Agreement.
(s) FINRA. The Company shall advise the Underwriters (who shall make an appropriate filing with FINRA) if it is or becomes aware that (i) any officer or director of the Company, (ii) any beneficial owner of 5% or more of any class of the Company’s securities or (iii) any beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered equity securities which were acquired during the 180 days immediately preceding the original filing of the Registration Statement is or becomes an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the Offering (as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA).
(t) Board Composition and Board Designations. The Company shall ensure that: (i) the qualifications of the persons serving as Board members and the overall composition of the Board comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules promulgated thereunder and with the listing requirements of the Senior Exchange and (ii) if applicable, at least one member of the Board qualifies as a “financial expert” as such term is defined under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules promulgated thereunder.
14 |
Section 5. Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters. The obligations of the Underwriter hereunder shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company set forth in Section 2 hereof, in each case as of the date hereof and as of each Closing Date as though then made, to the timely performance by each of the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder on and as of such dates, and to each of the following additional conditions:
(a) Accountants’ Comfort Letter. On the date hereof, the Underwriters shall have received, and the Company shall have caused to be delivered to the Underwriters, a letter from Friedman LLP addressed to the Underwriters, dated as of the date hereof, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters. The letter shall not disclose any change in the condition (financial or other), earnings, operations, business or prospects of the Company from that set forth in the Prospectus, which, in the Underwriters’ sole judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in the Underwriters’ sole judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the Offering of the Offered Securities as contemplated by the Prospectus.
(b) Compliance with Registration Requirements; No Stop Order; No Objection from the FINRA. The Registration Statement shall have become effective and all necessary regulatory and listing approvals shall have been received not later than 5:30 P.M., New York City time, on the date of this Agreement, or at such later time and date as shall have been consented to in writing by the Underwriters. The Prospectus (in accordance with Rule 424(b)) and “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act), if any, shall have been duly filed with the Commission in a timely fashion in accordance with the terms thereof. At or prior to each Closing Date and the actual time of the Closing, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; no order preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; no order having the effect of ceasing or suspending the distribution of the Offered Securities or any other securities of the Company shall have been issued by any securities commission, securities regulatory authority or stock exchange and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or shall be pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, contemplated by any securities commission, securities regulatory authority or stock exchange; all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with; and the FINRA shall have raised no objections to the fairness and reasonableness of the placement terms and arrangements. On the Closing Date, the Company’s Ordinary Shares shall have been approved for listing on the Senior Exchange.
(c) Corporate Proceedings. All corporate proceedings and other legal matters in connection with this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and the registration, sale and delivery of the Securities, shall have been completed or resolved in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters’ counsel.
(d) No Material Adverse Effect. Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to each Closing Date, in the Underwriter’s sole judgment after consultation with the Company, there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect.
(e) Opinions of Counsel for the Company. The Underwriters shall have received on each Closing Date
(i) the favorable opinion of Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP, Company securities counsel, dated as of such Closing Date, including, without limitation, a customary negative assurance letter, addressed to the Underwriters in customary form reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters;
(ii) the favorable opinion of Harney Westwood & Riegels LP, Company British Virgin Islands counsel, dated as of such Closing Date, including, without limitation, a customary negative assurance letter for applicable sections, addressed to the Underwriters in customary form reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters; and
(iii) the favorable opinion of China Commercial Law Firm, Company PRC counsel, dated as of such Closing Date, including, without limitation, a customary negative assurance letter for applicable sections, addressed to the Underwriters in customary form reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriter.
The Underwriters shall rely on the opinions of (i) the Company’s British Virgin Islands counsel, Harney Westwood & Riegels LP, filed as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement, as to the due incorporation, validity of the Securities and due authorization, execution and delivery of the Agreement and (ii) the Company’s PRC counsel, China Commercial Law Firm, filed as Exhibit 8.1 to the Registration Statement.
(f) Officers’ Certificate. The Underwriters shall have received on each Closing Date a certificate of the Company, dated as of such Closing Date, signed by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, to the effect that, and the Underwriters shall be satisfied that, the signers of such certificate have reviewed the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and this Agreement and to the further effect that:
(i) The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct, as if made on and as of such Closing Date, and the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date;
15 |
(ii) No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the use of the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened under the Securities Act; no order having the effect of ceasing or suspending the distribution of the Offered Securities or any other securities of the Company has been issued by any securities commission, securities regulatory authority or stock exchange in the United States and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, contemplated by any securities commission, securities regulatory authority or stock exchange in the United States;
(iii) When the Registration Statement became effective, at the time of sale, and at all times subsequent thereto up to the delivery of such certificate, the Registration Statement, when it became effective, contained all material information required to be included therein by the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, as the case may be, and in all material respects conformed to the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, as the case may be, and the Registration Statement, did not and does not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (provided, however, that the preceding representations and warranties contained in this paragraph (iii) shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information) and, since the effective date of the Registration Statement, there has occurred no event required by the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder to be set forth in the Registration Statement which has not been so set forth; and
(iv) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there has not been: (a) any Material Adverse Effect; (b) any transaction that is material to the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, except transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business; (c) any obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary, except obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business; (d) any material change in the capital stock (except changes thereto resulting from the exercise of outstanding options or warrants or conversion of outstanding indebtedness into Ordinary Shares of the Company) or outstanding indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary (except for the conversion of such indebtedness into Ordinary Shares of the Company); (e) any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made on Ordinary Shares of the Company; or (f) any loss or damage (whether or not insured) to the property of the Company or any Subsidiary which has been sustained or will have been sustained which has a Material Adverse Effect.
(g) Secretary’s Certificate. As of each Closing Date the Underwriters shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Secretary of the Company, dated such Closing Date, certifying: (i) that each of the Company’s Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association attached to such certificate is true and complete, has not been modified and is in full force and effect; (ii) that each of the Subsidiaries’ Articles of Association, Memorandum of Association or charter documents attached to such certificate is true and complete, has not been modified and is in full force and effect; (iii) that the resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors relating to the Offering attached to such certificate are in full force and effect and have not been modified; and (iv) the good standing of the Company and each of the Subsidiaries. The documents referred to in such certificate shall be attached to such certificate.
(h) Bring-down Comfort Letter. On each Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received from Friedman LLP, or such other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by the Company at such time, a letter dated as of such Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 5, except that the specified date referred to therein for the carrying out of procedures shall be no more than three business days prior to such Closing Date.
(i) Additional Documents. On or before each Closing Date, the Underwriters and counsel for the Underwriters shall have received such customary information and documents as they may reasonably require for the purposes of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Offered Securities as contemplated herein, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations and warranties, or the satisfaction of any of the conditions or agreements, herein contained. If any condition specified in this Section 5 is not satisfied when and as required to be satisfied, this Agreement may be terminated by the Underwriters by notice to the Company at any time on or prior to such Closing Date, which termination shall be without liability on the part of any party to any other party, except that Section 6 (Payment of Expenses), Section 7 (Indemnification and Contribution) and Section 8 (Representations and Indemnities to Survive Delivery) shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.
16 |
(j) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement or, if earlier, the dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement (exclusive of any amendment thereof) and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto), there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company (other than as described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus) or any change or development involving a change, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, in the business, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, shareholders’ equity, properties or prospects of the Company, taken as a whole, including but not limited to the occurrence of any fire, flood, storm, explosion, accident, act of war or terrorism or other calamity, the effect of which, in any such case described above, is, in the sole judgment of the Underwriters, so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the sale of Offered Securities or Offering as contemplated hereby.
(k) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and up to each Closing Date, there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) trading in securities generally on a Senior Exchange or any Trading Market shall not have commenced, (ii) a banking moratorium shall have been declared by federal or state authorities or a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States, (iii) the United States shall have become engaged in hostilities in which it is not currently engaged, the subject of an act of terrorism, there shall have been an escalation in hostilities involving the United States, or there shall have been a declaration of a national emergency or war by the United States, or (iv) there shall have occurred any other calamity or crisis or any change in general economic, political or financial conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event in clause (ii) or (iv) makes it, in the sole judgment of the Underwriters, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the sale or delivery of the Offered Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated by the Prospectus.
(l) The Underwriters shall have received a lock-up agreement from each Lock-Up Party set forth on Schedule A, duly executed by the applicable Lock-Up Party, in each case substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A.
(m) No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of any Closing Date, prevent the issuance or sale of the Offered Securities; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of such Closing Date, prevent the issuance or sale of the Offered Securities or materially and adversely affect or potentially materially and adversely affect the business or operations of the Company.
If any of the conditions specified in this Section 5 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required by this Agreement, or if any of the certificates, opinions, written statements or letters furnished to the Underwriters or to Underwriters’ counsel pursuant to this Section 5 shall not be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Underwriters and to Underwriters’ counsel, all obligations of the Underwriter hereunder may be cancelled by the Underwriters at, or at any time prior to, the consummation of the Offering. Notice of such cancellation shall be given to the Company in writing or orally. Any such oral notice shall be confirmed promptly thereafter in writing.
Section 6. Payment of Company Expenses. The Company agrees to pay all costs, fees and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder and in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation: (i) all expenses incident to the issuance, delivery and qualification of the Securities (including all printing and engraving costs); (ii) all fees and expenses of the registrar and transfer agent of the Offered Securities; (iii) all necessary issue, transfer and other stamp taxes in connection with the issuance and sale of the Offered Securities; (iv) all fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel, independent public or certified public accountants and other advisors; (v) all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, printing, filing, shipping and distribution of the Registration Statement (including financial statements, exhibits, schedules, consents and certificates of experts), the Prospectus, and all amendments and supplements thereto, and this Agreement; (vi) all filing fees, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by the Company or the Underwriters in connection with qualifying or registering (or obtaining exemptions from the qualification or registration of) all or any part of the Securities for offer and sale under the state securities or blue sky laws or the securities laws of any other country, and, if reasonably requested by the Underwriters, preparing and printing a “Blue Sky Survey,” an “International Blue Sky Survey” or other memorandum, and any supplements thereto, advising any of the Underwriters of such qualifications, registrations and exemptions; (vii) if applicable, the filing fees incident to the review and approval by the FINRA of the Underwriters’ participation in the offering and distribution of the Securities; (viii) the fees and expenses associated with including the Ordinary Shares on the Trading Market; and (ix) all costs and expenses incident to the travel and accommodation of the Company’s employees on the “roadshow,” as described in Section 1(a)(iii) of this Agreement.
17 |
Section 7. Indemnification and Contribution.
(a) The Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Underwriters, its Affiliates, directors and officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls the Underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each an “Underwriter Indemnified Party”), from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (including in settlement of any litigation if such settlement is effected with the prior written consent of the Company) arising out of (i) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, including the information deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness and at any subsequent time pursuant to Rules 430A and 430B of the Securities Act Regulations, or arise out of or are based upon the omission from the Registration Statement, or alleged omission to state therein, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (ii) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any other materials used in connection with the Offering, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and will reimburse such Underwriter Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with evaluating, investigating or defending against such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information. The indemnification obligations under this Section 7(a) are not exclusive and will be in addition to any liability which the Company might otherwise have and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available at law or in equity to each Underwriter Indemnified Party.
(b) The Underwriters will jointly and severally indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company, its Affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each a “Company Indemnified Party”), from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which such Company Indemnified Party may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Representative), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information, and will reimburse such Company Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with defending against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Underwriters shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Underwriters by the Company. The indemnification obligations under this Section 7(b) are not exclusive and will be in addition to any liability which the Underwriters might otherwise have and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available at law or in equity to each Company Indemnified Party.
(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof, but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have to any indemnified party except to the extent such indemnifying party has been materially prejudiced by such failure. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of the indemnifying party’s election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof; provided, however, that if (i) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, (ii) a conflict or potential conflict exists (based on advice of counsel to the indemnified party) between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party will not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party), or (iii) the indemnifying party has not in fact employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable time after receiving notice of the commencement of the action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ a single counsel to represent it in any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 7, in which event the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel shall be borne by the indemnifying party or parties and reimbursed to the indemnified party as incurred.
18 |
(d) The indemnifying party under this Section 7 shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement, compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in any pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is a party or could be named and indemnity was or would be sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability for claims that are the subject matter of such action, suit or proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel pursuant to Section 7(c), such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.
(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering and sale of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the Offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total cash compensation received by the Underwriters. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriters and the parties’ relevant intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (e) were to be determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (e). The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending against any action or claim that is the subject of this subsection (e). No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
(f) For purposes of this Agreement, the Underwriters confirm, and the Company acknowledges, that there is no information concerning the Underwriters furnished in writing to the Company by the Underwriters specifically for preparation of or inclusion in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus other than the Underwriter Information.
Section 8. Representations and Indemnities to Survive Delivery. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company or any person controlling the Company, of its officers, and of the Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriters, the Company, or any of its or their partners, officers or directors or any controlling person, as the case may be, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Securities sold hereunder and any termination of this Agreement. A successor to the Underwriters, or to the Company, its directors or officers or any person controlling the Company, shall be entitled to the benefits of the indemnity, contribution and reimbursement agreements contained in this Agreement.
Section 9. Termination.
(a) This Agreement shall become effective upon the later of: (i) receipt by the Underwriters and the Company of notification of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or (ii) the execution of this Agreement. The Underwriters shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time upon 15 days written notice to the Company, or as practical as possible prior to any Closing Date if: (i) any domestic or international event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted, or in the reasonable opinion of the Underwriters will in the immediate future materially disrupt, the market for the Company’s securities or securities in general; or (ii) trading on a Senior Exchange has been rejected by such Senior Exchange or made subject to material limitations, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities have been required, on the Senior Exchange or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority having jurisdiction; or (iii) a banking moratorium has been declared by any state or federal authority or any material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services has occurred; or (iv) (A) there has occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or acts of terrorism involving the United States or China or there is a declaration of a national emergency or war by the United States or China or (B) there has been any other calamity or crisis or any change in political, financial or economic conditions, if the effect of any such event in (A) or (B), in the reasonable judgment of the Underwriters, is so material and adverse that such event makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the Offering, sale and delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated by the Prospectus.
19 |
(b) Any notice of termination pursuant to this Section 9 shall be in writing.
(c) If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to any of the provisions hereof, or if the sale of the Securities provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Underwriters set forth herein is not satisfied or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any agreement herein or comply with any provision hereof, the Company will, subject to demand by the Underwriter, reimburse the Underwriters for only those out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of their counsel, and expenses associated with a due diligence report), actually incurred by the Underwriters in connection herewith as allowed under FINRA Rule 5110, less any amounts previously paid by the Company, subject to the cap on expenses set forth in Section 1(a)(iii) hereof. To the extent that the Underwriters’ out-of-pocket expenses are less than the sums already advanced by the Company to the Underwriters (“Advances”), the Underwriters will return to the Company that portion of the Advances not offset by actual expenses.
Section 10. Right of First Refusal The Company agrees that it shall provide the Underwriters the right of first refusal (“Right of First Refusal”) for the longer of two (2) years from the termination or expiration of the Engagement Letter to act as financial advisor or to act as joint financial advisor on at least equal economic terms on any public or private financing (debt or equity), merger, business combination, recapitalization or sale of some or all of the equity or assets of the Company (collectively, “Future Services”). In the event the Company notifies the Underwriters of its intention to pursue an activity that would enable the Underwriters to exercise their Right of First Refusal to provide Future Services, the Underwriters shall notify the Company of its election to provide such Future Services, including notification of the compensation and other terms to which the Underwriters claim to be entitled, within thirty (30) days of written notice by the Company. In the event the Company engages the Underwriters to provide such Future Services, the Underwriters will be compensated consistent with Section 2 of the Engagement Letter, unless mutually agreed otherwise by the Company and the Underwriters.
Section 11. Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed, hand delivered, delivered by reputable overnight courier (i.e., Federal Express) or delivered by facsimile or e-mail transmission to the parties hereto as follows:
If to the Underwriters, then to:
Boustead Securities, LLC/ Brilliant Norton Securities Company Limited
6 Venture, Suite 395
Irvine, CA 92618
Attn: | Keith Moore |
Attn: | Daniel J. McClory |
Email: | Keith@boustead1828.com |
Dan@boustead1828.com |
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP
366 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10017
Attn: | William Rosenstadt, Esq. |
Jason Ye, Esq. | |
Email: | wsr@orllp.legal |
jye@orllp.legal |
If to the Company:
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited
c/o Wunong Asia Pacific Co. Ltd.
B401, 4th Floor, 12th Building
Zhichuang Matrix Shuangchuang Park
Southern District, Hourui Second Industrial Zone
Hangcheng Street, Baoan District
Shenzhen PRC
[Telephone]
Attn: | Mr. Chen Peijiang, Chairman |
Email: | [---------------] |
20 |
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP
1185 Avenue of the Americas, 37th Floor
New York, NY 10036
Attn: | Benjamin Tan, Esq. |
Email: | btan@SRF.LAW |
If to Reseller, then to:
August International Group Company Limited
[ ]
Attn: Dong Zhang
Any party hereto may change the address for receipt of communications by giving written notice to the others.
Section 12. Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, and to the benefit of the employees, officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 7 hereof, and to their respective successors, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.
Section 13. Partial Unenforceability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.
Section 14. Governing Law Provisions. This Agreement shall be deemed to have been made and delivered in New York and both this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be governed as to validity, interpretation, construction, effect and in all other respects by the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof. Each of the Underwriters and the Company: (i) agrees that any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and/or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be instituted exclusively in New York Supreme Court, County of New York, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, (ii) waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding, and (iii) irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of the New York Supreme Court, County of New York, and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York in any such suit, action or proceeding. Each of the Underwriters and the Company further agrees to accept and acknowledge service of any and all process which may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding in the New York Supreme Court, County of New York, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and agrees that service of process upon the Company mailed by certified mail to the Company’s address shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company, in any such suit, action or proceeding, and service of process upon the Underwriters mailed by certified mail to the Underwriters’ address(es) shall be deemed in every respect effective service process upon the Underwriters, in any such suit, action or proceeding.
Section 15. General Provisions.
(a) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement and supersedes all prior written or oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations solely with respect to the subject matters hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, it is understood and agreed by the parties hereto that all other terms and conditions of the Engagement Letter and the agreement among underwriters by and between Boustead Securities, LLC and Brilliant Norton Securities Company Limited dated [ ], 2020 shall remain in full force and effect. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each one of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement may not be amended or modified unless in writing and signed by all of the parties hereto, and no condition herein (express or implied) may be waived unless waived in writing by each party whom the condition is meant to benefit. Section headings herein are for the convenience of the parties only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.
(b) The Company acknowledges that in connection with the Offering of the Securities: (i) the Underwriters have acted at arm’s length, is not an agent of, and owes no fiduciary duties to the Company or any other person, (ii) the Underwriters owe the Company only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement and (iii) the Underwriters may have interests that differ from those of the Company. The Company waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims it may have against the Underwriter arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Offered Securities.
[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]
21 |
If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign below whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts hereof, shall become a binding agreement in accordance with its terms.
Very truly yours, | ||
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED | ||
By: | ||
Name: |
Yunfei Huang |
|
Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
August International Group Company Limited |
||
By: | ||
Name: |
Dong Zhang |
|
Title: |
The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and agreed to of the date first above written.
BOUSTEAD SECURITIES, LLC | ||
By: | ||
Name: | Keith Moore | |
Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
BRILLIANT NORTON SECURITIES COMPANY LIMITED | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Schedule A
Lock-up Party
Locked-up Parties |
Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially Owned |
Lock Up Period | ||
Directors/Officers | ||||
Other Shareholders: | ||||
Schedule B
List of Underwriters
Boustead Securities, LLC (“Boustead”)
Brilliant Norton Securities Company Limited (“Brilliant Norton”)
Exhibit A
Form of Lock-up Agreement
[_____________], 2020
Boustead Securities, LLC
6 Venture, Suite 395
Irvine, CA 92618
Re: Proposed Public Offering by Wunong Net Technology Company Limited
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, a stockholder, director or officer of Wunong Net Technology Company Limited, a British Virgin Islands company limited by shares (the “Company”), understands that Boustead Securities, LLC and Brilliant Norton Securities Company Limited (the “Underwriters”) will act as an underwriters to carry out an offering (the “Offering”) of the Company’s ordinary shares, par value $1.00 per share (the “Ordinary Shares”). In recognition of the benefit that the Offering will confer upon the undersigned, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees with the Underwriter that, without the prior written consent of the Underwriters, during a period of up to 12 months from the date on which the trading of the Ordinary Shares on the Senior Exchange commences (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of the Underwriters, directly or indirectly (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any securities of the Company (including the issuance of Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of options) (collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities”), whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, or file, or cause to be filed, any registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of the Lock-Up Securities or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may transfer the Lock-Up Securities without the prior written consent of the Underwriters as follows, provided that (1) the Underwriters receive a signed lock-up agreement for the balance of the Lock-Up Period from each donee, trustee or transferee, as the case may be, (2) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (3) such transfers are not required to be reported in any public report or filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or otherwise and (4) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfers:
(1) as a bona fide gift or gifts; or
(2) to any trust or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of, or wholly-owned by, the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned (for purposes of this lock-up agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin); or
(3) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity (1) transfers to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is a direct or indirect affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned or (2) distributions of Ordinary Shares or any security convertible into or exercisable for Ordinary Shares to limited partners, limited liability company members or stockholders of the undersigned; or
(4) if the undersigned is a trust, transfers to the beneficiary of such trust; or
(5) by will, other testamentary document or intestate succession; or
(6) by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement.; or
(7) pursuant to a trading plan established prior to [__], 2020 pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act.
The undersigned further agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of this lock-up agreement during the Lock-Up Period, it will give notice thereof to the Company and will not consummate such transaction or take any such action unless it has received written confirmation from the Company that the Lock-Up Period has expired.
The undersigned understands that, if the Offering shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Securities, the undersigned shall be released from all obligations set forth herein.
The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.
The undersigned, whether or not participating in the Offering, understands that the Underwriters are proceeding with the Offering in reliance upon this lock-up agreement.
This lock-up agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.
[Signature page follows]
Very truly yours, | |
(Name - Please Print) | |
(Signature) |
Exhibit B
Form of Underwriters’ Warrant
BVI Company Number: 2000335
TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS
THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT 2004
MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
OF
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited
Incorporated on the 4th day of December, 2018
(Amended as at the 19th day of August, 2019)
(Amended as at the 18th day of October, 2019)
COVERDALE TRUST SERVICES LIMITED
FOR
- 1 - |
TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS
THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT 2004
MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION
OF
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited
A COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
1. | DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION |
1.1. | In this Memorandum of Association and the attached Articles of Association, if not inconsistent with the subject or context: |
“Act” means the BVI Business Companies Act (No. 16 of 2004) and any subsequent amendments thereto and includes such regulations as may be made under the Act from time to time;
“Articles” means the attached Articles of Association of the Company;
“Chairman of the Board” has the meaning specified in Regulation 12;
“Distribution” in relation to a distribution by the Company means the direct or indirect transfer of an asset, other than Shares, to or for the benefit of the Shareholder in relation to Shares held by a Shareholder, and whether by means of a purchase of an asset, the redemption or other acquisition of Shares, a distribution of indebtedness or otherwise, and includes a dividend;
“Eligible Person” includes individuals, corporations and other bodies corporate, trusts, the estates of deceased individuals, partnerships and unincorporated associations of Persons;
‘Person’ includes individuals, bodies corporate, and associations of corporate or unincorporated individuals or other entities or both.
“Memorandum” means this Memorandum of Association of the Company;
“Resolution of Directors” means either:
(a) | a resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of directors of the Company or of a committee of directors of the Company by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at the meeting who voted except that where a director is given more than one vote, he shall be counted by the number of votes he casts for the purpose of establishing a majority; or | |
(b) | a resolution consented to in writing by all directors or by all members of a committee of directors of the Company, as the case may be; |
“Resolution of Shareholders” means either:
(a) | a resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of the Shareholders of the Company by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes of the Shares entitled to vote thereon which were present at the meeting and were voted; or | |
(b) | a resolution consented to in writing by a majority of the votes of Shares entitled to vote thereon; |
“Seal” means any seal which has been duly adopted as the common seal of the Company;
“Securities” means Shares and debt obligations of every kind of the Company, and including without limitation options, warrants and rights to acquire shares or debt obligations;
- 2 - |
“Share” means a share issued or to be issued by the Company;
“Shareholder” means an Eligible Person whose name is entered in the register of members of the Company as the holder of one or more Shares or fractional Shares;
“Treasury Share” means a Share that was previously issued but was repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Company and not cancelled; and
“written” or any term of like import includes information generated, sent, received or stored by electronic, electrical, digital, magnetic, optical, electromagnetic, biometric or photonic means, including electronic data interchange, electronic mail, telegram, telex or telecopy, and “in writing” shall be construed accordingly.
1.2. | In the Memorandum and the Articles, unless the context otherwise requires a reference to: |
(a) | a “Regulation” is a reference to a regulation of the Articles; | |
(b) | a “Clause” is a reference to a clause of the Memorandum; | |
(c) | voting by Shareholders is a reference to the casting of the votes attached to the Shares held by the Shareholder voting; | |
(d) | the Act, the Memorandum or the Articles is a reference to the Act or those documents as amended; | |
(e) | the singular includes the plural and vice versa, and; | |
(f) | a reference to any gender includes all other genders as well as the neuter gender. |
1.3. | Any words or expressions defined in the Act unless the context otherwise requires bear the same meaning in the Memorandum and Articles unless otherwise defined herein. |
1.4. | Headings are inserted for convenience only and shall be disregarded in interpreting the Memorandum and Articles. |
2. | NAME |
The name of the Company is Wunong Net Technology Company Limited.
3. | STATUS |
The Company is a company limited by shares.
4. | REGISTERED OFFICE AND REGISTERED AGENT |
4.1. | The first registered office of the Company is at 30 de Castro Street, Wickhams Cay 1, P.O. Box 4519, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands, the office of the first registered agent. |
4.2. | The first registered agent of the Company is Coverdale Trust Services Limited of 30 de Castro Street, Wickhams Cay 1, P.O. Box 4519, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. |
4.3. | The registered office and registered agent may be changed by Resolution of Shareholders or Resolution of Directors and shall be effected in accordance with the provisions of the Act1. |
5. | CAPACITY AND POWERS |
5.1. | Subject to the Act and any other British Virgin Islands legislation, the Company has, irrespective of corporate benefit: |
(a) | full capacity to carry on or undertake any business or activity, do any act or enter into any transaction; and | |
(b) | for the purposes of paragraph (a), full rights, powers and privileges. |
5.2 | Without limiting clause 5.1 the Company may: |
(a) | issue and cancel shares and hold treasury shares. |
1 BBC Act section 92
- 3 - |
(b) | grant options over unissued shares and treasury shares. | |
(c) | issue securities that are convertible into shares. | |
(d) | give financial assistance to any Person in connection with the acquisition of its own shares. | |
(e) | issue debentures. | |
(f) | guarantee a liability or obligation of any Person. | |
(g) | secure any of its obligations by mortgage, pledge or other charge, of any of its assets. | |
(h) | protect the assets of the company for the benefit of the company, its creditors or its members or, at the discretion of the directors, any Person having a direct or indirect interest in the Company. |
5.3 | For the purposes of clause 5.2(g) above, and notwithstanding the provisions of the Act, any other enactment or any rule of law to the contrary, the directors may cause the Company to transfer any of its assets in trust to one or more trustees, to any company, association, partnership, foundation or similar entity and, with respect to the transfer the directors may provide that the Company, or any of the Persons specified above may be the beneficiaries, creditors, members, certificate holders, partners, or holders of any other similar interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rights or interests of any existing or subsequent creditor of the company in any assets of the company are not affected by a transfer hereunder and are enforceable against a transferee. |
5.4 | For the purposes of section 9(4) of the Act, there are no limitations on the business that the Company may carry on. |
6. | NUMBER AND CLASSES OF SHARES |
6.1 | The Company is authorized to issue an unlimited number of shares of a par value of USD 1.00 of a single class. |
6.2 | The Company may issue fractional Shares and a fractional Share shall have the corresponding fractional rights, obligations and liabilities of a whole share of the same class. |
7. | DESIGNATIONS, POWERS, PREFERENCES, ETC. OF SHARES |
7.1 | Subject to sub-section 2 each Share in the Company confers upon the Shareholder: |
(a) | the right to one vote at a meeting of the Shareholders of the Company or on any Resolution of Shareholders; | |
(b) | the right to an equal share in any dividend paid by the Company; and | |
(c) | the right to an equal share in the distribution of the surplus assets of the Company on its liquidation. |
7.2 | The Company may issue shares subject to terms that negate or modify, in whole or in part the rights set out in sub-section 1, provided that all the aforesaid rights and conditions shall be identical as between shares of the same class. |
7.3 | The directors may at their discretion by Resolution of Directors redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire all or any of the Shares in the Company subject to Regulation 3 of the Articles. |
8. | VARIATION OF RIGHTS |
The rights attached to Shares as specified in Clause 7 may only, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied with the consent in writing of or by a resolution passed at a meeting by the holders of more than 50 per cent of the issued Shares of that class.
9. | RIGHTS NOT VARIED BY THE ISSUE OF SHARES PARI PASSU |
The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu therewith.
- 4 - |
10. | REGISTERED SHARES |
10.1 | The Company shall issue registered shares only. |
10.2 | The Company is not authorised to issue bearer shares, convert registered shares to bearer shares or exchange registered shares for bearer shares. |
11. | TRANSFER OF SHARES |
11.1 | The Company shall, on receipt of an instrument of transfer complying with Sub-Regulation 6.1 of the Articles, enter the name of the transferee of a Share in the register of members unless the directors resolve to refuse or delay the registration of the transfer for reasons that shall be specified in a Resolution of Directors. |
11.2 | The directors may not resolve to refuse or delay the transfer of a Share unless the Shareholder has failed to pay an amount due in respect of the Share. |
12. | AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES |
Subject to Clause 8, the Company may amend its Memorandum or Articles by a Resolution of Shareholders or by a Resolution of Directors, save that no amendment may be made by a Resolution of Directors:
(a) | to restrict the rights or powers of the Shareholders to amend the Memorandum or Articles; | |
(b) | to change the percentage of Shareholders required to pass a Resolution of Shareholders to amend the Memorandum or Articles; | |
(c) | in circumstances where the Memorandum or Articles cannot be amended by the Shareholders; or | |
(d) | to Clauses 7, 8 or 9 or this Clause 12. |
We, COVERDALE TRUST SERVICES LIMITED of 30 de Castro Street, Wickhams Cay 1, P.O. Box 4519, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands for the purpose of incorporating a BVI Business Company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands hereby sign this Memorandum of Association the 4th day of December, 2018:
Incorporator
Krishma Orr-Fraser
Authorised Signatory
Coverdale Trust Services Limited
TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS
THE BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT 2004
ARTICLES
OF ASSOCIATION
OF
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited
A COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
1. | REGISTERED SHARES |
1.1. | Every Shareholder is entitled to a certificate signed by a director of the Company or under the Seal specifying the number of Shares held by him and the signature of the director and the Seal may be facsimiles. |
1.2. | Any Shareholder receiving a certificate shall indemnify and hold the Company and its directors and officers harmless from any loss or liability which it or they may incur by reason of any wrongful or fraudulent use or representation made by any Person by virtue of the possession thereof. If a certificate for Shares is worn out or lost it may be renewed on production of the worn out certificate or on satisfactory proof of its loss together with such indemnity as may be required by a Resolution of Directors. |
1.3. | If several Eligible Persons are registered as joint holders of any Shares, any one of such Eligible Persons may give an effectual receipt for any Distribution. |
2. | SHARES |
2.1. | Shares and other Securities may be issued at such times, to such Eligible Persons, for such consideration and on such terms as the directors may by Resolution of Directors determine. |
2.2. | Section 46 of the Act (Pre-emptive rights) does not apply to the Company. |
2.3. | A Share may be issued for consideration in any form, including money, a promissory note, real property, personal property (including goodwill and know-how) or a contract for future services. |
2.4. | No Shares may be issued for a consideration other than money, unless a Resolution of Directors has been passed stating: |
(a) | the amount to be credited for the issue of the Shares; | |
(b) | their determination of the reasonable present cash value of the non-money consideration for the issue; and | |
(c) | that, in their opinion, the present cash value of the non-money consideration for the issue is not less than the amount to be credited for the issue of the Shares. |
2.5. | The Company shall keep a register (the “register of members”) containing: |
(a) | the names and addresses of the Eligible Persons who hold Shares; | |
(b) | the number of each class and series of Shares held by each Shareholder; | |
(c) | the date on which the name of each Shareholder was entered in the register of members; and | |
(d) | the date on which any Eligible Person ceased to be a Shareholder. |
2.6. | The register of members may be in any such form as the directors may approve, but if it is in magnetic, electronic or other data storage form, the Company must be able to produce legible evidence of its contents. Until the directors otherwise determine, the magnetic, electronic or other data storage form shall be the original register of members. |
- 2 - |
2.7. | A Share is deemed to be issued when the name of the Shareholder is entered in the register of members. |
3. | REDEMPTION OF SHARES AND TREASURY SHARES |
3.1. | The Company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire and hold its own Shares save that the Company may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its own Shares without the consent of Shareholders whose Shares are to be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired unless the Company is permitted by the Act or any other provision in the Memorandum or Articles to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire the Shares without their consent. |
3.2. | The Company may only offer to acquire Shares if at the relevant time the directors determine by Resolution of Directors that immediately after the acquisition the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due. |
3.3. | Sections 60 (Process for acquisition of own shares), 61 (Offer to one or more shareholders) and 62 (Shares redeemed otherwise than at the option of company) of the Act shall not apply to the Company. |
3.4. | Shares that the Company purchases, redeems or otherwise acquires pursuant to this Regulation may be cancelled or held as Treasury Shares except to the extent that such Shares are in excess of 50 percent of the issued Shares in which case they shall be cancelled but they shall be available for reissue. |
3.5. | All rights and obligations attaching to a Treasury Share are suspended and shall not be exercised by the Company while it holds the Share as a Treasury Share. |
3.6. | Treasury Shares may be disposed of by the Company on such terms and conditions (not otherwise inconsistent with the Memorandum and Articles) as the Company may by Resolution of Directors determine. |
4. | MORTGAGES AND CHARGES OF SHARES |
4.1. | Shareholders may mortgage or charge their Shares subject to the provisions of the Act2. |
4.2. | In the case of the mortgage or charge of registered shares there shall be entered in the register of members at the written request of the Shareholder or the named mortgagee or chargee of such shares: |
(a) | a statement that the Shares held by him are mortgaged or charged; | |
(b) | the name of the mortgagee or chargee; and | |
(c) | the date on which the particulars specified in subparagraphs (a) and (b) are entered in the register of members. |
4.3. | Where particulars of a mortgage or charge are entered in the register of members, such particulars may be cancelled: |
(a) | with the written consent of the named mortgagee or chargee or anyone authorised to act on his behalf; or | |
(b) | upon evidence satisfactory to the directors of the discharge of the liability secured by the mortgage or charge and the issue of such indemnities as the directors shall consider necessary or desirable. |
4.4. | Whilst particulars of a mortgage or charge over Shares are entered in the register of members pursuant to this Regulation: |
(a) | no transfer of any Share the subject of those particulars shall be effected; | |
(b) | the Company may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any such Share; and |
2 BBC Act section 66
- 3 - |
(c) | no replacement certificate shall be issued in respect of such Shares, |
without the written consent of the named mortgagee or chargee.
5. | FORFEITURE |
5.1. | Shares that are not fully paid on issue are subject to the forfeiture provisions set forth in this Regulation and for this purpose Shares issued for a promissory note or a contract for future services are deemed to be not fully paid. |
5.2. | A written notice of call specifying the date for payment to be made shall be served on the Shareholder who defaults in making payment in respect of the Shares. |
5.3. | The written notice of call referred to in Sub-Regulation 5.2 shall name a further date not earlier than the expiration of 14 days from the date of service of the notice on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made and shall contain a statement that in the event of non-payment at or before the time named in the notice the Shares, or any of them, in respect of which payment is not made will be liable to be forfeited. |
5.4. | Where a written notice of call has been issued pursuant to Sub-Regulation 5.3 and the requirements of the notice have not been complied with, the directors may, at any time before tender of payment, forfeit and cancel the Shares to which the notice relates. |
5.5. | The Company is under no obligation to refund any moneys to the Shareholder whose Shares have been cancelled pursuant to Sub-Regulation 5.4 and that Shareholder shall be discharged from any further obligation to the Company. |
6. | TRANSFER OF SHARES |
6.1. | Shares may be transferred by a written instrument of transfer signed by the transferor and containing the name and address of the transferee, which shall be sent to the Company at the office of its registered agent for registration. |
6.2. | The transfer of a Share is effective when the name of the transferee is entered on the register of members. |
6.3. | If the directors of the Company are satisfied that an instrument of transfer relating to Shares has been signed but that the instrument has been lost or destroyed, they may resolve by Resolution of Directors: |
(a) | to accept such evidence of the transfer of Shares as they consider appropriate; and | |
(b) | that the transferee’s name should be entered in the register of members notwithstanding the absence of the instrument of transfer. |
6.4. | Subject to the Memorandum, the Personal representative of a deceased Shareholder may transfer a Share even though the Personal representative is not a Shareholder at the time of the transfer. |
7. | MEETINGS AND CONSENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS |
7.1. | Any director of the Company may convene meetings of the Shareholders at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the director considers necessary or desirable. |
7.2. | Upon the written request of Shareholders entitled to exercise 30 per cent or more of the voting rights in respect of the matter for which the meeting is requested the directors shall convene a meeting of Shareholders. |
7.3. | The director or directors convening a meeting shall give not less than 7 days’ notice of a meeting of Shareholders to: |
(a) | those Shareholders whose names on the date the notice is given appear as Shareholders in the register of members of the Company and are entitled to vote at the meeting; and | |
(b) | the other directors. |
- 4 - |
7.4. | The director or directors convening a meeting of Shareholders may fix as the record date for determining those Shareholders that are entitled to vote at the meeting the date notice is given of the meeting, or such other date as may be specified in the notice, being a date not earlier than the date of the notice. |
7.5. | A meeting of Shareholders held in contravention of the requirement to give notice is valid if Shareholders holding at least 90 per cent of the total voting rights on all the matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting and, for this purpose, the presence of a Shareholder at the meeting shall constitute waiver in relation to all the Shares which that Shareholder holds. |
7.6. | The inadvertent failure of a director, or the directors, convening a meeting to give notice of a meeting to a Shareholder or another director, or the fact that a Shareholder or another director has not received notice, does not invalidate the meeting. |
7.7. | A Shareholder may be represented at a meeting of Shareholders by a proxy who may speak and vote on behalf of the Shareholder. |
7.8. | The instrument appointing a proxy shall be produced at the place designated for the meeting before the time for holding the meeting at which the Person named in such instrument proposes to vote. The notice of the meeting may specify an alternative or additional place or time at which the proxy shall be presented. |
7.9. | The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in substantially the following form or such other form as the chairman of the meeting shall accept as properly evidencing the wishes of the Shareholder appointing the proxy. |
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited
I/We being a Shareholder of the above Company HEREBY APPOINT of or failing him of to be my/our proxy to vote for me/us at the meeting of Shareholders to be held on the day of , 20 and at any adjournment thereof.
(Any restrictions on voting to be inserted here.)
Signed this day of , 20
Shareholder |
7.10. | The following applies where Shares are jointly owned: |
(a) | if two or more Persons hold Shares jointly each of them may be present in Person or by proxy at a meeting of Shareholders and may speak as a Shareholder; | |
(b) | if only one of the joint owners is present in person or by proxy he may vote on behalf of all joint owners; and | |
(c) | if two or more of the joint owners are present in person or by proxy they must vote as one. |
7.11. | A Shareholder shall be deemed to be present at a meeting of Shareholders if he participates by telephone or other electronic means and all Shareholders participating in the meeting are able to hear each other. |
7.12. | A meeting of Shareholders is duly constituted if, at the commencement of the meeting, there are present in person or by proxy not less than 50 per cent of the votes of the Shares or, where there exists more than one class of shares, not less than 50 per cent of each class or series of Shares entitled to vote on Resolutions of Shareholders to be considered at the meeting. A quorum may comprise a single Shareholder or proxy and then such Person may pass a Resolution of Shareholders and a certificate signed by such Person accompanied where such Person be a proxy by a copy of the proxy instrument shall constitute a valid Resolution of Shareholders. |
- 5 - |
7.13. | If within two hours from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Shareholders, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the next business day in the jurisdiction in which the meeting was to have been held at the same time and place or to such other time and place as the directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting there are present within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting in person or by proxy not less than one third of the votes of the Shares or each class or series of Shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered by the meeting, those present shall constitute a quorum but otherwise the meeting shall be dissolved. |
7.14. | At every meeting of Shareholders, the Chairman of the Board shall preside as chairman of the meeting. If there is no Chairman of the Board or if the Chairman of the Board is not present at the meeting, the Shareholders present shall choose one of their number to be the chairman. If the Shareholders are unable to choose a chairman for any reason, then the Person representing the greatest number of voting Shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting shall preside as chairman failing which the oldest individual Shareholder or representative of a Shareholder present shall take the chair. |
7.15. | The chairman may, with the consent of the meeting, adjourn any meeting from time to time, and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. |
7.16. | At any meeting of the Shareholders the chairman is responsible for deciding in such manner as he considers appropriate whether any resolution proposed has been carried or not and the result of his decision shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting. If the chairman has any doubt as to the outcome of the vote on a proposed resolution, he shall cause a poll to be taken of all votes cast upon such resolution. If the chairman fails to take a poll then any Shareholder present in person or by proxy who disputes the announcement by the chairman of the result of any vote may immediately following such announcement demand that a poll be taken and the chairman shall cause a poll to be taken forthwith. If a poll is taken at any meeting, the result shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting. |
7.17. | The demand for a poll may, before the poll is taken, be withdrawn but only with the consent of the chairman and a demand so withdrawn shall not be taken to have invalidated the outcome of the vote declared before the poll was demanded. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll or any other manner by which the decision is taken, the chairman shall be entitled to a casting vote in addition to any other vote he may have. |
7.18. | Subject to the specific provisions contained in this Regulation for the appointment of representatives of Eligible Persons other than individuals the right of any individual to speak for or represent a Shareholder shall be determined by the law of the jurisdiction where, and by the documents by which, the Eligible Person is constituted or derives its existence. In case of doubt, the directors may in good faith seek legal advice from any qualified Person and unless and until a court of competent jurisdiction shall otherwise rule, the directors may rely and act upon such advice without incurring any liability to any Shareholder or the Company. |
7.19. | Any Eligible Person other than an individual which is a Shareholder may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such individual as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of Shareholders or of any class of Shareholders, and the individual so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same rights on behalf of the Eligible Person which he represents as that Eligible Person could exercise if it were an individual. |
7.20. | The chairman of any meeting at which a vote is cast by proxy or on behalf of any Eligible Person other than an individual may call for a notarially certified copy of such proxy or authority which shall be produced within 7 days of being so requested or the votes cast by such proxy or on behalf of such Eligible Person shall be disregarded. |
7.21. | Directors of the Company may attend and speak at any meeting of Shareholders and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class or series of Shares. |
- 6 - |
7.22. | An action that may be taken by the Shareholders at a meeting may also be taken by a Resolution of Shareholders consented to in writing, without the need for any notice, but if any Resolution of Shareholders is adopted otherwise than by the unanimous written consent of all Shareholders, a copy of such resolution shall forthwith be sent to all Shareholders not consenting to such resolution. The consent may be comprised of any one or more documents3 and may be in the form of counterparts, each counterpart being signed by one or more Shareholders. If the consent is in one or more counterparts, and the counterparts bear different dates, then the resolution shall take effect on the earliest date upon which Eligible Persons holding a sufficient number of votes of Shares to constitute a Resolution of Shareholders have consented to the resolution by signed counterparts. |
7.23 | One or more shareholders of a company may, by agreement in writing, transfer registered shares to any person, authorised to act as trustee for the purpose of vesting in such person, who may be designated voting trustee, the right to vote thereon and the following provisions shall apply: |
(a) | the period of time for which the trustee may vote shall not exceed 10 years; | |
(b) | subject to paragraph (a), the agreement may contain any other provisions not inconsistent with the purpose of the agreement; | |
(c) | a copy of the agreement shall be deposited at the registered office of the company and shall be open to the inspection of members of the company |
(i) | in the case of any beneficiary of the trust under the agreement, daily during business hours, and | |
(ii) | in the case of members of the company, subject to the provisions of sub-regulation 20; |
(d) | where certificates for registered shares have been issued for shares that are to be transferred to a trustee pursuant to this section, new certificates shall be issued to the voting trustee to represent the shares so transferred and the certificates formerly representing the shares that have been transferred shall be surrendered and cancelled; | |
(e) | where a certificate is issued to a voting trustee, an endorsement shall be made on the certificate that the shares represented thereby in the case of registered shares and the certificates in case of bearer shares are held by the person named therein pursuant to an agreement; | |
(f) | there shall be noted in the register of members of the company against the record of the shares held by the trustee the fact that such an agreement exists; | |
(g) | the voting trustee may vote the shares so issued or transferred during the period specified in the agreement; | |
(h) | shares registered in the name of the voting trustee may be voted either in person or by proxy and, in voting the shares, the voting trustee shall not incur any liability as member or trustee, except in so far as he may be liable for his own conduct or acts; | |
(i) | where two or more persons are designated as voting trustees and the right and method of voting any shares registered in their names at any meeting of members or on any resolution of members are not fixed by the agreement appointing the trustees, the right to vote shall be determined by a majority of the trustees, or if they are equally divided as to the right and manner of voting the shares in any particular case, the votes of the shares in such case shall be divided equally among the trustees; |
3 BBC Act section 88(2)
- 7 - |
(j) | at any time within 2 years prior to the time of expiration of any voting trust agreement as originally fixed or as last extended as provided in this subsection, one or more beneficiaries of the trust under the voting trust agreement may, by written agreement and with the written consent of the voting trustee, extend the duration of the voting trust agreement for an additional period not exceeding 10 years from the expiration date of the trust as originally fixed or as last extended, and; | |
(k) | the voting trustee shall, prior to the time of expiration of a voting trust agreement, as originally fixed or as previously extended, as the case may be, deposit at the registered office of the company a copy of the extension agreement and of his consent thereto, and thereupon the duration of the voting trust agreement shall be extended for the period fixed in the extension agreement, but no extension agreement shall affect the rights or obligations of persons not parties thereto. |
7.24 | Two or more members of a company may by agreement in writing provide that in exercising any voting rights the shares held by them shall be voted |
(a) | as provided by the agreement; | |
(b) | as the parties may agree, or; | |
(c) | as determined in accordance with such procedure as they may agree upon. |
7.25 | The validity of any voting trust or other voting agreement is not affected during a period of 10 years from the date when it was created or last extended by reason only of the fact that under its terms it will or may last beyond a period of 10 years. |
7.26 | Sub-regulations 7.23, 7.24 and 7.25 shall be deemed not to invalidate any voting or other agreement among members or any irrevocable proxy that is not otherwise illegal. |
8. | DIRECTORS |
8.1 | The first directors of the Company shall be appointed by the first registered agent within 6 months of the date of the incorporation of the Company; and thereafter, the directors shall be elected by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors for such term as the Shareholders or directors determine. |
8.2 | A “reserve director” may be nominated by a shareholder in writing, where the company has only one shareholder and director who are one and the same individual. |
8.3 | No Person shall be appointed as a director of the Company unless he has consented in writing to act as a director. |
8.4 | No Person shall be nominated as a “reserve director” unless he has consented in writing to the nomination. |
8.5 | The minimum number of directors shall be 1 and the maximum number shall be 12. |
8.6 | Each director holds office for the term, if any, fixed by the Resolution of Shareholders or Resolution of Directors appointing him, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. If no term is fixed on the appointment of a director, the director serves indefinitely until his earlier death, resignation or removal. |
8.7 | A “reserve director” shall only assume his responsibilities as a director of the company upon the death of the sole shareholder/director. |
8.8 | A director may be removed from office, |
(a) | with or without cause, by a Resolution of Shareholders passed at a meeting of Shareholders called for the purposes of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director or by a written resolution passed by a least seventy five per cent of the Shareholders of the Company entitled to vote; or |
- 8 - |
(b) | with cause, by a Resolution of Directors passed at a meeting of directors called for the purpose of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director. | |
(c) | A “reserve director” may have his nomination revoked by a notice of revocation in writing signed by the sole member/shareholder. |
8.9 | A director may resign his office by giving written notice of his resignation to the Company and the resignation has effect from the date the notice is received by the Company at the office of its registered agent or from such later date as may be specified in the notice. A director shall resign forthwith as a director if he is, or becomes, disqualified from acting as a director under the Act. |
A “reserve director” may resign his nomination by giving notice of his resignation in writing to the company.
8.10 | The directors may at any time appoint any Person to be a director either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors. Where the directors appoint a Person as director to fill a vacancy, the term shall not exceed the term that remained when the Person who has ceased to be a director ceased to hold office. |
8.11 | The nomination of a person nominated as a “reserve director” of the company ceases to have effect in the event that the sole member/director ceases to be the sole member/director of the company. |
8.12 | A vacancy in relation to directors occurs if a director dies or otherwise ceases to hold office prior to the expiration of his term of office. |
8.13 | The Company shall keep a register of directors containing: |
a) | the names and addresses of the Persons who are directors of the Company, or the person who has been appointed as a reserve director of the Company; | |
b) | the date on which each Person whose name is entered in the register was appointed as a director of the Company, or was nominated as a reserve director of the Company; | |
c) | the date on which each Person named as a director or was nominated as a reserve director ceased to be a director of the Company; and | |
d) | such other information as may be prescribed by the Act. |
8.14 | The register of directors may be kept in any such form as the directors may approve, but if it is in magnetic, electronic or other data storage form, the Company must be able to produce legible evidence of its contents. Until a Resolution of Directors determining otherwise is passed, the magnetic, electronic or other data storage shall be the original register of directors. |
8.15 | The directors may, by a Resolution of Directors, fix the emoluments of directors with respect to services to be rendered in any capacity to the Company. |
8.16 | A director is not required to hold a Share as a qualification to office. |
9. | POWERS OF DIRECTORS |
9.1 | The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by, or under the direction or supervision of, the directors of the Company. The directors of the Company have all the powers necessary for managing, and for directing and supervising, the business and affairs of the Company. The directors may pay all expenses incurred preliminary to and in connection with the incorporation of the Company and may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not by the Act or by the Memorandum or the Articles required to be exercised by the Shareholders. |
9.2 | Each director shall exercise his powers for a proper purpose and shall not act or agree to the Company acting in a manner that contravenes the Memorandum, the Articles or the Act. Each director, in exercising his powers or performing his duties, shall act honestly and in good faith in what the director believes to be the best interests of the Company. |
- 9 - |
9.3 | If the Company is the wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company, a director of the Company may, when exercising powers or performing duties as a director, act in a manner which he believes is in the best interests of the holding company even though it may not be in the best interests of the Company. |
9.4 | If the Company is the subsidiary that is not a wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company, a director of the Company may, with the prior agreement of the shareholders, other than its holding company, when exercising powers or performing duties as a director, act in a manner which he believes is in the best interests of the holding company even though it may not be in the best interests of the Company4. |
9.5 | Any director which is a body corporate may appoint any individual as its duly authorised representative for the purpose of representing it at meetings of the directors, with respect to the signing of consents or otherwise. |
9.6 | The continuing directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body. |
9.7 | The directors may by Resolution of Directors exercise all the powers of the Company to incur indebtedness, liabilities or obligations and to secure indebtedness, liabilities or obligations whether of the Company or of any third party. |
9.8 | All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by Resolution of Directors. |
9.9 | For the purposes of Section 175 (Disposition of assets) of the Act, the directors may by Resolution of Directors determine that any sale, transfer, lease, exchange or other disposition is in the usual or regular course of the business carried on by the Company and such determination is, in the absence of fraud, conclusive. |
10. | PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS |
10.1 | Any one director of the Company may call a meeting of the directors by sending a written notice to each other director. |
10.2 | The directors of the Company or any committee thereof may meet at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the directors may determine to be necessary or desirable. |
10.3 | A director is deemed to be present at a meeting of directors if he participates by telephone or other electronic means and all directors participating in the meeting are able to hear each other. |
10.4 | A director shall be given not less than 3 days’ notice of meetings of directors, but a meeting of directors held without 3 days’ notice having been given to all directors shall be valid if all the directors entitled to vote at the meeting who do not attend waive notice of the meeting, and for this purpose the presence of a director at a meeting shall constitute waiver by that director. The inadvertent failure to give notice of a meeting to a director, or the fact that a director has not received the notice, does not invalidate the meeting. |
10.5 | A director may by a written instrument appoint an alternate who need not be a director and the alternate shall be entitled to attend meetings in the absence of the director who appointed him and to vote or consent in place of the director until the appointment lapses or is terminated. |
10.6 | A meeting of directors is duly constituted for all purposes if at the commencement of the meeting there are present in person or by alternate not less than one-half of the total number of directors, unless there are only 2 directors in which case the quorum is 2. |
10.7 | If the Company has only one director the provisions herein contained for meetings of directors do not apply and such sole director has full power to represent and act for the Company in all matters as are not by the Act, the Memorandum or the Articles required to be exercised by the Shareholders. In lieu of minutes of a meeting the sole director shall record in writing and sign a note or memorandum of all matters requiring a Resolution of Directors. Such a note or memorandum constitutes sufficient evidence of such resolution for all purposes. |
4 BBC Act section 120(3)
- 10 - |
10.8 | At meetings of directors at which the Chairman of the Board is present, he shall preside as chairman of the meeting. If there is no Chairman of the Board or if the Chairman of the Board is not present, the directors present shall choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting. |
10.9 | An action that may be taken by the directors or a committee of directors at a meeting may also be taken by a Resolution of Directors or a resolution of a committee of directors consented to in writing by all directors or by all members of the committee, as the case may be, without the need for any notice. The consent consist of one or more documents, and may be in the form of counterparts each counterpart being signed by one or more directors. If the consent is in one or more counterparts, and the counterparts bear different dates, then the resolution shall take effect on the date upon which the last director has consented to the resolution by signed counterparts. |
11. | COMMITTEES |
11.1. | The directors may, by Resolution of Directors, designate one or more committees, each consisting of one or more directors, and delegate one or more of their powers, including the power to affix the Seal, to the committee. |
11.2. | The directors have no power to delegate to a committee of directors any of the following powers: |
(a) | to amend the Memorandum or the Articles; | |
(b) | to designate committees of directors; | |
(c) | to delegate powers to a committee of directors; | |
(d) | to appoint or remove directors; | |
(e) | to appoint or remove an agent; | |
(f) | to approve a plan of merger, consolidation or arrangement; | |
(g) | to make a declaration of solvency or to approve a liquidation plan; or | |
(h) | to make a determination that, immediately after a proposed distribution, the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due. |
11.3. | Sub-Regulation 11.2(b) and (c) do not prevent a committee of directors, where authorised by the Resolution of Directors appointing such committee or by a subsequent Resolution of Directors, from appointing a sub-committee and delegating powers exercisable by the committee to the sub-committee. |
11.4. | The meetings and proceedings of each committee of directors consisting of 2 or more directors shall be governed mutatis mutandis by the provisions of the Articles regulating the proceedings of directors so far as the same are not superseded by any provisions in the Resolution of Directors establishing the committee. |
11.5. | Where the directors delegate their powers to a committee of directors they remain responsible for the exercise of that power by the committee, unless they believed on reasonable grounds at all times before the exercise of the power that the committee would exercise the power in conformity with the duties imposed on directors of the Company under the Act. |
12. | OFFICERS AND AGENTS |
12.1. | The Company may by Resolution of Directors appoint officers of the Company at such times as may be considered necessary or expedient. Such officers may consist of a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a president and one or more vice-presidents, secretaries and treasurers and such other officers as may from time to time be considered necessary or expedient. Any number of offices may be held by the same Person. |
- 11 - |
12.2. | The officers shall perform such duties as are prescribed at the time of their appointment subject to any modification in such duties as may be prescribed thereafter by Resolution of Directors. In the absence of any specific prescription of duties it shall be the responsibility of the Chairman of the Board to preside at meetings of directors and Shareholders, the president to manage the day to day affairs of the Company, the vice-presidents to act in order of seniority in the absence of the president but otherwise to perform such duties as may be delegated to them by the president, the secretaries to maintain the register of members, minute books and records (other than financial records) of the Company and to ensure compliance with all procedural requirements imposed on the Company by applicable law, and the treasurer to be responsible for the financial affairs of the Company. |
12.3. | The emoluments of all officers shall be fixed by Resolution of Directors. |
12.4. | The officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are duly appointed, but any officer elected or appointed by the directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by Resolution of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company may be filled by Resolution of Directors. |
12.5. | The directors may, by a Resolution of Directors, appoint any Person, including a Person who is a director, to be an agent of the Company. An agent of the Company shall have such powers and authority of the directors, including the power and authority to affix the Seal, as are set forth in the Articles or in the Resolution of Directors appointing the agent, except that no agent has any power or authority with respect to the matters specified in Sub-Regulation 11.2. The Resolution of Directors appointing an agent may authorise the agent to appoint one or more substitutes or delegates to exercise some or all of the powers conferred on the agent by the Company. The directors may remove an agent appointed by the Company and may revoke or vary a power conferred on him. |
13. | CONFLICT OF INTERESTS |
13.1. | A director of the Company shall, forthwith after becoming aware of the fact that he is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the Company, disclose the interest to all other directors of the Company. |
13.2. | For the purposes of Sub-Regulation 13.1, a disclosure to all other directors to the effect that a director is a member, director or officer of another named entity or has a fiduciary relationship with respect to the entity or a named individual and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction which may, after the date of the entry or disclosure, be entered into with that entity or individual, is a sufficient disclosure of interest in relation to that transaction. |
13.3. | A director of the Company who is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the Company may: |
(a) | vote on a matter relating to the transaction; | |
(b) | attend a meeting of directors at which a matter relating to the transaction arises and be included among the directors present at the meeting for the purposes of a quorum; and | |
(c) | sign a document on behalf of the Company, or do any other thing in his capacity as a director, that relates to the transaction, |
and, subject to compliance with the Act shall not, by reason of his office be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from such transaction and no such transaction shall be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such interest or benefit.
14. | INDEMNIFICATION |
14.1. | Subject to the limitations hereinafter provided the Company shall indemnify against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings any Person who: |
(a) | is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the Person is or was a director of the Company; or | |
(b) | is or was, at the request of the Company, serving as a director of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. |
- 12 - |
14.2. | The indemnity in Sub-Regulation 14.1 only applies if the Person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the Person had no reasonable cause to believe that their conduct was unlawful. |
14.3. | The decision of the directors as to whether the Person acted honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company and as to whether the Person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful is, in the absence of fraud, sufficient for the purposes of the Articles, unless a question of law is involved. |
14.4. | The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entering of a nolle prosequi does not, by itself, create a presumption that the Person did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company or that the Person had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. |
14.5. | The Company may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any Person who is or was a director, officer or liquidator of the Company, or who at the request of the Company is or was serving as a director, officer or liquidator of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the Person and incurred by the Person in that capacity, whether or not the Company has or would have had the power to indemnify the Person against the liability as provided in the Articles. |
15. | RECORDS |
15.1. | The Company shall keep the following documents at the office of its registered agent: |
(a) | the Memorandum and the Articles; | |
(b) | the register of members, or a copy of the register of members; | |
(c) | the register of directors, or a copy of the register of directors, including any nominated director; and | |
(d) | copies of all notices and other documents filed by the Company with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs in the previous 10 years. |
15.2. | If the Company maintains only a copy of the register of members or a copy of the register of directors at the office of its registered agent, it shall: |
(a) | within 15 days of any change in either register, notify the registered agent in writing of the change; and | |
(b) | provide the registered agent with a written record of the physical address of the place or places at which the original register of members or the original register of directors is kept. |
15.3. | The Company shall keep the following records at the office of its registered agent or at such other place or places, within or outside the British Virgin Islands, as the directors may determine: |
(a) | minutes of meetings and Resolutions of Shareholders and classes of Shareholders; | |
(b) | minutes of meetings and Resolutions of Directors and committees of directors; and | |
(c) | an impression of the Seal, if any. |
15.4. | Where any original records referred to in this Regulation are maintained other than at the office of the registered agent of the Company, and the place at which the original records is changed, the Company shall provide the registered agent with the physical address of the new location of the records of the Company within 14 days of the change of location. |
15.5. | The records kept by the Company under this Regulation shall be in written form or either wholly or partly as electronic records complying with the requirements of the Electronic Transactions Act (No. 5 of 2001). |
- 13 - |
16. | REGISTERS OF CHARGES |
The Company shall maintain at the office of its registered agent a register of charges in which there shall be entered the following particulars regarding each mortgage, charge and other encumbrance created by the Company:
(a) | the date of creation of the charge; | |
(b) | a short description of the liability secured by the charge; | |
(c) | a short description of the property charged; | |
(d) | the name and address of the trustee for the security or, if there is no such trustee, the name and address of the chargee; | |
(e) | unless the charge is a security to bearer, the name and address of the holder of the charge; and | |
(f) | details of any prohibition or restriction contained in the instrument creating the charge on the power of the Company to create any future charge ranking in priority to or equally with the charge. | |
(g) | details of any variation and the date of the certificate of variation.5 |
17. | SEAL |
The Company shall have a Common Seal, and may have more than one Seal and references herein to the Seal shall be references to every Seal which shall have been duly adopted by Resolution of Directors. The directors shall provide for the safe custody of the Seal and for an imprint thereof to be kept at the registered office. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein the Seal when affixed to any written instrument shall be witnessed and attested to by the signature of any one director or other Person so authorised from time to time by Resolution of Directors. Such authorisation may be before or after the Seal is affixed, may be general or specific and may refer to any number of sealings. The directors may provide for a facsimile of the Seal and of the signature of any director or authorised Person which may be reproduced by printing or other means on any instrument and it shall have the same force and validity as if the Seal had been affixed to such instrument and the same had been attested to as hereinbefore described.
18. | DISTRIBUTIONS BY WAY OF DIVIDEND |
18.1. | The directors of the Company may, by Resolution of Directors, authorise a distribution by way of dividend at a time and of an amount they think fit if they are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that, immediately after the distribution, the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due. |
18.2. | Dividends may be paid in money, shares, or other property. |
18.3. | Notice of any dividend that may have been declared shall be given to each Shareholder as specified in Sub-Regulation 21.1 and all dividends unclaimed for 3 years after having been declared may be forfeited by Resolution of Directors for the benefit of the Company. |
18.4. | No dividend shall bear interest as against the Company and no dividend shall be paid on Treasury Shares. |
19. | ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT |
19.1. | The Company shall keep records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and that will, at any time, enable the financial position of the Company to be determined with reasonable accuracy. |
19.2. | The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders call for the directors to prepare periodically and make available a profit and loss account and a balance sheet. The profit and loss account and balance sheet shall be drawn up so as to give respectively a true and fair view of the profit and loss of the Company for a financial period and a true and fair view of the assets and liabilities of the Company as at the end of a financial period. |
5 BBC Act Section 164
- 14 - |
19.3. | The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders call for the accounts to be examined by auditors. |
19.4. | The first auditors shall be appointed by Resolution of Directors; subsequent auditors shall be appointed by a Resolution of Shareholders. |
19.5. | The auditors may be Shareholders, but no director or other officer shall be eligible to be an auditor of the Company during their continuance in office. |
19.6. | An auditor may be removed by a Resolution of Shareholders. |
19.7. | The remuneration of the auditors of the Company: |
(a) | in the case of auditors appointed by the directors, may be fixed by Resolution of Directors; and | |
(b) | subject to the foregoing, shall be fixed by Resolution of Shareholders or in such manner as the Company may by Resolution of Shareholders determine. |
19.8. | The auditors shall examine each profit and loss account and balance sheet required to be laid before a meeting of the Shareholders or otherwise given to Shareholders and shall state in a written report whether or not: |
(a) | in their opinion the profit and loss account and balance sheet give a true and fair view respectively of the profit and loss for the period covered by the accounts, and of the assets and liabilities of the Company at the end of that period; and | |
(b) | all the information and explanations required by the auditors have been obtained. |
19.9. | The report of the auditors shall be annexed to the accounts and shall be read at the meeting of Shareholders at which the accounts are laid before the Company or shall be otherwise given to the Shareholders. |
19.10. | Every auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books of account and vouchers of the Company, and shall be entitled to require from the directors and officers of the Company such information and explanations as he thinks necessary for the performance of the duties of the auditors. |
19.11. | The auditors of the Company shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend any meetings of Shareholders at which the Company’s profit and loss account and balance sheet are to be presented. |
20. | INSPECTION OF DOCUMENTS |
20.1 | A director of the Company is entitled, on giving reasonable notice, to inspect the documents and records of the company |
(a) | in written form; | |
(b) | without charge; and | |
(c) | at a reasonable time specified by the director; |
and to make copies of or take extracts from the documents and records.
20.2 | Subject to subsection (3), a Shareholder of the Company is entitled, on giving written notice to the Company, to inspect: |
(a) | the memorandum and articles; | |
(b) | the register of members; | |
(c) | the register of directors; and | |
(d) | minutes of meetings and resolutions of Shareholders and of those classes of Shareholders of which he is a member; |
and to make copies of or take extracts from the documents and records.
- 15 - |
The Company may by a Resolution of Shareholders or by a Resolution of Directors appoint a voluntary liquidator in accordance with the provisions of the Act6.
23. | CONTINUATION |
The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders or by a resolution passed unanimously by all directors of the Company continue as a company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands in the manner provided under those laws.
We, COVERDALE TRUST SERVICES LIMITED of 30 de Castro Street, Wickhams Cay 1, P.O. Box 4519 , Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands for the purpose of incorporating a BVI Business Company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands hereby sign these Articles of Association the 4th day of December, 2018:
Incorporator
Krishma Orr-Fraser
Authorised Signatory
Coverdale Trust Services Limited
6 Part XII of the Act contains a number of specifications in this regard.
Business License
(Duplicate) (2-1)
Unified Social Credit Identifier:91440300MA5FF1AB8F
Enterprise Name: Guo Gangtong Trade (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd
Type of Enterprise: Limited Liability Company (Sole Investment by Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macao Legal Person)
Address: :Room201,Building A,1Qianwan First Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hong Kong Cooperation Area, Shenzhen City. (Entry to Qianhai Commercial Secretary Co.,Ltd.)
Legal Representative: Yanping Guo
Registered Capital: RMB 5,000,000
Date of Establishment: December 28, 2018
Validity Term:
Scope of operation: Business Management Consulting、Food safety solutions、Marketing Planning of Food Packaging、Development of Food Technology、Technical Consultation on Traceability and Cultivation of Edible Agricultural Products.
Shenzhen Market Supervision and Administration (seal)
January 23, 2019
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
OF
GUOGANGTONG TRADE (SHENZHEN) CO., LTD.
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL PRINCIPLES
Article 1 In accordance with the Company Law of the People’s Republic of China, the Law of the People’s Republic of China on Foreign-funded Enterprises and other relevant laws and regulations of China, these articles of association are hereby formulated.
Article 2 Name of Shareholder: Shenzhen Wande Technology Co., Ltd.
Code of the company: 2522468
Register in Hong Kong, China. Legal Address: Room 1901, Kairu Commercial Building, 2C Argyle Street, Mongkok, Kowloon, Hong Kong
Name of Current Chairman: Guo Yanping Nationality:China
Citizen ID Card No.:362122197904272711
Article 3 Name of Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprise:
Guogangtong Trade (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.
(Hereinafter referred to as the company)
Legal Address: Room 201, Building A, No. 1 Qianwan Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hong Kong Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen (entering Shenzhen Qianhai Business Secretary Co., Ltd.)
Article 4 The company is a limited liability company, which is invested and operated by Shenzhen Wande Science and Technology Co., Ltd. and assumes corporate responsibility with its subscribed capital.
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019 |
1 |
Article 5 The company shall be established with the approval of the examining and approving organ and registered in Shenzhen as an enterprise legal person. It shall abide by the laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China and shall be subject to the jurisdiction and protection of Chinese laws.
CHAPTER 2 PURPOSE AND BUSINESS SCOPE
Article 6 Purpose of company: In line with the desire to strengthen economic cooperation and technological exchanges, we will promote the development of China’s national economy and obtain satisfactory returns.
Article 7 Business scope of the company is enterprise management consulting, food safety solutions, food packaging marketing planning, food technology, development, food agricultural products traceability and cultivation technical consulting (commodities involved in state-owned trade, quotas, licenses and special management provisions shall be applied for in accordance with the relevant provisions of the country).
CHAPTER 3 TOTAL INVESTMENT AND REGISTERED CAPITAL
Article 8 The total investment of the company is RMB five million .
Article 9 The mode and duration of investment of registered capital of a company shall be governed by the Company Law of the People’s Republic of China and other relevant laws and regulations of China.
Article 10 Registration capital of the company: RMB 5 million
Proportion of Contribution:100%
Contribution Method: Investors use foreign equivalent US dollars for spot exchange
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019 |
2 |
Article 11 The registered capital of the company shall be subscribed within 30 years of its establishment.
Article 12 Within 30 days after the shareholders pay their capital, they shall entrust the CPA firms of China to verify the capital and issue capital verification reports, which shall be submitted to the examination and approval organs and the administrative departments for Industry and Commerce for the record.
Article 13 During the period of operation, the company shall not reduce its registered capital. However, if there is any change in the scale of registered capital operation, the reduction is really necessary, it must be approved by the examination and approval organ.
Article 14 Any change in the scope of business, division, merger, increase of registered capital, transfer or other important matters of a company shall be submitted to the original examining and approving organ for approval after the adoption of a resolution by the shareholders of the company, and the relevant departments such as the administration of industry and commerce, taxation, foreign exchange and customs shall go through the corresponding registration procedures for the change within the prescribed time limit.
CHAPTER 4 RIGHTS OF SHAREHOLDERS
Article 15 In deciding major matters of a company, the shareholders shall exercise the following functions and powers through the responsibilities of shareholders in accordance with the provisions of the Company Law and these Articles of Association:
(1) Decide the company’s operating policy and investment plan;
(2) Appointment and replacement of executive directors and supervisors who are not represented by staff and workers, and determination of matters relating to remuneration of executive directors and supervisors;
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019 |
3 |
(3) Consideration and approval of the report of the executive director;
(4) Consideration and approval of supervisor’s report;
(5) Consideration and approval of the company’s annual financial budget and final accounts;
(6) Consider and approve the company’s profit distribution plan and loss compensation plan;
(7) Resolve on the increase, decrease or transfer of registered capital by the company;
(8) Resolution on the issuance of corporate bonds;
(9) Resolution on merger, division, extension, dissolution, liquidation or change of company form;
(10) Amendment of the articles of association of the company;
(11) Other major events that should be the responsibility of shareholders.
CHAPTER 5 EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Article 16 The company has no board of directors and one executive director. The executive director shall be appointed and replaced by the shareholders. The Executive Director is responsible for the execution of all major matters of the company and for the shareholders.
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019 |
4 |
Article 17 The executive director shall be appointed and replaced by the shareholders. Each term of office is three years. It may be reappointed after further appointment. The replacement of the executive director shall be notified to the shareholders in writing and filed with the company registration authority.
Article 18 The executive director is the corporate representative of the company and the signatory who executes the functions and powers on behalf of the company. In accordance with the articles of association and shareholders ‘resolutions, the executive director deals with major issues of the company and is responsible for inspecting and supervising the implementation of shareholders’ decisions. If the executive director is temporarily unable to perform his duties, he shall entrust other senior managers to perform them on his behalf, but he shall entrust them in writing. Laws and regulations stipulate that the duties that must be performed by the executive directors shall not be entrusted to others.
Article 19 The executive director is responsible to the shareholders of the company and exercises the following functions and powers:
(1) Execute shareholder decisions;
(2) Decide the company’s business policy, development plan and investment plan, and examine and approve important reports submitted by managers or management departments;
(3) Formulate the company’s annual financial budget and final accounts;
(4) Formulate the company’s annual profit distribution plan and the plan to make up for the loss;
(5) Formulate plans for companies to increase or decrease registered capital and issue corporate bonds;
(6) Formulate plans for merger, division, dissolution, transfer of equity, deferral, suspension or change of company form;
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019 |
5 |
(7) Decide the establishment of the company’s internal management organization;
(8) Decide to appoint or dismiss the company’s manager and his remuneration, and decide to appoint or dismiss the company’s financial director and his remuneration according to the nomination of the manager;
(9) Formulate the basic management system of the company;
(10) Other major events to be decided by the executive director.
CHAPTER 6 OPERATING AND MANAGEMENT INSTITUTIONS
Article 20 The company establishes a temporary management organization in its domicile, which is responsible for the daily operation and management of the company and implements the managerial responsibility system under the leadership of the executive director. The company has technology, sales finance, administration and other departments.
Article 21 The is a general manager in the company, who is appointed or dismissed by the executive director for a three-year term and may be reappointed upon appointment.
Article 22 The general manager is responsible to the executive director and exercises the following functions and powers:
(1) Preside over the management of the company and organize the implementation of the resolutions of the executive directors;
(2) Organize and implement the company’s annual business plan and investment plan;
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019 |
6 |
(3) Draft the plan for the establishment of the company’s internal management organization, the company’s basic system and specific rules and regulations;
(4) Apply for appointment or dismissal of the financial officer of the company within the scope authorized by the executive director;
(5) Decide the appointment or dismissal of responsible managers other than those to be appointed or dismissed by the executive director;
(6) Exercise other functions and powers conferred by the executive director.
Article 23 The general manager must be a full-time resident of the company, not concurrently a manager of other economic organizations, and not participate in the commercial competition of other economic organizations against the company.
Article 24 If the managers of a company commit fraud or serious dereliction of duty, they shall be dismissed by the resolution of the executive director or according to the management regulations of the company. If they cause economic losses of the company or violate the criminal law, they shall be investigated for corresponding economic or legal liabilities.
Article 25 If the general manager and other senior staff request resignation, they shall submit a written report to the executive director 30 days in advance and may not resign until the decision of the executive director has been approved.
CHAPTER 7 SUPERVISORS
Article 26 There is no board of supervisors in the company but there is one supervisor who is appointed by shareholders. The term of office of the supervisor is three years. Upon the expiration of the term of office of the supervisor, he may be re-elected.
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019 |
7 |
Article 27 The supervisor shall exercise the following functions and powers in the supervision and management of the company:
(1) Inspect company finance;
(2) Supervise the actions of executive directors and senior managers in performing their duties in the company, and make suggestions for the removal of senior managers in violation of laws, administrative regulations, articles of association or resolutions of executive directors;
(3) When the actions of the executive directors and senior managers harm the interests of the company, the executive directors and senior managers are required to correct them;
(4) Make proposals, inquiries and suggestions to the executive directors;
(5) Prosecute executive directors and senior managers who violate the provisions of the Company Law;
(6) Investigate the company’s operation;
(7) Supervisor shall hold at least one meeting per year, and they may propose to hold an interim meeting;
(8) Executive directors and senior managers may not concurrently serve as supervisors;
CHAPTER 8 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING, TAXATION, FOREIGN
EXCHANGE MANAGEMENT AND INSURANCE
Article 28 In accordance with the relevant provisions of Chinese laws, regulations and financial organs, and in light of the specific conditions of the company, the company formulates its financial and accounting system and reports it to the financial and taxation departments of Shenzhen for the record.
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019 |
8 |
Article 29 The company’s fiscal year is based on the Gregorian calendar year, which lasts from January 1 to December 31 every other year. If it is necessary to change the starting and ending date of an accounting year due to special circumstances, it must be approved by the tax authorities.
Article 30 The financial department of the company shall, within the first three months of each fiscal year prepare the balance sheet and the statement of profit and loss for the previous fiscal year.
After auditing by auditors, the company shall approve the statement and submit it it to the original examination and approval organ and the administrative department for Industry and Commerce for the record.
Article 31 The company adopts Renminbi as its accounting base currency. Cash, bank deposits, other funds, creditor’s rights, debts, income and expenses shall be registered in the currency actually paid. When converting other currencies into Renminbi, they shall be converted according to the benchmark exchange rate on the actual date of occurrence announced by the People’s Bank of China.
Article 32 The profits of a company after paying income tax in accordance with the provisions of the Tax Law shall be included in the statutory provident fund of the company with 10% of the profits drawn. If the cumulative amount of the company’s statutory provident fund is more than 50% of the company’s registered capital, it may no longer be withdrawn.
Article 33 The company shall not distribute profits until its losses in the previous year have been made up; the undistributed profits in the previous fiscal year may be distributed together with the profits available for distribution in the current fiscal year.
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019 |
9 |
Article 34 The company shall pay various taxes in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations of China and may apply for preferential treatment of tax reduction and exemption in accordance with the relevant provisions.
Article 35 The employees of the company shall pay the individual income tax in accordance with the Personal Income Tax Law of the People’s Republic of China.
Article 36 All foreign exchange matters of the company shall be handled in accordance with the Regulations of the People’s Republic of China on Foreign Exchange Control and the relevant provisions.
Article 37 The company’s insurance should be covered by insurance companies in China.
CHAPTER 9 WORKERS AND TRADE UNION
Article 38 According to the needs of operation, the company decides on its own organization and staffing. Within the recruitment plan approved by the labor department, the company openly recruits its own employees and, after examination, chooses the employees needed.
Article 39 When employing employees, both enterprises and employees shall abide by the Labor Law of the People’s Republic of China, other relevant laws and regulations of China and relevant provisions of Shenzhen and conclude labor contracts according to law. The contract should specify the tasks of labor (work), the duration of labor contract, working conditions and labor protection, labor discipline, reward, social insurance, welfare treatment, as well as the conditions for dismissal, resignation, contract modification, termination and termination of the contract, the liability for breach of the labor contract, and other agreed matters between the two parties. After the conclusion of the labor contract, it shall be reported to the Shenzhen Labor Bureau for the record, and the employment formalities shall be handled in accordance with the relevant provisions.
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019 |
10 |
Article 40 The employees of the company have the right to establish grass-roots trade union organizations and carry out trade union activities in accordance with the provisions of the Trade Union Law of the People’s Republic of China.
Article 41 Trade union is representatives of workers ‘interests. Their basic tasks are: to safeguard the legitimate rights and interests of workers and workers in accordance with the provisions of Chinese laws and regulations, to assist companies in arranging and rationally using welfare and reward funds, to organize staff and workers’ learning, to carry out cultural and sports activities, and to educate staff and workers to abide by labor discipline and to strive to accomplish various economic tasks of the company.
When the company studies and decides on such issues as rewards and punishments, wage system, living welfare, labor protection and insurance for employees, trade union representatives shall have the right to attend meetings to reflect the opinions and requirements of employees.
Article 42 The trade union of the enterprise may guide and assist the employees to sign individual labor contracts with their public brothers, or to sign collective labor contracts with the company on behalf of the employees, and carry out the labor contracts in accordance with the implementation of the labor contracts.
Article 43 The company shall provide the necessary conditions for its trade unions to operate. The company shall allocate trade union funds monthly according to 2% of the total paid wages of its employees, which shall be used by the trade union of the enterprise in accordance with the provisions on the management of trade union funds formulated by the All-China Federation of Trade Unions.
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019 |
11 |
CHAPTER 10 TERM, TERMINATION AND LIQUIDATION
Article 44 The operating period of the company is 30 years, calculated from the date of issuance of the business license.
Article 45 If a company needs to extend its business period, it shall submit a written application to the original examination and approval authority 180 days before the expiration of the business period. After approval, the company shall go through the formalities of change registration with the relevant departments of industry and commerce, taxation and customs.
Article 46 If a company has one of the following circumstances, it shall be terminated:
(1) Term of operation expires;
(2) The shareholders decided to dissolve because of poor management and serious losses;
(3) Heavy losses caused by force majeure such as natural disasters and wars prevented the continued operation of the business.
(4)Bankruptcy;
(5) Violating Chinese laws and regulations and endangering the public interests of the society have been abolished according to law
(6) Other reasons for dissolution stipulated in the articles of association of the company have emerged.
Article 47 If the company terminates its business in advance, it must report to the original examination and approval authority for approval.
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019 |
12 |
Article 48 When a company terminates its business, it shall make a timely announcement, organize a liquidation committee in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations of China, and carry out impregnated liquidation in accordance with legal procedures. Before the liquidation is completed, shareholders shall not carry the company’s funds out of China. The property of the company shall not be disposed of by itself.
Article 49 After the completion of the liquidation, the liquidation report of the liquidation committee shall be submitted to the executive director and shareholders for confirmation and submitted to the original examining and approving organ for the record. It shall also cancel the registration formalities with the relevant departments of industry and Commerce administration, taxation and customs, pay off the business license and announce to the public at the same time.
CHAPTER 11 SUPPLEMENTARY ARTICLES
Article 50 The company accepts the inspection and supervision according to law by the competent government departments, customs, industrial and commercial administration, labor management, environmental protection, finance, taxation, auditing and other departments.
Article 51 The amendment of this Articles of Association must be adopted by the shareholders of the company and submitted to the original examination and approval authority for approval.
Article 52 The articles of association are written in Chinese.
Article 53 If there is any conflict between these articles of association and the laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China, the state laws and regulations shall prevail.
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019 |
13 |
Article 54 These Articles of Association shall come into force after being approved by the examining and approving organ of the Shenzhen Municipal People’s Government.
Article 55 These Articles of Association were signed by shareholders in Shenzhen, Guangdong Province, China on Year Month Day.
Shareholder : |
Date: Year Month Day |
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019 |
14 |
Unified Social Credit Code:
914403003427480000 |
Business License
|
Name: Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., ltd
Character of Business: Limited liability company
Legal Representative: Changbin Xia |
Registration Date: June 16, 2015
Address: B401, 4th Floor Building 12, Hangcheng Street, Hourui No. 2 Industrial District, Southern Section, Zhichuang Juzhen Double Creative Park, Bao’an District, Shenzhen, PRC |
Notices: | |||
1. | The principal scope of business is determined by the articles of the company. Any products and services specified in the scope of business, which require examination and approval as stipulated by laws and regulations, cannot be engaged until all required approval documents have been granted. | ||
2. | For information inquiry on the company, with respect to its principal scope of business, annual information and other regulatory information, please visit the commercial subject credit information platform provided by the Market Supervision Administration Bureau of Shenzhen Municipality or scan the QR Code. |
Registration Authority
Market and Quality Supervision Commission of Shenzhen Municipality March 27, 2019 |
|
3. | The company shall present the annual inspection report to registration authority between January 1 and June 30 each year, and the result shall be published for public review in accordance with the Interim Regulations on Enterprise Credit Information Publicity |
Website of Enterprise Credit Information Publicity System: http://www.gsxt.gov.cn Supervised by State Administration for Industry and Commerce of the People’s Republic of China
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document.
Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692
Company: Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd.
Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province
Date of translation: September 24, 2019
Unified Social Credit Code:
914403003427480000 |
Business License
|
Name: Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., ltd
Character of Business: Limited liability company
Legal Representative: Changbin Xia |
Registration Date: June 16, 2015
Address: B401, 4th Floor Building 12, Hangcheng Street, Hourui No. 2 Industrial District, Southern Section, Zhichuang Juzhen Double Creative Park, Bao’an District, Shenzhen, PRC |
Notices: | |||
1. | The principal scope of business is determined by the articles of the company. Any products and services specified in the scope of business, which require examination and approval as stipulated by laws and regulations, cannot be engaged until all required approval documents have been granted. | ||
2. | For information inquiry on the company, with respect to its principal scope of business, annual information and other regulatory information, please visit the commercial subject credit information platform provided by the Market Supervision Administration Bureau of Shenzhen Municipality or scan the QR Code. |
Registration Authority
Market and Quality Supervision Commission of Shenzhen Municipality
March 27, 2019 |
|
3. | The company shall present the annual inspection report to registration authority between January 1 and June 30 each year, and the result shall be published for public review in accordance with the Interim Regulations on Enterprise Credit Information Publicity |
Website of Enterprise Credit Information Publicity System: http://www.gsxt.gov.cn Supervised by State Administration for Industry and Commerce of the People’s Republic of China
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document.
Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692
Company: Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd.
Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province
Date of translation: September 24, 2019
Business License(Duplicate)
Unified Social Credit Code: 91440300MA5FDKLC7Q
Name: Wunong Catering Chain Management (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd Character of Business: Limited liability company (sole proprietorship of legal person) Address: Room 106, Yichao Apartment, Building 11, Hourui 2nd Industrial Zone, Hourui Community, Hangcheng Street, Bao’an District, Shenzhen City Legal Representative: Wenshu Ma Foundation Date: November 27, 2018 |
Notices: |
|
1. | The principal scope of business is determined by the articles of the company. Any products and services specified in the scope of business, which require examination and approval as stipulated by laws and regulations, cannot be engaged until all required approval documents have been granted. |
2. | For information inquiry on the company, with respect to its principal scope of business, annual information and other regulatory information, please visit the commercial subject credit information platform provided by the Market Supervision Administration Bureau of Shenzhen Municipality (URL: www. szcredit.com.cn). or scan the QR Code. |
3. | The company shall present the annual inspection report to registration authority between January 1 and June 30 each year, and the result shall be published for public review in accordance with the Interim Regulations on Enterprise Credit Information Publicity |
|
Registration Authority Market and Quality Supervision Commission of Shenzhen Municipality November 27, 2018 |
Supervised by State Administration for Industry and Commerce of the People’s Republic of China
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document.
Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692
Company: Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd.
Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province
Date of translation: September 24, 2019
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
OF
WUNONG CATERING CHAIN MANAGEMENT (SHENZHEN) CO., LTD
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL PRINCIPLES
Article 1 In order to safeguard the legitimate rights and interests of the shareholder and creditors, standardize the operation of the company, in accordance with the PRC Company Law (hereinafter referred to as the “Company Law”) , Shenzhen SEZ Several Provisions on Commercial Registration (hereinafter referred to as the “Several Provisions”) and other relevant laws and administrative regulations, the articles of association are hereby formulated.
Article 2 The current business (hereinafter “the company”) shall conduct all activities in accordance with laws and administrative regulations, and subject to the protection thereof.
Article 3 The company is registered with Market Supervision Administration of Shenzhen Municipality.
Name: Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd
Domicile: Room 106, Yichao Apartment, Building 11, Hourui Second Industrial Zone, Hourui Community, Hangcheng Sub-district, Baoan District, Shenzhen
Article 4 Business scope of the company:
General business items:
Sales of primary agricultural product; Sales of necessities sales; Hospitality management (excluding specific hotel business); Catering project planning; Marketing planning; catering cultural exchange event planning; Catering products exhibition services; Business conference services; Domestic trade; Import and export of goods and technology. (Excluding items which are prohibited and shall be approved before registration by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council)
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019
|
1 |
Licensed business items:
Chinese catering services; Sales of bulk foods and pre-packaged foods (including chilled frozen foods); Catering training, catering management services; Production and sales of hot foods and alcohol.
The company shall conduct business within the approved business scope.
Article 5 The company may, according to actual development, make investment in foreign countries and establish subsidiaries and branches.
Article 6 The business term of the company is permanent.
CHAPTER 2 THE SHAREHOLDER
Article 7 The company has one shareholder in total, name and domicile as indicated below:
Name: Ma Wenshu
Domicile: No. 1123, Building 11, No. 123, Zhuhong Road, Weiyang District, Xi’an City
Citizen ID Card No.: 610422197207010165
Article 8 The shareholder shall have the following rights:
(1) to elect and be elected as director and supervisor of the company;
(2) to hold shareholders’ meeting in accordance with laws and administrative regulations, and these articles of association;
(3) to supervise the business activities and daily management of the company;
(4) to consult the company’s articles of association, minutes of meetings of board of shareholders, financial & accounting reports, and to propose reasonable suggestions and inquiries for the company’s operation;
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019
|
2 |
(5) to receive dividend in proportion to contributed capital, and to have priority over contribution of increased capital;
(6) to implement the agreement reached by and between Party A and Party B in the case of winding-up or dissolution of the company;
(7) (when lawful rights being compromised by the company) to request a competent people’s court to ask the company to correct such behavior, and to claim for compensation if any loss is sustained.
Article 9 The shareholder shall fulfill the following obligations:
(1) to contribute capital in accordance herewith;
(2) to be responsible for the company to the extent of respectively contributed capital;
(3) shall not withdraw contributed capital after the company is approved and registered;
(4) to abide by the articles of association, and keep company’s secrets as confidential;
(5) to support the company’s operation and management, and propose reasonable suggestions for the company’s business development.
Article 10 The company shall issue capital contribution certificate to the shareholder after it is established. The capital contribution certificate shall specify the following particulars:
(1) name of the company;
(2) date of establishment of the company;
(3) registered capital of the company;
(4) name of the shareholder, the amount of its capital contribution made and the date of capital contribution;
(5) serial number and date of issuance of the capital contribution certificate.
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019
|
3 |
The capital contribution certificate shall be signed by the the shareholder and affixed with the seal of the company.
Article 11 The company shall establish a register of shareholder to record the following items:
(1) name and designation of the shareholder;
(2) domicile of the shareholder;
(3) amount and percentage of capital contribution of the shareholder;
(4) serial numbers of the capital verification certificates.
CHAPTER 3 REGISTERED CAPITAL
Article 12 The company has a registered capital of RMB 5 Million, of which the shareholder contributes:
Name of the shareholder: Ma Wenshu;
Capital Contribution: RMB 5 Million;
Percentage:100%;
Contribution Method: in currency.
Article 13 The shareholder shall subscribe for the capital contribution in installments: the first payment of RMB 0, all contribution shall be paid before February 24, 2036.
Article 14 The original shareholder’s capital contribution has been fully invested before the company’s registration, and the new shareholder after change will make capital contribution by means of capital transfer or transfer of the original shareholder’s capital contribution, and enjoy the rights and obligations of the original shareholder.
Article 15 Non-currency property contributed as capital shall be handled according to the law or administrative regulation.
Article 16 The shareholder can transfer their capital according to law.
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019
|
4 |
CHAPTER 4 FUNCTIONS AND POWERS OF THE SHAREHOLDER
Article 17 The company does not set up a board of shareholders and the shareholder has the highest authority within the company.
Article 18 The shareholder shall exercise the following functions and powers:
(1) to decide on the business policies and investment plans of the company;
(2) to appoint and replace the executive director, and to decide on matters concerning the remuneration of the executive director;
(3) to appoint and replace the supervisor who is the representative of the shareholder, and to decide on matters concerning the remuneration of the supervisor;
(4) to consider and approve reports of the executive director;
(5) to consider and approve reports of the supervisor;
(6) to consider and approve the company’s proposed annual financial budgets and final accounts;
(7) to consider and approve the company’s profit distribution plans and plans for making up losses;
(8) to pass resolutions on the increase or reduction of the company’s registered capital;
(9) to pass resolutions on the issuance of corporate bonds;
(10) to pass resolutions on transfer equity interests;
(11) to pass resolutions on matters such as the merger, division, dissolution, liquidation or change of the corporate form of the company;
(12) to amend the articles of association of the company.
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019
|
5 |
CHAPTER 5 THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Article 19 The company does not set up a board of directors, but have one executive director, exercise the rights of the director or the board of director.
Article 20 The executive director is the legal representative of the company. His/Her term of office shall be three years.
Article 21 Candidates for the post of the executive director shall be nominated by the shareholder, and appointed by the shareholder.
Article 22 If re-elected upon expiration of his/her term of office, the executive director may serve consecutive terms. The shareholder shall not dismiss him/her unreasonably prior to the expiration of his/her tenure.
Article 23 The executive director shall be responsible for the shareholder and exercise the following functions and powers:
(1) to to convent the general meetings of shareholder and report on its work to the shareholder;
(2) to implement the resolutions of the shareholder;
(3) to decide on the business plans and investment plans of the company;
(4) to formulate the company’s proposed annual financial budgets and final accounts;
(5) to formulate the company’s profit distribution plans and plans for making up losses;
(6) to formulate plans for the company’s increase or reduction of the registered capital or for the issuance of corporate;
(7) to formulate plans for the merger, division, dissolution or change of corporate form of the company;
(8) to decide on the establishment of the company’s internal management organization;
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019
|
6 |
(9) to decide on the employment or dismissal of the manager of the company and his/her remuneration, and to decide on the employment or dismissal of the deputy manager(s) and person(s) in charge of financial affairs and other department of the company according to the recommendations of the manager and on their remuneration;
(10) to formulate the basic management system of the company.
Article 24 The executive director shall submit his/her decisions made according to his/her rights stipulated herein to the shareholder in writing.
CHAPTER 6 OPERATION AND MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Article 25 The company’s operation and management system shall be composed of a manager and several administrative departments.
The manager shall be employed or dismissed by the executive director and responsible to the executive director. His/Her term of office shall be three years. The manager shall exercise the following functions and powers:
(1) to be in charge of the production, operation and management of the company, and to organize the implementation of the resolutions of the shareholder and the executive director;
(2) to organize the implementation of the annual business plans and investment plans of the company;
(3) to draft the plan for the establishment of the company’s internal management organization;
(4) to draft the basic management system of the company;
(5) to formulate the specific rules and regulations of the company.
(6) to request the employment or dismissal of the deputy manager and person in charge of financial affairs of the company;
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019
|
7 |
(7) to decide on the employment or dismissal of management personnel other than those to be employed or dismissed by the executive director;
(8) other functions as granted by the articles of association or the shareholder.
Article 26 Neither the executive director nor the manager shall open any account to put the company’s assets under his/her name or any person’s name;
Neither the executive director nor the manager shall provide guarantee for any shareholder of the company or any other person with any of the company’s assets;
Article 27 Neither the executive director nor the manager shall be engaged in any business similar to that of the company for himself or for any other person, or engaged in any activity that compromises the company’s interests; otherwise any gains therefrom shall belong to the company.
Neither the executive director nor the manager shall enter into any contract or deal with the company, unless approved by the articles of association or the shareholder.
In case the executive director or the manager, in performing his/her duties, violates laws, administrative regulations, or the provisions herein, thereby causing damage to the company, he shall bear the responsibility of compensation according to laws.
Article 28 The qualification of the executive director or the manager shall meet the requirement stipulated by laws, administrative regulations, and relevant state criteria.
In case the manager or any senior officer is engaged in any activity of malpractice or serious dereliction of his/her duties, the shareholder may decide to dismiss him/her at any time.
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019
|
8 |
CHAPTER 7 THE SUPERVISOR
Article 29 The company does not set up a board of supervisors, but have one supervisor who shall be appointed by the shareholder. His/Her term of office of the supervisor shall be three years. If re-elected upon expiration of his/her term of office, the supervisor may serve consecutive terms. The executive director and senior officers shall not concurrently serve as the supervisor.
The supervisor shall exercise the following functions and powers:
(1) to examine the company’s financial affairs;
(2) to supervise the execution of company duties by the executive director and the manager who violate laws, administrative regulations and the articles of association of the company or the resolutions of the shareholder;
(3) when an act of the executive director or manager is harmful to the company’s interests, to require them to rectify such act;
(4) to proposal to convene an extraordinary shareholder’s meeting.
CHAPTER 8 FINANCIAL AFFAIRS AND ACCOUNTING
Article 30 The company shall establish their own financial and accounting systems in accordance with laws, administrative regulations, and regulations and pay taxes in accordance with laws.
Article 31 The company shall prepare financial and accounting reports at the end of each fiscal year. Such reports shall be audited and verified by an accounting firm according to the law.
The financial and accounting report shall include the following financial statements and annexed detailed schedules:
(1) balance sheet;
(2) income statement;
(3) statement of changes in financial position;
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019
|
9 |
(4) financial situation statement;
(5) statement of profit distribution.
Article 32 When the company distribute their after-tax profits for a given year, they shall allocate 10% of profits to their statutory common reserve.The company shall no longer be required to allocate its statutory common reserve once the aggregate amount of such reserve exceeds 50% of their registered capital.
If the company’s statutory common reserve is insufficient to make up its losses of the previous years, such losses shall be made up from the profit for the current year prior to the allocate the statutory common reserve and the statutory welfare reserve. The company may distribute the remaining profits in proportion to the actual contribution from after-tax profits after allocating the statutory common reserve and the statutory welfare reserve.
Article 33 The company shall apply their common reserve to making up their losses, increasing their production and business operations, or increasing their capital by means of conversion.
Article 34 The statutory welfare reserve allocated by the company is used for the collective welfare of the employees of the company.
Article 35 The company may not establish any account books in addition to those required by law.
Article 36 No accounts may be opened in the name of any individual for the keeping of the company’s assets.
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019
|
10 |
CHAPTER 9 DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
Article 37 Any merger or division of the company shall be conducted according to laws and administrative regulations.
Article 38 The company may be dissolved (Non-mandatory) when the circumstances for dissolution as stipulated by laws and administrative regulations occur.
Article 39 Where the company is dissolved (not mandatory) under those items of dissolution , the liquidation group shall be formed to commence the liquidation within 15 days after a cause of dissolution occurs. The liquidation group shall be composed of the shareholder.
Article 40 Once the liquidation group is set up, the Company shall stop all business activities that are not related to liquidation.
Article 41 The liquidation group shall exercise the following powers during liquidation:
(1) to thoroughly examine the property of the company and prepare a balance sheet and a schedule of property respectively;
(2) to notify creditors by notice or announcement;
(3) to dispose of and liquidate relevant unfinished business of the company;
(4) to pay all outstanding taxes in full as well as taxes arising in the course of liquidation;
(5) to clear the claims and debts;
(6) to dispose of the property remained after full payment of the company’s debts;
(7) to participate in civil litigation activities on behalf of the company.
Article 42 The liquidation group shall notify the creditors within a period of 10 days commencing from the date of its establishment and the company shall file the matter to the commercial registration authority. Then within 60 days, make newspaper announcement of the liquidation. When declaring their claims by the creditors, claims shall be registered by the liquidation group.
Article 43 After the liquidation group has thoroughly examined the company’s property and prepared a balance sheet and a schedule of property, it shall formulate a liquidation plan and submit the same to the shareholder for confirmation.
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019
|
11 |
Article 44 The property of a company remained after the property is respectively applied to payment of (According to Priority): 1. the liquidation expenses; 2. the wages, social insurance premiums and statutory compensation of staff and workers; 3.the outstanding taxes; 4.full payment of the debts of the company shall be distributed.
The company may distribute the remaining profits in proportion to the actual contribution after paying off above affairs in accordance with the provisions of the preceding paragraph.
Article 45 Following the completion of liquidation, the liquidation group shall compile a liquidation report and submit the same to the shareholder or the company’s competent authority for confirmation, as well as to the company registration authority. In addition, the liquidation group shall apply for cancellation of the company’s registration and announce the company’s termination.
Article 46 Members of the liquidation group shall be devoted to their duties and perform their liquidation obligations according to the law. Members of the liquidation group may not abuse their authority to accept bribes or other illegal income and may not seize company property.
If members of the liquidation group willfully or through gross negligence cause losses to the company or its creditors, they shall be liable for compensation.
CHAPTER 10 SUPPLEMENTARY ARTICLES
Article 47 Any change in the registration items or any other important provisions herein shall be conditional upon amendment hereof. The procedure for the amendment of the articles of association shall comply with the company law and the articles of association. Amendment to the company’s articles of association should only be amended for the terms modified.
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019
|
12 |
Article 48 Any amendment hereto or any resolution for additional provision to the articles of associations as approved by the shareholder shall be filed with company registration authority.
Article 49 In the case of any provision hereof that is inconsistent with laws and administrative regulations, the latter shall prevail.
Article 50 Any resolution for additional provision to the articles of associations shall be considered to be part of this the articles of associations and filed with company registration authority.
Article 51 The company shall file relevant legal documents such as meeting records formed in accordance with the articles of association for future reference.
Article 52 In the case of any provision hereof that is inconsistent with laws and administrative regulations, the latter shall prevail.
Article 53 The articles of association shall be construed by the shareholder.
Signature of the Shareholder:
Date: Year Month Day
I confirm the above translation is an accurate translation of the original document. Translator: Xie Fobin Tel: 15665773635 Certificate No.: EVIII 1310066692 Company:Wenzhou Wanteng Translation Service Co., Ltd. Address: 115-Yanhe North Road, Lupu, Longgang Town, Cangnan County, Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province. Date of translation: August 14, 2019
|
13 |
Business License
(Duplicate) (2-1)
Unified Social Credit Identifier: 914403003427480000
Enterprise Name: Mishan City Shenmi Dazhong Management Consulting Partnership (Limited Partnership)
Type of Enterprise: Limited Liability Company (Sole Investment by Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macao Legal Person)
Address: Eighth Committee of Lianzhushan Town, Mishan City
Legal Representative: Xia Changbin
Registered Capital:
Date of Establishment: 15 October 2018
Validity Term: Sustainable operation
Scope of operation: Enterprise Management Consultation, Enterprise Information Consultation, Economic Information Consultation, Education Information Consultation, Investment and Establishment of Industries
Mishan Market Supervision and Administration (seal)
April 28, 2019
Business License
(Duplicate) (2-1)
Unified Social Credit Identifier: 914403003427480000
Enterprise Name: Mishan City Shenmi Dazhong Management Consulting Partnership (Limited Partnership)
Type of Enterprise: Limited Liability Company (Sole Investment by Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macao Legal Person)
Address: Eighth Committee of Lianzhushan Town, Mishan City
Legal Representative: Xia Changbin
Registered Capital:
Date of Establishment: 15 October 2018
Validity Term: Sustainable operation
Scope of operation: Enterprise Management Consultation, Enterprise Information Consultation, Economic Information Consultation, Education Information Consultation, Investment and Establishment of Industries
Mishan Market Supervision and Administration (seal)
April 28, 2019
Exhibit 5.1
Harney Westwood & Riegels LP Craigmuir Chambers PO Box 71 Road Town Tortola VG1110 British Virgin Islands Tel: +1 284 494 2233 Fax: +1 284 494 3547 |
[●] 2020
DRAFT
fergal.mcloughlin@harneys.com
+1 284 494 2233
049177.0002
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited
30 de Castro Street
P.O. Box 4519
Road Town
Tortola
BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS
Dear Sir or Madam
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited, Company No 2000335 (the Company)
We are lawyers qualified to practise in the British Virgin Islands and have acted as British Virgin Islands legal advisers to the Company in connection with the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 and accompanying prospectus registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) on or around the date of this opinion under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act)(the Registration Statement), relating to the offering by the Company of certain shares in the Company of no par value (the Shares).
We are furnishing this opinion as Exhibit [5.1] to the Registration Statement.
For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined the Corporate Documents (as defined in Schedule 1), which we regard as necessary in order to issue this opinion. We have not examined any other documents, official or corporate records or external or internal registers and have not undertaken or been instructed to undertake any further enquiry or due diligence in relation to the transaction which is the subject of this opinion or in relation to any British Virgin Islands companies other than the Company (including those British Virgin Islands companies, other than the Company, referenced in the Registration Statement).
In giving this opinion we have relied upon the assumptions set out in Schedule 2 which we have not verified.
A list of partners is available for inspection at our offices. Bermuda legal services provided through an association with Zuill & Co.
|
Anguilla | Bermuda | British Virgin Islands | Cayman Islands Cyprus | Hong Kong | London | Luxembourg | Montevideo São Paulo | Shanghai | Singapore | Vancouver www.harneys.com |
Based solely upon the foregoing examinations and assumptions and having regard to the legal considerations and documents which we regard as necessary in order to issue this opinion, and subject to the qualifications set out in Schedule 3, we are of the opinion that under the laws of the British Virgin Islands:
1 | Existence and Good Standing. The Company is a company duly incorporated with limited liability, and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. The Company is a separate legal entity and is subject to suit in its own name. |
2 | Valid Issuance of Shares. The Shares to be sold and issued as contemplated by the Registration Statement have been duly authorised and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the Registration Statement and the Resolutions, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (meaning that no further sums will be payable with respect them). Shares in the Company are deemed to be issued when the name of the shareholder is entered in the register of members of the Company. |
3 | British Virgin Islands Law. The statements in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement, including in particular the tax disclosure under the section headed “British Virgin Islands Taxation”, to the extent that they constitute statements of British Virgin Islands law, are accurate in all material respects as at the date of this opinion and such statements constitute our opinion. |
This opinion is confined to the matters expressly opined on herein and given on the basis of the laws of the British Virgin Islands as they are in force and applied by the British Virgin Islands courts at the date of this opinion. We have made no investigation of, and express no opinion on, the laws of any other jurisdiction. We express no opinion as to matters of fact. We express no opinion with respect to the commercial terms of the transactions the subject of this opinion.
In connection with the above opinion, we hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference made to this firm in the Registration Statement under the headings “British Virgin Islands Taxation”, “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities”, and “Legal Matters” and elsewhere in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement.
This opinion may be used only in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares while the Registration Statement is effective.
Yours faithfully
[DRAFT]
Harney Westwood & Riegels LP
2 |
Schedule 1
List of Documents and Records Examined
1 | a copy of the Certificate of Incorporation and Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company obtained from the Registry of Corporate Affairs on 4 December 2019, which our searches dated [●] 2020 indicated were not subsequently amended; |
2 | the records and information certified by [COVERDALE TRUST SERVICES LIMITED], the registered agent of the Company, on [●] 2020 of the statutory documents and records maintained by the Company at its registered office (the Registered Agent’s Certificate); |
3 | the public records of the Company on file and available for inspection at the Registry of Corporate Affairs, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands on [●] 2020; |
4 | the records of proceedings on file with, and available for inspection on [●] 2020 at the High Court of Justice, British Virgin Islands; |
(3 to 4 above are the Public Searches) | |
5 | a copy of the unanimous written resolutions of the board of directors of the Company dated [●] 2020 approving the filing of the Registration Statement and authorising issue of the Shares (the Resolutions); and |
6 | the Registration Statement, |
(1 to 6 above are the Corporate Documents).
3 |
Schedule 2
Assumptions
1 | Authenticity of Documents. All original Corporate Documents are authentic, all signatures, initials and seals are genuine, all copies of the Registration Statement are true and correct copies and the Registration Statement conform in every material respect to the latest drafts of the same produced to us and, where the Registration Statement has been provided to us in successive drafts marked-up to indicate changes to such documents, all such changes have been so indicated. Save for the Corporate Documents provided to us there are no resolutions, agreements, documents or arrangements which materially affect, amend or vary the transactions envisaged in the Registration Statement and the Resolutions have not been rescinded (save for any such rescission that has been notified to us in writing by the Company prior to the date of this opinion) and are true and accurate as respects the director considerations regarding conflicts of interests and the best interests of the Company. |
2 | Corporate Documents. All matters required by law to be recorded in the Corporate Documents are so recorded, and all corporate minutes, resolutions, certificates, documents and records which we have reviewed are accurate and complete, and all facts expressed in or implied thereby are accurate and complete, and the information recorded in the Registered Agent’s Certificate was accurate as at the date of the passing of the Resolutions. |
3 | No Steps to Wind-up. Save for as recorded on the Public Searches reviewed by us, the directors and shareholders of the Company have not taken any steps to appoint a liquidator of the Company and no receiver has been appointed over any of the property or assets of the Company. |
4 |
Schedule 3
Qualifications
1 | Public Records. Records reviewed by us may not be complete for various reasons. In particular you should note that: |
(a) | in special circumstances the court may order the sealing of the court record, which would mean that a record of the court action would not appear on the High Court register; | |
(b) | failure to file notice of appointment of a receiver with the Registry of Corporate Affairs does not invalidate the receivership but merely gives rise to penalties on the part of the receiver; | |
(c) | a liquidator of a British Virgin Islands company has 14 days after their appointment within which they must file notice of their appointment at the Registry of Corporate Affairs; and | |
(d) | although amendments to the Memorandum and Articles of Association of a company are normally effective from the date of registration with the Registry of Corporate Affairs, it is possible for a British Virgin Islands court to order that they be treated as being effective from an earlier date, and searches would not reveal the amendments until the court order was subsequently filed, |
and accordingly our searches would not indicate such issues. | |
2 | Foreign Statutes. We express no opinion in relation to provisions making reference to foreign statutes in the Registration Statement. |
3 | Amendment. A British Virgin Islands court would not treat as definitive a statement in a contract that it could only be amended or waived in writing but would be able to consider all the facts of the case particularly where consideration had passed to determine whether a verbal amendment or waiver had been effected and if it found that it had such verbal amendment or waiver would be deemed to have also amended the stated requirement for a written agreement. |
4 | Good Standing. To maintain the Company in good standing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, annual licence fees must be paid to the Registrar of Corporate Affairs. |
5 | Conflict of Laws. An expression of an opinion on a matter of British Virgin Islands law in relation to a particular issue in this opinion should not necessarily be construed to imply that the British Virgin Islands courts would treat British Virgin Islands law as the proper law to determine that issue under its conflict of laws rules. |
6 | Sanctions. The obligations of the Company may be subject to restrictions pursuant to United Nations and European Union sanctions as implemented under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. |
5 |
Labor Contract
Party A (employer): Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.
Address: B401, Building 4, Building 12, Shuangchuang Park, Zhichuang Matrix, Hangcheng Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen
Legal representative: Changbin Xia
Contact number: 0755-85255139
Party B (employee): Lin He
ID number: 430721198312230072
Current residence address: Room 304, Chentian Village 2513 South, Baoan District, Shenzhen
Contact number: 18923742518
Emergency contact number: 18923791912
Tips: In order to protect the rights of workers, please read the terms and conditions of this agreement carefully. If you have any questions, you can consult the company’s human resources staff. By signing this agreement, you understand and agree to the terms and conditions of this agreement. You also agree that as employee of Party A, you shall abide by various management regulations formulated by Party A according to law.
According to the “Labor Law of the People’s Republic of China” (hereinafter referred to as “Labor Law”), “Labor Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China” (hereinafter referred to as “Labor Contract Law”), and other relevant laws and regulations, both parties sign this agreement in accordance with the principles of fairness, equality, voluntariness, negotiation, honesty, and trustworthiness, and agree to abide by the terms listed in this contract.
I. Commitment
Article 1 Party A and Party B shall sign this labor contract and express their consent to establish a labor relationship and perform the labor contract in accordance with Party A’s enterprise management system.
Article 2 Both parties agree that at the time of signing this labor contract, Party A has truthfully informed Party B of the work content, working conditions, work location, occupational hazards, safety production status, labor remuneration, and other circumstances that Party B is required to know: Party A has the right to know Party B, and Party B shall truthfully and comprehensively provide basic information required by this labor contract and required by Party A.
Article 3 Party B’s statement and guarantee: Before this contract comes into effect, it has terminated labor contract relationships with other employers, and its employment under this contract does not violate Party A’s previous agreement with other third parties. If this contract violates the agreement of Party B’s previous documents signed with other third parties, Party A has the right to terminate this contract without any conditions and without any compensation, Party B shall be subject to Party A’s compensation (including but not limited to actual losses as well as indirect and rights-saving costs).
II. Contract period
Article 4 The term type of this contract is a fixed term contract. The effective date of this contract is from May 2, 2019 to May 1, 2022, with a trial period of one month.
Article 5 Party A shall retain the premise of not violating labor laws and regulations according to the assessment results of Party B’s probation period. The appropriate extension shall be negotiated by both parties.
III. Work content
Article 6 Party A and Party B agree that Party A shall employ Party B to work in the company. Party B will be mainly engaged in the position of CFO, which is the main position of Party B. In addition to the main position, Party B’s superior supervisor may temporarily arrange other work according to the needs of the work. Further, both Parties agree that Wunong Net Technology Company Limited shall also employ Party B in the position of CFO.
Article 7 After the negotiation between the two parties, the main position of Party B may be adjusted.
Article 8 In accordance with the content, scope and duties as stipulated by Party A, Party B shall accomplish tasks on time, with good quality and required quantity. Party A can assess the work of Party B.
IV. Working place, working hours, working conditions and labor protection
Article 9 The working place of Party B is in Shenzhen, except for working or studying in other places, and long-term business trips.
Party A may change Party B’s position (type of work) and place of work due to work needs and in the event that Party B is unable to competently carry out the requirements of his job position.
Article 10 Labor time:
Party A and Party B agree to implement a standard working hour system. Party A shall arrange for Party B’s working hours as follows: from 09:00 to 12:00, and 13:30 to 18: 00 pm (refer to the “Employees’ Guidance Guide Manual” for detailed schedules).
Party A shall reasonably arrange Party B’s work tasks. Party A shall cooperate with Party B to extend the working hours of Party B due to work needs, and Party B shall allow Party A to make a compensatory time off or a change of time.
Article 11 If Party B has work-related injuries, illnesses, breastfeeding, etc., Party A may adjust the position of Party B according to the actual situation of Party B, and Party B shall obey. If changes are made to the job or work content, salary will remain the same.
Article 12 Labor conditions:
1. Party A shall provide a working environment that meets the labor safety standards set by the Country to ensure the safety and health of Party B during the course of work.
2. Based on the actual needs of Party B, Party A shall provide Party B with necessary labor protection supplies in accordance with relevant state regulations.
3. Party A shall implement special labor protection for female employees in accordance with state regulations.
Article 13 The Parties unanimously agree that when one of the following objective situations occur, Party A has the right to adjust Party B’s work position, work location, salary, bonus, welfare, and other treatments accordingly:
1. Party A cancels or merges departments or posts according to the needs of the business development;
2. Party A needs to relocate or partially relocate due to business development;
3. Party B rotates or competes according to Party A’s rules and regulations;
4. According to work needs, the working ability performance of Party B, in accordance with the principles of good faith and reasonableness, and in accordance with the rules and regulations formulated by democratic procedures, after explaining the situation to Party B;
5. Party B may cause damage to Party A’s interests or affect Party A’s normal operations;
6. If Party B’s job involves Party A’s trade secrets or has a significant impact on Party A’s production and operation, Party A may adjust Party B’s job position and change the relevant provisions of the labor contract 3 months prior to termination of the contract;
7. Party B was demoted or dismissed by Party A in violation of Party A’s rules and regulations or labor discipline
8. Party A may temporarily adjust the work content of Party B, in accordance with production and operational needs. The temporary adjustment shall not be regarded as Party B’s change of work content.
V. Labor Remuneration
Article 14. Both Parties confirm that Party B shall implement the following wage formation Base salary + other compensation: base salary shall be RMB 2200, and shall be no less than the local minimum wage, and if time worked is less than one month, salary shall be calculated according to actual dates worked; other compensation include, but is not limited to, performance salary (other specific salary structures will be set up by Party A, based on the different positions of Party B, and the specific provisions of the salary management system announced by Party A shall prevail). The final salary paid shall not be lower than the local minimum wage, but if the working time is less than one month, it shall be calculated according to the actual dates worked.
1. The Parties agree that Party A shall determine Party B’s wages in accordance with the current wage standards of the company. During the probation period, salary shall be 1 yuan, and after conversion, salary shall also be 1 yuan.
2. Party A shall pay Party B’s previous month’s salary on the 8th of each month. If Party B leaves its position, Party B agrees that the salary on the day it leaves office will also be paid on the next salary payment date.
Article 15. Based on the actual circumstances of the company, Party A has formulated a system for salary changes when a position changes. Based on this principle, the Parties agree that Party A can change Party B’s wage standard when Party B’s position changes.
Article 16. The Parties agree that Party A may adjust Party B’s salary in time, either according to the operation status or based on Party B’s actual working ability and performance (subject to the Human Resources Department and Department manager’s assessments).
Article 17.
(1) | Deduction and withholding of employees’ personal income tax | |
(2) | Deduction and payment of personal social insurance premiums, housing provident fund | |
(3) | Maintenance and alimony required to be withheld pursuant to a court decision | |
(4) | Deduction of expenses compensated to the company according to law | |
(5) | Deduction of fines imposed by the company for employees’ violations of rules and regulations | |
(6) | Wages that may be reduced as stipulated in the labor contract | |
(7) | The company’s rules and regulations formulated according to law stipulate that wages can be reduced | |
(8) | Flexible reduction in salary due to economic downturn | |
(9) | Employee’s salary cut due to a leave of absence or sick leave | |
(10) | Wages or expenses deductible by law or regulation |
VI. Social Insurance and Welfare Benefits
Article 18. Party and Party B agree to participate in social security according to the relevant regulations of the state and province.
Article 19. For non-work-related injuries or illnesses, Party A shall provide Party B with medical treatment period and medical expectancy according to the relevant state, province, and municipality regulations.
Article 20. For work-related injuries or illnesses, Party A shall abide by the provisions of the Law of the People’s Republic of China on the Prevention and Control of Occupational Diseases and Regulation on Work-Related Injury Insurance and other relevant laws and regulations.
Article 21. If Party B does not need to purchase social security, it shall submit a formal written request to Party A. If Party A’s payment of social security is delayed because of Party B, the consequences shall be borne by Party B and shall not be the responsibility of Party A.
Article 22. Party B shall take the initiative to apply for leave during the company’s approved period. Failure to apply for leave in accordance with the above provisions shall be deemed a waiver of such leave, and Party A need not provide any compensation or other expenses in return. Party B confirms that it has no objections to this. If Party B has leave not taken before they leave office, Party B may take such leave. Otherwise, Party B shall give up such leave. When employees leave office, leave not taken does not offset any expenses, such as salary or economic compensation. Party B confirms that it has no objections.
VII. Regulations, Labor Records
Article 23. The rules and regulations designated by Party A (employees of the right-to-use company) have been adopted and promulgated pursuant to legal procedures.
Article 24. The rules and regulations designated by Party A were formulated using Party B’s rules, and at the time of signing of this Agreement, the Parties have been fully informed.
Article 25. At the time of signing of this Agreement, Party B has no objections to Party A’s rules and regulations.
Article 26. Party B shall abide by the rules and regulations formulated by Party A in accordance with the law; strictly abide by labor safety and health, operating procedures and scope of work, protect Party A’s property and abide by professional ethics, actively participate in Party A’s training and improve its vocational skills.
Article 27. If Party B violates any labor regulations, Party A may, according to the rules and regulations of the company, grant different levels of administrative disciplinary action according to the specific circumstances until the contract is terminated.
Article 28. Party A has the right to give Party B appropriate rewards or penalties within the scope of the business in accordance with Party B’s performance or behavior, and in accordance with the laws and regulations of the State and the rules and regulations formulated by Party A.
Article 29. If Party B causes economic losses to Party A, Party B may be required to compensate Party A for such loss in accordance with the labor contract. Compensation for economic losses can be deducted from Party B’s wages. However, if the deduction standard and method exceeds 20% of Party B’s monthly salary, consent must first be obtained from Party B.
Article 30. Party B shall be responsible for Party A’s property in its custody, use, or management, and shall maintain its integrity. If the property is damaged or lost, it shall be compensated according to its actual price. When Party B leaves the company, the property should be returned to Party A.
Article 31. Party B promises that if there is any change in the application information, Party B shall promptly notify Party A (within seven days from the date of change). If Party B fails to notify Party A in time, Party B shall be deemed to have seriously violated Party A’s rules and regulations.
Article 32. Party B is aware of the confidentiality provisions designated by Party A and promises to abide by it. If a violation occurs, Party B agrees to voluntarily be punished accordingly.
VIII. Confidentiality provisions
Article 33 Party B shall keep Party A’s trade secrets, and the specific matters are as the following:
1. Confidential content and scope: Party A’s trade secrets, Party A’s partners and customers’ trade secrets. The scope of confidentiality includes, but is not limited to, the following contents: technical information, business information, management information, intellectual property rights, remuneration system, and matters and the confidentiality obligations of Party A to partners and customers in accordance with the provisions of the law or relevant agreements. All confidential information shall be returned to Party A before leaving the company, and the trade secrets that it knows shall be kept for three years from the date of separation.
Article 34 Restrictions of second occupation:
Party B agrees not to engage in a second occupation during his tenure at Party A. Without the written consent of Party A or the relevant agreement with Party A, it will not be employed in other enterprises that produce or operate similar products or provide similar services with Party A. These positions include, but are not limited to, partners, directors, supervisors, shareholders, managers, employees, agents, consultants, etc., and do not indirectly provide services to the above-mentioned enterprises.
Article 35 Effectiveness and termination of confidentiality obligations:
Party A shall pay Party B a confidentiality fee, which shall be included in the remuneration. However, when the employee leaves the company, the company will not pay any additional confidentiality fees, and the confidentiality period continues for three years after the employee leaves the company.
Article 36 Party B shall abide by the non-competition restrictions within two years after the termination of the labor contract. The scope, geographical, economic compensation and breach of contract obligations of the competition restrictions are as follows: abide by professional ethics, Party B shall not contact Party A’s clients in any way after leaving the company. Party A has the right to conduct legal investigation and economic compensation to Party B.
Article 37 Liability for breach of contract: If Party A’s loss is caused by Party B’s breach of contract, or if Party A’s customers or partners lose money, Party B shall compensate for the losses suffered as a result.
IX. The ownership of intellectual property rights and other rights
Article 38. The intellectual property achievements such as patents and copyrights formed during the period of Party B’s employment shall be vested in Party A. Party A shall give certain rewards according to the economic benefits of Party B’s intellectual property achievements.
Article 39. Party B shall perform the tasks of Party A or mainly use the material and technical conditions of Party A to complete the intellectual property achievements that belong to Party A.
Article 40. If applicable laws and regulations stipulate that certain rights in intellectual property rights must be given to Party B and the parties are not allowed to agree otherwise on the vesting of rights, Party B agrees to implement the following terms:
(1) If laws and regulations permit all or part of these rights to be transferable, Party B agrees to transfer these rights to Party A without compensation.
(2) If Party B cannot transfer all or part of its rights to Party A in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, or if the person is unable to obtain the government approval necessary for such transfer, Party B will use the right to transfer without permission to Party A. The license to use in this section shall be irrevocable, exclusive (excluding Party B and all third parties), worldwide and transferable, and Party A has the right to re-license the use of such rights. Party A has unlimited indemnity and re-licensing rights.
(3) According to laws and regulations, if certain rights cannot be transferred or permitted by Party B in accordance with Clause 1 and Clause 2, Party B agrees not to exercise such rights without Party A’s written consent, including but not limited to the right of authorship in the results. And other rights.
X. Amendments to the contract
Article 41. This contract may be amended if formal written consent is obtained from both Parties, and the amendment(s) are also executed by both parties.
XI. Discharge and termination of the contract
Article 42. If both parties are in agreement, the contract may be terminated.
Article 43. If Party B informs Party A in writing 30 days in advance, it may terminate the labor contract; Party B may notify Party A three days before the trial period, and the labor contract may be terminated.
Article 44. Party B may notify Party A to terminate this labor contract if one of the following circumstances occurs:
(1) failing to provide labor protection or labor conditions in accordance with the labor contract;
(2) failing to fully and timely pay labor compensation;
(3) failing to pay social insurance premiums to Party B according to law;
(4) Party A’s rules and regulations violate the provisions of laws and regulations and damage Party B’s rights and interests;
(5) Party A uses fraud, coercion or arbitrage to cause Party B to enter into or change this contract in violation of the true meaning, resulting in invalidation of the labor contract;
(6) Party A exempts its statutory responsibilities and excludes Party B’s rights, resulting in invalid labor contracts;
(7) Party A violates mandatory provisions of laws and administrative regulations, resulting in invalid labor contracts;
(8) Laws and administrative regulations stipulate that Party B may terminate other circumstances of the labor contract.
Article 45. If Party A forces Party B to work by means of violence, threats, or illegal restrictions on personal freedom, or Party A violates the rules and forces the risky operation to endanger the personal safety of Party B, Party B may immediately terminate the labor contract without prior notice.
Article 46. Party A may notify Party B to terminate this labor contract if one of the following circumstances occurs:
(1) The certificate during the probation period does not meet the conditions for employment;
(2) Providing false identity documents, academic credentials, and personal data such as resumes and abilities to prepare for employment when applying for and applying for employment;
(3) Serious violation of the company’s rules and regulations;
(4) The company has caused serious economic losses to the company due to the dereliction of duty and malpractices;
(5) Instigating disputes, recruiting people to form a faction, disrupting other normal working order and business activities of the company;
(6) Defamation and dissemination of rumors about the company or employees outside the company, causing significant damage to the company’s image;
(7) Engaging in non-company work during working hours and using the company’s resources for private work;
(8) Leak the company’s important trade secrets and cause economic losses to the company;
(9) Poor work attitude, neglect of his job, negative absenteeism, obstructing the work of others, and is not corrected or repeated by the company;
(10) Doing a part-time job;
(11) Being investigated by the judicial authorities for criminal responsibility.
Article 47. For the following circumstances, Party A may terminate the labor contract after notifying Party B in written form 30 days in advance or by paying Party B an additional monthly salary:
(1) If Party B is sick or not injured by work, he or she cannot perform the original work after the prescribed medical period expires, nor can he engage in any work arranged by Party A;
(2) Party B is not qualified for the job, and after training or adjusting the position, Party B is still not qualified for the job;
(3) The objective situation on which the labor contract was based was significantly changed, resulting in the inability to perform the labor contract. After the negotiation between the two parties, it was not possible to reach an agreement on changing the content of the labor contract.
Article 48. Under the following circumstances, Party A needs to reduce more than 20 personnel or reduce less than 20 persons but accounts for more than 10% of the total number of employees of Party A, Party A shall notify the trade union 30 days in advance. If the workers explain the situation and listen to the opinions of the trade unions or employees, and report the reduction plan to the labor administrative department, the personnel can be reduced:
(1) Reorganization in accordance with the provisions of the Enterprise Bankruptcy Law;
(2) Serious difficulties in production and operation;
(3) Enterprise conversion, major technological innovation or adjustment of business methods, after changing the labor contract, still needs to lay off personnel;
(4) Other major changes in the objective economic conditions on which cannot to fulfill the contract.
Article 49. Under any of the following circumstances, the labor contract shall be terminated:
1. The expiration of the labor contract;
2. Party B starts to enjoy basic pension insurance benefits according to law;
3. Party B dies or is declared dead or declared missing by the people’s court;
4. Party A is declared bankrupt according to law;
5. Party A’s business license is revoked, is ordered to close, or Party A decides to dissolve in advance;
6. Other circumstances as stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.
Article 50. After the expiration of the labor contract, if both parties request the renewal of this contract, the renewal shall be completed within 30 days prior to the expiration of the term, the other party shall be notified in written form, and the labor contract may be renewed upon mutual agreement.
XII. Dissolution and termination of the contract
Article 51. If Party A and Party B terminate this contract, Party B shall handle the work according to the agreement of both parties. Party A shall issue a written certificate to Party B according to law, and shall, within fifteen days, handle the procedures for transferring the file and social insurance relationship for Party B.
XIII. Treatment of Dispute
Article 52. If a labor dispute arises between Party A and Party B, it shall be settled through negotiated settlement. If the negotiation fails, the Parties may seek resolution from the unit trade union or apply for mediation at the labor dispute mediation committee where the unit is located. If there is no objection to the arbitral award, both parties must perform; if they are dissatisfied with the arbitral award, they may sue in the people’s court.
XIV. Liability for breach of contract
Article 53. If either Party A or Party B breaches the contract and causes economic losses to the other party, it shall be liable for breach of contract. The specific amount of compensation shall be determined according to laws, regulations, and the degree of economic losses caused to the other party.
Article 54. If Party B fails to perform the work transfer obligation in accordance with the clause of this contract, the period required for the transfer of the work shall be the basis for calculation, and the salary income of the previous month when Party B terminates the labor contract, and pay Party A liquidated damages on the basis of the standard salary of last month.
Article 55. During the term of this contract, Party A and Party B shall sign a special agreement (such as service period agreement, non-disclosure agreement, etc.) through negotiation. The special agreement is an annex to the contract. For any inconsistent regulations, the special agreement shall prevail.
XV. Other regulations
Article 56. Party A and Party B confirm the “residence (contact address)” provided by the parties in this contract. For the valid contact address of both parties (if Party B does not provide it, the ID address will be used as the contact address); If there is any changes, the change party shall promptly notify the other party; otherwise, the responsibility for undeliverable due to the change of address shall be committed by the change party.
Article 56. If Party A and Party B agree that the labor relationship between the two parties is terminated or cancelled for any reason, Party B shall take the initiative to handle the handover of work to Party A; otherwise, Party A has the right not to pay wages or compensation to Party B or any other expenses. If the loss is not handled in time for Party A, Party B shall be responsible for damages.
Article 57. When signing this agreement, Party A shall deliver and publicize Party A’s “Company Management System” to Party B, and Party B shall read it carefully and comply. If Party A’s management system conflicts with this contract, the contract shall prevail, and the management system shall stipulate that the management system shall prevail. Party B agrees that Party A shall revise the company’s various management systems in a timely manner according to the operations of the company. The amendment may be made by Party A alone or by part of the company’s employee representatives. Party B shall follow the revised rules and regulations, even if Party B does not participate. The referral represents participation in the revision of the relevant system.
Article 58. This contract shall be made in duplicate, each Party shall hold one copy (Party B confirms that this contract has been received), which has the same legal effect and shall take effect on the date of signed and sealed by both parties.
Article 59. The unaccomplished matters of this contract may be signed separately as an annex and shall be performed together with this contract.
Article 60. Party B has all clearly understood the rules and regulations established by Party A and the rules and regulations, and the other rules and regulations formulated by Party A have the same legal effect as this contract.
Article 61. The final interpretation right of this contract belongs to Party A.
Party A (signature): | Party B: (signature): |
Legal representative: Changbin Xia | |
Date: | Date: |
Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.
Labor Contract
Party A (employer) Name: Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.
Address: B401, 4th Floor, Building 12, Zhichuang Matrix Shuangchuang Park, Hangcheng Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen
Legal Representative: Xia Changbin
Contact Number: 0755-85255139
Party B (employee) Name: Qin Xiaogang
ID Number: 420624197503142216
Current Residential Address:Youth Home, Nanshan District, Shenzhen
Contact Number: +86 13332928279
E-mail: 182069648@qq.com
Emergency Contact’s Information: Zeng Yi Yun; +86 13392828948
Tips: For protection of the rights of labors, please read the terms and commitments of this agreement carefully. If you have any questions, please consult the staff in HR Department of the employer. Upon signing this contract, it shall be deemed, as the employee of the Party A, to be your agrees on the terms of the contract and various management regulations formulated by Party A as per related laws.
In conformation with the Labor Law of the People’s Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as Labor Law) , Labor Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as Labor Contract Law) and other relevant laws and regulations, with the principle of fair, equality, free will, negotiation, and honesty and trustworthiness, Party A and Party B hereby conclude this Labor Contract. The terms listed in this Labor Contract are as follow:
I. Commitment
Article 1 Party A and Party B conclude this Labor Contract with expressly stated consent to establish a labor relationship and perform this Labor Contract as per enterprise management system of Party A.
Article 2 Both parties agree on that at the time of signing this Labor Contract, Party A has truthfully informed Party B the contents of work, working conditions, work place, occupational hazards, safety production status, labor remuneration, and other circumstances that Party B requires to know; Party A has the right to know the basic situation, which is directly related to Party B, Party B shall provide Party A with the basic information in a true and comprehensive manner.
Article 3 Party B state and guarantee that Party B, before the contract comes into effect, has to terminate the Labor Contract relationship with other employers, and its employment under this Labor Contract does not violate previous agreement signed with other third parties. In case that this Labor Contract violates previous documents or agreements signed between Party B and other third parties, Party A has the right to terminate this Labor Contract without any conditions and without any compensation, Party B shall bear the compensation for Party A, including but not limited to actual losses, indirect losses and rights-saving costs.
II. Term of This Contract
Article 4 This Labor Contract is a fixed term contract. The effective date of this Labor Contract is from May 1st, 2019 to May 1st, 2022, with a probation period of one month.
Article 5 Party A shall reserve the right to extend this Labor Contract with Party B under mutual consent of both parties as long as there is no Party B’s violations of the regulations and provisions of Labor Contract during the probation period.
III. Work Content
Article 6 Party A and Party B agree on that Party A shall employ Party B to work in the Company, mainly engaged in the position of CEO, which is the main position of Party B; in addition to the main position, Party B’s superior supervisor may temporarily arrange other work according to the needs of the work. Further, both Parties agree that Wunong Net Technology Company Limited shall also employ Party B in the position of CEO.
Article 7 The main position of Party B may be adjusted upon the negotiation between both parties.
Article 8 Party B shall accomplish tasks on time with good quality and required quantity. Party A can assess the work of Party B in accordance with the content, scope and duties as stipulated by Party A.
IV. Working Place, Working Schedule, Working Conditions & Labor protection
Article 9 The working place of Party B is Shenzhen, except for working or studying in other places, and long-term business trips.
Party A may change Party B’s position (type of work) and place of work due to work needs and the occurrence of Party B’s incompetent job problems.
Article 10 Working Schedule
Party A and Party B agree to implement the standard working hours system. Party A shall arrange Party B’s working hours from 09:00 to 12:00 am., and 13:30 to 18: 00 pm. (refer to the Employee Entrance Handbook for details).
Party A shall reasonably arrange work tasks of Party B, and Party B shall coordinate with Party A in case of requests for extending the working hours of Party B due to work needs, and Party B shall be allowed by Party A to make a compensatory time off or a change of time off.
Article 11 In case that work-related injuries, illnesses, breastfeeding, etc. occurs to Party B, Party A may adjust the position of Party B according to the actual situation of Party B, and Party B shall abide by. The job or work shall be content adjusted with the treatment unchangeable.
Article 12 Labor Condition:
1. Party A shall provide a working environment that meets the labor safety standards set by the Country to ensure the safety and health of Party B in the course of work.
2. Party A shall in accordance with the state regulations provide Party B with necessity of labor protective articles based on the actual working environment.
3. Party A shall in accordance with the state regulations offer special labor protection to female employees.
Article 13 Both parties agree that Party A has right to change the position or working place of Party B and the salary, compensation , bonus and welfare varies therefrom in case of any of the following objective situations on the part of Party A :
1. Party A cancels or merges departments or positions according to the needs of business development.
2. Party A needs to be relocated or partially relocated due to business development.
3. Party B rotates or competes for posts according to Party A’s rules and regulations.
4. Party A has given Party B expressly stated information about the change of position or working place based on the work needs and work ability and performance of Party B, in accordance with the principle of good faith and reasonable and the rules and regulations formulated as well as democratic procedures.
5. Party B jeopardizes the interest of Party A or takes a horrible toll on the normal operation of Party A.
6. Party A has right to change the position of Party B and the related provisions in Labor Contract before the dissolution or termination of the contract if the job of Party B has access to the business secret or plays a great role in the operation of Party A.
7. Party B is demoted or dismissed by Party A for violating rules and regulations or labor discipline of Party A.
8. Party A may temporarily adjust Party B’s work content due to the needs of production and operation, which shall not be deemed to be the change of work content of Party B.
V. Labor Remuneration
Article 14 Both parties agree on the following remuneration system for Party B:
Basic salary plus miscellaneous items: the basic salary is 2,200.00 RMB, which shall not be lower than the local minimum wage standard. In case that the working time is less than one month, it shall be calculated according to the actual time; miscellaneous items include but are not limited to performance salary (other specific items and structures shall be set by Party A according to different positions of Party B, of which details shall be subject to specific regulations of salary management system publicized by Party A). Meanwhile the actual and final payment for the job shall be not lower than the local minimum wage, and in case of the working time less than one month, it shall be calculated by the actual time.
1. Both parties agree on the current remuneration system for the confirmation of the compensation of Party B. Compensation amid the probation is / RMB, amid the regularization / RMB.
2. Party A shall pay Party B in currency the compensation of last month on the 8th day of each month. In case that Party B leaves the Company, Party B agrees that the compensation up to the date of resignation shall also be paid on the next payment day.
Article 15 Party A formulates a system for change of position and compensation, according to which the both parties agree that the remuneration of Party B could be change while Party A change the position of Party B.
Article 16 Both parties agree that Party A may adjust the compensation of Party B based on the actual business and operation situation of Party A as well as the actual competence and performance of Party A which shall be subject to the result of performance appraise given by HR Dept and the Manager of the Dept.
Article 17 In case of any of the following circumstances, Party A may deduct or reduce several payments from salary of Party B, which shall not be deemed to be improper reduction:
(1) To withhold individual income tax of employees;
(2) To withhold and pay the social insurance premium and housing accumulation fund borne by employees;
(3) To withhold the alimony or cost of support required by judgment or ruling;
(4) To deduct the expenses compensated to the Company according to law;
(5) To deduct the fine imposed by the Company for the employee’s violation of rules and disciplines;
(6) To deduct the the part of salary that can be reduced as stipulated in the Labor Contract.
(7) To deduct the the part of salary that can be reduced according to the Company’s rules and regulations.
(8) To deduct the fluctuating part of salary while there is the decrease of economic benefits of Party A;
(9) To deduct the part of salary due to personal leave or sick leave;
(10) To deduct the part of salary or expenses that can be deducted according to laws, regulations and rules.
VI. Social Insurance & Welfare
Article 18 Party A and Party B shall participate in social insurance and pay social insurance premium in accordance with relevant regulations of the state, province and city.
Article 19 If Party B suffers from illness or non-work related injury, Party A shall provide Party B with medical treatment period and related support according to relevant national, provincial and municipal regulations.
Article 20 If Party B suffers from occupational disease or work-related injury, Party A shall comply with the provisions of the law on the prevention and control of occupational diseases, the regulations on work-related injury insurance and other relevant laws and regulations.
Article 21 If Party B does not need social insurance, it shall apply to Party A in formal written form. If Party A delays to pay social insurance for Party B due to Party B’s reasons, the consequences arising therefrom shall be borne by Party B itself, which has nothing to do with Party A.
Article 22 For the due holiday of Party B, Party B shall take the initiative to apply for leave from the Company and finish the holiday leave within the approval period of the Company. It shall be deemed that Party B has no objection to Party A’s waiver of its leave if Party B fails to apply for leave in accordance with the above provisions. And in this regard, Party B agrees that Party A shall not pay any compensation or allowance or any other expenses. Party B shall apply for holiday leave before leaving office if there is any holiday leave left before leaving office, it shall be deemed that Party B gives up the holiday holiday leave left. When the employee leaves office, the holiday leave not taken shall not be converted into any expense such as salary or economic compensation, to which Party B has no objection.
VII. Rules & Regulations, Labor Discipline
Article 23 The rules and regulations formulated by Party A (applicable to all employees of the Company) have been passed in accordance with legal procedures and publicized.
Article 24 Special rules of Party A applicable to Party B have been fully informed to Party B when signing this Contract.
Article 25 Party B has known and confirmed the rules and regulations that have been in effect at the time of signing this Contract, to which Party B has no objection.
Article 26 Party B shall abide by the rules and regulations formulated by Party A in accordance with the law; strictly abide by rules of the labor safety and health, operation procedures and work scope; take good care of property of Party A and abide by professional ethics; actively participate in the training organized by Party A to improve professional skills.
Article 27 If Party B violates the labor discipline, Party A may, according to the Company’s rules and regulations, give different degrees of administrative disciplinary actions according to the circumstances, until the contract is terminated.
Article 28 Party A has the right to give Party B appropriate rewards or penalties within the scope of the enterprise according to Party B’s performance or behavior, national laws and regulations and rules and regulations formulated by Party A according to law.
Article 29 If Party B causes economic losses to Party A, Party A may require Party B to compensate for the economic losses in accordance with the provisions of the Labor Contract. The compensation for economic loss can be deducted from Party B’s salary. However, if the deduction exceed 20% of the monthly salary, the consent of Party B shall be obtained.
Article 30 All Party A’s properties that kept, stored and managed by Party B during its tenure shall be kept intact. Otherwise, Party B shall pay the full price for anything damaged. Upon resignation, such property shall be returned to Party A completely.
Article 31 Party B promises that the relevant information provided to Party A in the process of application or employment or work are true and effective. If there is any change in such information, Party B shall notify Party A in time (within seven days from the date of change). If Party B fails to notify Party A in time, it shall be deemed that Party B seriously violates rules and regulations of Party A.
Article 32 Party B shall be aware of and rigorously abide by the confidentiality system formulated by Party. In case of any violation, Party B shall be punished voluntarily.
VIII. Confidentiality Clauses
Article 33 Party B shall be reliable to keep trade secrets of Party A, and the specific matters are as the following:
1. Confidential Content and Scope: Trade secrets of Party A, Party A’s partners and customers.
The scope of confidentiality includes but is not limited to the following contents: technical information, business information, management information, intellectual property rights, remuneration system, and matters and the confidentiality obligations of Party A to partners and customers in accordance with the provisions of the law or relevant agreements; All confidential information shall be returned to Party A before leaving the Company, and the trade secrets that Party B knows shall be kept for three years from the date of separation.
Article 34 Restrictions of Second Occupation:
Party B shall not engage in a second occupation during his tenure at Party A. Without the written consent of Party A or the relevant agreement with Party A, Party B shall not not be employed in or indirectly provide services by other enterprises that produce or operate similar products or provide similar services with Party A. The restriction positions include, but are not limited to, partners, directors, supervisors, shareholders, managers, employees, agents, consultants, etc.
Article 35 Effectiveness & Termination of Confidentiality Obligations:
Party A shall pay Party B the confidentiality commission, which shall be included in remuneration; the Company will not pay the commercial secrecy commission separately when the employee leaves the Company; the confidentiality obligation shall not be dissolved within the three years since leaving the Company.
Article 36 Party B shall abide by the non-competition principle within two years upon the termination of the Labor Contract. The scope, geographical, economic compensation and breach of contract obligations of the non-competition principles are as follows:
Party B,in accordance with professional ethics, shall not contact Party A’s clients in any way after leaving the Company . Party A has the right to impose legal liability and economic compensation to Party B for any loss incurred therefrom on Party A.
Article
37 Liability for Breach of Contract: Party B shall be compensated due to any loss incurred by its breach of contract on Party
A, partners or customers of Party A.
IX. The Ownership of Intellectual Property Rights and Other Rights
Article 38 The intellectual property achievements such as patents and copyrights formed during the period of Party B’s employment shall be vested in Party A. Party A shall according to the economic benefits give certain rewards to Party B for intellectual property achievements.
Article 39 The intellectual property achievements incurred by the Party B’s fulfillment of tasks assigned by Party A or the main use of the material and technical conditions of Party A shall be vested in Party A.
Article 40 If applicable laws and regulations stipulate that certain rights in intellectual property rights must be vested in Party B and the parties in action are not allowed to agree otherwise on the vesting of rights, Party B agrees to implement the following terms:
(1) If laws and regulations permit all or part of these rights to be transferable, Party B agrees to transfer these rights to Party A without compensation.
(2) If Party B cannot transfer all or part of its rights to Party A in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, or if the government approval necessary for such transfer is unable to obtain, Party B shall transfer right of unable-to-transfer to Party A without permission. The permit of right hereof shall be irrevocable, exclusive (exclusive of Party B and all third parties), worldwide and transferable, and Party A has the right to re-permit the use of such rights. Party A has unlimited right of use for free and re-permitting right.
(3) If certain rights cannot be transferred or permitted by Party B in accordance with Clause 1 and Clause 2 under related laws and regulations, Party B agrees not to exercise such rights without written consent of Party A, including but not limited to the right of authorship in the achievements and other rights.
X. Changes of This Contract
Article 41 The contract may be changed upon the agreement of both parties. The change of the contract shall be in writing and the revised contract kept by the both parties in one copy respectively.
XI. Dissolution & Termination of the Contract
Article 42 The contract may be terminated upon the agreement of both parties.
Article 43 The termination of this Labor Contract shall be informed to Party A 30 days in advance; While in probation, Party B shall notify Party A three days in advance.
Article 44 In case of any of the following situations, Party B shall notify Party A to dissolve the Labor Contract:
(1) Party A fails to provide labor protection or labor conditions in accordance with the Labor Contract;
(2) Party A fails to fully pay labor compensation in a timely manner;
(3) Party A fails to pay social insurance premiums to Party B in accordance with law;
(4) The rules and regulations of Party A violate the provisions of laws and regulations and damage the rights and interests of Party B;
(5) Party B was forced to conclude this Contract or change this Contract under the means of fraud or coercion of Party A or under the situation where Party A was taken advantage of perilous state by Party A, which is against the real willing of Party B and hence voided.
(6) Party A exempts its statutory responsibilities and excludes rights of Party B, resulting in voiding this Labor Contract;
(7) Party A violates the mandatory provisions of laws and administrative regulations, resulting in voiding this Labor Contract;
(8) Other situations stipulated by laws and administrative regulations that Party B may terminate this Labor Contract.
Article 45 In case that Party A forces Party B to work by means of threats or illegal restrictions on personal freedom, or Party A violates the rules and forces the risky operation to endanger the personal safety of Party B, Party B may immediately terminate the Labor Contract without prior notice.
Article 46 In case of any of the following situations, Party A may dissolve the Labor Contract:
(1) Party B is certified unqualified and incompetent for the position during the its probation.
(2) Party B defrauds Party A of the position by providing fake and false certificates, ID information, diploma and CV for shaping the competence.
(3) Party B seriously violates rules and regulations of the Company;
(4) Party B causes serious economic losses to the Company due to the dereliction of duty and playing favoritism and committing irregularities;
(5) Party B disrupts order and normal business of Party A by sowing discords or forming personal-interests cliques in the Company.
(6) Party B damages the image of the Company by defaming or disseminating rumors about the Company or employees outside the Company.
(7) Party B engage in work unrelated to the Company during duty time or use the materials of the Company for the personal- interest work.
(8) Party B disclose the important trade secrets of the Company, causing economic losses to the Company;
(9) Party B, upon the discovery and correction request from Party A, fails to correct and prevent the behaviors such as horrible work attitude, neglect of his job, slowdown of work, habitual absenteeism, obstructing the work of others, etc..
(10) Party B engaged in a part-time job out of the Company;
(11) Party B is investigated by the judicial authorities for criminal responsibility.
Article 47 In case of any of the following situations, Party A may inform Party B 3o days in advance for dissolution of the Labor Contract or dissolve the contract with paying an addition salary of one month:
(1) Party B is unable to succeed in the original position or the new position arranged by Party A after its the stipulated treatment period in hospital due to its sickness or injury unrelated to the work.
(2) Party B is unable to succeed in the job even though after training or adjusting the position by Party A.
(3) Significant change of the objective situation on which the Labor Contract was based happens, resulting in the inability to perform the Labor Contract. And the both parties are unable to agree on the changed content of the contract after negotiation.
Article 48 In case of any of the following situations, when Party A needs to make personnel redundant more than 20 or make personnel redundant less than 20 persons but the number of the personnel accounts for more than 10% of the total number of employees of Party A, Party A shall notify the situation of trade union and the whole staff 30 days in advance and listen to the opinions of the trade unions or employees, and then report the reduction plan to the labor administrative department so that the redundant plan can be implemented:
(1) Party A reorganize the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Enterprise Bankruptcy Law;
(2) Party A faces serious difficulties in production and operation;
(3) Party A needs to make personnel redundant even if after enterprise conversion, major technological innovation or adjustment of business methods, change the Labor Contract;
(4) Significant change of the objective situation on which the Labor Contract was based happens, resulting in the inability to perform the Labor Contract.
Article 49 In case of any of the following situations, the Labor Contract shall be terminated:
1. The Labor Contract reaches expiration;
2. It is time for Party B to enjoy basic pension insurance benefits according to law;
3. Party B dies or is declared dead or declared missing by the People’s Court;
4. Party A is declared bankrupt according to law;
5. Party A is revoked business license, ordered to close or withdraw or Party A decides to dissolve in advance;
6. Other circumstances as stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.
Article 50 Upon the expiration of the Labor Contract, both parties shall inform each other in writing within 30 days since the expiration of the Labor Contract if there is a request for renewal of this Labor Contract, and the Labor Contract may be renewed upon mutual agreement.
XII. Dissolution and Termination of the Contract
Article 51 Party B shall hand over the work as per the agreement of both parties If Party A and Party B decide to terminate this Labor Contract. Party A shall issue the related written certificate to Party B according to law, and shall, within fifteen days, handle the procedures for transferring the personal archives and social insurance relationship for Party B.
XIII. Settlement of Dispute
Article 52 In case of a labor dispute between Party A and Party B, both parties shall settle it through consultation and negotiation at the outset. Once the negotiation fails, both parties shall seek resolution from the unit trade union or apply for mediation at the Labor Dispute Mediation Committee where the Party A is located; If there is no objection to the arbitration award, both parties shall perform it; if there is any objection to arbitration award, there is no objection may bring a law suit in a People’s Court.
XIV. Liability for Breach of Contract
Article 53 In case of any violation of the contract and the economic loss incurred therefrom, the delinquent party shall be liable for breach of contract and the corresponding amount of compensation shall be subject to related laws, regulations and the degree of economic losses caused to the observant party.
Article 54 In case of the failure of Party B to perform the work handover obligation in accordance with the Article 51 of this Labor Contract, the period required for the handover of the work and salary income of the last month before Party B terminates the Labor Contract shall be the basis for calculation of the liquidated damages for Party A.
Article 55 During the term of this Labor Contract, the special agreements (such as Service Term Agreement, Confidentiality Agreement, etc.) through unanimous negotiation are the appendixes to this Contract. For any conflicts or inconsistence between this Contract and the special agreements, the latter shall prevail.
XV. Miscellaneous Clauses
Article 56 Party A and Party B confirm the Current Residential Address provided by the parties in this Labor Contract for the valid contact address of both parties (if Party B does not provide it, the address indicated on ID Card shall be used as the contact address); If there is any changes, the change party shall promptly notify the other party; otherwise, the responsibility for being unable to deliver things due to the change of address shall be borne by the change party.
Article 56 If Party A and Party B agree that the labor relationship between the two parties is terminated or canceled for any reason, Party B shall take the initiative to undertake the handover work for Party A; otherwise, Party A has the right not to pay salary, related compensation and other expenses, etc. to Party B; In case of the loss arising from handover work that is not handled in time for Party A, Party B shall be responsibility for damages.
Article 57 When signing this agreement, Party A has already passed on the Company Management System of Party A to Party B for reading, and Party B shall read it carefully and comply with it. In case of any conflict between Company Management System this Labor Contract, the latter shall prevail (exclusive of the stipulated clauses in the Company Management System that shall be subject to Company Management System of Party A). Party B agrees that Party A has right to revise the Company Management System of Party A in a timely manner in accordance with the operation of the Company. The amendment may be made by Party A alone or by the engagement of employee representatives of the Company. Party B shall abide by the revised rules and regulations, even if Party B didn’t participate or recommend any representative of Party B.
Article 58 This Labor Contract shall be made in two copies with each Party holding one copy (Party B confirms that this Labor Contract has been received), each copy has the same legal effect and shall come into force on the date when both parties signed and sealed.
Article 59 The items uncovered by this Labor Contract may be agreed separately as an appendix and shall be performed together with this Labor Contract.
Article 60 Party B has all clearly understood the rules and regulations stipulated by Party A in or outside this Contract, and the other rules and regulations formulated by Party A have the same legal effect as this Labor Contract.
Article 61 The right pf final interpretation of this Labor Contract shall be vested in Party A.
Party A (seal): |
Party B: (signature): |
Legal Representative: Xia Changbin |
|
Date: | Date: |
User Agreement
Tips for Wunong Mall User Agreement
Dear Wunong Mall users: In order to give you better experience during using Wunong Mall services, we updated the Wunong Mall User Agreement. Please carefully read the Wunong Mall User Agreement (especially the underlined and bold content). If you have any questions while reading, please feel free to contact our customer service for consultation.
Wunong Mall User Agreement
The Registration Agreement of Wunong Mall Users (hereinafter referred to as this “Agreement”) is entered by and between you and Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd., i.e. the provider of Wunong’s service. This Agreement is binding upon both parties. Please do read carefully and fully understand the contents of the terms, especially those exempting or restricting Wunong’s liability (hereinafter referred to as the “exemption terms”), restricting users’ rights (hereinafter referred to as the “restrictive terms”), negotiating dispute resolution and jurisdiction, and separate agreements opening or using certain services. The aforementioned exemption, restrictive and dispute resolution and jurisdiction terms may be bold, colored or otherwise, including but not limited to Article 2, Article 5, Article 6, Article 7 and other relevant terms herein, to reasonably remind you that your confirmation of these terms may lead to your passivity, inconvenience and loss in specific circumstances, so please read again the aforementioned terms before confirming to agree on this Agreement or using Wunong Mall service. Both parties confirm that the aforementioned terms do not fall within the clause stipulated in Article 40 of the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China that exempts the other party from liability, aggravates the other party’s liability and excludes the other party’s main rights, and agree on the legality and validity of such terms.
Unless you have read and accepted all the terms of this Agreement, you are not entitled to use the services provided by Wunong Mall. If you have any comments or suggestions on this Agreement or the service of Wunong Mall, you can contact the customer service department of Wunong Mall, and we will give you necessary help. If you click agree, accept or next step, or register and use the service of Wunong Mall, you will be deemed to have read and agreed to sign this Agreement. After you confirm all the service terms and complete the registration procedure, it will be deemed that you have confirmed and accepted all the service terms, rules, etc. of Wunong and, meanwhile, become an official user of Wunong. This Agreement is concluded between and binding upon you and Wunong.
I. Definition
1. This Agreement refers to the text of this Agreement and various agreements, policies, rules, etc. as amended that have been published by Wunong and come into force. The aforementioned contents shall come into force on the 7th day from the formal announcement, which is an integral part of this Agreement.
2. Wunong Service Provider refers to the owner of the website and Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. providing services to you (hereinafter referred to as “Wunong Mall”).
3. Wunong refers to the general name of the mall operated by Wunong Mall, including Web Mall (www.wnw108.com), Mobile Terminal Mall (Wunong APP), HTML5 Mall (H5 Mall) and other forms of websites, clients, and related procedures; Wunong may be available in the form of software; in this case, Wunong also includes the relevant software and related documents.
4. You, also known as “user”, refers to the natural person who uses Wunong service.
5. Data refers to all kinds of data generated by the server in the process of using the Wunong Mall, including but not limited to the behavior log, purchase log and other types of data.
6. Notices refers to various notices that Wunong sends to you based on one or more of the real and effective contact information (including your e-mail, contact telephone, and contact address) provided by you.
The account generated when you register with Wunong as a user for the purpose of receiving in-mall information, system information and other information will also be one of your effective contact methods.
7. The title to the products you so order from Wunong are transferred to you by the end of the 7th day upon your receipt of the products (the receipt date excepted). Upon receipt of the ordered products, if any of the following circumstances occurs, Wunong will be responsible for repairs, replacements, and returns, and making compensation if any losses arises out thereof or in connection therewith, including non-compliance with intended functions without any prior explanations, non-compliance with the standard set forth on the products or its packaging, and non-compliance with quality indicated in the product introduction and samples.
8. You shall have the right to return the products so ordered from Wunong without any reason within 7 days of receipt of the products (receipt date excepted).
9. Should you encounter any issue when you place an order with Wunong, including our sale behavior, product and after-sale service, you can bring up your complaints to us via our public complaint system.
10. You may invite, introduce, or recommend any other third party to make purchases with Wunong, and upon Wunong’s verification, Wunong will pay you a 2% commission for any products so ordered by such purchasers within 10 days upon receipt of the payments from such purchasers.
II. Confirmation and Acceptance of Terms of Service
1. The ownership and operation rights of the electronic services of Wunong are vested in Wunong Mall. After you read and agree to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement and complete the registration procedure in accordance with page prompts, you will be deemed to have fully read, understood and accepted all the contents of this Agreement and become a user of Wunong. You hereby confirm that the terms of this Agreement are the contract for dealing with the rights and obligations of both parties and remain valid. If there are other mandatory provisions in the law or special agreements between both parties, such provisions or agreements shall prevail.
2. User registration refers to your act of registering with Wunong, filling in relevant information as required and confirming to implement relevant user agreement. If you click agree on this Agreement, you will be deemed to confirm that you have the corresponding rights and capacity to enjoy the Wunong service, place orders and purchase goods, and that you can independently assume legal responsibilities.
3. You shall bear all taxes incurred as a result of the transaction and the acquisition of paid services on Wunong.
4. Wunong users must be natural persons with full civil capacity and be registered by means of registration that meets the requirements of Wunong and national laws and regulations. Where any registered user is a person without civil capacity, a person with limited civil capacity, or other natural persons with incomplete civil capacity, improper registration methods are used during registration (including but not limited to using virtual numbers generated through unconventional channels) or to register as Wunong users is for the purpose of seeking improper interests, or any registered user engages in transactions with Wunong beyond the scope of their civil rights or capacity, the service terms with Wunong is invalid from the beginning, and once found, Wunong has the right to immediately stop trading with the user, deregister the user, and hold him liable for all legal liability for using the Wunong services.
5. You should abide by all applicable Chinese laws, regulations, rules and local regulations when using the Wunong services. You must also read and ensure that you comply with this Agreement and all other published and effective provisions and rules incorporated in this Agreement.
III. Wunong Services
1. Wunong provides you with Internet information and other services through the Internet according to law, and you have the right to use the relevant services of Wunong only if you fully read and agree with the provisions of this Agreement and other published and effective provisions and rules of Wunong.
2. You must prepare the following equipment and bear the following expenses: (1) Internet access equipment, including but not limited to computers or other Internet terminals, modems, other necessary Internet devices, etc.; (2) telephone costs, network costs and other expenses related to the service for personal Internet access; (3) selecting the software version that matches the installed terminal equipment, including but not limited to iOS, Android and other versions of applications released by Wunong Mall.
3. In order to improve the security of you using the services provided by Wunong, Wunong Mall and its affiliated companies and partners, and to protect the personal safety and property security of you, other users or the public from infringement, better prevent the security risks of phishing websites, frauds, network vulnerabilities, computer viruses, network attacks, network intrusion, and more accurately identify violations of laws and regulations or the relevant agreements and rules of Wunong and Wunong Mall, Wunong and Wunong Mall may use or integrate your membership information, transaction information, equipment information, relevant network logs and the shared information you have authorized Wunong, Wunong Mall and its affiliated companies and partners or in accordance with the law, to comprehensively identify your account and transaction risks, conduct identity verification, detect and prevent security incidents, and take necessary records, audit, analysis and disposal measures in accordance with the law.
IV. Commodity Information
Prices, quantities, inventory and other commodity information on Wunong may change at any time without special notice from Wunong. Wunong has the feature of separating information from substance under mass information and information network, thus Wunong cannot examine the information of commodities and/or services one by one and examine the quality, security and accuracy of commodities and/or services involved in the transaction one by one. You should carefully consider and judge while you are viewing commodity information and selecting products and/or services.
V. Commodity Trading
You must abide by the following clauses when buying commodities through Wunong:
1. When you purchase commodities and/or services from Wunong, please read carefully the important items such as the name, price, quantity, model, specification, size or service time, content, requirements, etc. of the commodities you purchase, and verify your contact address, telephone number, consignee and other information when placing an order. If the consignee you fill in is not yourself, you will bear the legal consequences of the consignee’s behavior and declaration of intention.
2. Your purchase behavior should be based on real consumption demand, and there should be no malicious purchasing of goods and/or services, malicious rights protection and other acts that disrupt the normal trading order of Wunong and Wunong Supermarket. Based on the necessity to maintain the order and safety of the transaction, Wunong and Wunong Supermarket may take the initiative to conduct actions such as closing relevant transaction orders when they discover the above situations.
3. If you purchase commodities from Wunong, you are obliged to complete the transaction with Wunong (except those prohibited by law or this agreement). By placing an order for a commodity, you agree to be bound by the terms of sale contained in the description of the commodity, which shall not violate the law or the provisions of this Agreement.
4. You understand and agree that the information on commodities and prices displayed by Wunong is a publication and display of transaction information. When you place an order through Wunong, you must fill in and select the quantity, price and payment method, consignee, contact information, and receiving address of the goods you intend to purchase. Wunong automatically generates order information according to the content you fill in, which takes effect after you complete the payment. You can log in at any time to the account registered with Wunong and inquire about the order status.
5. Due to market changes and various factors that can hardly be controlled with reasonable commercial efforts, there may be shortages or errors in the commodities displayed on Wunong and the commodities and/or services in your orders. We will try our best to correct and modify them in the shortest possible time. If we cannot complete the modification or correction due to our own ability, Wunong will cancel the content of the order you have confirmed and refund in time the fees you have actually paid. You should understand and agree with the inconvenience and processing arising therefrom.
6. You understand and agree that commodity prices and availability will be marked by Wunong. Each price shown includes VAT (if the tax rate changes due to the adjustment of national policies, invoices will be issued in accordance with the effective tax rate stipulated by the state).
VI. Rights and Duties of Users
1. You have the right to have a user name and password at the Wunong, and the right to use your own user name and password to log in at any time. You may not transfer or authorize others to use your own Wunong user name in any form, otherwise you shall bear all the responsibilities and consequences arising therefrom.
2. You have the right to inquire about commodity information on Wunong, publish experience of use, participate in commodity discussion, upload commodity pictures, participate in relevant activities and enjoy other information services provided by Wunong in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and other relevant rules published by Wunong.
3. When you are involved in activities like browsing and ordering, your real name, address, contact number, email address etc. will be kept strictly confidential by Wunong and Wunong Supermarket. Unless authorized by you or otherwise stipulated by law, Wunong and Wunong Supermarket will not disclose user privacy information to the public.
4. You should ensure the authenticity, accuracy, completeness, legality, and validity of the registration information you provide. If the registration information of users changes, they should be updated in time; relevant registration information shall be updated in time when relevant information is actually changed. You guarantee that you shall not use other people’s information to register on and purchase through Wunong. If the registration information you provide or the registration method you use is illegal, untrue, inaccurate or incomplete, you shall bear the corresponding responsibility and consequences, and Wunong and Wunong Supermarket reserve the right to terminate your use of our services.
5. You should ensure that the principle of good faith is observed in the process of purchasing commodities through Wunong, and that improper actions are not taken in the process of purchasing commodities, and that the normal order of online transactions is not disturbed.
6. You have the right to freedom of expression and the right to modify and delete your comments appropriately. You are not allowed to make any remark on Wunong that contains the following:
(1) inciting, resisting or destroying the implementation of the Constitution, laws and administrative regulations;
(2) instigating subversion of the state power and overthrowing the socialist system;
(3) instigating or splitting up the country and undermining the reunification of the country;
(4) inciting national hatred and discrimination and undermining national unity;
(5) any discrimination involving race, sex, religion or regional content;
(6) fabricating or distorting facts, spreading rumors and disrupting social order;
(7) advocating feudal superstition, obscenity, pornography, gambling, violence, murder, terror and abetting crime;
(8) publicly insulting others or fabricating facts to defame others, or carrying out other malicious attacks;
(9) damaging the credibility of state organs;
(10) other violations of the Constitution, laws and administrative regulations.
You should pay attention to and abide by all kinds of legitimate compliance rules that Wunong publishes or modifies at any time.
You agree and acknowledge that Wunong and Wunong Supermarket reserve the right to delete all site contents violating any laws and policies or provisions of this agreement.
If you fail to comply with the above regulations, Wunong and Wunong supermarket have the right to make independent judgments and take measures such as suspending or closing user accounts. You shall be legally responsible for your comments and actions on the Internet.
7. In publishing your experience and discussing pictures, you shall abide by the relevant provisions of national laws and regulations in addition to provisions hereof.
8. Without the consent of Wunong and Wunong supermarket, you may not publish any form of advertisement on our website. Once found, we have the right to take measures such as suspending or closing your account.
9. If the users recommend or introduce Wunong’s products to a third party, Wunong Supermarket will give 2% of the sales amount to the users as a recommendation reward according to the invitation code or recommendation code provided by the third party, which can identify the users.
10. Wunong’s users can recommend high-quality products to Wunong platforms, which can be sold on shelves after verification by quality control system. For every successful introduction of a product to Wunong Supermarket, Wunong will give user 2% of the total national sales of the product as a commission reward, which will be settled monthly until the products are off shelves.
VII. User Behavior Standards
1. You fully understand and agree that you must be responsible for all your actions under the Wunong Account, including any content you publish and any consequence arising therefrom.
2. Except for the use of Wunong services as stipulated in this Agreement, you shall not engage in any act that infringes upon the intellectual property rights of Wunong products, or other acts that are detrimental to the legitimate rights and interests of Wunong Supermarkets, their affiliated companies or other third parties.
1. You may not engage in the following acts unless permitted by law or with the written permission of Wunong or Wunong Supermarket:
(1) Delete the copyright information on the software and its copies;
(2) Reverse engineering, reverse assembly, reverse compilation or otherwise attempt to discover the source code of the Wunong software;
(3) Scanning, exploring and testing the Wunong software to detect, discover and find the BUG or weakness that may exist in it;
(4) Copying, modifying, adding, deleting, connecting or creating any derivative works of data released into any terminal memory in the Wunong software or the software running process, interactive data between client and server during the operation of the software, and system data necessary for the operation of the software, by using plug-ins, add-ins or unauthorized third-party tools /services access software or related systems, etc.;
(5) Modifying or falsifying instructions and data in the operation of software, to increase, delete or change the functions or operational effects of software, or to operate or disseminate software and methods for the above purposes, whether for commercial purposes or not;
(7) Use, rent, lend, duplicate, modify, link, reprint, compile, publish, and bring out the contents of intellectual property rights owned by Wunong and Wunong Supermarket or set up mirror site based on these contents;
(8) Establishing mirror sites of Wunong’s software, or taking snapshots of web pages, or setting up servers to provide services exactly the same or similar to Wunong for other people;
(9) Separate any part of Wunong for exclusive use or for other use that is not in conformity with this Agreement;
(10) To use, modify or cover up the names, trademarks or other intellectual property rights of Wunong and Wunong Supermarket;
(11) Other acts that are not explicitly authorized by Wunong and Wunong Supermarket, or other acts that do not conform to this Agreement.
3. If you have any of the following actions in the process of purchasing commodities or services through Wunong, Wunong and Wunong Supermarket have the right to freeze the transaction, temporarily or permanently prohibit the login (i.e. account closure, orders banning), demote the membership level or permanently cancel the membership, delete the user account and data, and delete relevant information, etc. in accordance with this Agreement and the relevant provisions depending on the seriousness of the situation. If the circumstances are serious, the case will be handed over to the relevant administrative organs for handling and you will be investigated for criminal responsibility.
(1) By implying or pretending in some way to be an the employee or special personnel of Wunong or Wunong Supermarket and its affiliated companies in order to obtain illicit benefits or affect the rights and interests of other users;
(2) Using illegal or improper words, characters, etc. in Wunong’s comments, including in the account names;
(3) Where the order or service purchased from Wunong is for the purpose of seeking illicit interests, such as high-price reselling, which damages the legitimate rights and interests of Wunong Supermarket as the operator and disrupts the social and economic order;
(4) To obtain incentives for activities such as coupons and membership points by illegal or improper means that destroys the normal operation or rules of activities of Wunong;
(5) To disrupt the social and economic order by undermining the legitimate rights and interests of Wunong Supermarket as the operator for illegal profit-making purposes;
(6) Illegally using other people’s accounts and account assets, including bank cards, Alipay wallets, WeChat, Bestpay, account balances, coupons, points or gift cards, etc., through fraudulent or theft activities.
(7) Obtain gift cards, gift books or vouchers through abnormal channels, and use the above abnormal obtained cards to purchase products of promotion and discount from Wunong with a huge amount of money, in order to achieve the purpose of privileged purchasing;
(8) To make malicious complaints or reports through malicious acts, including, but not limited to, intentional manufacture, or substitution of commodities from other sources for commodities of Wunong, in order to achieve profit-making purposes;
(9) Repeated refusals of goods without justified reasons;
(10) To disrupt in any way or to affect the normal operation of the services of Wunong;
(11) Violating any provision of this Agreement;
(12) Other widely recognized misconduct in the industry, whether or not explicitly specified in this Agreement or other legal rules.
4. You acknowledge and agree that, because of the privacy of the order or the disappearance of the goods after they are used up, Wunong and Wunong Supermarket have the right to judge whether you have the above-mentioned violations based on your order data and abnormal performance.
5. You acknowledge and agree that, depending on the circumstances of your violations, Wunong and Wunong Supermarket may freeze the account property (account property including but not limited to account balance, coupons, member points, gift cards, etc.), freeze transaction, temporarily or permanently prohibit login (i.e. account closure, orders banning), demote membership or permanently cancel membership, delete user account number and relevant information and take other processing measures.
You acknowledge and agree that:
(1) During the transaction freeze period, your order may be cancelled several times without notice;
(2) During the period of account closure, the account balance, coupons, gift cards and other member points in your Wunong account may not be available;
(3) In case of demotion or permanent cancellation of membership, membership benefits before the demotion or cancellation, such as membership coupons and discounts, may not be obtained or available.
(4) You may be restricted from participating in marketing activities or enjoying all preferential services for regular users of Wunong (including but not limited to promotions, discounts, coupons, etc.) once you have been banned from transactions, temporarily or permanently banned from logging in (that is, banned from placing orders), demoted or permanently disqualified from membership, deleted user accounts and data, deleted relevant information and other processing measures because of your violation.
(5) If the above account balance, coupons, gift cards and other member points, membership benefits, etc. exist a certain period of validity, the period of validity may expire during the the period of account closure. After the release of your Wunong account, you will not be able to use such expired account balances, coupons, gift cards and other member points, membership benefits, etc. Accordingly, you acknowledge and agree that no legal liability will be imposed on Wunong, Wunong Supermarket and their affiliated companies for the occurrence of the above-mentioned circumstances in terms (1) and/or (2) and/or (3) and/or (4).
(6) Wunong and Wunong Supermarket may publicize information on the above-mentioned measures for dealing with breaches of contract and other illegal information confirmed by the effective legal documents of the state administrative or judicial organs on Wunong platform.
VIII. Rights and Obligations of Wunong and Wunong Supermarket
1. Wunong and Wunong Supermarket are obliged to maintain the normal operation of the entire online trading platform in the existing technology, and strive to upgrade and improve technology, so that your online trading activities can proceed smoothly.
2. Wunong shall reply promptly to the problems and issues you have encountered in registering to use the trading platform on Wunong Supermarket with respect to transactions or registrations.
3. For your improper behavior on the trading platform of Wunong Supermarket or any other situation where Wunong and Wunong Supermarket believe that the service should be terminated, Wunong and Wunong Supermarket have the right to take actions such as deleting relevant information and terminating the service at any time without your consent.
IX. Website Rules and Modifications
1. Rules Relating to Out of Stock Goods
If the goods you want to purchase are out of stock, Wunong has the right to cancel the order after communicating with you and notifying you. Wunong will make its best efforts to meet your purchase needs in the shortest possible time.
2. Mail/SMS service rules
Wunong reserves the right to inform its services, such as registering catalogues, sending order information, promotional activities and etc., by mail and short message.
3. Delivery policy
Wunong will deliver the goods to your designated delivery address. If the order is delayed or cannot be distributed due to the following circumstances, Wunong shall not be liable:
① The information you filled in is not detailed or incorrect.
② The cost and related consequences of duplicate distribution caused by unacknowledged delivery of goods;
③ You violate the distribution rules and the goods are damaged by reasons such as the characteristics of commodities and transportation conditions;
④ Material adverse changes;
⑤ Force majeure, such as natural disasters, traffic control, sudden wars, etc.
4. Return and exchange policy
Wunong and Wunong Supermarket reserve the right to interpret and restrict the return and replenishment of commodities. At the same time of placing the order, you have also agreed to the policy of returning and exchanging goods from Wunong.
5. Punishment Rules
① Wunong and Wunong Supermarket have the right to consult your registration data and purchase behavior, refund and exchange behavior, comment behavior and so forth. If any problem or suspicion arises from the registration data or purchase behavior, they also have the right to send you inquiries and notifications for correction.
② If the illegal act is confirmed by an effective legal document or administrative penalty decision of the state, or if Wunong or Wunong Supermarket have sufficient factual basis to confirm that you have violated the law or violated the service agreement, Wunong and Wunong Supermarket have the right to publish the illegal act of the users on the website in the form of online publication.
③ For the following kinds of information that you publish in Wunong, Wunong and Wunong Supermarket have the right to delete or take other restrictive measures: information for the purpose of speculating credit; information with malicious or false contents such as fraud; information unrelated to or not for the purpose of shopping online; information with factors that attempt to disrupt the normal shopping order; information that violates public interests or may seriously damage the legitimate interests of Wunong and other users.
6. Limitation of liability
Except for other restrictions and exceptions stipulated in the rules governing the use of Wunong, within the limits permitted by Chinese laws and regulations, directors, administrators employees, agents or other representatives of Wunong and Wunong Supermarket and their affiliated companies shall not be responsible for any direct, indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damage caused by or related to the purchase on Wunong, or for any damage of any other nature. These exclusion and limitation clauses shall apply to the maximum extent permitted by law and remain valid after the revocation or termination of user qualification.
7. According to the changes of national laws and regulations and the operation needs of Wunong and Wunong Supermarket, Wunong Supermarket has the right to amend the terms and regulations of this agreement from time to time. The revised contents will be published by the way of announcement by Wunong and the announcement shall come into effect from the 7th day after the announcement. The revised content will take the place of the previous relevant content after it becomes effective. You should pay attention to the changes of announcements, prompts, agreements and rules of this software. You acknowledge and confirm that if you do not agree with the updated content, you shall immediately stop using this software; if you continue to use this software, you will be deemed to be aware of the changed content and agree to accept it.
X. Discontinuation and Termination of Services
1. If you propose termination of this Agreement to Wunong, the following requirements shall be met:
① Satisfying the conditions for the cancellation of accounts publicized by Wunong and through the cancellation channels provided by Wunong.
② You stop the use and express your unwillingness to accept the changes before they come into effect.
As for the way and condition of canceling your account, please refer to the Notice for Cancellation of Wunong Account. When you cancel your account voluntarily, we will make it anonymous or freeze and delete your personal information as soon as possible according to the requirements of applicable laws and regulations.
2. In the following circumstances, Wunong may notify you to terminate this Agreement:
① Your violation of the relevant provisions of this service agreement.
② You embezzling other people’s accounts, issuing prohibited information, cheating other people’s property, selling false goods, disrupting market order, and taking improper means to make profits;
③ Once the main content of the user registration data is found to be false by Wunong or Wunong Supermarket, they have the right to terminate the services provided to the users at any time;
④ When the service agreement is terminated or updated, and the user expressly refuses to accept the new service agreement;
⑤ Other situations in which Wunong and Wunong Supermarket consider necessary to terminate their services.
XI. Applicable Law and Jurisdiction
The laws of the People’s Republic of China shall apply to the conclusion, effectiveness, amendment, execution and interpretation of this Agreement and the settlement of disputes. If any dispute arises between the two parties over the content of this Agreement or its execution, the two parties shall try their best to settle it through friendly consultation. If the consultation fails, either party may bring a lawsuit to the people’s court of the place where Wunong Supermarket is located.
XII. Copyright
1. Charts, logos, page headers, button icons, text, service names and other information on the website are the property of Wunong Supermarket, which is protected by China and international intellectual property law. Without the written permission of Wunong and Wunong Supermarket, you may not use them in any way for any goods or services that are not owned by Wunong which may cause confusion among consumers or may belittle or defame Wunong Supermarket. All other trademarks that do not belong to the above-mentioned subject are the property of their own trademark holders. These holders may be associated with Wunong Supermarket or sponsored by the related companies of Wunong Supermarket. Without the written permission of Wunong, Wunong Supermarket or the owner of relevant trademark, nothing on Wunong shall be construed as permitting or otherwise granting the right to license or use the trademarks that appear on the site.
2. The comments you make on this website only represent your own views and have nothing to do with the positions of Wunong, Wunong Supermarket and their affiliated companies. You are responsible for your own comments. Wunong has the right to use the user experiences, discussions or pictures of commodities published on its website for its own purposes or to use them for other purposes in cooperation with others, including but not limited to websites, electronic magazines, magazines, publications, etc. When using them, they should demonstrate commentators’ names, among which the names indicated in the comments shall prevail.
XIII. Non-undertaking Guarantee and Limitation of Liability
1. You understand and agree that in dispute mediation service or customer service communication, the customer service and related staff of Wunong are not professionals. They can only judge the vouchers and materials submitted by users from the common people’s perception. Therefore, in addition to intentional or gross negligence, the mediation party shall waive its responsibility for the dispute settlement.
2. Wunong fulfills its basic safeguard obligations in accordance with the provisions of law, but it shall not bear corresponding liabilities for breach of contract in cases of obstacles to contract performance, flaws in performance, delays in performance or changes in content of performance caused by the following reasons:
(1) Force majeure factors such as natural disasters, strikes, riots, wars, government actions and judicial administrative orders;
(2) Public service or third-party factors such as power supply failure, communication network failure, etc.
(3) Under management by Wunong with good faith, due to conventional or emergency equipment and system maintenance, equipment and system failure, network information and data security, product supply problems and other factors.
3. Unless otherwise clearly stated in writing, all information, content, materials, commodities (including software) and services contained in Wunong and Wunong catalogues and their contents, or provided by other means to users through Wunong, are provided by Wunong Supermarket on the basis of “as-is” and “as existing”.
4. Unless otherwise expressly stated in writing, Wunong Supermarket shall not make any express or implied declaration or guarantee in any form (except in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China) for the operation of Wunong and the information, contents, materials, commodities (including software) or services contained therein, and you explicitly agree to bear the above risks and use Wunong.
5. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, Wunong Supermarket does not undertake any express or implied guarantee, including but not limited to, implied guarantees for marketability and satisfaction of a particular purpose. Wunong Supermarket does not guarantee that all information, content, materials, goods (including software) and services, servers or e-mail sent from Wunong are free of viruses or other harmful ingredients. Unless otherwise expressly stated in writing, Wunong Supermarket shall not be liable for any damage (including but not limited to direct, indirect or incidental punitive and consequential damages) caused by the use of Wunong or by all information, contents, materials, commodities (including software) and services provided to users by Wunong, or by the purchase and use of the goods from Wunong (unless otherwise liable under the laws of the People’s Republic of China).
XIV. Privacy
1. You acknowledge and agree, when a user joins Wunong as a user and a member, the user provides personal registration information according to Wunong’s requirements; when the user uses Wunong’s services, participates in Wunong’s activities or visits the Wunong Supermarket’s page, Wunong and Wunong Supermarket automatically receive and record the server values on the user’s browser, including but not limited to data such as IP address and web page records that the user requests to access.
2. You acknowledge and agree that Wunong and Wunong Supermarket collect relevant user shopping data on Wunong, including but not limited to data related to shopping, uploading pictures, publishing the experience of using commodities or leaving messages.
3. You acknowledge and agree that Wunong or Wunong supermarket obtain the personal data from their business partners through legal channels.
4. Information use:
① Wunong and Wunong Supermarket will not sell or lend users’ personal information to anyone unless the users’ permission is obtained in advance.
② Wunong and Wunong Supermarket shall not allow any third party to collect, edit, sell or disseminate users’ personal information by any means. If any user engages in the above activities, once it is found, Wunong and Wunong Supermarket have the right to terminate the service agreement with the user immediately and close its account at the same time.
5. To serve users and improve our products or services in order to provide users with more information display, search and trading services that meet their personalized needs, Wunong may provide services to users by using users’ personal information, including but not limited to displaying, pushing or sending goods and services information and promotional activities in the form of e-mail and short message to users, or share information with Wunong and Wunong Supermarket’s partners, so that they can send users their goods and services information and marketing information, etc.
6. Information disclosure; User’s personal information will be disclosed in part or in whole in the following circumstances:
① Disclosure to third parties with the consent of users;
② If the user is a qualified intellectual property complainant and has submitted a complaint, it shall be disclosed to the respondent at the request of the respondent so that both parties can handle possible rights disputes;
③ Disclosure to third parties or administrative or judicial bodies in accordance with the relevant provisions of the law or the requirements of administrative or judicial bodies;
④ Disclosure to a third party is needed because users violate relevant Chinese laws or website policies;
⑤ In order to provide the goods and services required by the users, it is necessary to share the personal information of the users with a third party.
⑥ Other disclosure Wunong and Wunong Supermarket deem appropriate in accordance with laws or website policies.
7. Information security:
① Please properly manage the user’s account and password information; when shopping online with Wunong services, please protect your personal information properly and provide it to others only when necessary;
② If the user finds that his personal information is leaked, especially the Wunong account and password or the withdrawal password is leaked, please contact Wunong customer service immediately so that Wunong can take corresponding measures.
8. Wunong hopes to give you a clear introduction of the way in which Wunong deals with your personal information through the privacy policy. Therefore, it is recommended to read the Wunong Privacy Policy completely to help you better protect your privacy.
XV. Miscellaneous
1. This agreement will remain valid for the user until the user cancels his account or his account is canceled, and stops all use of Wunong’s services. However, the rights and obligations that have already arisen between Wunong and Wunong Supermarket and users remain binding on both parties.
2. Wunong Supermarket will, according to the characteristics of the service content provided to users, require users to comply with specific conditions and terms when registering relevant services provided by Wunong. If there are any inconsistencies between the specific conditions and terms and the above service terms, the specific conditions and terms shall prevail.
3. If any provision of this agreement is wholly or partially invalid or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, the remaining provisions shall remain valid and binding.
4 The title and serial number of this Agreement are set for the convenience of reading and do not affect the actual meaning and effectiveness of the clause.
5. This Agreement is signed in Pinggu District, Beijing, People’s Republic of China.
6. The establishment, effectiveness, performance, interpretation and dispute settlement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the mainland of the People’s Republic of China (excluding the Conflict Law).
7. This Agreement shall enter into force from the day of its promulgation and application and shall remain in force until the publication of the updated version.
8. Wunong Supermarket has the right to interpret and amend this Agreement and the rules and policies published by Wunong to the maximum extent permitted by law.
9. In order to provide better services, Wunong Supermarket has the right to change this agreement according to its operation and necessity. The changed agreement will be published through Wunong in advance by way of announcement. The changed agreement shall come into effect from the 7th day after the announcement. You can refer to the latest version of the terms of the agreement on the relevant pages of Wunong. If you continue to use Wunong Services after the terms of this Agreement have been changed, you will be deemed to have accepted the changed Agreement. If you cannot agree to the changed Agreement, you have the right to stop using the relevant services and cancel the account.
10. If you click the “Read and Agree” button below this Agreement, you will be deemed to have fully accepted this Agreement. Before clicking, please confirm that you know and fully understand the whole content of this Agreement.
Note: The date of this updated edition of the Wunong Supermarket User Agreement is Dec. 20, 2018. It will be publicized on the same day through Wunong and come into effect on the 7th day after the publication, that is, December 27, 2018. During the publication period, if you think the updated Wunong Supermarket User Agreement is more beneficial to you, we agree to apply the new Wunong Supermarket User Agreement to both parties.
Effective date of this Version: December 27, 2018
WNW108.com ---- Leading C2F Order Agricultural E-Commerce Service Provider in China |
WNW108.com Self-operated E-commerce Cooperation Agreement
Contract No.:
Party A: Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.
Unified Social Credit Code: 914403003427480000
Legal Representative: XIA Changbin
Domicile: B401, 4th Floor Building 12, Hangcheng Street, Hourui No. 2 Industrial District, Southern Section, Zhichuang Juzhen Double Creative Park, Bao’an District, Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China
Party B:
Unified Social Credit Code:
Legal representatives:
Domicile:
In accordance with the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China and the relevant laws and regulations, Party A and Party B (hereinafter referred to individually as a “Party”, or collectively the “Parties”), in line with the principles of equality, voluntariness, fairness, mutual benefit and good faith, enter into this Agreement upon consensus on the relevant matters herein and jointly abide by it.
This Agreement consists of the text hereof, appendices hereto and the rules hereof publicized on the self-operated e-commerce website and mobile APP of “WNW108.com” (collectively referred to as “WNW108.com Website”). The appendices and rules have the same legal effect as this Agreement. If any discrepancy between the rules and the provisions of this Agreement, the document taking effect or signed later shall prevail.
The titles of the terms hereof are only for the convenience of reading, are not intended to become part of this Agreement and do not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
Article 1 Relevant Definitions and Interpretations
1.1 WNW108.com: Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. is referred to as “WNW108.com”. This Agreement is signed by and between Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. and Party B.
1.2 WNW108.com Website refers to an e-commerce website providing information release, communication platform and other Internet sales services for users.
1.4 Users of “WNW108.com” Website refer to all legal persons, natural persons or other organizations registered on “WNW108.com” Website as registered members thereof, collectively referred to as the “Users” in this Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, “Users” shall have such meaning.
Wunong Technology Address: Shenzhen China |
1 / 20 | Service hotline: 400-808-4108 |
WNW108.com ---- Leading C2F Order Agricultural E-Commerce Service Provider in China |
1.5 Supplier registration refers to a Supplier who intends to become the Internet provider of products, agricultural products and related services on “WNW108.com Website” (hereinafter referred to as the “Supplier”), completes the online information submission according to the registration process and requirements of “WNW108.com Website”, and, upon the approval of “WNW108.com”, logs onto “WNW108.com Website” with the username and password set by the Supplier. WNW108.com proposes to sell products from the Supplier; the Supplier provide WNW108.com with the information of food, agricultural products or services, and WNW108.com displays such information of the food, agricultural products and services on the website. Upon Users’ placement of orders through WNW108.com Website, WNW108.com will purchase from the Suppliers as the seller of such orders and, at the same time, will instruct the Suppliers to deliver the goods to Users’ address stated on such orders. The Supplier herein refers to “Party B” hereto.
1.6 Username of WNW108.com Website, also known as “username of the Supplier”, refers to the Supplier’s login account obtained after registration, through which, with joint use of the password set by itself, the Supplier can login to the supplier management system of “WNW108.com Website” to enjoy the service of the website. Each username corresponds to one supplier. The Supplier shall keep the username and password information properly and shall not transfer them to or authorize others to use them.
1.7 Rules of WNW108.com Website refer to normative documents related to the Suppliers published on “WNW108.com Website”, including but not limited to manuals of the Suppliers, backstage announcements of the Suppliers, help centers of the Suppliers backstage, etc.
1.8 Deposit refers to the amount paid by the Suppliers to “WNW108.com” to guarantee the performance of this Agreement and the quality of their products and services, which can be disposed of by “WNW108.com” in accordance with the relevant provisions of this Agreement.
Article 2 Contents and Modes of Cooperation
2.1 According to the information of the food, agricultural products or services provided by Party B, Party A displays Party B’s food, agricultural products or service information on its website and plans the selling of the food, agricultural products or services.
2.2 After Party A publishes the information of the food, agricultural products or services on “WNW108.com Website”, Party A communicates online with the Users who are willing to buy, concludes sales contracts, and provides after-sales service to the Users who have purchased food, agricultural products or services through “WNW108.com Website”.
2.3 Party A is responsible for uploading and displaying the information of food, agricultural products or services to/on WNW108.com Website and consultation reply thereon. After the User places an order, Party A shall sign a sales agreement with the User, sell the goods and issue invoices. Party A shall purchase such food, agricultural products or services from Party B according to the User’s order, and instruct Party B to deliver the goods to the User’s address stated on such orders. Party A is the seller of displayed goods from Party B, and Party B is the Supplier of such products to be provided to WNW108.com.
2.4 The title to the products of Party B so ordered by Party A’s customers are transferred to Party A from Party B upon shipment of the ordered products.
Wunong Technology Address: Shenzhen China |
2 / 20 | Service hotline:400-808-4108 |
WNW108.com ---- Leading C2F Order Agricultural E-Commerce Service Provider in China |
Article 3 Cooperation Conditions and Submission of Certificates
3.1 Conditions for cooperation: Party B shall apply to be the Supplier of food, agricultural products and services on “WNW108.com Website”, and provide the information of its food, agricultural products and services to WNW108.com for information display. Party B shall satisfy the following conditions: Party B has been registered in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China and has obtained legal and valid business licenses and other business permits (except that individuals sell their own agricultural by-products and household handicraft products, and use their own skills to carry out convenience labor service activities and sporadic small-amount transaction activities not required to obtain permission according to law); the food, agricultural products and their services that Party B applies for operation have legitimate sources and are equipped with complete qualifications; and Party B agrees to this Agreement and the relevant rules of WNW108.com Website (the relevant published regulations).
3.2 Submission of Certificates
3.2.1 Party B shall submit certificates or other relevant supporting documents to Party A in accordance with the relevant rules and requirements of WNW108.com, including but not limited to business licenses, tax registration certificates, power of attorney, trademark registration certificates, quality inspection reports, customs declarations, inspection and quarantine certificates, certificates of origin of products, etc.
3.2.2 Party B guarantees that the above-mentioned certificates or other relevant supporting documents provided to Party A are true, legal, accurate and valid, and that it shall promptly notify Party A in writing in case of any change or update to the above-mentioned certificates or other relevant supporting documents. If the change or update to the above-mentioned documents disqualifies Party B from meeting the cooperation conditions herein, Party A shall have the right of recourse to Party B’s legal liability.
3.2.3 Party B shall bear all legal liabilities for the authenticity, legality, accuracy and validity of the certificates or other relevant supporting documents submitted by Party B. If disputes are caused by Party B’s submission of false, expired documents or failure to update or notify the above-mentioned documents in time, or punishment by relevant state organs are caused thereby, Party B shall bear all legal liabilities solely, where in case of any loss arising therefrom to WNW108.com (including partners, agents or staff of “WNW108.com”), Party B shall compensate Party A for such loss.
Article 4 Information Display and Cessation thereof
4.1 Party B, as the supplier of Party A’s Supplier of food, agricultural products and services to be sold, shall provide the information of such food, agricultural products and services to Party A. Party A shall display such information on its selling website within 3 days from such provision date and notify Party B by mail one working day before the formal display of the information, provided that Party B needs to meet the following conditions:
1) Party B has paid the deposit in full in accordance with the amount specified in Party B’s Information Confirmation Form annexed to this Agreement or other supplementary agreements (if any).
2) Party B has submitted certificates or other relevant supporting documents in accordance with this Agreement and the relevant rules of WNW108.com Website, and has passed Party A’s examination.
3) Party B has registered as a member of WNW108.com Website and this Agreement has taken effect upon signature.
4.2 Party B may use the username and password of WNW108.com Website set by it to login to the backstage of the Supplier and sign purchase contracts, deliver goods or withdraw payments according to the relevant rules and the business process of the website.
4.3 Information Display Cessation:
4.3.1 If Party B requires Party A to cease to display relevant information of food, agricultural products and services, it shall submit a written application to Party A at least 30 working days in advance, and Party A shall cease to display after Party A’s examination and approval; Party B agrees that Party A refunds no deposit in order to make up for the manpower, material resources and technical support that Party A has invested.
Wunong Technology Address: Shenzhen China |
3 / 20 | Service hotline: 400-808-4108 |
WNW108.com ---- Leading C2F Order Agricultural E-Commerce Service Provider in China |
4.3.2 In any of the following circumstances, Party A shall have the right to cease the information display at any time.
4.3.2.1 If Party B fails to meet the application conditions;
4.3.2.2 Where Party B provides false qualification documents;
4.3.2.3 Where the sales performance of Party B’s food, agricultural products and services on the website has not reached the goal as Party A expects;
4.3.2.4 Where administrative penalties, controversies and disputes are caused by Party B’s mislabeling of prices, specifications and other information of food, agricultural products and service;
4.3.2.5 Where Party B’s product and label are disqualified, or the product is suspected of smuggling, counterfeit and inferior good, re-used good or repaired good;
4.3.2.6 In case of other violations of the provisions of this Agreement or the rules of WNW108.com Website, or other violations of the rights and interests of WNW108.com or consumers in Party A’s opinion.
Article 5 Rights and Obligations of Both Parties
5.1 Party A shall display information and order consultation on the products sold through its online sales website based on food, agricultural products, and service information provided by Party B.
5.2 Party A shall actively respond to the problems encountered and suggestions put forward by Party B in its process of using “WNW108.com Website”, and provide reasonable guidance and training for Party B on/in using the website according to Party B’s needs.
5.3 Party B agrees that Party A shall verify and adjust the kinds, quantities and category scope of the specific products displayed on “WNW108.com Website” in accordance with the business scope specified in Party B’s business license and the categories of products for display stated in Party B’s application.
5.4 Party B agrees that Party A shall review the relevant qualification documents and other information provided by Party B. Party A’s audit is a formal audit, and the approval of which does not represent Party A’s confirmation of the authenticity, legality, accuracy and timeliness of the reviewed content. Party B shall still bear the corresponding legal responsibility for the authenticity, legality, accuracy and timeliness of the documents submitted by Party B.
5.5 Party A has the right to supervise and inspect the listed registration information, relevant data information, and other information of Party B. Party A has the right to immediately delete the illegal information and related contents without notice, and to send a notice of inquiry and correction request to other problems or doubts found. Party B shall make explanation or correction immediately after receiving such notice. Party A shall have the right to investigate Party B’s breach of contract, tort liability and/or rescind this Agreement for the aforementioned misconduct.
5.6 Party A has the right to publicize the violations of laws and regulations of Party B as determined by effective legal or administrative documents of the state, or confirmed violations of relevant agreements herein of Party B, on “WNW108.com Website”; Party A has the right to suspend the presentation of product information, deduct the deposit or terminate the Agreement if Party B has repeatedly violated the regulations or has serious breaches or violations. If the above measures are not enough to compensate Party A for its losses, Party A shall have the right to continue to recover from Party B.
Wunong Technology Address: Shenzhen China |
4 / 20 | Service hotline:400-808-4108 |
WNW108.com ---- Leading C2F Order Agricultural E-Commerce Service Provider in China |
5.7 If Party B’s product information fails to meet the requirements of “WNW108.com Website”, and fails again after rectification and adjustment within a time limit, Party A has the right to rescind this Agreement and stop cooperation with Party B.
5.8 Party A has the right to request Party B to provide such information as is related to Party B’s products and after-sales services so as to facilitate the customer service center of the website to respond directly to customers’ consulting. Party A has the right to request Party B to, within the specified time limit, reply or give corresponding solutions to the situation that Party A cannot answer or is within the knowledge of Party B. Party A has the right to take corresponding measures against Party B in case of any customer consultation and complaints unresolved in a timely manner.
5.9 If the customer sues Party A and/or “WNW108.com Website” due to the displayed product information of Party B by Party A, Party A and/or “WNW108.com Website” have/has the right to hold Party B liable in accordance with the provisions of laws and regulations. If Party A and/or “WNW108.com Website” incur(s) losses, Party A has the right to claim damages from Party B for all losses incurred by Party A and “WNW108.com Website”.
5.10 Party B agrees to transfer part or all of the rights and obligations under this Agreement to Party A’s affiliated company in accordance with the business adjustment of “WNW108.com”, provided that Party B is notified in writing 5 days in advance.
Article 6 Party B’s Representations and Warranties
6.1 Party B guarantees that the registration information submitted to “WNW108.com Website” is authentic, accurate, legal and valid, and it properly keeps the username of WNW108.com Website, which is used together with password set by it. Party B shall not transfer or authorize others to use such username without permission and shall bear full responsibility for all activities carried out in the name of such username and password.
6.2 Party B guarantees that it complies with the conditions stipulated in this Agreement, the certificates and other relevant supporting documents submitted to Party A are authentic, accurate, legal and effective, and it shall notify Party A in time of changes to the above-mentioned documents to subsequently be updated on “WNW108.com Website” by Party A.
6.3 Party B guarantees that it has the right to conclude this Agreement, and its agent has been fully authorized and it is legally liable for the acts of the agent. Meanwhile, Party B guarantees that it shall be legally liable for the acts of its employees, the contact person agreed herein, and other persons appointed by Party B to perform this Agreement.
6.4 Party B guarantees to abide by the relevant agreements of this Agreement and its appendices and the relevant rules and procedures of WNW108.com Website, and not to engage in any acts to the detriment of the interests of Party A.
6.5 Party B guarantees that it has legal right to sell the products supplied to “WNW108.com Website”, and that the products are qualified, conform to the relevant national quality standards and infringe on no legitimate rights of any third party, and it shall independently assume full legal responsibility for the product quality and product legitimacy.
6.6 Party B guarantees that the products sent to Party A’s users’ order addresses are consistent with the product information published by Party A on “WNW108.com Website”. Any legal liability arising from the inconsistency between the information published on Party A’s website and the actually received product information shall be borne by Party B.
Wunong Technology Address: Shenzhen China |
5 / 20 | Service hotline: 400-808-4108 |
WNW108.com ---- Leading C2F Order Agricultural E-Commerce Service Provider in China |
6.7 Party B guarantees to provide Party A with after-sales service such as “repair, replacement, return” of products in accordance with the relevant provisions of the state, after-sales service commitments and relevant after-sales requirements in the appendix. At the same time, Party B guarantees to fulfill consumer rights and interests’ protection and related after-sales service obligations in accordance with the relevant provisions of the appendix to this Agreement.
6.8 Party B guarantees to abide by the principle of good faith in the trading with Party A, and to refrain from unfair competition such as fraud, false promotion and confusion, disrupting the normal order of online transactions, and engaging in acts unrelated to online transactions.
6.9 Party B guarantees that without Party A’s permission, no information of the “WNW108.com Website” shall be accessed, used or disseminated, including but not limited to transaction data, user information, payment information, etc.
6.10 Party B agrees to grant free worldwide (to the extent permitted by law) licensing rights (and the right to re-authorize such right) to “WNW108.com”, to enable “WNW108.com” to use, reproduce, revise, rewrite, publish, translate, distribute, execute, and display all kinds of food, agricultural products and their service information provided by Party B to Party A or “WNW108.com”, to prepare their derivative works, or to incorporate the above information into other works in any form, media or technology that is now known or to be developed in the future.
6.11 Party B shall not publish any information on “WNW108.com Website” that attracts Party A users to trade on other websites or platforms, or Party B’s own online sales websites or platforms or channels , nor shall Party B attach such attracting information to the delivered package.
6.12 Party B shall not conceal any matters that may cause risks to the website, including, but not limited to, design defects, quality defects, rights disputes, major breaches of contract, etc. If Party B fails to inform Party A in time of such matters affecting the goodwill, normal operation and safety of the website, Party A shall have the right to rescind this Agreement and investigate Party B’s breach of contract and tort liability。
6.13 Without the written permission of Party A, Party B shall not transfer all or part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a third party.
Article 7 Expenses and Settlement
7.1 The expenses of purchasing relevant food, agricultural products and services from Party B by Party A shall be settled by both parties according to the agreed price after Party A’s Users pay the order payment.
Article 8 Confidentiality
8.1 Both Party A and Party B shall be obliged to keep confidential the signing and contents of this Agreement and the business secrets of the other party known during the performance of this Agreement. Without the written consent of the other party, neither party shall divulge, give or transfer such confidential information to a third party (except affiliated companies). (Except for, to the extent that is provided to the government, stock exchanges and/or other regulatory bodies in accordance with laws, regulations and rules of stock exchanges, legal, accounting, or commercial personnel, or other consultants and employees).
8.2 If requested by the other party, any document, information or software containing the other party’s confidential information shall be returned to the other party at the request of the other party after the termination of this Agreement, or be destroyed or otherwise disposed of, and such confidential information shall not continue to be used.
Wunong Technology Address: Shenzhen China |
6 / 20 | Service hotline: 400-808-4108 |
WNW108.com ---- Leading C2F Order Agricultural E-Commerce Service Provider in China |
8.3 After the termination of this Agreement, the obligations of the Parties under this Article shall survive. The Parties shall still abide by the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement and fulfill their untaken confidentiality obligations until the other party agrees to rescind this obligation or until in fact no damage in any form will be caused to the other party by violations of the confidentiality provisions herein.
8.4 Each Party shall inform and urge its employees, agents and consultants who, for the purpose of performing this Agreement, must be informed of the contents of this Agreement and who have obtained the other party’s business secrets through cooperation to abide by the confidentiality provisions, and bear responsibility for the acts of their employees, agents and consultants.
Article 9 Liability for Breach of Contract
9.1 If Party B provides Party A with false or invalid certificates or other relevant supporting documents, as a result of which Party A publishes erroneous, false, illegal and malicious information on “WNW108.com Website” or conducts other acts contrary to the provisions of this Agreement, and any losses are caused to Party A and/or “WNW108.com” (including but not limited to litigation fees, lawyer fees, investigation fees, notarization fees, appraisal fees, insurance fee, guarantee fee, execution fee, compensation, administrative penalty, travel expenses, etc.), Party B agrees that Party A may deduct such losses from the deposit and unsettled goods payments, unless otherwise stipulated in this Agreement.
9.2 Party B shall have the right to deduct all of Party B’s deposit as liquidated damages and reserve the right to continue to hold Party B liable for breach of contract if Party B attracts Party A’s Users to other websites, platforms or places than “WNW108.com Website” for trading, bypasses the payment method designated by Party A, illegally obtains the system data of “WNW108.com Website”, or uses the “WNW108.com Website” to seek illegitimate interests or engage in illegal activities.
9.3 In case Party B violates this Agreement and the rules of WNW108.com Website, Party A shall not only have the right to hold Party B liable for breach of contract according to the provisions of this Article, but also have the right to take measures such as products removal, suspension of product information presentation, temporary closure of Party B’s background management account, suspension of outstanding payments and termination of cooperation in accordance with the relevant management rules of “WNW108.com Website”. Party A shall have the right to recover the losses in case of any other losses.
Article 10 Limited Liability and Disclaimer
10.1 Under no circumstances shall Party A be liable for service failure or delay caused by the following force majeure, such as faults in power, networks, computers, communications or other systems, strikes (including internal strikes or labor disturbances), labor disputes, riots, uprisings, disturbances, insufficient productivity or means of production, fires, floods, storms, explosions, wars or government acts, or by orders of international and domestic courts.
10.2 Treatment of Force Majeure: If either party suffers from Force Majeure during the period of performance of this Agreement, it shall notify the other party as soon as possible after suffering from Force Majeure and provide relevant supporting documents within 15 days from the date of notification. If the Force Majeure lasts for thirty days, either party has the right to terminate this Agreement in advance upon notice. If this Agreement is suspended or terminated due to force majeure, neither party shall be liable for breach of contract by the other party.
Article 11 Validity Period of the Agreement
11.1 This Agreement shall remain valid for both parties upon its signature.
Wunong Technology Address: Shenzhen China |
7 / 20 | Service hotline:400-808-4108 |
WNW108.com ---- Leading C2F Order Agricultural E-Commerce Service Provider in China |
Article 12 Change to the Agreement
12.1 In case of any change to the basic information of both contracting parties as stipulated in the Appendix: Party B’s Information Confirmation Form hereto, the changing party shall, within 15 days after the occurrence of such alterations, send a written notice and supporting documents of the alteration to the other party and, if such party fails to notify the other party in time, bear full legal responsibility for the consequences of the alterations.
12.2 Party A shall have the right to notify Party B 15 days in advance of any change in the fees stipulated in the Appendix: Party B’s Information Confirmation Form hereto or in the relevant supplementary agreements (if any), in accordance with the operation of the website, sales and market conditions, and the Parties shall sign a supplementary agreement to confirm the changes. If Party B does not agree to the change, it shall give Party A a written notice of termination within 5 days after receiving Party A’s notice of change. This Agreement shall terminate from the date Party A receives the written termination notice from Party B.
12.3 Any change or addition of new terms to this Agreement shall be subject to the consensus of the Parties through consultation and the signing of a written supplementary agreement. Once the supplementary agreement is signed, it shall constitute an integral part of this Agreement and shall have the same legal effect as this Agreement. If the content of supplementary agreement is inconsistent with that of previous agreement, the content of supplementary agreement shall prevail.
Article 13 Termination and Rescission of the Agreement
13.1 This Agreement shall be terminated naturally in the following circumstances, i.e. the Parties have signed a new agreement to replace this Agreement;
13.2 Except as otherwise agreed in this Agreement, if either party terminates this Agreement in advance within the validity period of this Agreement, it shall notify the other party in writing 15 days in advance, and upon consent of the other party, both parties may sign a written supplementary agreement to terminate this Agreement.
13.3 If Party B has the following circumstances, Party A may unilaterally terminate this Agreement: 1) Party A’s website fails to achieve expected sales volume; 2) Party B violates the relevant obligations stipulated in this Agreement or the rules of WNW108.com Website and refuses to correct it after Party A’s notification; or 3) Other circumstances stipulated herein in which Party A may unilaterally terminate this Agreement.
13.4 Processing of Subsequent Matters after Termination hereof
13.4.1 After the termination of the cooperation between both parties, from the date of such termination, Party A will cancel Party B’s account authority of “username of WNW108.com Website” and remove all relevant products of Party B from the website. Party B will no longer be able to conduct any operation through the account and the front-end of the website will no longer display any product information provided by Party B to Party A.
13.4.2 After the termination of this Agreement, Party A has the right to retain the registration information and transaction record of Party B, but Party A has no obligation to do so, nor to transmit any unread or unsent information to Party B or a third party after the termination of this Agreement, nor to assume responsibility for the termination of this Agreement to Party B or any third party, except as otherwise provided by law.
13.4.3 Within thirty days from the date of cooperation termination, both parties shall carry out exit liquidation, including but not limited to financial reconciliation and handling of goods in transit. Goods in transit refer to goods purchased by customers yet not delivered before the termination of the cooperation between both parties. For such goods, Party B shall still deliver the goods and settle the payments in accordance with the process as before the cooperation termination.
13.4.4 The termination of the cooperation between both parties shall not exempt Party B from the responsibility of after-sales service and product guarantee to Party A’s Users in accordance with this Agreement. Party B shall still perform the duty of after-sales service and product quality guarantee in accordance with the relevant provisions of after-sales service in the appendix to this Agreement. If Party A or other third party incurs personal injuries or property losses due to the quality problems of Party B’s products or after-sales service after the cooperation termination, Party B shall still bear full responsibility independently.
Article 14 Notification and Service
14.1 Notices in connection with this Agreement sent by one party to the other party shall be delivered in writing or by fax, telegram, telex, e-mail, etc. For those sent by fax, telegram, telex or e-mail, the date of delivery shall be the date of service; and for the registered letter with postage prepaid and the express mail service, such notices shall be deemed to be served on the date of signature for receipt.
Wunong Technology Address: Shenzhen China |
8 / 20 | Service hotline:400-808-4108 |
WNW108.com ---- Leading C2F Order Agricultural E-Commerce Service Provider in China |
Appendix 1
Consumer Rights and Interests Protection Service Terms: These Service Terms are an important part of the WNW108.com Self-operated E-commerce Cooperation Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “Cooperation Agreement”), have the same legal effect as the text of the Cooperation Agreement and is legally binding on the Supplier of WNW108.com. These Service Terms is composed of the text of these Terms and the rules related to the “protection of customers’ rights and interests” published on “WNW108.com Website”. The aforementioned rules and the text of these Terms have the same legal effect and constitute the complete content of the Service Terms. As the seller of the online transaction of WNW108.com, WNW108.com Website shall fulfill the obligation of protecting customers’ rights and interests. Meanwhile, as the Supplier of Party A’s goods and services, Party B should bear joint and several responsibilities for the above obligation.
The text of the Terms of Service is as follows:
Article 1 Definition
1.1 Consumer Rights and Interests Protection Service
In accordance with the Cooperation Agreement with “WNW108.com” and the relevant rules published on “WNW108.com Website”, the Supplier shall perform various obligations to protect customers’ rights and interests when it publishes goods information via “WNW108.com Website” and sells its goods on WNW108.com, including but not limited to “truthful statement of goods information”, “return/replace of goods within 7 days for no reason” and “guarantees for repair, replacement or compensation of faulty goods”. In accordance with the relevant requirements of national laws, regulations and policies and industry practices, “WNW108.com” will publicize the newly-added consumer rights and interests protection services or revision to the original consumer rights and interests protection services on “WNW108.com Website”.
1.2 Deposit
Deposit refers to the funds paid by the Supplier to WNW108.com in accordance with the provisions of these Service Terms, the Cooperation Agreement and the relevant rules of “WNW108.com Website” for the purpose of compensating the buyer (referring to any Party A’s User who purchases goods from “WNW108.com Website”, hereinafter referred to as the “buyer”) or WNW108.com or paying liquidated damages to the buyer and/or WNW108.com when the Supplier fails to fulfil the obligation of safeguarding the rights and interests of consumers, or violates the Cooperation Agreement or the relevant rules or procedures of “WNW108.com Website”.
1.3 Advance Compensation
When a buyer complains about infringement of customers’ rights or other violations of the undertaking to the buyer, “WNW108.com” has the right to judge whether WNW108.com should undertake the obligation of compensation according to the Cooperation Agreement, this Service Terms, the rules published by the “WNW108.com Website” and the relevant materials of evidence submitted by the buyer on the basis of knowledge level of ordinary people or non-professionals, and if so, “WNW108.com” has the right to compensate to the buyer applicable deductions directly from the deposit paid by the Supplier.
1.4 Autonomous After-sales Service
Autonomous after-sales service refers to the after-sales service obligations of the Supplier that the Supplier, at the request of buyer for the after-sales service, uses the after-sales service system provided by “WNW108.com Website” to provide such service to the buyer, including goods maintenance, and return and exchange according to the “guarantees for repair, replacement, and compensation of faulty goods”, relevant rules of WNW108.com Website and the undertaking of after-sales service. “WNW108.com” has the right to supervise and inspect the after-sales service of the Supplier, and has the right to hold the Supplier liable for its violations in accordance with the Cooperation Agreement, the Service Terms and the relevant rules of WNW108.com Website.
Wunong Technology Address: Shenzhen China |
9 / 20 | Service hotline:400-808-4108 |
WNW108.com ---- Leading C2F Order Agricultural E-Commerce Service Provider in China |
Article 2 Deposit
The Supplier agrees to pay a certain amount of deposit to WNW108.com as a guarantee of performing the Cooperation Agreement and obligations of protecting consumer rights and interests and abiding by the various rules of “WNW108.com Website”, and agrees that WNW108.com has the right to deduct the corresponding amount from the deposit as liquidated damages or compensation to the buyer when the Supplier violates the above-mentioned agreement, obligations or rules.
2.1 Deposit Amount
2.1.1 The Supplier shall confirm the amount of deposit to be paid in the Appendix to the Cooperation Agreement: Party B’s Information Confirmation Form or other agreements in accordance with the relevant rules of “WNW108.com Website” and the category of products it applies for, and shall pay such deposit to the designated account of WNW108.com in accordance pursuant to the agreed time and method.
2.1.2 The Supplier agrees that under no circumstances shall any interest be calculated on the deposit paid. At the same time, WNW108.com has the right to adjust the deposit amount to be paid by the Supplier according to the change of the product category of Party B, Party A’s actual sales of the product, the ability to perform the contract and the credit status. The Supplier shall make up the corresponding difference in the deposit within 5 days after the notification from WNW108.com. Otherwise, “WNW108.com” has the right to suspend the cooperation with the Supplier or terminate the Cooperation Agreement in advance.
2.2 Management and Use of Deposit
2.2.1 Under the following circumstances, WNW108.com has the right to deduct part or all of the deposit directly (as the case may be). After deducting the corresponding deposit, WNW108.com will notify the Supplier to make up the difference. The Supplier shall make up the corresponding deposit according to the requirements of “WNW108.com” within 5 days after receipt of Party A’s notification. If the Supplier fails to make up the corresponding deposit or the deposit is less than the deduction, the Supplier agrees to deduct the corresponding amount directly from the unsettled payments: the Supplier violates any guarantee, commitment or obligation under the Cooperation Agreement or these Terms; the Supplier’s acts violate the provisions of national laws and regulations and other normative documents; “WNW108.com” is subject to compensation to the customer in its own judgement, which is caused by the website’s violation of laws, regulations, policies, any rules of the website or its undertakings to the customer, or complaints or claims from the customer in the website’s activities related to publishing the information due to the product information provided by Supplier; the Supplier violates Cooperation Agreement, other agreements between the Supplier and Party A or its affiliated company, or any rules of the website, and then Party A or the website incurs any losses from such violation (including but not limited to litigation compensation, litigation costs, lawyer fees, etc.); other situation occurs where the deposit can be deducted according to the Cooperation Agreement and the website management rules.
2.2.2 In case of any deduction or compensation by using the deposit, “WNW108.com” shall notify the Supplier in writing (including but not limited to e-mail, fax, etc.), and in the written notification, explain the reasons for and amount of the deduction and/or compensation.
2.2.3 If the deposit of the Supplier is insufficient and “WNW108.com” uses its own funds to pay compensation, pension or any other amount, “WNW108.com” shall have the right to claim compensation from the Supplier, including, but not limited to, demanding that the Supplier compensate for the loss of “WNW108.com” and make up the deposit within a specified period, and deducting directly from the sales settlement payments to compensate the loss incurred by “WNW108.com”; or if the loss of “WNW108.com” is still uncovered through the above-mentioned means, “WNW108.com” has the right to terminate unilaterally the cooperate with the Supplier and continue to recover from the Supplier.
Wunong Technology Address: Shenzhen China |
10 / 20 | Service hotline:400-808-4108 |
WNW108.com ---- Leading C2F Order Agricultural E-Commerce Service Provider in China |
2.2.4 The Supplier and “WNW108.com” agree that the terms of the deposit in each contract between the Supplier and WNW108.com are legally binding on other contracts at the same time considering that the Supplier may sign different contracts with WNW108.com with respect to the supply of products to WNW108.com. Meanwhile, the application of the deposit is subject to the following conditions:
2.2.4.1 If the deposit amount in each contract is inconsistent, the higher amount shall prevail as the deposit amount in all contracts.
2.2.4.2 If the termination period of each contract is inconsistent, the contract with a later validity period or termination date of the deposit terms shall continue to be valid for all contracts.
2.3 Deposit Refund: When the Cooperation Agreement terminates (if there are other contracts mentioned in Article 2.2.4, all contracts shall be terminated) and after all warranty periods of sold products of the Suppliers expire, the Supplier may submit a written application for the deposit refund to “WNW108.com”. Within three months after the approval of “WNW108.com”, “WNW108.com” shall refund the reminder of the deposit to the Supplier after deducting the deductible amount from the deposit according to the agreement. If the deposit paid by the Supplier is insufficient to offset the amount of liquidated damages, compensation and other payments payable by the Supplier, “WNW108.com” will not refund the deposit to the Supplier and reserve the right to recover the difference from the Supplier.
Article 3 Contents of Protecting Customers’ Rights and Interests
3.1 The Supplier undertakes to fulfil its obligations to protect customers’ rights and interests in accordance with the Cooperation Agreement, these Service Terms and the relevant rules of “WNW108.com Website”, and to effectively protect customers’ legitimate rights and interests.
3.2 The Supplier undertakes to fulfil the obligation of “truthful statement”. “Truthful statement” means that the Supplier shall make a truthful statement about the information of products, agricultural products and services provided by the Supplier to WNW108.com. The Supplier’s obligation to state truthfully includes the following:
1) The Supplier guarantees that the published goods information and the sale of goods by Party A infringe upon no legitimate rights of any third party or violate no relevant provisions of the State;
2) The supplier guarantees that the goods information published by Party A is consistent with the information of the goods delivered by the Supplier. The description of specifications, materials, quantities, colors, appearance, functions and quality status published by Party A is consistent with the actual situation of the goods sold by Party A.
3) The Supplier guarantees that all the pictures of product information provided to Party A are real pictures of the product, without exaggerating the appearance, shape and color of the product. Text introductions and other materials are designed or legally acquired by themselves and the use of pictures, text and other materials does not infringe on the legitimate rights of any third party.
4) If the buyer complains about WNW108.com’s violation of the obligation of truthful statement, the Supplier shall submit evidence to “WNW108.com” for fulfilling its obligation of truthful statement. If the Supplier fails to provide relevant evidence, or the evidence submitted by the buyer is sufficient to prove that WNW108.com violates the obligation of truthful statement, “WNW108.com” has the right to make judgments on the basis of the relevant evidentiary materials and require the Supplier to bear corresponding responsibility.
Wunong Technology Address: Shenzhen China |
11 / 20 | Service hotline:400-808-4108 |
WNW108.com ---- Leading C2F Order Agricultural E-Commerce Service Provider in China |
3.3 The Supplier guarantees to fulfill the obligation of “return/replace of goods within 7 days for no reason”. “Return/replace of goods within 7 days for no reason” means that WNW108.com promises to return and exchange the goods for the buyer and the Supplier promises to return and exchange the goods for WNW108.com after the buyer purchases the goods from “WNW108.com Website”, within 7 days from the date of receipt of the goods, and the goods have no quality problem and have not been used and there is no impact on their resale. The obligation to “return/replace goods within 7 days for no reason” includes the following:
Except for the goods sold on “WNW108.com Website” expressly not applicable to return for no reason, all other goods shall apply to such obligation and the Supplier shall perform the said return/replace obligation.
After the buyer submits an application for return/replace of goods within 7 days for no reason to “WNW108.com”, “WNW108.com” will submit the corresponding application to the Supplier. The Supplier shall provide such return/replace service in accordance with the time and manner stipulated by the rules of WNW108.com Website.
The Supplier shall be responsible for the judgment on whether the resale is available and whether “return/replace of goods within 7 days for no reason” is applicable on the ground of Return and Exchange Policy and other relevant rules published on “WNW108.com Website”. If the buyer applies for a return and replace, the Supplier rejects it and fails to fulfill the return/replace obligation, while the buyer lodges a complaint with “WNW108.com”, “WNW108.com” has the right to examine and judge the evidential materials provided by the buyer. The supplier shall voluntarily abide by the decision made by “WNW108.com” and perform the corresponding obligations.
3.4 The Supplier undertakes to fulfil the obligation of “genuine guarantee”. Genuine guarantee means that the supplier guarantees that all the goods supplied to “WNW108.com Website” are duly authorized and qualified, and have legal sources. If the buyer complains that WNW108.com has not fulfilled the obligation of “genuine guarantee”, the Supplier shall actively communicate with the buyer to solve the problem; If WNW108.com or the Supplier fails to reach an agreement with the buyer and properly solve the buyer’s complaint, “WNW108.com” has the right to make judgments and decisions according to the relevant evidential materials provided by the Supplier and the buyer and the relevant rules of the website, and the Supplier agrees to fulfill the corresponding obligations in accordance with the requirements of “WNW108.com”.
3.5 The Supplier guarantees that it will fulfill its obligation to provide “autonomous after-sales service” to WNW108.com and its buyers. The Supplier guarantees that it will, according to the relevant provisions of WNW108.com Website, provide “guarantee for repair, replacement, and compensation of faulty products” and other after-sales service for the buyer through the after-sales service website provided by the website. If the buyer complains about the autonomous after-sales service provided by the Supplier or the Supplier fails to fulfill the corresponding after-sales obligations in accordance with the relevant autonomous after-sales provisions of the website, “WNW108.com” has the right to hold the supplier liable for its breach of contract in accordance with the requirements of the agreement, this Service Terms and relevant autonomous after-sales service rules. The supplier’s autonomous after-sales obligations include the following:
1) The Supplier shall, in accordance with the relevant provisions of “autonomous after-sales service” of WNW108.com Website, settle the application for after-sales service submitted by the buyer within the prescribed time and fulfill the corresponding obligations;
Wunong Technology Address: Shenzhen China |
12 / 20 | Service hotline:400-808-4108 |
WNW108.com ---- Leading C2F Order Agricultural E-Commerce Service Provider in China |
2) In the process of providing “autonomous after-sales service”, the Supplier should abide by the standards and norms stipulated by the relevant rules of WNW108.com Website, provide satisfactory service to the buyer and actively improve customer satisfaction;
3) The Supplier should accept the supervision and inspection of “WNW108.com” in the process of providing “autonomous after-sales service”, and actively implement the rectification opinions and measures to improve the service quality put forward by “WNW108.com”;
4) The Supplier provides “autonomous after-sales service” with a standard not lower than the relevant provisions of the state. If the WNW108.com makes any commitment to a standard higher than the national standard on goods quality and after-sales service, the Supplier should ensure that it is fulfilled.
3.6 The Supplier guarantees “to comply with commitments”. Compliance with commitments means that the Supplier should guarantee its obligations of performance of guarantees and undertakings made in the goods details page, promotion activity page of “WNW108.com Website” or in the process of communicating with the buyer. If the Supplier violates the commitments made by the WNW108.com and then the buyer complains therefor, the Supplier shall be responsible for solving the complaint. If the Supplier fails, “WNW108.com” has the right to judge and decide on the basis of the relevant evidentiary materials, and the Supplier shall fulfill the decision made by “WNW108.com” and assume corresponding responsibilities.
Article 4 Alterations and Amendments to the Terms
4.1 “WNW108.com” has the right to formulate and amend these Service Terms and/or the rules related to the protection of customers’ rights and interests from time to time in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations of the state on the protection of customers’ rights and interests, the adjustment and change of other normative documents and policies, as well as the needs of enhancing customer experience, increasing the sales of goods and market influence of WNW108.com, and to publish the said items to the Supplier in the form of notice on “WNW108.com Website” with no further notice to the Supplier.
4.2 The revised Service Terms or relevant rules will be effective and binding upon the Supplier once they are published on “WNW108.com Website”.
Article 5 Treatment of Breach of Contract
5.1 If the Supplier violates the obligation to safeguard customers’ rights and interests stipulated in the Cooperation Agreement, these Service Terms or the relevant rules of “WNW108.com Website” and the buyer complains therefor, the Supplier shall actively handle the complaint. If the supplier fails to properly handle the complaint, which leads to the escalation of the complaint or fails to deal with the complaint as required by the above agreement, “WNW108.com” has the right to identify the evidentiary materials provided by the buyer and the Supplier. If it is judged that the above-mentioned obligations have not been properly fulfilled by WNW108.com, “WNW108.com” has the right to require the Supplier to fulfill such obligation immediately and assume corresponding responsibilities, and “WNW108.com” has the right to pay compensation in advance.
5.2 Where “WNW108.com” pays compensation in advance, the Supplier shall make up the corresponding amount and pay the corresponding liquidated damages in accordance with the requirements of the Cooperation Agreement, these Service Terms or the relevant rules of WNW108.com Website. If the Supplier fails to make up the amount, “WNW108.com” shall have the right to deduct such amount from unsettled payments of the Supplier, and if the payments are not sufficient to compensate for the loss of “WNW108.com”, “WNW108.com” shall reserve the right to continue to recover relevant losses from the Supplier.
Wunong Technology Address: Shenzhen China |
13 / 20 | Service hotline:400-808-4108 |
WNW108.com ---- Leading C2F Order Agricultural E-Commerce Service Provider in China |
5.3 Where the Cooperation Agreement and the rules of WNW108.com Website provide otherwise the Supplier’s liability for breach of the obligation to safeguard the rights and interests of consumers, such provisions shall prevail.
Article 6 Limited Liability
6.1 Under certain circumstances, “WNW108.com” has assumed the responsibility of protecting customers’ rights and interests or sellers, and the Supplier shall make best efforts to exempt “WNW108.com” from liability and bear all losses incurred by “WNW108.com”.
6.2 The Supplier agrees that “WNW108.com”, neither a judicial organ nor a professional dispute resolution agency, merely settles the website disputes on the basis of the provisions of relevant laws and regulations, agreement and the intention of buyers and sellers, and “WNW108.com” can only identify and determine the relevant evidence submitted by the buyers and Suppliers with the knowledge and ability of ordinary non-professionals. Therefore, “WNW108.com” cannot guarantee the correctness of the settlement result of the transaction disputes and the decision of deposit compensation and bears no responsibility for such result and decision. The Supplier shall independently assume full legal responsibility for the authenticity and legality of the evidence submitted by it. If the decision or settlement result by “WNW108.com” based on the evidence provided by the Supplier is overruled by the relevant judicial organs, the Supplier shall bear all the responsibilities resulting therefrom; if the evidence provided by the buyer on which “WNW108.com” is judged is overruled by the relevant government agency, WNW108.com shall independently recover losses from the buyer.
Article 7 Miscellaneous
7.1 If the Supplier violates the Cooperation Agreement, these Service Terms or the relevant rules of “WNW108.com” Website, waiver of “WNW108.com” of the right to claim from the Supplier shall not be deemed that “WNW108.com” waives the right to claim from the Supplier when the same or similar breach of contract by the Supplier occurs subsequently, i.e. a failure to exercise the right at one time may only be deemed to a waiver of right against the Supplier’s breach of contract for that time, not a waiver of the right itself.
7.2 The Supplier has carefully read all the contents of these Service Terms and has understood and accepted the relevant contents hereof. Meanwhile, the Supplier agrees that to sign for confirmation on the signature page of the Cooperation Agreement is the approval of all the contents of these Service Terms. As long as the Cooperation Agreement comes into effect, the Supplier will be bound by the relevant contents of these Service Terms.
(No text below on this page)
Wunong Technology Address: Shenzhen China |
14 / 20 | Service hotline:400-808-4108 |
WNW108.com ---- Leading C2F Order Agricultural E-Commerce Service Provider in China |
Appendix 2
Anti-commercial Bribery Agreement
During the period of cooperation, both parties reach the following agreements through friendly consultation in order to strictly abide by the provisions of laws and regulations concerning the prohibition of commercial bribery, safeguard the common interests of both parties and promote the sound development of bilateral relations:
Article 1 Commercial bribery in this Agreement refers to all material and spiritual illegitimate benefits, direct or indirect, that Party B or its staff gives Party A’s employees in order to seek the cooperation and cooperation benefits with/from Party A.
Article 2 Illegitimate interests: Party B or Party B’s staff members may not, in the name of Party B or any individual, directly or indirectly give away gifts, articles, marketable securities or other illegitimate interests in disguised means to any of Party A’s employees and associated personnel, including but not limited to cash, cheques, credit cards, gifts, samples or other goods, entertainment tickets, membership cards, rebates in currencies or cargo forms, employment or property ownership, travel with expenses paid by Party B, banquets, personal services, etc.
Article 3 Conflict of Interest: including but not limited to (1) Party B may not provide any form of loan to Party A’s employees and their associated personnel; (2) If Party B’s shareholders, supervisors, managers, senior managers, project leaders and project members are Party A’s employees or their associated personnel, Party A shall be informed in writing truthfully and comprehensively before cooperation; (3) In the course of cooperation, Party B shall not allow Party A’s employees and their spouses to hold or cause a third party to hold Party B’s equity (except for shares held through an public securities market with an interest less than 5% of the outstanding interest, directly or indirectly holding funds without actual control, or through trusts held by beneficiaries themselves or their associated persons), nor shall Party A’s employees be employed (including but not limited to in the form of establishing formal labor relations, labor dispatch, outsourcing services, part-time job or consultants). If Party B employs the spouse of Party A’s employees and other related personnel to serve in Party B, Party B shall inform Party A truthfully and comprehensively in writing within three days from the date of employment.
Article 4 If Party B violates one of the above-mentioned agreements, Party A has the right to unilaterally terminate the contract with Party B in part or in whole. At the same time, Party B shall pay Party A liquidation damages of 100,000 yuan or 30% of the relevant order (contract) amount, whichever is higher, within 5 days from the date of contract termination. If Party B fails to pay the liquidated damages in time, Party A has the right to deduct directly from the contract amount. With respect to Party B’s active or passive provision of illegitimate interests to Party A’s employees and their associated personnel, if Party B actively provides effective information to Party A, Party A will give the opportunity to continue cooperation and exempt from the above penalties.
Article 5 If Party B knows that Party A’s employees are suspected of violating the above provisions, it is welcome to contact Party A’s Internal Control and Compliance Department. Once the provided information about commercial bribery is verified, Party A will award the information providers a cash reward of RMB 10,000 to RMB 200,000 (with an amount of no less than RMB 10,000) according to the impact of the incident. Events with special significant impact will be rewarded RMB 200,000 or more.
Party A sets up a special mailbox to receive complaints from Party B at wnwc2f@163.com, tel: 0755-85250400. Party A will keep confidential all information providers and all provided information.
(No text below on this page)
Wunong Technology Address: Shenzhen China |
15 / 20 | Service hotline:400-808-4108 |
WNW108.com ---- Leading C2F Order Agricultural E-Commerce Service Provider in China |
Appendix 3
Party B’s Information Confirmation Form
Basic Information of Contracting Parties | ||
Party A | Party B | |
Company Name | Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. | |
Contract Address | B401, F4, Building 12, Zhichuangjuzhen Shuangchuang Park, Southern District, Hourui Second Industrial Zone, Hangcheng Street, Bao’an District, Shenzhen | |
Bank Name | China Construction Bank Shenzhen Meilin Sub-branch | |
Bank No. | 44250100006900001704 | |
Contact Person | Changbin XIA | |
Contact Number | 0755-85250400 | |
Wnwc2f@163.com | ||
fax |
Other Information | |||
Deposit | RMB 1000.00 only | 1. | Party B shall pay the deposit in full to the designated account of Party A within 5 days after the signing of this Agreement. |
2. | If before signing the agreement, Party B has already paid the deposit to Party A in accordance with the agreement (including the agreement before renewal) replaced by this agreement, then such deposit will automatically be converted into the deposit of this agreement. If the remainder of such deposit is less than the deposit agreed in this agreement, Party B shall make up the difference within 5 days upon signature of this agreement. | ||
Both Party A and Party B have read the above information in details and confirmed that the above information is correct. Both parties agree to confirm all the contents of this Form by signing on the signature page. |
Confirmation Form for Signing the Agreement
Project Name | Payable Amount (RMB) | Paid | Outstanding | Exempt | ||||
Deposit | 1000 |
Note: | 1. Please check the “paid” column if Party B has paid the deposit, or the “outstanding” column if not paid. |
2. After receiving the deposit, Party A shall issue a deposit receipt to Party B. |
Wunong Technology Address: Shenzhen China |
16 / 20 | Service hotline:400-808-4108 |
WNW108.com ---- Leading C2F Order Agricultural E-Commerce Service Provider in China |
Appendix 4
Shipment and Logistics
Shipment Specification:
1. Within 24 hours after the transaction has been concluded (referring to the successful payment of the online order by the consumer; the successful submission of the order by the consumer), the Supplier shall upload the express tracking number of the customer’s goods order to the website system and click on the shipment (the shipping time recorded in the website system shall prevail). If the delivery time of special goods undertaken by the Supplier on the goods page is different from the above or there are special agreements with consumers, the undertakings or agreements shall apply.
2. If the buyer applies for a refund and the goods are not shipped, the buyer shall obtain the consent from WNW108.com before the application; or if the goods have been shipped and the customer refunds for no reason, the customer needs to bear the return freight.
3. If the Supplier delays shipment or delivers the goods after the buyer has applied for a refund without the buyer’s consent, the Supplier shall recover the shipped goods, except those the buyer has signed for receipt.
Signature for Receipt Specification:
1. The buyer must provide to WNW108.com accurate receiving address and information of the recipient which will be used by WNW108.com to instruct the Supplier to ship the goods.
2. If the buyer changes the information of the recipient, he shall call the customer service telephone for consultation and obtain the express consent from the Supplier.
3. When providing receiving information, the buyer may choose himself or others as the recipient. If other person is chosen as the recipient and such recipient violates the agreed obligation of this section, the buyer shall bear the corresponding responsibility.
4. If the buyer fills in inaccurate receiving address and/or recipient information, or changes the receiving address or the recipient information without the consent of the Supplier, resulting in the failure of delivery by the Supplier, the freight shall be borne by the buyer.
5. If the buyer only fills in the receiving address without filling in the recipient information or the specific recipient information, and the goods are signed for receipt at the receiving address, the signature shall be deemed as the buyer’s signature.
6. After the Supplier delivers the goods as agreed, the recipient has the obligation to receive the goods. If the recipient refuses to sign for the goods without justified reasons, the freight shall be borne by the buyer. If there is damage to the goods in the return process, the Supplier shall have the right not to refund the goods.
7. The recipient may sign for receipt of the goods by himself or any entrusted individual. The entrusted individual’s signature shall be regarded as the receipt’s signature.
8. When the receipt signs for receipt of the goods, the goods shall be checked and accepted. The risk of damage and loss after the goods are signed is transferred from the seller to the buyer.
Wunong Technology Address: Shenzhen China |
17 / 20 | Service hotline:400-808-4108 |
WNW108.com ---- Leading C2F Order Agricultural E-Commerce Service Provider in China |
Freight:
1. Processing according to the principle of “the party at fault shall undertake the freight”;
2. If the goods fail to be delivered due to the wrong address provided by the buyer, the buyer shall bear the relevant freight.
3. If during the period of dispute resolution, the Supplier agrees to return or exchange goods but there is a clear objection to the payment of freight, the buyer shall return the goods first, and after the Supplier signs for receipt of the goods, WNW108.com will decide who shall pay the freight in accordance with specification.
Breach of Contract
1. If the website stipulates that the goods should be delivered within 48 hours but the Supplier fails to deliver within that time, unless shipment is delayed due to force majeure events (such as natural disasters), in normal circumstances, the liquidated damages/per order shall be 5% of the deposit with respect to any unshipped order.
2. If the customer encounters quality problems and Party B fails to deal with them within 24 hours, Party A can pay the consumer with Party B’s deposit in advance and lower Party B’s credit rating.
Wunong Technology Address: Shenzhen China |
18 / 20 | Service hotline:400-808-4108 |
WNW108.com ---- Leading C2F Order Agricultural E-Commerce Service Provider in China |
Appendix 5
Details of Purchase and Settlement of Products
I About Methods of Settlement of Manufacturer’s Payment
Weekly | Semi-monthly | Monthly |
Note:
1. After both parties confirm the settlement method, check the corresponding column;
2. Semi-monthly settlement: on the 21st day of each month, settle the orders confirmed for receipt before the 15th day of the same month.
3. Monthly settlement: on the 10th day of each month, settle the orders confirmed for receipt in last natural month;
4. Weekly settlement: on each Wednesday, settle the last week’s payments;
5. If the settlement date is a holiday, the settlement is deferred to the first working day after the holiday.
6. Party B shall first provide invoices for the sale of products, and Party A may settle the payment accordingly.
II On Product Order
Description | Category | Wholesale price for supply | Local market price | Recommended retail price | Product freight |
Note:
1. Fill in the description to the corresponding category (fill in the symbol):
(A) rice, (B) oil, (C) dry goods, (D) meat, (E) eggs, (F) alcoholic beverages and drinks, (G) condiments, (H) regional specialties, (I) fresh fruit, (J) other.
2. The price provided by Party B is tax-inclusive and Party B guarantees that it will provide the best products at the most favorable price on the market. If it is found that Party B cooperates with other e-commerce websites or platforms and this price of supply is higher than that of other websites or platforms, the cooperation will be terminated.
3. Party B may not interfere with Party A’s pricing sales.
4. If it is found that the Supplier trades with our customers privately off-line, the Supplier shall be subject to a penalty of deposit (RMB1000) and the whistleblower shall be rewarded with RMB1000.
Wunong Technology Address: Shenzhen China |
19 / 20 | Service hotline:400-808-4108 |
WNW108.com ---- Leading C2F Order Agricultural E-Commerce Service Provider in China |
(No text on this page. This page is for signature.)
Party A: Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. | Party B: | |
Authorized Representative: | Authorized Representative: | |
Contact Number: 0755-85250400 | Contact Number: | |
Signing Time: | Signing Time: |
Wunong Technology Address: Shenzhen China |
20 / 20 | Service hotline:400-808-4108 |
WNW---- China’s leading agricultural e-commerce service provider for C2F orders |
Agreement No.:
Cooperation Agreement on Operating Service Center
Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd | Address: Shenzhen, China |
Service Hot Line: 400-808-4108 | Zip Code: 518101 |
Party A: Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.
Unified Social Credit Code: 914403003427480000
Legal Representative: Changbin Xia
Address: B401, 4th Floor Building 12, Hangcheng Street, Hourui No. 2 Industrial District, Southern Section, Zhichuang Juzhen Double Creative Park, Bao’an District, Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China
Party B:
Unified Social Credit Code:
Legal representatives:
Domicile:
In order to provide better service to Party A’s customers and suppliers and realize the convenience and efficiency of cross-regional services, based on the principles of voluntariness, equality, fairness, honesty and credibility, and in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China, the following agreements have been reached between Party A and Party B through friendly consultation:
Article 1 Cooperation content
Party B shall become the authorized operation service center of Party A. Party B shall have the right to engage in the following business pursuant to this Cooperation Agreement:
(1) To sell products online and offline on behalf of Party A;
(2) To organize group purchase (including subscription, adoption, plant recognition, etc.) within its jurisdiction on behalf of Party A;
(3) To develop, coordinate and manage suppliers on behalf of Party A;
(4) Assist Party A in dealing with after-sales issues concerning products and services;
(5) Provide necessary training for Wunong search agents;
(6) Other matters entrusted by Party A in writing.
Article 2 Party A’s rights and obligations
(1) Party A has the right to regularly assess Party B’s operation and promotion services. The assessment methods and indicators are formulated by Party A, and Party B agrees to abide by them. If the assessment fails to meet the standard, Party A will order Party B to rectify; if the rectification is not completed within the prescribed time limit, Party A may revoke the qualification of authorized service organization of Party B.
(2) If Party B materially violates Party A’s relevant policies and regulations, causes adverse market impact and seriously damages Party A’s goodwill, Party A will unconditionally revoke Party B’s authorized service organization qualification and reserve the right to pursue its legal liability.
(3) Party A shall publish relevant documents and data through official channels in time to facilitate Party B to provide services to customers and suppliers.
Article 3 Party B’s rights and obligations
(1) Party B has the right to receive relevant promotion service fees. The proportion of service fees is stipulated by Party A according to the actual process of market development and can be adjusted regularly. The specific proportion is as follows.
1. Party B shall receive a commission of 10% on the sale of all products through Party B.
2. Party B shall receive a commission of 10% on the commission received by his agent company on the sale of all products through said agent company; Party B is entitled to a commission generated from its three-tier agent companies.
(2) Party B shall pay the deposit in full and on time in accordance with the relevant provisions of Party A.
(3) Party B shall be staffed in accordance with the relevant provisions of Party A, and the staff members of Party B shall also receive regular training from party A and take up the corresponding posts after passing the examination.
(4) Party B shall assume full responsibility for the business activities of its staff members. If Party A assumes responsibility by reasons of Party B, it may claim compensation from Party B.
(5) If Party B has one of the following circumstances, it shall issue a written report to Party A within 10 working days:
1. Change of legal representative;
2. Change of registered capital or ownership structure;
3. Change of name, domicile or business premises, business scope and contact information;
4. Establishment, merge or termination of branches;
5. Changing the business premises, persons in charge, or scope of business of branch offices;
6. Significant changes taken place in business conditions.
7. Occurrence of litigation cases or economic disputes of more than 500,000 yuan.
8. Obtaining the qualifications of authorized service organizations of other companies;
9. Subjecting to investigation and punishment by the competent authorities for suspected violations of laws and regulations.
10. Other information requested by Party A.
(6) Party B shall abide by the unified deployment of Party A in its external publicity work. Party B shall not publish without authorization any information or statements about Party A to the media without Party A’s examination and confirmation. Party B shall not carry out false publicity to ensure that Party A’s external publicity information is true, complete and accurate.
(7) Without the written consent of Party A, Party B shall not subcontract all or part of its business under this Agreement, nor transfer or pledge its rights and interests under this Agreement.
Article 4 Settlement method
(1) Promotion service fee settlement method: on a monthly basis. Party B shall provide Party A with invoice that meet the financial requirements, and Party A shall make the payment to the account designated by party B.
Article 5 Effectiveness, Termination and Liability for Breach of Agreement
(1) Both parties have fully understood the terms of this Agreement and have no objection.
(2) The validity term of this agreement is one year. If there is no objection from both parties after the expiration of this agreement, the validity term of this agreement shall automatically be extended for one year.
(3) If any party breaches the terms and conditions of this agreement, which result in the non-continuation of the performance of this agreement, the observant party has the right to terminate this agreement.
(4) If Party B completes the transfer of its authorized service organization qualification, this agreement shall be automatically terminated.
(5) All losses of the other party caused by the breach of the contract shall be borne by the breaching party.
Article 6 Exemption clause
(1) If this Agreement cannot be fully or partially fulfilled due to natural disasters, such as earthquakes, typhoons, fires, major changes in state policies or other events of force majeure, it shall be partially or totally exempted from liability in accordance with the effects of such events. If one party fails to fulfil the agreement due to force majeure, it shall notify the other party in time.
(2) If this Agreement cannot be fulfilled due to policy or legal reasons, all parties shall be exempted from liability in part or in whole.
Article 7 Miscellaneous
(1) In case of disputes arising from the performance of this Agreement or in connection with this Agreement, both parties shall consult by telephone or in writing in a timely manner. If the consultation fails, they shall file a lawsuit with the competent court in the place where party A is domiciled.
(2) The matters not covered in this Agreement shall be determined through consultation between the two parties and agreed upon in the form of supplementary clauses, which are an integral part of this Agreement and have the same effect as this Agreement.
(3) Documents and appendices referred to in the terms of this Agreement are all valid components of this Agreement and have the same legal effect as this Agreement.
(4) The original of this agreement is made in duplicate with each party holding one copy. A copy is invalid.
(Signature page below, no text)
Party A: Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd | Party B: | |
Authorized Representatives: | Authorized Representatives: | |
Contact number: 0755-85250400 | Contact number: | |
Signing time: |
Pre-Ordering Cooperation Agreement
Party A: Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.
Party B: Jilin Original Ecological Agriculture Technology Development Co., Ltd.
Article 1, General Provisions
In accordance with the provisions of the Advertising Law and Contract Law of the People's Republic of China and relevant laws and regulations, Party A and Party B, on the basis of equality and voluntariness, enter into the Pre-Ordering Cooperation Agreement (“Agreement”) through friendly consultation:
Article 2. Scope of Cooperation
(1) Party B authorizes Party A to promote and sell rice on Wunong’s website via its pre-ordering service.
(2)
(3) From full execution of this Agreement to December 31, 2019, Party A is responsible for pre-ordering planning for Party B. The specific terms and conditions of the pre-ordering plan will be determined through consultation between the two parties according to the business situation. Party B is responsible for providing the relevant introduction and materials required for the pre-ordering plan.
Article 3. Payment
(1) From the date of signing the contract, the revenues generated from the pre-ordering service on Wunong’s website will be counted and settled on the 1st and 15th of each month according to the normal business settlement. Each settlement will be counted, 50% of which will be paid to Party B as 1st installment. On October 1, 2019, Party A shall pay 30% of the pre-ordered rice as 2nd installment to Party B. Party A shall provide special VAT invoice to Party B based on the actual amount of rice to be delivered monthly to the customers per order. As of December 31, 2019, the balance in the amount of 20% of the pre-ordered rice will be paid to Party B.
Payment method: wire transfer.
Payment time: before May 15
Party B Opening Bank: China Minsheng Bank Co., Td. Changchun High-tech Sub-branch
Party B Account No.: 694190997
Party B’s name: Jilin Original Ecological Agriculture Technology Development Co., Ltd.
Article 4. The rights and obligations of both parties
(1) If necessary, Party B should communicate with Party A seven business days before the date of publication so that Party A can have sufficient time to prepare for Party B's publication of information.
(2) After the information is sorted out by Party A, Party B will send it to Party B by electronic documents one day before Party B needs to publish it. Party B will confirm the information and Party A and Party B will publish it after they confirm that it is correct.
(3) The information provided by Party B to Party A shall comply with the Advertising Law and the relevant laws and regulations of the State to ensure the authenticity and validity of the information manuscripts provided by Party B, and does not violate the law or infringe on the legal rights of any third party (including but not limited to copyright, trademark right, name right, and reputation right). If the dispute arises from violation of this item and causes losses to Party A, Party B shall assume full responsibility. Party A has the right to review the contents or forms of the contracts and the right to request Party B to make changes to same. Party A has the right to refuse to organize and publish the information before modifications are made.
Article 5. Liability for Breach of Contract
(1) Party B shall be responsible for the authenticity, legality and possible infringement of the information provided by Party B.
(2) If Party A fails to comply with the contract, Party B shall bear the economic losses caused by it (except for force majeure factors).
Article 6. Dispute
Any dispute arising out of or in connection with the performance of this Agreement, the parties shall resolve it through negotiation. Should negotiation fail, the parties shall handle it through the second method as below: 1) go to the arbitration commission for arbitration; 2) go to the People’s Court where Party A locates.
Article 7. Confidentiality
Party A shall keep all trade secrets confidential and shall not disclose them to any third part, unless otherwise stipulated in the current laws and regulations of China or agreed by the other party in writing. Party B shall not disclose the price set forth in the Agreement to any third party.
Article 8. Supplementation and Amendment
This Agreement may be amended or supplemented in writing according to the opinions of the parties, and the supplementary agreement thus formed has the same legal effect as this Agreement.
Article 9. Miscellaneous
(1) This Agreement shall come into effect on the day when the authorized representatives of Party A and Party B sign and seal it. This Agreement is in duplicate, with each party holding one.
(2) If there are many matters uncovered in the Agreement, the parties may, according to the specific circumstances and in accordance with the relevant provisions, agree on the supplementary provisions as an annex to this Agreement, which shall have the same legal effect as the Agreement.
Party A: Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.
Legal representative:
Contact Person:
Seal:
Date:
Party B: Jilin Original Ecological Agriculture Technology Development Co., Ltd
Legal representative:
Contact Person:
Seal:
Date:
Aliyun Framework Service Agreement
Party A: Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd (or “You”)
Address: B401, 4th Floor Building 12, Hangcheng Street, Hourui No. 2 Industrial District, Southern Section, Zhichuang Juzhen Double Creative Park, Bao’an District, Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China
Contact: Songlin Hu
Tel: 18988762029
Party B: Alibaba Cloud Computing Co. Ltd. (or “Ali Cloud”)
Address: Building 1, Ali Cloud Feitian Park, Yunqi Town, West Lake District, Hangzhou, Zhejiang Province
Contact person: Qijun Tian
Tel: 13922820076
In accordance with the provisions of the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China and other relevant laws and regulations, after mutual consultation between Party A and Party B, the two parties have signed this framework service agreement (hereinafter referred to as “this Agreement”) for cloud computing products and/or services provided by Party B for Party A (hereinafter referred to as “services”). Party A and Party B hereby agree upon the following:
1. Party A purchases Party B’s products and/or services (excluding domain names and products on the cloud market) through sundry 911, jacksoul@live.cn and Bio-Agricultural Science and Technology (account number). The specific products and/or services purchased and their configuration are subject to Party A’s order on Aliyun’s official website (www.aliyun.com), with regard to the rights of such products and/or services. Obligations, both sides abide by the annexed “Aliyun Products and Services Provisions”.
2. The prices and preferences of the products and/or services ordered by Party A within the term of this Agreement are detailed in the Appendix “Prices of Products/Services”.
3. The validity period of this Agreement is from 2019-06-03 00:00 to 2020-06-03 23:59:59. For the package or package services purchased during the validity period of the Agreement, the specific service period may exceed the validity period of this Agreement until the expiration of the specific service period, and the rights and obligations of such instances shall still be implemented in accordance with this service Agreement; for the volume-based service purchased during the validity period of the Agreement, the service period shall be the same as the validity period of this Agreement.
4. Both Party A and Party B agree to abide by all the Agreements in the main text of this Agreement and its annexes. The annex has the same legal effect as this Agreement. If there is any conflict between the contents of the annex and the main body of this Agreement, the main body clauses of this Agreement shall prevail. The annexes to this service Agreement are “Aliyun Products and Services Agreement” and “Product/Service Quantity”. If there are any inconsistencies in the annexes, they shall be applied in the order of “Product/Service Price” first and “Aliyun Products and Services Terms” last.
5. If both Party A and Party B affirm this Agreement by stamp, mail or any form, or if Party A has actually purchased or used the products and/or services provided by Aliyun and enjoyed preferential treatment in accordance with this Agreement, this Agreement shall be deemed to be in force, and both Party A and Party B shall be bound by this Agreement.
Party A: Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd (Stamp)
Party B: Alibaba Cloud Computing Co. Ltd. (Stamp)
Date: Year, month, day: 2019-06-03
Annex: Aliyun Products and Service Provisions
Aliyun Products and Services Terms (hereinafter referred to as “this clause”) is a valid contract between Aliyun Cloud Computing Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Aliyun”) and you concerning the products and/or services provided by Aliyun. Before accepting this clause, please read the whole content carefully; if you have any questions about the relevant clauses, please contact the relevant business department or customer service department of Aliyun for inquiry, Aliyun will explain and explain to you; if you cannot accurately understand Aliyun’s interpretation and explanation of this clause, or you do not agree with this clause. Please do not follow-up any content.
In ordering the products and/or services provided by Aliyun, you shall abide by the provisions of this clause, as well as your product rules (if any), billing rules, etc., as well as the clicks to confirm the terms of special service (hereinafter referred to as “special clause”) (if any) when ordering products and/or services. The terms of special use are valid for this clause. The composition of the clause shall have the same effect as that of this clause. In case of inconsistencies between the clause and the special clause, the Agreement of the special clause for each product and/or service shall prevail.
With regard to this clause, please take note of the contents of such clauses as restrictions, exemptions, determination and treatment of violations/breaches, and choice of jurisdictional courts, which may be extended and/or underlined.
1. Product and/or service content
1.1 The term “products and/or services” in this clause means that Aliyun provides you with the products and/or services displayed on the website www.aliyun.com (i.e. Aliyun official website), as well as related technical and network support services. The specific products and/or services are subject to the products and/or services you ordered.
2. Prices and costs of products and/or services
2.1 Aliyun will show you the prices of products and/or services on the relevant pages of www.aliyun.com, or the charges payable for ordering products and/or services according to the specifications of the products and/or services you choose. You should pay according to the price system of the products and/or services ordered at that time on www.aliyun.com.
2.2 You can recharge your Ali cloud account through Alipay, internet bank or bank remittance, then make specific product and / or service orders; you should keep the account balance well enough to ensure the continuous use of products and / or services. Payment method and other relevant specific rules are based on the content displayed on Aliyun official website.
2.3 Depending on the type of products and/or services you ordered, you will have to pay for the products and/or services within the corresponding time limit displayed on Aliyun Official’s website; Aliyun has the right not to provide you with the corresponding products and/or services (including technical support) or to terminate them until you have not paid the full fees as agreed. Relevant products and/or services (including technical support) are entitled to collect one thousandth of the amount owed on a daily basis as a liquidated damages for overdue payments. Aliyun will ask you to collect liquidated damages at any point after your arrears:
2.3.1 Payment before use of products and/or services:
2.3.1.1 If you purchase products and/or services sold in the form of a monthly package or resource kit, Aliyun will provide you with products and/or services after you have paid the full cost.
2.3.1.2 You need to complete payment in time after submission of the order; if you fail to complete payment in time, the order may be invalid: (1) if the order is not paid more than 7 days after placing the order, the order will automatically be invalidated; (2) if the inventory of the product and/or service is insufficient during the period of non-payment, the order will automatically invalidate. Once the order expires, all Agreements or actions between you and Aliyun regarding the contents and prices of the products and/or services specified in the order will be null and void.
2.3.1.3 If you plan to continue using the product and/or service after the expiration of the service period of the product and/or service you ordered, please pay a renewal fee before the expiration of the service period to enable the service to continue.
2.3.2 First-use, then-pay products and/or services:
If you buy products and/or services that are sold on a pay-per-use basis, you can start and use them first. Aliyun will automatically calculate the actual usage of one (1) billing cycle and deduct the corresponding services from the balance of your Aliyun account according to the different types of products, in hours, days or months. The specific deduction rules and billing items shall be subject to the contents announced on the Alibaba Cloud website at the time.
2.4 Aliyun will regularly or irregularly launch preferential activities or policies (collectively referred to as “preferential activities”), such as: one-time order over a certain period of time or volume of services, giving a certain service content, extending the service period or providing direct discounts, issuing free vouchers, double-eleven products special price/discount, recommendation code discount, etc. You understand and confirm:
2.4.1 All such preferential activities or policies are special preferences of Aliyun besides the normal service price. The preferential contents do not include the modification, updating and maintenance costs of the gift service items, and the gift service items cannot be discounted to offset the service costs.
2.4.2 Since some preferential activities or policies are based on your commitment to the length of service or the amount of service you provide, Aliyun has the right to resume the original pricing, collect liquidated damages, or collect refund/refund fees, cancel, and require you to bear the free vouchers that have been used. Processing shall be carried out in the manner specified in the corresponding official website display page or the corresponding order.
2.4.3 Unless the products and/or services you ordered are otherwise expressly agreed upon, or if you and Aliyun have other expressly agreed upon in writing, a variety of preferences may not be superimposed at the same time.
2.4.4 You have the obligation of confidentiality with respect to the preferential activities or policies of the products and/or services you ordered; once you find that you have failed to comply with the confidentiality obligations of this article, Aliyun has the right to cancel such preferences and to decide whether to suspend or terminate the service.
2.5 You understand and acknowledge that Aliyun may offer you free products and/or services through invitation testing and public testing or within a certain usage quota. You do not have to pay for products and/or services during the free period or within the free quota. Aliyun does not exclude future charges. If possible, Aliyun will announce the charging policies and regulations 10 natural days in advance by publishing announcements or sending notices on appropriate pages of the website; if you still use the corresponding products and/or services, you should pay for the following products and/or services according to the effective charging policies at that time.
3. Rights and obligations
3.1 Your rights and obligations
3.1.1 Before using products and/or services, you should carefully read and abide by the relevant product and/or service instructions, technical specifications, use procedures, operation documents and other contents displayed by Aliyun on the official website, and accurately understand the relevant content and possible consequences; in the process of using products and/or services, you should follow the corresponding phase. You will bear the consequences of your violation of the relevant operational guidelines. Aliyun will not bear any responsibility. Please handle the risks carefully. If you order products and/or services using the open API provided by Aliyun, you should also promise to consult the above content on Aliyun’s official website regularly and/or before purchasing specific products and/or services, and to update and ensure that you know its meaning.
3.1.2 You should submit to Aliyun the list and contact information of the contacts who implement this clause and manage all kinds of products and/or services on your network and cloud platform; if the above personnel change, you should update the changed information online by yourself. Any consequences arising from the untruthful, inaccurate and incomplete information provided by you and the actions or omissions of the above personnel shall be borne by you.
3.1.3 You must keep access log records of your website in accordance with the provisions of the Regulations on the Administration of Internet Information Services and other laws and regulations, including the content of the information published and its release time, Internet address (IP), domain name, etc., which should be provided in cooperation with the relevant state organs when they inquire according to law. You shall bear all the consequences and responsibilities arising from the failure to keep the relevant records as required.
3.1.4 You are responsible for the integrity and confidentiality of your own data stored on Aliyun Platform and passwords, passwords and other products and/or services entered and managed on Aliyun Platform; all losses and consequences caused by the loss or leakage of the above-mentioned data, passwords and passwords due to improper maintenance or confidentiality.
3.1.5 If you need permission or approval from the relevant state departments for activities using products and/or services provided by Aliyun, you should obtain such permission or approval in time, including but not limited to:
(1) If you have launched many websites, you must ensure that all websites are licensed or approved by the relevant state departments.
(2) If your website provides non-profit Internet information services, it must file non-profit websites, and ensure that all the information submitted is authentic and effective, and timely submit updated information in the filing system when the information changes.
(3) If your website provides business-oriented Internet information services, you should also obtain a business-oriented website license in the local communications management department by yourself.
(4) If you operate an Internet game website, you should obtain a license to operate Internet culture according to law.
(5) If you operate Internet audio and video websites, you should obtain a license for information network transmission of audio-visual programs according to law;
(6) If you are engaged in Internet information services such as news, publishing, education, medical care, pharmaceuticals and medical devices, in accordance with laws, administrative regulations and relevant regulations of the State, you must be examined and approved by the competent authorities concerned. Before applying for business license or fulfilling the filing procedures, you shall be examined and approved by the competent authorities in accordance with the law.
You understand and recognize that the above list does not exhaust all types of business or non-business activities that require permission or approval from the relevant state departments; you should comply with the requirements of the relevant laws and regulations promulgated by the state and local authorities from time to time when you engage in the corresponding activities.
3.1.6 You further undertake not to engage in the following acts:
3.1.6.1 You will not use Aliyun’s products and/or services to distribute unwelcome or unsolicited e-mails, e-advertisements or e-mails containing harmful information such as reactions and pornography.
3.1.6.2 You will not use Aliyun’s services as virtual servers, Proxy servers and mail servers.
3.1.6.3 You will not use the products and/or services provided by Aliyun to engage in DDoS protection, DNS protection and other business activities.
3.1.6.4 You will not engage in damage to Ali cloud and / or its affiliates (including, but not limited to, the Alibaba group’s enterprises, such as Taobao, Ali mother, and Alibaba group’s associated businesses, such as Alipay). Any terms and conditions of service, management norms, trading rules, etc. announced by the company, which will destroy or attempt to destroy the fair trading environment or normal trading order of Alibaba Company, etc.
3.1.6.5 You will not use the resources and services provided by Aliyun to upload, download, store and publish the following information or content, and will not provide any convenience for others to publish such information (including, but not limited to, setting up URLs, BANNER links, etc.):
(1) Political propaganda and/or news information in violation of State regulations;
(2) Information concerning state secrets and/or security;
(3) Feudal superstition and/or obscene, pornographic, obscene or abetting information;
(4) Illegal Internet publishing activities such as lottery awards, gambling games, “private service” and “plug-in”;
(5) Information that violates the national and religious policies of the State;
(6) Information that hinders the security of Internet operation;
(7) Information or content that infringes on the legitimate rights and interests of others and/or other information or content that is detrimental to social order, public order and public morality;
(8) Other violations of laws and regulations, departmental rules and regulations or state policies.
3.1.6.6 You will not maliciously occupy a large number of, or use the platform (hereinafter referred to as “cloud platform”) composed of cloud computing resources (such as servers, network bandwidth, storage space, etc.) which may lead to abnormal large number of programs or processes to occupy server memory, CPU or network bandwidth resources, to the Ali Cloud Platform or Ali Cloud Platform. Other users’networks, services (including, but not limited to, local and international networks, servers, etc.) and products/applications bring serious loads, which affect the smooth connection between Aliyun and the Internet or between Aliyun and specific networks, servers and within Aliyun, or lead to Aliyun platform services or The other users of Aliyun are in the situation of server downtime, crash or inaccessibility of products/applications based on cloud platform.
3.1.6.7 You will not undermine or attempt to undermine network security (including but not limited to phishing, hackers, cyber fraud, sites or spaces containing or suspected of dissemination: viruses, Trojans, malicious code, and suspected attacks on other websites and servers through virtual servers such as scanning, sniffing, ARP). Deception, DDoS, etc.
3.1.6.8 You are not allowed to install or use pirated software on Aliyun services or platforms; you understand and agree that Aliyun has the right to refuse to deploy related application systems using pirated software on Aliyun services or platforms. You are fully responsible for the results of your actions, such as self-installed software and operations. If the legitimate copyright owner of the software installed by you makes a complaint, accusation or other claim against Aliyun for infringement, you shall take all reasonable measures to ensure that Aliyun is exempted from liability, including, but not limited to, clarifying the situation, providing a certificate of the use of the legitimate software, and other measures sufficient to enable the legitimate copyright owner to withdraw his aforementioned claim.
3.1.6.9 Except for Aliyun’s express permission in written form, you are not allowed to modify, translate, adapt, rent, sublicense, disseminate or transfer the software provided by Aliyun on the information network, nor to reverse-engineer, decompile or attempt to find the source code of the software provided by Aliyun in other ways; at the same time, you are not going to do so. Any change or attempt to change the system configuration provided by Aliyun or to destroy the system security.
3.1.7 You understand and agree that the State Secrets of the People’s Republic of China are protected by law and you have the obligation to keep the State Secrets of the People’s Republic of China. When you use Aliyun products and/or services, you should abide by the requirements of relevant laws and regulations on confidentiality and should not endanger the security of the State Secrets of the People’s Republic of China.
3.1.8 If Aliyun’s products and/or services involve the licensing of third-party software, you agree to abide by the relevant licensing terms and conditions.
3.1.9 If a third party or an individual raises questions or complaints against you, Aliyun will inform you in time that you are responsible for explaining and providing supporting materials within the prescribed time. If you fail to provide evidence to the contrary or if you fail to provide feedback within the time limit, Aliyun will take actions including, but not limited to, immediate deletion of the corresponding letter of challenge/complaint. Interest, suspension or termination of services.
3.1.10 You should be responsible for the data backup and complete the corresponding operations by yourself; Aliyun does not take any responsibility for the data backup work or results that you entered by yourself.
3.1.11 If your affiliated company uses Aliyun products and/or services under this clause, such affiliated company will be regarded as Aliyun customers and shall abide by the provisions of this clause. You hereby undertake and guarantee that (1) you have been authorized by such affiliated companies to be bound by this clause, and (2) you are liable to Aliyun for the failure of such affiliated companies to fully comply with this clause or violate this clause.
3.2 Aliyun’s rights and obligations
3.2.1 Aliyun is obliged to provide you with production and/or services in accordance with this clause, the products and/or services displayed on Aliyun’s official website, and the corresponding SLA Agreements for the products and/or services you ordered.
3.2.2 You understand and confirm that due to technical constraints, Aliyun cannot guarantee that its products and/or services are flawless (such as Aliyun’s overall security protection or security products can not guarantee the absolute safety of your hardware or software), but Aliyun promises to continuously improve the quality and service level of its products and/or services. You can provide better products and/or services. Accordingly, you agree that if the products and/or services provided by Aliyun are flawed, but the flaws are unavoidable by the technical level of the industry at that time, they will not be regarded as Aliyun default. You agree to work with Aliyun to solve the above problems.
3.2.3 Aliyun is responsible for the operation and maintenance of the underlying parts of the operating system and the software provided by Aliyun, such as: cloud server (elastic computing service, referred to as ECS), cloud database (RDS) related technical architecture and operating system, etc. The part above the operating system (such as the application you installed on the system) is your own responsibility. In addition, your own upgrade of the operating system may cause downtime and other adverse effects, you should seize the risks and be cautious and responsible.
3.2.4 Aliyun may configure tools with daily data backup functions for the services provided, but you should be responsible for data backup and complete the corresponding operations on your own.
3.2.5 You understand and acknowledge that Aliyun may restrict the way, scope and function of using products and/or services according to the types, characteristics and specifications of products and/or services you ordered. You should carefully read Aliyun’s exclusive terms, usage documents and other terms about products and/or services you ordered. Relevant instructions, understand and abide by these restrictions; and you further agree that if you use services beyond the service specifications purchased, Aliyun has the right to restrict or suspend your services according to its own judgment.
3.2.6 You understand and acknowledge that Aliyun will provide you with security protection based on certain services (such as “Cloud Shield Knight Service”) and related functions and services of management and monitoring (such as “Cloud Monitoring”). Although Aliyun has tested these services in detail, it cannot guarantee that they are complete with all hardware and software systems. Compatibility does not guarantee the complete accuracy of its software and services. If there are incompatibilities and software errors, you should immediately shut down or stop using related functions, and timely contact Aliyun for technical support.
During the service period of 3.2.7, Aliyun will provide you with the following after-sales service:
3.2.7.1 Aliyun will provide 7*24 telephone consultation service and online work order consultation service to answer your questions in use.
3.2.7.2 Aliyun will provide fault support services for you, you should declare the fault through the online work order; Aliyun will provide timely support for the failure of your non-human operation, except for your human reasons and/or force majeure, and other matters within the control of non-Aliyun.
3.2.8 You understand and acknowledge that Aliyun may relocate the underlying physical equipment where your products and/or services are located to the computer room if necessary. Aliyun will notify you seven days before the above operation. Since the DNS of your domain name may need to be modified or other configuration adjustments, you need to modify the DNS to the designated IP or make corresponding configuration adjustments after receiving the Aliyun notification according to the time required by Aliyun. As a result, the website cannot be accessed or the products and/or services cannot be used properly, you are responsible for it.
3.2.9 Without disclosing your confidential information, during the term of validity of this clause, Aliyun may use Aliyun products and/or services as use examples or successful cases for the propaganda and promotion of Aliyun itself and/or its business. In such propaganda and promotion, Aliyun has the right to use your name and enterprise logo. Further, without your written permission, Aliyun will not use your company name, logo, etc.
3.2.10 If the content of this clause changes, Aliyun should prompt you to modify the content by announcing the appropriate page on Aliyun’s official website 30 days in advance. If you do not agree with the changes made by Aliyun, you have the right to stop using Aliyun’s services. In such cases, you should notify Aliyun to terminate the service and be responsible for the removal of business data. Aliyun will settle the service fee with you in time (if any). If you continue to use AliYun service, you will be deemed to accept the relevant modifications made by AliYun.
3.2.11 Some of Aliyun’s services may have the function of account authorization management, i.e. you may authorize all or part of your operating rights to one or more authorized accounts designated by you. In this case, all operations under any authorized account will be deemed to have been performed through your own account. Behavior; You understand and agree that the use of user and authorization management functions is the result of your own independent and prudent judgment, and that all operations under the authorized account and the resulting results will be your own responsibility, and bear the corresponding service costs.
3.2.12 If you violate any of the Agreements mentioned in Article 3.1, Aliyun has the right to take appropriate measures according to the circumstances, including, but not limited to, suspension or termination of services, deletion of harmful information/procedures, etc.
3.2.13 If you fail to pay the fees under this Agreement on time and Aliyun and/or its affiliated companies have due debts to you, Aliyun and/or its affiliated companies will have the right to suspend payment of the debts due and to use the debts due directly to offset your expenses under this Agreement after written notification. You are still liable for the unliquidated portion.
4. User Data
4.1 User Business Data
4.1.1 Aliyun understands and recognizes that the data you process, store, upload, download, distribute and otherwise process (i.e. online data) through products and/or services provided by Aliyun, as well as the data backup (i.e. offline data) using the backup tools that Aliyun may configure, are all your users’ business numbers. According to this, you have complete user business data.
4.1.2 You should be responsible for the data source and content stored on Aliyun platform. Aliyun reminds you to judge the validity of the data source and content carefully. All results and responsibilities arising from the violation of laws and regulations, departmental regulations or national policies by the data and contents you upload and store shall be borne by you.
4.1.3 With regards to user business data, Aliyun will not make any unauthorized use or disclosure except for the implementation of your service requirements, except in the following cases:
4.1.3.1 When the relevant state office inquire or access user business data according to law, Aliyun has the obligation to cooperate in accordance with relevant laws, regulations or policy documents and disclose them to third parties or administrative and judicial institutions; or
4.1.3.2 You and Aliyun have a separate consensus.
4.1.4 You can delete and change your online data on your own. If you release services or delete online data, Aliyun will immediately delete your online data in real time. The corresponding offline data (if any) will be stored and deleted according to the backup rules you set (if not, according to the default rules of Aliyun). You should be cautious about data deletion, change and other operations.
4.1.5 When the service period expires, the service is terminated early (including but not limited to the early termination of the agreement by both parties, early termination due to other reasons, etc.), or if you are in arrears, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations, in addition to the Agreement, competent authority requires that Aliyun continue to store your user business data only during a certain buffer period. This is subject to the time limit stated in the proprietary terms, product documentation, service descriptions, etc. of the products and/or services you have ordered (if any). Aliyun will delete all user business data, including all cached or backup copies, and will not retain any of your user business data. You understand and agree that Aliyun has no other obligation to continue to retain, export, or return user business data. Once the online or offline data is deleted, it cannot be recovered. After the online and offline data are all deleted, all the data in Aliyun is cleared. You are responsible for the consequences and liabilities of your data being deleted.
4.2 User Account Information
4.2.1 Your user account information, including when you log into Aliyun account or order, use Aliyun products and/or services: (1) The company name, business license information, name, sex, date of birth, ID card number, passport information, telephone number, e-mail address (including) Postal Code, Payment Account and (2) Aliyun’s record of the service process, including your bills, historical purchase information, consultation records, barrier reporting records and barrier removal process.
4.2.2 Because the purpose of collecting your user account information is to provide you with products and/or services and to improve the quality of products and/or services, in order to achieve this goal, unless you and Aliyun reach a consensus separately or when they are consulted or consulted by relevant state organs according to law, Aliyun submits the information in accordance with relevant laws, regulations or policy documents. For cooperation, and to third parties or administrative, judicial and other institutions to disclose, otherwise, Aliyun will only use your user account information for the following purposes:
4.2.2.1 Provide you with the products and/or services you use, and maintain and improve those products and/or services;
4.2.2.2 Recommend to you what you may be interested in, including but not limited to sending you product and service information, subject to the requirements of relevant laws and regulations.
4.3 You understand and agree that in order to timely respond to your request for help, ensure the overall security of the cloud platform, and improve Aliyun’s products and/or services, Aliyun will detect, browse and record user support data such as your product and/or service usage behavior, submitted support requests and the unsafe characteristics of your data. User support data does not include user business data and user account information.
5. Intellectual Property
5.1 The intellectual property rights of any information, technology or technical support, software, services provided by one party to the other party under this Article shall be owned by the supplier or its legitimate obligee, and the other party shall not have the right to copy, disseminate, transfer, license or provide others with the above knowledge except with the express consent of the supplier or the legitimate obligee. Achievements, otherwise corresponding responsibilities should be assumed.
5.2 You should ensure that all information provided to Aliyun, all data uploaded to Aliyun server, the use of Aliyun service, and the corresponding results of using Aliyun service will not infringe on the legitimate rights and interests of any third party; if any third party has information, data uploaded or used by you, it will not infringe upon the legitimate rights and interests of any third party. If you lodge any complaints, claims, lawsuits or other types of claims against Aliyun, you will understand and confirm that you will immediately come forward to settle them and compensate Aliyun for all direct economic losses, including, but not limited to, expenses and expenses.
5.3 If third party organizations or individuals raise questions or complaints about the ownership of intellectual property rights of Aliyun products and/or services, you should inform Aliyun in time and Aliyun will handle them. If a third party organization or individual raises questions or complaints about the ownership of intellectual property rights of the materials involved in your use of Aliyun products and/or services, you are responsible for issuing relevant intellectual property certification materials and cooperating with the relevant processing work of Aliyun.
6. Confidentiality clause
6.1 Confidential information referred to in this clause refers to business secrets (including financial secrets), technical secrets, business know-how and/or other confidential information and information acquired by one party (hereinafter referred to as “the recipient”) from the other party (hereinafter referred to as “the disclosing party”) or arising from the performance of this clause by both parties. (Including but not limited to product information, product plan, price, financial and marketing planning, business strategy, customer information, customer data, R&D, software and hardware, API application data interface, technical description, design, special formulas, special algorithms, etc.), regardless of the form or content of the above information and information Whether or not the disclosing party demonstrates its confidentiality orally, graphically or in writing at the time of disclosure.
6.2 Both parties shall take appropriate measures to properly preserve the confidential information provided by the other party, and the prudence of the measures shall be no less than that of protecting their own confidential information. Both parties may only use confidential information for purposes or purposes related to this clause.
6.3 Both parties guarantee that confidential information can only be known within the scope of the person-in-charge and employees of each party engaged in the business, and strictly restrict employees who have access to such confidential information to abide by their confidentiality obligations under this article.
6.4 The above-mentioned restrictions in this article do not apply to the following circumstances:
6.4.1 At or before the signing of this clause, the confidential information has been legally owned by the receiving party;
6.4.2 Confidential information has been made public or can be obtained from the public domain at the time of notification to the recipient;
6.4.3 Confidential information is obtained by the recipient from a third party with no obligation to confidentiality or non-disclosure;
6.4.4 Without violating the obligations stipulated in this article, the confidential information has been made public or can be obtained from the public domain.
6.4.5 The confidential information is independently developed by the recipient or its affiliates or affiliates, and does not benefit from the information obtained by the notifying party or its affiliates or affiliates;
6.4.6 The recipient shall disclose confidential information at the request of the court or other legal or administrative authorities (through oral questions, inquiries, requests for information or documents, summons, civil or criminal investigations or other procedures);
6.4.7 In order to apply for a business qualification, obtain a certification, or conform to the national or industry standards/certification from the administrative departments, trade associations and other institutions, the recipient shall submit materials or explain the information disclosed to the aforementioned institutions in the light of the situation of the other party. In such cases, the recipient shall adhere to the minimum necessary circumstances. Disclosure principles and requirements, therefore, shall be kept confidential by institutions that have been informed of confidential information in accordance with the standards set forth in this article.
6.5 You and Aliyun should do their best to protect the above confidential information from disclosure. Once the aforementioned leakage of confidential information is discovered, the two sides shall cooperate to take all reasonable measures to avoid or mitigate the consequences of damage. If the loss is caused to the other party, the direct economic loss caused to the other party shall be compensated.
7. Opening, alteration and termination of services
7.1 You can open and use the service through your Aliyun account or through API.
7.2 Products and/or services sold in the form of a monthly package or a resource package (kit):
7.2.1 After you pay, the service will be opened. After opening, you can use the product and/or service with the key and password of the login, use the product and/or service sent to you by Aliyun. The service period will start from the time of opening (not from the time you get the key and password of login, use the product and/or service).
7.2.2 Products and/or services sold on a monthly basis until the expiration of the order period; products and/or services sold in the form of resource packages (or packages), and service periods until the expiration of the service period of the resource packages you ordered or the use of the products and/or services in the resource packages (both earlier) The occurrence shall prevail.
7.2.3 Before the expiration of the service period, if you have no reason to cancel the corresponding products and/or services without authorization, Aliyun has the right to restore the original pricing, collect liquidated damages or collect refund/refund fees, etc., whichever is specified in the corresponding official website display page or the corresponding order.
7.2.4 You should use up the number of products and/or services of the resource bundle within the service life. If the service life of the resource bundle expires, the products and/or services you ordered but not used up will be invalidated and Aliyun will not provide other substitutes or supplements. Except as stipulated by law and otherwise agreed by both parties, if the products and/or services in the resource bundle have been used up or the service period has expired, and if you have not continued to order the product and/or service of the resource bundle but continue to use the product and/or service, Aliyun will see For your use of Aliyun’s products and/or services sold on a volume basis, Aliyun will continue to charge and deduct service charges based on the results of the billing.
7.3 Products and/or services sold on a pay-as-you-go basis:
Unless otherwise agreed, or if you have not settled other accounts payable, you can use Aliyun’s products and/or services when you open the service; you should ensure that your account balance is sufficient to continue using Aliyun’s products and/or services.
7.4 If one of the following circumstances occurs, the service period shall be terminated in advance:
7.4.1 If the two parties terminate in advance by consensus;
7.4.2 If you seriously violate this clause (including, but not limited to, your serious violation of relevant laws and regulations, or your serious violation of any commitments under this clause, etc.), Aliyun has the right to terminate the service in advance until all your data are cleared;
7.4.3 You understand and fully recognize that although Aliyun has established (and will continue to improve according to the development of technology) the necessary technical measures to defend against network security hazards such as computer viruses, network intrusion and attack damage (including, but not limited to, DDoS) or other acts (hereinafter referred to as such acts), but in view of the network Limitations, relativity and unpredictability of security technology, so if your website encounters such behavior, it will endanger Aliyun or other networks or servers of Aliyun (including but not limited to local, foreign and international networks, servers, etc.), or affect Aliyun and the Internet or Aliyun can decide to suspend or terminate its services if it has smooth contact with specific networks, servers and within Aliyun. If the service is terminated, the service fee (less than one month per day) will be calculated according to the month in which the service is actually provided, and the remaining amount (if any) will be returned.
7.4.4 You agree to suspend or terminate the provision of some products and/or services (or phases of services) to you by issuing announcements, in-station notices or e-mail notices on Aliyun’s official website (www.aliyun.com) 30 days in advance to meet the needs of technological upgrading, service system adjustment or business strategy adjustment. The right to function; Aliyun will settle the related expenses in time and refund the amount you have paid but not consumed.
8. Liability for breach of contract
8.1 Any party who breaches this clause shall be liable for breach of contract as stipulated in this clause.
8.2 If the products and/or services are unavailable due to Aliyun’s fault, Aliyun will compensate according to the Agreement of Service Level Agreement (SLA) corresponding to the corresponding products/services.
8.3 You understand that, in view of the particularity of computers and the Internet, the following circumstances do not belong to Aliyun’s default:
8.3.1 Aliyun needs to interrupt its service for a short time when it configures and maintains its servers.
8.3.2 Access blockage on the Internet slows down the speed of your website visits, applications, or services.
8.4 Aliyun is not liable for any indirect or disciplinary damage, including loss of profits (even if you have been informed of the possibility of such loss) caused by the use of Aliyun products/services.
8.5 Aliyun’s total liability for breach of contract shall not exceed the total amount of service charges paid for the products and/or services corresponding to the breach of contract in the past 12 natural months at the time of the occurrence of the breach.
9. Limitation and Exemption of Responsibility for Testing and Free Trial Products/Services
You should understand and agree that Aliyun will not commit itself to the availability and reliability of any product/service, although Aliyun will provide support for the availability and reliability of the product/service during the period of free trial (use) of the product/service or within the free product/service quota, such as public testing and invitation testing of the product/service. Aliyun also does not take any responsibility for the work or results of your use or inability to use Aliyun products/services.
10. Force Majeure and Accidents
10.1 If the performance of this clause is impossible, unnecessary or meaningless due to force majeure or other unexpected events, the party suffering from force majeure or unexpected events shall not be liable. Both sides shall take timely and reasonable measures to limit the impact of force majeure on either party.
10.2 Force Majeure and Accidents are objective events that cannot be foreseen, overcome, avoided and have a significant impact on one or both parties, including, but not limited to, natural disasters such as floods, earthquakes, epidemics, and social events such as war, unrest, government actions, interruption of telecommunications backbone lines, hackers. Network congestion, technical adjustment of telecommunications sector and government regulation.
11. Application of Law and Dispute Resolution
11.1 The enactment, implementation and interpretation of this clause and the settlement of disputes shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.
11.2 In case of disputes arising in the course of the implementation of this clause, both parties shall promptly negotiate and settle them. If consultation fails, either party may bring a lawsuit directly to the People’s Court of Xihu District, Hangzhou.
12. Miscellaneous
12.1 Aliyun’s service description, price description, service level Agreement (SLA) for the product you ordered and the order page you confirmed your consent (including the special terms, service description, operation documents, etc.) on the relevant pages of Aliyun official website (www.aliyun.com) are inseparable parts of this clause. Points. If Aliyun official website (www.aliyun.com) related pages
The service description, price description and the order page you confirm your Agreement are inconsistent with this clause. These clauses shall be applied in the order of (1) service description, price description, other order pages, (2) special clauses, the corresponding Service Level Agreement (SLA) of the products you ordered, and (3) the order of this clause.
12.2 Both parties undertake to abide by the export control laws and regulations of the United Nations, China, the United States and other countries applicable to this Agreement. You promise that the products or services provided by Aliyun will not be used for purposes prohibited by applicable export control laws and regulations. Without the permission of the competent authorities concerned, you and other individuals or entities authorized to use Aliyun products or services will not provide controlled technology, software or services to entities or individuals prohibited by applicable export control laws and regulations through Aliyun products or services.
12.3 Aliyun has the right to transfer all or part of the rights and obligations of this clause to Aliyun’s affiliated companies by publishing announcements, in-station notices or e-mail notices on Aliyun’s official website (www.aliyun.com) 30 days in advance. The quality of services you can obtain will not be reduced as a result.
12.4 The guarantee clause, confidentiality clause, intellectual property clause, application of law and dispute settlement clause under this clause shall not be invalidated by the termination of this clause.
Appendix product/service price and preferential 1. Party A’s purchase price of Party B’s products and services is the original price of Party B’s official website (www.aliyun.com) at the time of ordering. 2. Both Party A and Party B estimate the total service cost under this Agreement to be 200,000 yuan (less than 100,000 yuan). (The foregoing amount is only estimated, whichever is actual consumption.) 3. The exclusive account information corresponding to the account number specified in Article 1 of this Agreement is: Account Name: Ali Cloud Computing Co., Ltd., Account Opening Bank: Hangzhou High-tech Branch of China Merchants Bank, Account Opening Account: (not yet available).
Contract No.: ________
Premises Rental Contract
Lessor: Shenzhen Zhichuang Juzhen Technology Ltd.
Lessee: Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.
Signing in: Zhichuang Juzhen Shuangchuang Park, Hangcheng Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen
Signing on: October 30, 2018
1 |
Premises Rental Contract
This Premises Rental Contract (hereinafter referred to as “this Contract”) is signed in Zhichuang Juzhen Industrial Park, Hangcheng Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen on October 30, 2018 by and between:
Party A (Lessor): Shenzhen Zhichuang Juzhen Technology Ltd.
Legal Representative: Liang Guoqiang
Mailing Address: Buildings 11-12, South Area of No. 2 Hourui Industrial Zone, Hangcheng Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen
Tel: 0755 2751888
Party B (Lessee): Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.
Legal Representative: __________
Mailing Address: _____________
Tel: _______________________
Party A and Party B agree to conclude this Contract for their joint observance through their full negotiation in accordance with the principles of voluntariness, fairness, good faith and compensation at equal value:
1. | Premises Status and Lease Purpose |
1.1 | Party A agrees to lease out the premises located at No. B401 Shop, 4/F, Building12, Zhichuang Juzhen Shuangchuang Park, South Area of No. 2 Hourui Industrial Zone, Hangcheng Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen (hereinafter referred to as “the Premises”) to Party B, and the Premises have been completed and cover an area of 1,675.00 square meters. | |
1.2 | Party B leases the Premises for the following operating purpose: |
Office.
2. | Lease Term, Rent and Management Fee |
2.1 | The lease term of the Premises is five years (including the rent-free period), being from November 1, 2018 to October 31. 2020. Within six months prior to the expiry of the lease term, both Party may negotiate the renewal of the lease term subject to Party A’s legal lease/sublease right. |
2 |
2.2 | In consideration of Party B’s decoration investment and period, both Parties agree that the rent-free period totals 45 natural days, being from November 1, 2018 to December 15, 2018. Party B does not need to pay Party A the rent during the rent-free period, but still need to pay the expenses (if any) as set forth in Article 3.4 hereof. If the actual delivery date is delayed, the rent-free period shall be extended accordingly. | |
2.3 | The obligations of Party B occurring within the lease term as agreed in this Contract shall apply to the decoration period (rent-free period), and Party B shall fulfill and bear all its obligations and liabilities under this Contract within the decoration period, including, without limitation, the liabilities for safety, fire protection and personal injury claims. | |
2.4 | Both Parties agree: the rent of the first year is RMB 55/square meter per month, and the rent of the second year is RMB 60/square meter per month. The subsequent rent will progressively increase every two years based on the rent of each second year. Except for the rent of the first and second years as agreed above, the rent of the Premises will progressively increase by 10% every two years within the valid term of this Contract, namely, the rent of the third and the fourth years will increase by 10% from that of the second year, and the rent of the fifth year will increase by 10% from that of the fourth year. The management fee of the Premises shall be calculated at the unit price of RMB 10 per month for each square meter of lease area. If Party B requests Party A to issue the invoice, the expenses incurred thereby shall be borne by Party B. The rent for each phase is as follows: |
(1) | From [November 1, 2018] to [October 31, 2019], the monthly rent totals RMB [92,125.00] (in words: Ninety-two Thousand One Hundred and Twenty-five Yuan Only); | |
(2) | From [November 1, 2019] to [October 31, 2020], the monthly rent totals RMB [100,500.00] (in words: One Hundred Thousand Five Hundred Yuan Only); | |
(3) | The management fee of the Premises is RMB 16,750.00 per month. |
3. | Agreement on Payment of Relevant Costs and Property Management |
3.1 | The rent and management fee shall be paid from the date immediately following the day when the rent-free period ends (hereinafter referred to as the “Rent Date”), and paid once in one month as an installment. Party B shall, prior to the 5th day of each installment, pay Party A the rent and management fee of current installment in full in a lump sum, and in case of falling in the holiday, the payment time shall be postponed accordingly. The expenses of the first installment include: one-month rent and management fee as well as lease deposit (equal to two-month rent), totaling RMB 293,125.00 (in words: Two Hundred and Ninety-three Thousand One Hundred and Twenty-five Yuan Only), and Party B shall pay the abovementioned rent, management fee and lease deposit of the first installment within five business days from the signing date of this Contract. |
3 |
3.2 | Party A shall, within five business days after this Contract expires and either Party has expressly stated that it will not renew the lease or this Contract is early terminated and Party B has paid off all expenses for water, electricity and property management incurred during its normal operation, refund the lease deposit in full to Party B without any interest. If Party B’s violation of the law and this Contract results in losses to Party A, Party A shall be entitled to set off such lease deposit against the part of the liquidated damages or losses to be borne by Party B, and if the deposit paid by Party B is insufficient to be set off against such liquidated damages or losses, Party A shall still be entitled to continue to recover the shortage from Party B. | |
3.3 | Party B shall pay the rent and management fee through transfer (transfer/remittance). The details of Party A’s receipt account are as follows: | |
Account Name: Shenzhen Zhichuang Juzhen Technology Ltd; | ||
Account Bank: Agricultural Bank of China Shenzhen Futongcheng Sub-branch; | ||
Account No.: 4103 5300 0400 1363 6. | ||
If the account information above changes, Party A needs to notify Party B in writing thereof ten days in advance. | ||
3.4 | Other expenses to be borne by Party B shall include water and electricity costs, etc. At present, the unit price of electricity: RMB 1.5/kilowatt-hour; the unit price of water: RMB 7.0/ton (if the unit prices above will be adjusted uniformly by the national department, Party A will calculate the relevant expenses according to the following formula: the unit price as agreed in this Contract plus or minus the part adjusted by the national department), tax-exclusive. If the invoice is required, Party B shall bear the taxes of the invoice amount. | |
Bearing methods of water and electricity costs: Party B shall bear the water and electricity costs, and monthly settle such costs with Party A. |
4. | Delivery of the Premises |
4.1 | Before this Contract is signed, Party B must fully understand the status quo of the Premises. The signing date of this Contract shall be the date of delivery of the Premises, and Party A shall deliver the Premises to Party B for use on the date of delivery. From the date of delivery of the Premises, Party B shall be deemed to confirm that the Premises comply with the provisions of this Contract. |
4 |
4.2 | From the signing date of this Contract, the inspection and acceptance of the Premises by Party A shall be deemed that Party B has reorganized the status quo and quality of the Premises (including main structure, underground sewage, ground drainage, water, electricity and gas availability, communication and fire control). |
5. | Rights and Obligations of Party A: |
5.1 | Repair of the Premises |
If Party A or the owner of the Premises actively repairs the Premises and their supporting facilities, Party A shall notify Party B in writing thereof at least seven days in advance, and shall repair the Premises within the reasonable time confirmed by Party B to ensure that Party B’s normal operation will not be affected or interfered. |
5.2 | Party A shall, prior to the delivery of the Premises, pay off the overdue fees for water, electricity, sewage and the supporting facilities of the municipal government to the relevant unit or department. | |
5.3 | Party A shall cooperate with Party B to undergo the lease certificate of the Premises and assist in providing relevant supporting documents. | |
5.4 | Party A shall ensure that Party B shall enjoy the full rights to use the Premises without any interference of any third person, and further ensure that Party B can normally use the Premises according to the agreed purpose, or else Party A shall compensate Party B for all losses caused due to the failure of this Contract to be performed. | |
5.5 | When the Premises are delivered, Party A shall ensure the safety and normal use of the Premises, and ensure that their safety complies with the provisions of the relevant laws, regulations or rules; Party A shall solely be responsible for repairing the worn Premises and their supporting facilities caused by their natural attribute or reasonable use in the use of the Premises. If the Premises have any damage which hinders safety and normal use due to the facilities provided by Party A and not the reasons of Party B, Party B shall timely notify Party A thereof and take effective measures to prevent further losses. Party A shall arrange the repair within 24 hours after receiving the notice from Party B. If Party A is delinquent in performing its repair obligations, then Party B may solely repair the damaged Premises, and Party A shall bear the repair costs arising therefrom and Party B may directly deduct such repair costs from the rent and management fee payable. |
5 |
5.6 | During the lease term, if Party A creates any mortgage on the Premises or the land on which the Premises are located, or transfers the Premises to the third party, then Party A shall ensure that the rights of Party B under this Contract shall not be affected or changed by the mortgage of Party A or the change of the owner, provided that the payee of the rent and management fee shall be changed accordingly. If the relevant right holder realizes the mortgage or property right, as a result of which Party B cannot achieve the purpose of this Contract, Party A shall bear the liability for beach of this Contract. |
6. | Rights and Obligations of Party B: |
6.1 | During the lease term, Party B shall ensure that it shall conduct its business activities according to law, and pay the relevant shared part of the rent, management fee, water, electricity and property management fees. Party B shall comply with the national laws, regulations and the property management regulations of Zhichuang Juzhen Shuangchuang Park. | |
6.2 | If Party B must upholster and decorate the Premised without changing the main structure of the Premised for the purpose of its business demand, then it may begin construction after the decoration design plans and drawings shall be filed with Party A for record and obtain written consent of Party A; the decoration or upgrading renovation conducted by Party B shall not destroy the main structure and load-bearing capacity of the Premises, and shall comply with the requirements on fire protection and safety, or else Party B shall solely bear all personal and property damages and administrative responsibility caused thereby, and shall be liable for all losses caused to Party A thereby. | |
6.3 | Party B shall assist Party A in the normal inspection and maintenance of the Premises. Party B shall take out the property insurance of the Premises and their relevant facilities from the solvent insurance company with good standing, and shall maintain the validity of such policy within the lease term. If Party B fails to timely take out the policy or suspends the insurance in the future, it shall bear the liabilities and losses caused thereby, and shall be liable for all losses (including, without limitation, the damage and loss of the Premises) caused to Party A thereby. | |
6.4 | Party B will return the Premises to Party A pursuant to the provisions of Article 9.1 after the expiration of the lease term. | |
6.5 | Party B shall not create any mortgage, guarantee and other encumbrances on the Premises in dealing with others. |
6 |
6.6 | Party B shall solely be liable for the labor disputes, employment labor management, social security, family planning, public security, taxation, industry and commerce, customs, security, fire protection, power supply, insurance and other liabilities occurring when Party B uses the Premises for operation, and shall compensate for all losses caused to Party A thereby. |
7. | Other matters as agreed by both Parties: |
7.1 | If this Contract is terminated due to the government acquisition of land during the lease term, both Parties shall respectively bear such risk and will not compensate each other. The contingent compensations given by the governmental authority with respect to the land and buildings shall belong to the original lessor (being Shenzhen Hourui Joint-Stock Cooperation Company), and the contingent compensations for decoration, removal, production suspension and closing shall belong to Party B. Meanwhile, after deducing the rent and management fee of actually-used days (formula: annual rent and management fee/365 days*the number of unused days=amount to be returned to Party B), Party A shall refund to Party B in full the rent, management fee and lease deposit to be returned. | |
7.2 | Agreement on sublease: During the lease term, with the written consent of Party A, Party B may sublet the Premises to any third party in whole or part due to its business development demand. Party B and the sublessee shall be jointly and severally liable for all disputes on creditors’ rights and debts caused by the sublease. The deadline of the term as set forth in the Sublease Contract shall not exceed that as agreed in this Rental Contract, or else Party B and the sublessee shall be jointly and severally liable for all losses caused thereby to Party A. After the Sublease Contract becomes effective, Party B shall continue to perform the obligations as the Lessee to Party A. If the sublessee breaches this Contract, Party B and such sublessee shall be jointly and severally liable to Party A for such breach. If this Rental Contract is changed, cancelled or terminated during the sublease term, Party B shall also change, cancel or terminate the Sublease Contract accordingly, and shall solely bear the liabilities and compensations arising therefrom. | |
7.3 | Both Parties agree that after the formation of the business entity by Party B for performance of this Contract, such business entity formed by Party B will replace Party B as the Lessee of the Premises Rental Contract to inherit all rights and obligations of Party B under the Premises Rental Contract, therefore Party B will cease to be a party of this Contract, nor enjoy or assume its rights or obligations under this Contract, nor bear any liability for breach of this Contract from the date when Party B notify Party A in writing thereof. |
7 |
8. | Termination of this Contract |
8.1 | Both Parties agree that this Contract shall be terminated under any of the following circumstances: |
(1) | this Contract is unable to be renewed after the expiration of its lease term; | |
(2) | both Parties agree to early terminate this Contract through negotiation; or | |
(3) | This Contract is unable to continue to be performed by any event of force majeure. |
9. | Return of the Premises |
9.1 | Party B shall return the Premises with then current status quo within ten business days after termination or cancellation of this Contract. Party B shall be entitled to dismantle and retrieve all facilities or equipment belonging to Party B, and clear and vacate the Premises. However, Party B shall not intentionally damage or dismantle the structure of the building itself, nor damage any facilities or equipment belonging to Party A in the Premises. If Party B does not clean up the sundries within the specified period when returning the Premises, Party A shall be entitled to directly deduct the costs incurred by doing so from the lease deposit, and to recover the shortage (if any) from Party B. | |
9.2 | Party A shall notify Party B in writing to dismantle or retrieve the particulars which fail to be dismantled or retrieved by Party B within such period, and if Party B still fail to do so within ten business days after the notice by Party A, it shall be deemed that Party B have abandoned the ownership of remains, and Party A will dispose of such remains at its sole discretions. If Party B fails to timely dismantle or retrieve such remains, as a result of which Party A incur the costs for such dismantlement, then Party A shall be entitled to deduct the costs of dismantlement and disposal from the deposit paid by Party B. | |
9.3 | When the Premises are returned, both Parties shall respectively designate their own personnel to be responsible for the return, and shall undergo the written handover formalities at the time of return, or else Party B shall be not deemed to have handed over the Premises. However, if Party A does not cooperate with the handover procedures, the Premises shall be deemed to have been handed over from the date when Party B gives the notice. If the Premises are unable to be returned to Party A on time after the expiration of the lease term due to Party B’s reasons, then Party B shall pay Party A the occupancy fee of the Premises each month in an amount of two times the monthly rent and management fee |
8 |
10. | Liabilities for Breach of this Contract |
10.1 | If Party A delays in delivery of the Premises for accumulative thirty natural days, Party B shall be entitled to cancel this Contract, require Party A to refund the relevant expenses received by Party A and pay the liquidates damages equal to the lease deposit, and shall compensate Party B for any losses caused thereby. | |
10.2 | If Party B delays in payment of the rent and management fee, it shall, for each overdue day, pay Party A the late fee at the rate of two times the loan interest rate as if the overdue rent and management fee have been deposited a bank for a like period. | |
10.3 | Within the lease term, Party B shall be entitled to terminate this Contract if Party A has any of the following acts: |
(1) | Party A is unable to deliver the Premises to Party B for use following over 30 days late; | |
(2) | Party A does not perform the obligations of repair of the Premises, seriously affecting Party B to continue operation; | |
(3) | Party A has the right defect on the Premises, rendering this Contract invalid or unable to be performed; or | |
(4) | Party A unilaterally cancel this Contract and the relevant agreements without any causes; | |
If Party B cancels this Contract pursuant to any circumstances above, it may give a written notice to Party A. This Contract shall be cancelled when such notice serves on Party A. |
10.4 | After this Contract is signed, if Party A terminates this Contract without any causes in the midway in the absence of the statutory circumstances or the circumstances as agreed in this Contract under which Party A may cancel this Contract, or Party B cancels this Contract pursuant to the provisions of Article 10.3, then Party A shall refund the double deposit and compensate Party B for the losses of decoration suffered by Party B with respect to the Premises, and the formula is: amount of the decoration costs/lease term*(lease term-the number of years of operation). | |
10.5 | After this Contract is signed, if Party B terminates this Contract without any causes in the midway in the absence of the statutory circumstances or the circumstances as agreed in this Contract under which Party B may cancel this Contract, then Party B shall pay off the rent and other expenses owed prior to termination hereof, Party A shall be entitled to not refund the lease deposit and to require Party B to compensate for two-month rent, and Party B’s all decoration, ornament, additions, expansions and renovations shall belong to Party A without payment. |
9 |
10.6 | If Party B is under any of the following circumstances, Party A shall be entitled to unilaterally cancel this Contract and not refund the lease deposit paid by Party B, and Party B’s all of the fixed decoration and ornament, additions, expansions and renovations shall belong to Party A without payment. Party B shall be liable for the losses caused to Party A thereby: |
(1) | Party B is in default of payment of the rent and management fee or other expenses for more than two consecutive months, or Party B’s accumulated overdue rent and management fee or any other expenses exceed two-month rent; | |
(2) | Party B fails to comply with the fire safety laws and regulations, or change the main structure of the Premised without authorization, as a result of which the main structure of the Premises is seriously damaged or collapsed; or | |
(3) | Party B changes the structure of the Premises or adds, renovates or expands the Premises without the consent of Party A. | |
If Party A cancels this Contract pursuant to any circumstances above, it may give a written notice to Party B. This Contract shall be cancelled when such notice serves on Party B, and Party B shall return the Premises to Party A in accordance with the relevant provisions of Article 9 of this Contract, otherwise it shall bear applicable liability. |
11. | Miscellaneous |
11.1 | This Contract shall become effective after both Parties affix their signatures and seals hereon. The relevant Appendixes attached hereto shall form an integral part of this Contract and have the same equal legal force with this Contract. | |
11.2 | This Contract shall be signed in four originals, and both Parties shall each keep two, with each of equal legal force. | |
11.3 | Any disputes occurring in the performance of this Contract shall be settled by both Parties through negotiation, failing which, they may bring an action with the people’s court in the place where the Premised are located. | |
11.4 | This Contract contains the following Appendixes: | |
Appendix 1: Lease Scope and the Floor Plan of the Premises, |
10 |
Appendix 2: Settlement Data Including Water and Electricity Meter Readings (when signing this Contract): Water Meter Reading: ______; Electricity Meter Reading:_______ | ||
Appendix 3: Photocopies of Business License and Power of Attorney (if necessary) of Both Parties; | ||
Party A (Lessor): Shenzhen Zhichuang Juzhen Technology Ltd. (Seal) | ||
Legal Representative/Authorized Representative: (Signature) | ||
Party B (Lessee): Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. (Seal) | ||
Legal Representative/Authorized Representative: (Signature) |
11 |
Contract No.: ZCJZ201910010001
Shop Rental Contract of Zhichuang Juzhen Technology Ltd.
Lessor (hereinafter referred to as Party A): Shenzhen Zhichuang Juzhen Technology Ltd.
Lessee (hereinafter referred to as Party B): Wunong Catering Chain Management (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. (in case of a natural person, also write ID Card No.)
In the light of the principles of good faith, mutual benefit and reciprocity and in accordance with the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China and other laws, Party A and Party B conclude this Contract for their joint observance with respect to the matter that Party B leases the premises from Party A:
Article 1: Location and Area of the Leased Premises
The shop is located at: Room 106, Yichao Apartment, Building 11, No. 2 Hourui Industrial Zone, Huorui Community, Hangcheng Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen, and covers an area of 539.98 square meters.
Article 2: Lease Purpose: Shop.
Article 3: Lease Term:
1. | Lease Term: One Year: being from September 12, 2018 to September 11, 2019. |
2. | Renewal: After the expiration of the lease period as agreed in this Contract, if Party A agrees so, Party B may continue to lease the premises under this Contract, at the rent within the lease term, and Party B has the priority right to lease on the same conditions. The rights and obligations of both Parties within the renewal term shall be governed by the corresponding provisions of this Contract, unless otherwise agreed by both Parties. |
Article 4: Rent, Payment Method and Payment Period of Rent:
1. | Rental amount: RMB 50,912 (Rent/month) plus RMB 3,399 (property fee/month), totaling RMB 54,311/month (in words: Fifty-four Thousand Three Hundred and Eleven Yuan Only). Party A and Party B agree that from the lease date as agreed in this Contract, the rent will increase by 8% every two years. |
2. | Payment Method: The payment method will be designated by Party A. Within three natural days of the signing date of this Contract, Party B shall pay Party A one month of rent and the lease deposit equal to two-month rent in a lump sum, and from the first month for which Party B pays the rent, Party B shall pay the rent on a monthly basis prior to the 5th day each month. The lease deposit shall be refunded by Party A to the account designated by Party B without any interest within five business days of the expiration of this Contract between both Parties. The details of Party A’s receipt account are as follows: |
Account Name: Shenzhen Zhichuang Juzhen Technology Ltd. | |
Account Bank: Shenzhen Agricultural Commercial Bank Xixiang Sub-branch | |
Account No.: 0002 8056 2700 | |
3. | Party B must pay Party A the rent as agreed between them, or else Party B shall be deemed to have breached this Contract, and the liquidated damages shall be RMB one hundred thousand Yuan only. |
4. | Agreement on Rent-free Period: Party A will grant Party B a rent-free period of 0 (renewal) natural day, commencing from the start date of lease term. |
Article 5: Supporting Facilities in the Premises and Expenses Bearing
1. | Party B shall pay Party A or the third-party property management company the water and electricity costs, real estate and land use tax and other direct expenses for the use of facilities in the leased premises. (Unit prices of water and electricity costs: RMB 8/ton and RMB 1.5/kilowatt-hour respectively) |
2. | Party B shall solely bear all of other expenses incurred by conduct of business activities in the leased premises (including the costs incurred by Party B due to its own application for installation of telephone, broadband, cable TV, etc.) |
3. | During the lease term, Party B shall be liable for maintenance fees of the damage to the quality of the leased premises or their internal and external facilities, including internal and external waterproof, doors, windows, water and electricity of the leased premises. |
Article 6: Repair of the Premises within Lease Term
1. | After the Lessor delivers the leased premises to the Lessee, the Lessee shall solely be responsible for decorating and repairing the leased premises within the use period. If the Lessee cease to use the leased premises, the Lessee shall not damage the fixed decoration facilities and structure of the leased premises. |
2. | If the Lessee needs to change the original appearance or main structure of the leased premises in the process of decoration, it shall make an application with Party A, and may begin the construction only after obtaining the consent of Party A and the leaders of the relevant department, and file such change with the relevant department for record. Such decoration must be conducted by the qualified construction unit. Any and all problems occurring during and after the construction shall have nothing to do with Party A. If the construction is conducted without consent, Party A shall be entitled to early terminate this Contract and claim for losses. All consequences caused thereby shall be negotiated by both Parties or submitted to the relevant legal department, and Party B will be investigated for legal liability for its unauthorized construction. |
Article 7: Rights and Obligations of Party A
1. | Party A shall be entitled to charge Party B the rent and other expenses or liquidated damages. |
2. | Party A shall be entitled to supervise Party B to correctly use the leased premises, and ensure that Party B will normally use the facilities inside and outside the leased premises at the time of access thereto. |
3. | Party A will not bear the operational risks and liabilities incurred by Party B. |
4. | Party A shall be entitled to early terminate this Contract and make a claim if Party B: renovates, subleases, transfers or lends the leased premises without authorization; uses the leased premises to conduct the illegal operation and activities, which damages the public interests or Party A’s interests; and is in default of payment of the rent. If Party B subleases the partial premises within the lease period, it shall obtain the consent of Party A. |
5. | Party A will separately sign fire safety agreement with Party B as an Appendix attached to this Contract, shall be entitled to supervise Party B to safely use the leased premises, and to require Party B to make corrections when finding that Party B has any potential safety hazard. |
6. | When Party B undergoes the formalities for industry, commerce and taxation, Party A shall provide Party B with the relevant certificate of the leased premises. |
7. | If Party B uses water and electricity as agreed, Party A shall ensure that the leased shop normally uses water and electricity. |
Article 8: Rights and Obligations of Party B
1. | Party B shall use the leased premises to conduct normal activities pursuant to the use thereof and not be intervened by Party A, provided that Party B shall not changes such use without authorization. |
2. | Party B shall ensure the fire safety, and solely be liable for personal and property damage caused by the use or decoration of the leased premises by Party B. |
3. | Party B shall pay the rent and other expenses of the leased premises. |
4. | Party B shall not dismantle or change the structure of the leased premises, nor engage in any illegal activities in the leased premises. |
5. | If either Party is unable to normally operate in the course of business due to the other party’s causes, then the responsible party shall be liable for all losses caused thereby. |
Article 9: Liability for Breach and Compensation for Termination of this Contract
1. | If the leased premises are damaged or result in any loss to the Lessee or are unable to be used due to force majeure or a natural disaster, both Parties shall not compensate each other and this Contract shall terminate. |
2. | If either Party early cancels this Contract or subleases the leased premises to any other person in absence of breach of this Contract, such Party shall be deemed to have unilaterally breached this Contract, shall compensate the other Party for all economic losses and pay the liquidated damages in an amount of RMB one hundred thousand Yuan only. |
Article 10: Dispute Resolution
Any disputes occurring in the performance of this Contract shall be settled by both Parties through friendly negotiation, failing which, either Party may bring an action with the people’s court.
Article 11: Regarding the matters not covered in this Contract, both Parties shall sign the supplemental agreement after joint negotiation according to the relevant provisions of the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China, which shall have the equal legal force with this Contract.
Article 12: This Contract shall become effective after both Parties affix their signatures and seals hereon. This Contract shall be made in three pages and signed in four originals, and both Parties shall each keep two, with each of equal legal force.
Lessor (Seal): Shenzhen Zhichuang Juzhen Technology Ltd. | Lessee (Seal): Wunong Catering Chain Management (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. | |
Representative (Signature): | Representative (Signature): | |
Tel: ___________________ | Tel: 13759823978 | |
Mailing Address: ________ | Mailing Address: Room 106, Yichao Apartment, Building 11, No. 2 Industrial Zone, Hourui Community | |
August 20, 2018 |
August 20, 2018 |
Rental Contract
Contract No.:
Rental Contract
Lessor: Shenzhen Xinhao Precision Technology Co., Ltd.
Lessee: Shenzhen Zhichuang Juzhen Technology Ltd.
1 / 16 |
Rental Contract |
Rental Contract
Party A (Lessor): Shenzhen Xinhao Precision Technology Co., Ltd.
Party B (Lessee): Shenzhen Zhichuang Juzhen Technology Ltd.
Through friendly negotiation between both Parties with regard to the workshop and workers’ dormitory lease, Party A is willing to lease out one building of No. 12 industrial workshop and one building of No. A workers’ dormitory located at No. 2 Hourui Industrial Zone, Hangcheng Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen (hereinafter referred to as the “Leased Premises”) to Party B for use. To define rights and obligations of both Parties, they hereby conclude this Rental Contract for their joint observance on the basis of equality, voluntariness, reciprocity, mutual benefit and good faith and in accordance with the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China, Regulations on Housing Lease of Shenzhen Special Economic Zone and other relevant laws and rules.
Article 1 Location, Area and Purpose of the Leased Premises
1. | The Leased Premises are located within No. 2 Hourui Industrial Zone, Hangcheng Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen, including one building of No. 12 industrial workshop with the building area of about 8,028 square meters, one building of No. A workers’ dormitory with the building area of about 4,330 square meters and one property security room with the building area of about 14 square meters. Upon on-site check by both Parties, they confirm that the said Leased Premises cover the total area of 12,372 square meters. | |
2. | Title of the Leased Premises: The Leased Premises have not obtained the Real Estate Ownership Certificate, and Party B expressly knows the same and is willing to lease the Leased Premises and bear the corresponding legal liability and losses arising therefrom (including, without limitation, losses of decoration, ornament, additions and expansions). In the event of the demolition and acquisition by the governmental authority, the compensations shall be governed by Article 15.3 hereof. Party B warrants that it will not claim any compensations or indemnities against Party A within the term hereof for the reason that the Leased Premises have not obtained the Real Estate Ownership Certificate, the fire protection and main body have not been verified and accepted or otherwise. | |
3. | The Leased Premises are used for industrial purpose, and Party B may use the Leases Premises for industrial or commercial purpose after lease; provided that if Party B changes from industrial to commercial use, it must, at its sole costs, undergo the relevant formalities as provided for by the law and required by the government policies. |
2 / 16 |
Rental Contract |
4. | Limitation on Business Scope: The business scope is only limited to the encouraged development industry as set forth in the Catalogue of Shenzhen Industrial Structure Adjustment and Optimization and Industrial Guidance (2013), excluding limited, prohibited and allowed development industries. |
Article 2 Lease Term
1. | The Lease Term is nine years and eleven months, being from June 4, 2017 to May 3, 2027. | |
2. | Considering that Party B needs to invest a large amount of money in the decoration of the Leased Premises, Party A agrees to give Party B five months within the Lease Term as a decoration period, being from January 4, 2017 to June 3, 2017. The decoration period will not be included in the Lease Term, accordingly Party A will not charge the premises use fee and rent for the decoration period. Party A will begin to charge the rent from June 4, 2017. The period for construction and renovation will not be postponed for any causes. | |
3. | The obligations occurring within the “Lease Term” as agreed in this Contract shall apply to the decoration period, and Party B shall fulfill and bear all its obligations and liabilities under this Contract within the decoration period, including, without limitation, the liabilities for safety, fire protection and personal injury claims. |
Article 3 Rent and Other Expenses
1. | The rent shall be measured based on the leased area, include tax and progressively increase by 10% every three years from that of the previous year. The details are as follows: | |
From June 4, 2017 to June 3, 2020, the unit price of rent is RMB 58/square meter per month, and the monthly rent totals RMB 717,576.00 (including tax, in words: RMB Seven Hundred and Seventeen Thousand Five Hundred and Seventy-six Yuan Only). | ||
From June 4, 2020 to June 3, 2023, the unit price of rent shall progressively increase by 10% from that of the previous three years, being RMB 63.8/square meter per month, and the monthly rent totals RMB 789,333.6 (including tax, in words: Seven Hundred and Eighty-nine Thousand Three Hundred and Thirty-three Yuan Six Jiao). | ||
From June 4, 2023 to June 3, 2026, the unit price of rent shall progressively increase by 10% from that of the previous three years, being RMB 70.18/square meter per month, and the monthly rent totals RMB 868,266.96 (including tax, in words: Eight Hundred and Sixty-eight Thousand Two Hundred and Sixty-six Yuan Nine Jiao Six Fen). |
3 / 16 |
Rental Contract |
From June 4, 2026 to May 3, 2027, the unit price of rent shall progressively increase by 10% from that of the previous three years, being RMB 77.198/square meter per month, and the monthly rent totals RMB 955,093.66 (including tax, in words: Nine Hundred and Fifty-five Thousand Ninety-three Yuan Six Jiao Six Fen). | ||
2. | Payment Method of Rent: Party B shall, prior to the 10th day each month, pay the rent and relevant expenses of current month in full to the bank account designated by Party A in a lump sum. Party A shall issue the invoice of relevant fees to Party B prior to the 20th day each month. Party A designates the following collection account: | |
Account Name: Shenzhen Xinhao Precision Technology Co., Ltd. | ||
A/C No.: 0282100285118 | ||
Bank Name: Ping An Bank Shenzhen Chuangye Road Sub-branch | ||
3. | Party B shall solely bear all expenses incurred by the use of the Leased Premises, including expenses for water, electricity, lease tax, communication, maintenance and industrial and commercial tax, and be liable for settling the creditors’ rights, debts and labor disputes occurring during the business period. If Party B fails to timely pay the said expenses or settle the said disputes, as a result of which Party A will make any advance, Party A shall be entitled to recover from Party B 120% of the advance, and also require Party B to bear the liability for breach of this Contract. | |
4. | The area of the Leased Premises is subject to that checked and confirmed by both Parties on the spot. Party B shall make supplemental payment for the difference between the actual area more than such checked and confirmed area, and if the actual area is less than such checked and confirmed area, the overpayment is offset against the subsequent rent. |
Article 4 Lease Deposit
1. | Party B shall pay Party A six-month rent in the amount of RMB 4,305,456.00 (in words: RMB Four Million Three Hundred and Five Thousand Four Hundred and Fifty-six Yuan Only) in a lump sum as a deposit for lease on the date when this Contract is signed. After the expiration of the Lease Term, the refund of the non-interest-bearing deposit by Party A to Party B is conditional on that Party B shall have vacated and cleaned the Leased Premises and returned in good conditions the same to Party A, paid off all the rent and other expenses payable and have no any other breaches. |
4 / 16 |
Rental Contract |
2. | If Party B’s violation of the law and this Contract results in losses to Party A, Party A shall be entitled to set off such lease deposit against the part of the liquidated damages or losses to be borne by Party B, and if the deposit paid by Party B is insufficient to be set off against such liquidated damages or losses, Party A shall still be entitled to continue to recover the shortage from Party B. |
Article 5 Delivery of the Leased Premises
1. | Party A has delivered on January 4, 2017 the Leased Premises to Party B for use. From the delivery date of the Leased Premises, Party B shall be deemed to confirm that the Leased Premises comply with the provisions of this Contract. | |
2. | When the Leased Premises are delivered, Party B shall be deemed to consent to the status quo and quality of the Leased Premises (including main structure, underground sewage, ground drainage, water, electricity and gas availability, communication and fire control). |
Article 6 Obligations of Party B
1. | Party B shall ensure that it will pay the rent, water and electricity expenses and other taxes on production and operation during the Lease Term. | |
2. | During the Lease Term, Party B shall comply with the national laws and regulations and property management regulations of the industrial park, obey the leadership of the local party and government, accept the inspections by the health and firefighting departments and the security management, and may not use the Leased Premises to engage in illegal activities. | |
3. | Party B shall operate the encouraged development industry as set forth in the Catalogue of Shenzhen Industrial Structure Adjustment and Optimization and Industrial Guidance (2013) within the scope of the Leased Premises, and the items operated by Party B shall obtain the approval from the relevant departments if the approval is so required. | |
4. | Party B shall, at its own costs, legally and solely undergo the business license, operating permit, health and environment protection license and other certificates during the period of operation in the Leased Premises. | |
5. | Party B shall not overload the use of the leased workshop, and shall solely bear all liabilities and losses arising therefrom. | |
6. | Party B shall use the elevators reasonably, be responsible for repair, maintenance and annual review of the elevators at its own costs, and solely bear all liabilities for any accidents in the use of the elevators or as a result of overdue annual review. |
5 / 16 |
Rental Contract |
7. | After the leased workshop is delivered for use, Party B shall, at its own costs, repair, maintain and inspect the power distribution equipment such as transformers, power distribution cabinets and high-voltage cables. | |
8. | Party B shall solely be liable for the labor disputes, employment labor management, social security, family planning, public security, taxation, industry and commerce, customs, security, fire protection, power supply, insurance and other liabilities occurring when Party B uses the Leased Premises for production and operation, and shall compensate for all losses caused to Party A thereby. |
Article 7 Decoration or Renovation of the Leased Premises
1. | Party B may carry out decoration or upgrading renovation of the Leased Premises according to its business demand, provided that the decoration design plans and drawings shall be filed with Party A for record before the decoration and upgrading renovation and Party B may begin such construction after obtaining written consent of Party A. | |
2. | Party B warrants that it will invest no less than RMB 6 million in decoration or renovation of the Leased Premises within one year from the signing date of the Rental Contract, or else Party A shall be entitled to confiscate the lease deposit paid by Party B and unilaterally cancel the Rental Contract without any breach liabilities to Party B. | |
3. | The decoration or upgrading renovation conducted by Party B shall not destroy the main structure and load-bearing capacity of the Leased Premises, and comply with the requirements on fire protection and safety, or else Party B shall solely bear all personal and property damages and administrative responsibility caused thereby, and shall be liable for the losses caused to Party A thereby. |
Article 8 Labor and Safety Management
1. | Party B shall comply with the relevant provisions of the Labor Law of the People’s Republic of China and the Labor Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China to pay wages and salaries in full and on time and purchase the social insurance for employees. Party B shall solely settle the labor disputes between it and its employees, and shall be liable for the losses caused to Party A thereby. | |
2. | Concurrently signing this Contract, both Parties shall conclude the Safety Production Management Agreement pursuant to the requirements of the safety production laws and regulations, and Party B shall provide the firefighting training to its employees to raise their fire safety awareness. |
6 / 16 |
Rental Contract |
3. | Party B shall give its cooperation when Party A performs safety management duties to inspect the Leased Premises. If it is found that Party B has any hidden dangers in safety production upon inspection, Party A shall be entitled to require Party B to make rectification by giving a written notice. | |
4. | If Party B adds the special equipment, it shall obtain the prior written consent of Party A and undergo the approval formalities with the relevant governmental authority according to applicable regulations. Party B shall strengthen the management of dangerous goods to prevent the safety accidents due to the poor management. | |
5. | During the Lease Term, Party B must comply with the Safety Production Law of the People’s Republic of China and other laws and regulations, strictly perform the obligations of safety production, establish and improve safety production rules and regulations, supervise and inspect the safety production work to timely eliminate any hidden dangers of safety production accidents; Party B shall solely bear all of the civil, criminal and administrative responsibilities arising from the safety production accidents occurring during the Lease Term, and shall indemnify Party A against all losses or legal liability caused to Party A arising therefrom. | |
6. | Party B shall maintain good sanitary conditions and do its best to prevent fire, equip the Leased Premises with sufficient firefighting facilities, leave the firefighting passages vacating and strictly comply with the provisions of the fire department in order to prevent fire. Party B shall, at its own costs, maintain and repair the firefighting facilities. | |
7. | Party B shall solely be liable for the punishment by the relevant department due to the fire protection problems or losses caused to Party B and any third person, and shall compensate for the losses caused by the fire protection problems to Party A. |
Article 9 Use, Maintenance and Repair of the Leased Premises
1. | During the performance of the Rental Contract, Party B and its personnel shall normally use and maintain all facilities in the Leased Premises, and prevent the premises and the facilities from being improperly damaged, and the relevant maintenance expenses shall be borne by Party B. | |
2. | Party B shall be obliged to timely restore the damaged Leased Premises and their facilities due to force majeure or not Party A’s causes and bear the responding expenses; and Party B shall solely be liable for all personal and property damages arising from the failure of Party B to timely restore the same, and shall compensate for all losses caused to Party A thereby. |
7 / 16 |
Rental Contract |
3. | If the Lessee of the Leased Premises is different from the actual user thereof, and such actual user has any breach of this Contract, then Party B and such actual user shall be jointly and severally liable to Party A. |
Article 10 Sublease and Renewal of the Leased Premises
1. | During the Lease Term, with the written consent of Party A, Party B may sublet the Leased Premises to any third persons, and Party B and the sublessee shall be jointly and severally liable for all disputes on creditors’ rights and debts or legal liability caused by the sublease. | |
2. | The deadline of the term as set forth in the Sublease Contract shall not exceed that as agreed in this Rental Contract, or else Party B and the sublessee shall be jointly and severally liable for all losses caused thereby to Party A. | |
3. | After the Sublease Contract becomes effective, Party B shall continue to perform the obligations as the Lessee to Party A. If the sublessee breaches this Contract, Party B and such sublessee shall be jointly and severally liable to Party A for such breach. | |
4. | If this Rental Contract is changed, cancelled or terminated during the sublease term, Party B shall also change, cancel or terminate the Sublease Contract accordingly, and shall solely bear the liabilities and compensations arising therefrom. | |
5. | Upon the expiration of the term hereof, Party B will not have prior right to lease. |
Article 11 Insurance
1. | In order to prevent the Leased Premises being damaged by fire, explosion, lighting and other natural disasters and accidents, Party B shall take out the insurance for the Leased Premises with the policy term consistent with the Lease Term (in a lump sum or by installments). | |
2. | If Party B fails to timely take out the policy or suspends the insurance in the future, it shall bear the liabilities and losses caused thereby, and shall be liable for all losses caused to Party A thereby. |
Article 12 Liabilities for Breach of this Contract
1. | After this Contract is signed, Party A shall refund the double deposit if it terminates this Contract in the midway in the absence of the statutory circumstances or the circumstances as agreed in this Contract under which Party A may cancel this Contract; and if Party B terminates this Contract in the midway in the absence of the statutory circumstances or the circumstances as agreed in this Contract under which Party B may cancel this Contract, then Party B shall pay off the rent and other expenses owed prior to termination hereof, Party A shall be entitled to not refund the lease deposit and to require Party B to compensate for two-month rent, and Party B’s all decoration, ornament, additions, expansions and renovations shall belong to Party A without payment. |
8 / 16 |
Rental Contract |
2. | Party B shall pay Party A the rent in full and on time, and if Party B delays in payment, it shall pay Party A 3‰ of the default payment for each overdue day as overdue penalty. | |
3. | If Party B is under any of the following circumstances, Party A shall be entitled to unilaterally cancel this Contract and not refund the lease deposit paid by Party B, and Party B shall pay Party A the liquidated damages equal to two-month rent, and Party B’s all decoration, ornament, additions, expansions and renovations shall belong to Party A without payment. Party B shall be liable for the losses caused to Party A thereby: |
(1) | Party B is in default of payment of the rent or other expenses for more than one consecutive month, or Party B’s accumulated overdue rent or any other expense equals one-month rent; | |
(2) | Party B is in default of payment of employee’s wages and salaries for two months or has any outstanding collective complaint and petition from the employees; | |
(3) | Party B fails to comply with the fire safety laws or properly performs the obligations to manage the Leased Premises, as a result of which the main structure of the Leased Premises is seriously damaged or collapsed; | |
(4) | Party B uses the workshop above to carry out illegal or criminal activities or fails to store flammable, explosive and corrosive materials and other dangerous goods in accordance with applicable regulations, and still not make corrections after being discovered and warned by Party A; or | |
(5) | Party B changes the structure of the Leased Premises or adds, renovates or expands the Leased Premises without the written consent of Party A. | |
If Party A cancels this Contract pursuant to any circumstances above, it may give a written notice to Party B. This Contract shall be cancelled when such notice serves on Party B, and Party B shall return the Leased Premises to Party A in accordance with the relevant provisions of Article 12 of this Contract, otherwise, it shall bear related liability. |
4. | If either Party breaches this Contract so that the other Party needs to claim for recovery through action or arbitration, the defaulting Party shall bear the reasonable costs incurred by the non-defaulting Party due to such recovery, including the costs of action, arbitration, property preservation, attorney, appraisal and evaluation, travelling, printing and copying. |
9 / 16 |
Rental Contract |
Article 13 Return of the Leased Premises
1. | Within ten days after the expiration of the term, early cancellation or termination hereof, Party B shall clean and vacate the Leased Premises, and return the same to Party A. If Party B does not clean up the sundries in returning the Leased Premises, it shall bear the expenses incurred by Party A in doing so. | |
2. | When the Leased Premises are returned, both Parties shall respectively designate their own personnel to be responsible for the return, and shall undergo the written handover formalities at the time of return, or else Party B shall be not deemed to have handed over the Leased Premises. | |
3. | If Party B fails to return the Leased Premises on time, it needs to pay Party A the occupation fees per month in an amount of two times monthly rent. | |
4. | The main structure and supporting facilities of the Leased Premises shall not be damaged at the time of return, or else Party B shall bear all restoration fees, and Party A shall be entitled to directly deduct such restoration fees from the lease deposit and recover the shortage from Party B. | |
5. | When returning the Leased Premises, Party B shall keep the Leased Premises and their facilities and equipment in good condition, not leave any particulars or affect the normal use of the Leased Premises. Party A shall be entitled to dispose of any particulars that are left without the consent of Party A. | |
6. | After the expiration, early cancellation or termination hereof, Party B’s all decoration, ornament, additions, expansions and renovations (including, without limitation, elevators, water and power facilities and fixing buildings) during the Lease Term shall belong to Party A without payment. Party A shall not make any economic compensation therefor, and Party B shall not dismantle them without authorization. | |
7. | Except as set forth in this Article 13.6, the movable facilities and equipment purchased by Party B during the Lease Term shall belong to Party B and not need to return. |
Article 14 Retention
1. | After the expiration or early termination hereof, if Party B has any outstanding rent or any other payments, Party B agrees that Party A will retain the machines and other movable property of Party B in the Leased Premises, provided that the value of the retained property shall be equivalent to the amount owed by Party B. | |
2. | Party B shall pay off all outstanding payments within three months after retention of such property, or else Party B agrees that Party A will auction and sell such property and be paid in priority. |
10 / 16 |
Rental Contract |
Article 15 Force Majeure
1. | If either Party is prevented from performing this Contract by any serious natural disaster, war, governmental acquisition of land or other unforeseen events, the happening and consequences of which are unpreventable and unavoidable, then this Contract shall be terminated, and both Parties shall not be liable for each other. Party A shall timely return all of the deposit paid by Party B without any interest if Party B has no any breaches. | |
2. | One Party affected by the force majeure above shall give a written notice to the other Party within thirty days, and provide the certificate issued by the notary organ in the place where the force majeure occurs, attesting the detailed information of the force majeure and evidencing unenforceability of this Contract in whole or part, or the delay in performance of this Contract. If Party B is unable to obtain the certificate issued by the notary organ, it shall provide any other valid certificates. | |
3. | If this Contract is terminated due to the government acquisition of land during the Lease Term, both Parties shall respectively bear such risk and will not compensate each other. The compensations given by the governmental authority with respect to the land and buildings shall belong to Party A, and the compensations for decoration, removal, production suspension and closing shall belong to Party B. |
Article 16 Special Clauses
Both Parties would separately sign the Shenzhen Real Estate Rental Contract and conduct filing, provided that Party B needs to obtain the industrial and commercial license and has other demands. Party A and Party B hereby agree that Shenzhen Real Estate Rental Contract will be used only for filing with the governmental authorities and undergoing the relevant administrative formalities. If the provisions of Shenzhen Real Estate Rental Contract conflicts with those of this Rental Contract, the provisions of this Rental Contract shall prevail. This Rental Contract shall be taken as the basis for actual performance by both Parties.
11 / 16 |
Rental Contract |
Article 17 Miscellaneous
1. | Any disputes occurring in the performance of this Contract shall be settled by both Parties through negotiation, failing which, they may initiate an action with the people’s court in the place where the Leased Premised are located. | |
2. | This Contract shall become effective after both Parties affix their signatures and seals hereon. This Contract shall be signed in four originals, and both Parties shall each keep two, with each of equal legal force. | |
3. | Regarding the matters not covered in this Agreement, both Parties shall sign the supplemental agreement after negotiation, which shall have the equal legal force with this Contract. |
Party A (Official Seal): Shenzhen Xinhao Precision Technology Co., Ltd.
Special Seal for Contract of Shenzhen Xinhao Precision Technology Co., Ltd., Account Bank: Agricultural Bank of China Shenzhen Changye Road Sub-branch, Bank A/C: 028210028516, Company Tel: 0755-27518888, Company Address: Buildings 1-2, South Area of No. 2 Hourui Industrial Zone, Xixiang Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen (Seal)
Company Tel: | |
Legal Representative: | |
Authorized Representative: | |
Address: | |
Bank Name: | |
Account Name: | |
Account No.: |
Party B (Official Seal): Shenzhen Zhichuang Juzhen Technology Ltd.
Legal Representative: | |
Authorized Representative: | |
Address: | |
Bank Name: | |
Account Name: | |
Account No.: | |
Signing on: Signing in: Baoan District, Shenzhen |
12 / 16 |
13 / 16 |
Invoice Information of Zhichuang Juzhen:
Company Name: Shenzhen Zhichuang Juzhen Technology Co., Ltd.
Uniformed Social Credit Code: 91440300MA5EFGPU9N
Address: Buildings 11-12, South Area of No. 2 Hourui Industrial Zone, Hangcheng Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen
Account Bank: Agricultural Bank of China Shenzhen Futongcheng Sub-branch
Bank No.: 41035300040013636
Company Tel: 0755-27518888
14 / 16 |
15 / 16 |
Contract No.:
Rental Contract
Lessor: Shenzhen Hourui Joint-Stock Cooperation Company
Lessee: Shenzhen Xinhao Precision Technology Co., Ltd.
1 / 12 |
Rental Contract |
Party A (Lessor): Shenzhen Hourui Joint-Stock Cooperation Company
Party B (Lessee): Shenzhen Xinhao Precision Technology Co., Ltd.
Through friendly negotiation between both Parties with regard to the workshop and workers’ dormitory lease, Party A is willing to lease out one building of No. 12 industrial workshop and one building of No. A workers’ dormitory located at No. 2 Industrial Zone, Hourui Village, Baoan District, Shenzhen (hereinafter referred to as the “Leased Premises”) to Party B for use. To define rights and obligations of both Parties, they hereby conclude this Rental Contract for their joint observance on the basis of equality, voluntariness, reciprocity, mutual benefit and good faith and in accordance with the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China, Regulations on Housing Lease of Shenzhen Special Economic Zone and other relevant laws and rules.
Article 1 Location, Area and Purpose of the Leased Premises
1. | The Leased Premises are located within No. 2 Industrial Zone, Hourui Village, Baoan District, Shenzhen, including one building of No. 12 industrial workshop with the building area of about 8,028 square meters and one building of No. A workers’ dormitory with the building area of about 4,330 square meters. Upon on-site check by both Parties, they confirm that the said two buildings of Leased Premises cover the total area of 12,372 square meters. | |
2. | Title of the Leased Premises: The Leased Premises have not obtained the Real Estate Ownership Certificate, and Party B expressly knows the same and is willing to lease the Leased Premises and bear the corresponding legal liability and losses arising therefrom (including, without limitation, losses of decoration, ornament, additions and expansions). In the event of the demolition and acquisition by the governmental authority, the compensations shall be governed by Article 15.3 hereof. Party B warrants that it will not claim any compensations or indemnities against Party A within the term hereof for the reason that the Leased Premises have not obtained the Real Estate Ownership Certificate, the fire protection and main body have not been verified and accepted or otherwise. | |
3. | The Leased Premises are used for industrial purpose, and Party B may use the Leases Premises for industrial or commercial purpose after lease; provided that if Party B changes from industrial to commercial use, it must, at its sole costs, undergo the relevant formalities as provided for by the law and required by the government policies. | |
4. | Limitation on Business Scope: The business scope is only limited to the encouraged development industry as set forth in the Catalogue of Shenzhen Industrial Structure Adjustment and Optimization and Industrial Guidance (2013), excluding limited, prohibited and allowed development industries. |
2 / 12 |
Rental Contract |
Article 2 Lease Term
1. | The Lease Term is nine years and eleven months, being from June 4, 2017 to May 3, 2027. | |
2. | Considering that Party B needs to invest a large amount of money in the decoration of the Leased Premises, Party A agrees to give Party B five months within the Lease Term as a decoration period, being from January 4, 2017 to June 3, 2017. The decoration period will not be included in the Lease Term, accordingly Party A will not charge the premises use fee and rent for the decoration period. Party A will begin to charge the rent from June 4, 2017. The period for construction and renovation will not be postponed for any causes. | |
3. | The obligations occurring within the “Lease Term” as agreed in this Contract shall apply to the decoration period, and Party B shall fulfill and bear all its obligations and liabilities under this Contract within the decoration period, including, without limitation, the liabilities for safety, fire protection and personal injury claims. |
Article 3 Rent and Other Expenses
1. | The rent shall be measured based on the leased area, include tax and progressively increase by 10% every three years from that of the previous year. The details are as follows: | |
From June 4, 2017 to June 3, 2020, the unit price of rent is RMB 53/square meter per month, and the monthly rent totals RMB 655,716.00 (including tax, in words: RMB Six Hundred and Fifty-five Thousand Seven Hundred and Sixteen Yuan Only). | ||
From June 4, 2020 to June 3, 2023, the unit price of rent shall progressively increase by 10% from that of the previous three years, being RMB 58.3/square meter per month, and the monthly rent totals RMB 721,287.60 (including tax, in words: Seven Hundred and Twenty-one Thousand Two Hundred and Eighty-seven Yuan Six Jiao ). | ||
From June 4, 2023 to June 3, 2026, the unit price of rent shall progressively increase by 10% from that of the previous three years, being RMB 64.13/square meter per month, and the monthly rent totals RMB 793,416.36 (including tax, in words: Seven Hundred and Ninety-three Thousand Four Hundred and Sixteen Yuan Three Jiao Six Fen). |
3 / 12 |
Rental Contract |
From June 4, 2026 to May 3, 2027, the unit price of rent shall progressively increase by 10% from that of the previous three years, being RMB 70.54/square meter per month, and the monthly rent totals RMB 872,757.99 (including tax, in words: Eight Hundred and Seventy-two Thousand Seven Hundred and Fifty-seven Yuan Nine Jiao Nine Fen). | ||
2. | Payment Method of Rent: Party B shall, prior to the 10th day each month, pay the rent and relevant expenses of current month in full to the bank account designated by Party A in a lump sum. Party A shall issue the invoice of relevant fees to Party B prior to the 20th day each month. Party A designates the following collection account: | |
Account Name: Shenzhen Hourui Joint-Stock Cooperation Company | ||
A/C No.: 000008403243 | ||
Bank Name: Shenzhen Agricultural and Commercial Bank Huangtian Sub-branch | ||
3. | Party B shall solely bear all expenses incurred by the use of the Leased Premises, including expenses for water, electricity, lease tax, communication, maintenance and industrial and commercial tax, and be liable for settling the creditors’ rights, debts and labor disputes occurring during the business period. If Party B fails to timely pay the said expenses or settle the said disputes, as a result of which Party A will make any advance, Party A shall be entitled to recover from Party B 120% of the advance, and also require Party B to bear the liability for breach of this Contract. | |
4. | The area of the Leased Premises is subject to that checked and confirmed by both Parties on the spot. Party B shall make supplemental payment for the difference between the actual area more than such checked and confirmed area, and if the actual area is less than such checked and confirmed area, the overpayment is offset against the subsequent rent. |
Article 4 Lease Deposit
1. | Party B shall pay Party A six-month rent in the amount of RMB 3,934,296.00 (in words: RMB Three Million Nine Hundred and Thirty-four Thousand Two Hundred and Ninety-six Yuan Only) in a lump sum as a deposit for lease on the date when this Contract is signed. After the expiration of the Lease Term, the refund of the non-interest-bearing deposit by Party A to Party B is conditional on that Party B shall have vacated and cleaned the Leased Premises and returned in good conditions the same to Party A, paid off all the rent and other expenses payable and have no any other breaches. |
4 / 12 |
Rental Contract |
2. | If Party B’s violation of the law and this Contract results in losses to Party A, Party A shall be entitled to set off such lease deposit against the part of the liquidated damages or losses to be borne by Party B, and if the deposit paid by Party B is insufficient to be set off against such liquidated damages or losses, Party A shall still be entitled to continue to recover the shortage from Party B. |
Article 5 Delivery of the Leased Premises
1. | Party A has delivered on January 4, 2017 the Leased Premises to Party B for use. From the delivery date of the Leased Premises, Party B shall be deemed to confirm that the Leased Premises comply with the provisions of this Contract. | |
2. | When the Leased Premises are delivered, Party B shall be deemed to consent to the status quo and quality of the Leased Premises (including main structure, underground sewage, ground drainage, electromechanical devices in the industrial zone, roof waterproof, windows and doors, pipelines, decoration, water, electricity and gas availability, communication and fire control). |
Article 6 Obligations of Party B
1. | Party B shall ensure that it will pay the rent, water and electricity expenses and other taxes on production and operation during the Lease Term. | |
2. | During the Lease Term, Party B shall comply with the national laws and regulations and property management regulations of the industrial park, obey the leadership of the local party and government, accept the inspections by the health and firefighting departments and the security management, and may not use the Leased Premises to engage in illegal activities. | |
3. | Party B shall operate the encouraged development industry as set forth in the Catalogue of Shenzhen Industrial Structure Adjustment and Optimization and Industrial Guidance (2013) within the scope of the Leased Premises, and the items operated by Party B shall obtain the approval from the relevant departments if the approval is so required. | |
4. | Party B shall, at its own costs, legally and solely undergo the business license, operating permit, health and environment protection license and other certificates during the period of operation in the Leased Premises. | |
5. | Party B shall not overload the use of the leased workshop, and shall solely bear all liabilities and losses arising therefrom. | |
6. | Party B shall use the elevators reasonably, be responsible for repair, maintenance and annual review of the elevators at its own costs, and solely bear all liabilities for any accidents in the use of the elevators or as a result of overdue annual review. |
5 / 12 |
Rental Contract |
7. | After the leased workshop is delivered for use, Party B shall, at its own costs, repair, maintain and inspect the power distribution equipment such as transformers, power distribution cabinets and high-voltage cables. | |
8. | Party B shall solely be liable for the labor disputes, employment labor management, social security, family planning, public security, taxation, industry and commerce, customs, security, fire protection, power supply, insurance and other liabilities occurring when Party B uses the Leased Premises for production and operation, and shall compensate for all losses caused to Party A thereby. |
Article 7 Decoration or Renovation of the Leased Premises
1. | Party B may carry out decoration or upgrading renovation of the Leased Premises according to its business demand, provided that the decoration design plans and drawings shall be filed with Party A for record before the decoration and upgrading renovation and Party B may begin such construction after obtaining written consent of Party A. | |
2. | Party B warrants that it will invest no less than RMB 6 million in decoration or renovation of the Leased Premises within one year from the signing date of the Rental Contract, or else Party A shall be entitled to confiscate the lease deposit paid by Party B and unilaterally cancel the Rental Contract without any breach liabilities to Party B. | |
3. | The decoration or upgrading renovation conducted by Party B shall not destroy the main structure and load-bearing capacity of the Leased Premises, and comply with the requirements on fire protection and safety, or else Party B shall solely bear all personal and property damages and administrative responsibility caused thereby, and shall be liable for the losses caused to Party A thereby. |
Article 8 Labor and Safety Management
1. | Party B shall comply with the relevant provisions of the Labor Law of the People’s Republic of China and the Labor Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China to pay wages and salaries in full and on time and purchase the social insurance for employees. Party B shall solely settle the labor disputes between it and its employees, and shall be liable for the losses caused to Party A thereby. | |
2. | Concurrently signing this Contract, both Parties shall conclude the Safety Production Management Agreement pursuant to the requirements of the safety production laws and regulations, and Party B shall provide the firefighting training to its employees to raise their fire safety awareness. |
6 / 12 |
Rental Contract |
3. | Party B shall give its cooperation when Party A performs safety management duties to inspect the Leased Premises. If it is found that Party B has any hidden dangers in safety production upon inspection, Party A shall be entitled to require Party B to make rectification by giving a written notice. | |
4. | If Party B adds the special equipment, it shall obtain the prior written consent of Party A and undergo the approval formalities with the relevant governmental authority according to applicable regulations. Party B shall strengthen the management of dangerous goods to prevent the safety accidents due to the poor management. | |
5. | During the Lease Term, Party B must comply with the Safety Production Law of the People’s Republic of China and other laws and regulations, strictly perform the obligations of safety production, establish and improve safety production rules and regulations, supervise and inspect the safety production work to timely eliminate any hidden dangers of safety production accidents; Party B shall solely bear all of the civil, criminal and administrative responsibilities arising from the safety production accidents occurring during the Lease Term, and shall indemnify Party A against all losses or legal liability caused to Party A arising therefrom. | |
6. | Party B shall maintain good sanitary conditions and do its best to prevent fire, equip the Leased Premises with sufficient firefighting facilities, leave the firefighting passages vacating and strictly comply with the provisions of the fire department in order to prevent fire. Party B shall, at its own costs, maintain and repair the firefighting facilities. | |
7. | Party B shall solely be liable for the punishment by the relevant department due to the fire protection problems or losses caused to Party B and any third person, and shall compensate for the losses caused to Party A thereby. |
Article 9 Use, Maintenance and Repair of the Leased Premises
1. | During the performance of the Rental Contract, Party B and its personnel shall normally use and maintain all facilities in the Leased Premises, and prevent the premises and the facilities from being improperly damaged, and the relevant maintenance expenses shall be borne by Party B. | |
2. | Party B shall be obliged to timely restore the damaged Leased Premises and their facilities due to force majeure or not Party A’s causes and bear the responding expenses; and Party B shall solely be liable for all personal and property damages arising from the failure of Party B to timely restore the same, and shall compensate for all losses caused to Party A thereby. |
7 / 12 |
Rental Contract |
3. | If the Lessee of the Leased Premises is different from the actual user thereof, and such actual user has any breach of this Contract, then Party B and such actual user shall be jointly and severally liable to Party A. |
Article 10 Sublease and Renewal of the Leased Premises
1. | During the Lease Term, with the written consent of Party A, Party B may sublet the Leased Premises to any third persons, and Party B and the sublessee shall be jointly and severally liable for all disputes on creditors’ rights and debts or legal liability caused by the sublease. | |
2. | The deadline of the term as set forth in the Sublease Contract shall not exceed that as agreed in this Rental Contract, or else Party B and the sublessee shall be jointly and severally liable for all losses caused thereby to Party A. | |
3. | After the Sublease Contract becomes effective, Party B shall continue to perform the obligations as the Lessee to Party A. If the sublessee breaches this Contract, Party B and such sublessee shall be jointly and severally liable to Party A for such breach. | |
4. | If this Rental Contract is changed, cancelled or terminated during the sublease term, Party B shall also change, cancel or terminate the Sublease Contract accordingly, and shall solely bear the liabilities and compensations arising therefrom. | |
5. | Upon the expiration of the term hereof, Party B will not have prior right to lease. |
Article 11 Insurance
1. | In order to prevent the Leased Premises being damaged by fire, explosion, lighting and other natural disasters and accidents, Party B shall take out the insurance for the Leased Premises with the policy term consistent with the Lease Term (in a lump sum or by installments). | |
2. | If Party B fails to timely take out the policy or suspends the insurance in the future, it shall bear the liabilities and losses caused thereby, and shall be liable for the losses caused to Party A thereby. |
Article 12 Liabilities for Breach of this Contract
1. | After this Contract is signed, Party A shall refund the double deposit if it terminates this Contract in the midway in the absence of the statutory circumstances or the circumstances as agreed in this Contract under which Party A may cancel this Contract; and if Party B terminates this Contract in the midway in the absence of the statutory circumstances or the circumstances as agreed in this Contract under which Party B may cancel this Contract, Party B shall pay off the rent and other expenses owed prior to termination hereof, Party A shall be entitled to not refund the lease deposit and to require Party B to compensate for two-month rent, and Party B’s all decoration, ornament, additions, expansions and renovations shall belong to Party A without payment. |
8 / 12 |
Rental Contract |
2. | Party B shall pay Party A the rent in full and on time, and if Party B delays in payment, it shall pay Party A 3‰ of the default payment for each overdue day as overdue penalty. | |
3. | If Party B is under any of the following circumstances, Party A shall be entitled to unilaterally cancel this Contract and not refund the lease deposit paid by Party B, and Party B shall pay Party A the liquidated damages equal to two-month rent, and Party B’s all decoration, ornament, additions, expansions and renovations shall belong to Party A without payment. Party B shall be liable for the losses caused to Party A thereby: |
(1) | Party B is in default of payment of the rent or other expenses for more than one consecutive month, or Party B’s accumulated overdue rent or any other expense equals one-month rent; | |
(2) | Party B is in default of payment of employee’s wages and salaries for two months or has any outstanding collective complaint and petition from the employees; | |
(3) | Party B fails to comply with the fire safety laws or properly performs the obligations to manage the Leased Premises, as a result of which the main structure of the Leased Premises is seriously damaged or collapsed; | |
(4) | Party B uses the workshop above to carry out illegal or criminal activities or fails to store flammable, explosive and corrosive materials and other dangerous goods in accordance with applicable regulations, and still not make corrections after being discovered and warned by Party A; or | |
(5) | Party B changes the structure of the Leased Premises or adds, renovates or expands the Leased Premises without the written consent of Party A. | |
If Party A cancels this Contract pursuant to any circumstances above, it may give a written notice to Party B. This Contract shall be cancelled when such notice serves on Party B, and Party B shall return the Leased Premises to Party A in accordance with the relevant provisions of Article 12 of this Contract, otherwise, it shall bear related liability. |
4. | If either Party breaches this Contract so that the other Party needs to claim for recovery through action or arbitration, the defaulting Party shall bear the reasonable costs incurred by the non-defaulting Party due to such recovery, including the costs of action, arbitration, property preservation, attorney, appraisal and evaluation, travelling, printing and copying. |
9 / 12 |
Rental Contract |
Article 13 Return of the Leased Premises
1. | Within ten days after the expiration of the term, early cancellation or termination hereof, Party B shall clean and vacate the Leased Premises, and return the same to Party A. If Party B does not clean up the sundries in returning the Leased Premises, it shall bear the expenses incurred by Party A in doing so. | |
2. | When the Leased Premises are returned, both Parties shall respectively designate their own personnel to be responsible for the return, and shall undergo the written handover formalities at the time of return, or else Party B shall be not deemed to have handed over the Leased Premises. | |
3. | If Party B fails to return the Leased Premises on time, it needs to pay Party A the occupation fees per month in an amount of two times monthly rent. | |
4. | The main structure and supporting facilities of the Leased Premises shall not be damaged at the time of return, or else Party B shall bear all restoration fees, and Party A shall be entitled to directly deduct such restoration fees from the lease deposit and recover the shortage from Party B. | |
5. | When returning the Leased Premises, Party B shall keep the Leased Premises and its facilities and equipment in good condition, not leave any particulars or affect the normal use of the Leased Premises. Party A shall be entitled to dispose of any particulars that are left without the consent of Party A. | |
6. | After the expiration, early cancellation or termination hereof, Party B’s all decoration, ornament, additions, expansions and renovations (including, without limitation, elevators, water and power facilities and fixing buildings) during the Lease Term shall belong to Party A without payment. Party A shall not make any economic compensation therefor, and Party B shall not dismantle them without authorization. | |
7. | Except as set forth in this Article 13.6, the movable facilities and equipment purchased by Party B during the Lease Term shall belong to Party B and not need to return. |
Article 14 Retention
1. | After the expiration or early termination hereof, if Party B has any outstanding rent or any other payments, Party B agrees that Party A will retain the machines and other movable property of Party B in the Leased Premises, provided that the value of the retained property shall be equivalent to the amount owed by Party B. | |
2. | Party B shall pay off all outstanding payments within three months after retention of such property, or else Party B agrees that Party A will auction and sell such property and be paid in priority. |
10 / 12 |
Rental Contract |
Article 15 Force Majeure
1. | If either Party is prevented from performing this Contract by any serious natural disaster, war, governmental acquisition of land or other unforeseen events, the happening and consequences of which are unpreventable and unavoidable, then this Contract shall be terminated, and both Parties shall not be liable for each other. Party A shall timely return all of the deposit paid by Party B without any interest if Party B has no any breaches. | |
2. | One Party affected by the force majeure above shall give a written notice to the other Party within thirty days, and provide the certificate issued by the notary organ in the place where the force majeure occurs, attesting the detailed information of the force majeure and evidencing unenforceability of failure to perform this Contract in whole or part, or the delay in performance of this Contract. If Party B is unable to obtain the certificate issued by the notary organ, it shall provide any other valid certificates. | |
3. | If this Contract is terminated due to the government acquisition of land during the Lease Term, both Parties shall respectively bear such risk and will not compensate each other. The compensations given by the governmental authority with respect to the land and buildings shall belong to Party A, and the compensations for decoration, removal, production suspension and closing shall belong to Party B. |
Article 16 Special Clauses
Both Parties would separately sign the Shenzhen Real Estate Rental Contract and conduct filing, provided that Party B needs to obtain the industrial and commercial license and has other demands. Party A and Party B hereby agree that Shenzhen Real Estate Rental Contract will be used only for filing with the governmental authorities and undergoing the relevant administrative formalities. If the provisions of Shenzhen Real Estate Rental Contract conflicts with those of this Rental Contract, the provisions of this Rental Contract shall prevail. This Rental Contract shall be taken as the basis for actual performance by both Parties.
11 / 12 |
Rental Contract |
Article 17 Miscellaneous
1. | Any disputes occurring in the performance of this Contract shall be settled by both Parties through negotiation, failing which, they may initiate an action with the people’s court in the place where the Leased Premised are located. | |
2. | This Contract shall become effective after both Parties affix their signatures and seals hereon. This Contract shall be signed in four originals, and both Parties shall each keep two, with each of equal legal force. | |
3. | Regarding the matters not covered in this Agreement, both Parties shall sign the supplemental agreement after negotiation, which shall have the equal legal force with this Contract. |
Party A (Official Seal): Shenzhen Hourui Joint-Stock Cooperation Company
Legal Representative: | |
Authorized Representative: | |
Address: | |
Bank Name: | |
Account Name: | |
Account No.: |
Party B (Official Seal): Shenzhen Xinhao Precision Technology Co., Ltd.
Legal Representative: | |
Authorized Representative: | |
Address: | |
Bank Name: | |
Account Name: | |
Account No.: | |
Signing on: March 3, 2017 Signing in: Baoan District, Shenzhen |
12 / 12 |
Certificate of Ownership
Shenzhen Hourui Xinhao Precision Technology Co., Ltd. has the right to use and the right to the buildings (located within No. 2 Industrial Zone, Hourui Village, Baoan District, Shenzhen, including one building of No. 12 industrial workshop with the building area of about 8,028 square meters and one building of No. A workers’ dormitory with a building area of about 4,330 square meters) and the corresponding premises, including the right to lease (including sublease or assignment).
Certifying entity: Hourui Community Workstation, Hangcheng Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen
Date: September 2, 2019
Contract No.: ZCJZ201910010002
Shop Rental Contract of Zhichuang Juzhen Industrial Park
Lessor (hereinafter referred to as Party A): Shenzhen Zhichuang Juzhen Technology Ltd.
Lessee (hereinafter referred to as Party B): Wunong Catering Chain Management (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. (in case of a natural person, also write ID Card No.)
In the light of the principles of good faith, mutual benefit and reciprocity and in accordance with the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China and other laws, Party A and Party B conclude this Contract for their joint observance with respect to the matter that Party B leases the premises from Party A:
Article 1: Location and Area of the Leased Premises
The shop is located at: Room 106, Yichao Apartment, Building 11, No. 2 Hourui Industrial Zone, Huorui Community, Hangcheng Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen, and covers an area of 539.98 square meters(subject to the lease area set forth in the appendix).
Article 2: Lease Purpose: Shop.
Article 3: Lease Term:
1. | Lease Term: Three Years: being from September 12, 2019 to September 11, 2022. |
2. | Renewal: After the expiration of the lease period as agreed in this Contract, if Party A agrees so, Party B may continue to lease the premises under this Contract, at the rent within the lease term, and Party B has the priority right to lease on the same conditions. The rights and obligations of both Parties within the renewal term shall be governed by the corresponding provisions of this Contract, unless otherwise agreed by both Parties. |
Article 4: Rent, Payment Method and Payment Period of Rent:
1. | Rental amount: RMB 50,912 (Rent/month) plus RMB 3,399 (property fee/month), totaling RMB 54,311/month (in words: Fifty-four Thousand Three Hundred and Eleven Yuan Only). Party A and Party B agree that from the lease date as agreed in this Contract, the rent will increase by 8% every two years. |
2. | Payment Method: The payment method will be designated by Party A. Within three natural days of the signing date of this Contract, Party B shall pay Party A one month of rent and the lease deposit equal to two-month rent in a lump sum, and from the first month for which Party B pays the rent, Party B shall pay the rent on a monthly basis prior to the 5th day each month. The lease deposit shall be refunded by Party A to the account designated by Party B without any interest within five business days of the expiration of this Contract between both Parties. The details of Party A’s receipt account are as follows: |
Account Name: Shenzhen Zhichuang Juzhen Technology Ltd. | |
Account Bank: Shenzhen Agricultural Commercial Bank Xixiang Sub-branch | |
Account No.: 0002 8056 2700 | |
3. | Party B must pay Party A the rent as agreed between them, or else Party B shall be deemed to have breached this Contract, and the liquidated damages shall be RMB one hundred thousand Yuan only. |
4. | Agreement on Rent-free Period: Party A will grant Party B a rent-free period of 0 (renewal) natural day, commencing from the start date of lease term. |
Article 5: Supporting Facilities in the Premises and Expenses Bearing
1. | Party B shall pay Party A or the third-party property management company the water and electricity costs, real estate and land use tax and other direct expenses for the use of facilities in the leased premises. (Unit prices of water and electricity costs: RMB 8/ton and RMB 1.5/kilowatt-hour respectively) |
2. | Party B shall solely bear all of other expenses incurred by conduct of business activities in the leased premises (including the costs incurred by Party B due to its own application for installation of telephone, broadband, cable TV, etc.) |
3. | During the lease term, Party B shall be liable for maintenance fees of the damage to the quality of the leased premises or their internal and external facilities, including internal and external waterproof, doors, windows, water and electricity of the leased premises. |
Article 6: Repair of the Premises within Lease Term
1. | After the Lessor delivers the leased premises to the Lessee, the Lessee shall solely be responsible for decorating and repairing the leased premises within the use period. If the Lessee cease to use the leased premises, the Lessee shall not damage the fixed decoration facilities and structure of the leased premises. |
2. | If the Lessee needs to change the original appearance or main structure of the leased premises in the process of decoration, it shall make an application with Party A, and may begin the construction only after obtaining the consent of Party A and the leaders of the relevant department, and file such change with the relevant department for record. Such decoration must be conducted by the qualified construction unit. Any and all problems occurring during and after the construction shall have nothing to do with Party A. If the construction is conducted without consent, Party A shall be entitled to early terminate this Contract and claim for losses. All consequences caused thereby shall be negotiated by both Parties or submitted to the relevant legal department, and Party B will be investigated for legal liability for its unauthorized construction. |
Article 7: Rights and Obligations of Party A
1. | Party A shall be entitled to charge Party B the rent and other expenses or liquidated damages. |
2. | Party A shall be entitled to supervise Party B to correctly use the leased premises, and ensure that Party B will normally use the facilities inside and outside the leased premises at the time of access thereto. |
3. | Party A will not bear the operational risks and liabilities incurred by Party B. |
4. | Party A shall be entitled to early terminate this Contract and make a claim if Party B :renovates, subleases, transfers or lends the leased premises without authorization; uses the leased premises to conduct the illegal operation and activities, which damages the public interests or Party A’s interests; and is in default of payment of the rent. If Party B subleases the partial premises within the lease period, it shall obtain the consent of Party A. |
5. | Party A will separately sign fire safety agreement with Party B as an Appendix attached to this Contract, shall be entitled to supervise Party B to safely use the leased premises, and to require Party B to make corrections when finding that Party B has any potential safety hazard. |
6. | When Party B undergoes the formalities for industry, commerce and taxation, Party A shall provide Party B with the relevant certificate of the leased premises. |
7. | If Party B uses water and electricity as agreed, Party A shall ensure that the leased shop normally uses water and electricity. |
Article 8: Rights and Obligations of Party B
1. | Party B shall use the leased premises to conduct normal activities pursuant to the use thereof and not be intervened by Party A, provided that Party B shall not changes such use without authorization. |
2. | Party B shall ensure the fire safety, and solely be liable for personal and property damage caused by the use or decoration of the leased premises by Party B. |
3. | Party B shall pay the rent and other expenses of the leased premises. |
4. | Party B shall not dismantle or change the structure of the leased premises, nor engage in any illegal activities in the leased premises. |
5. | If either Party is unable to normally operate in the course of business due to the other party’s causes, then the responsible party shall be liable for all losses caused thereby. |
Article 9: Liability for Breach and Compensation for Termination of this Contract
1. | If the leased premises are damaged or result in any loss to the Lessee or are unable to be used due to force majeure or a natural disaster, both Parties shall not compensate each other and this Contract shall terminate. |
2. | If either Party early cancels this Contract or sublease the leased premises to any other person in absence of breach of this Contract, such Party shall be deemed to have unilaterally breached this Contract, shall compensate the other Party for all economic losses and pay the liquidated damages in an amount of RMB one hundred thousand Yuan only. |
Article 10: Dispute Resolution
Any disputes occurring in the performance of this Contract shall be settled by both Parties through friendly negotiation, failing which, either Party may bring an action with the people’s court.
Article 11: Regarding the matters not covered in this Contract, both Parties shall sign the supplemental agreement after joint negotiation according to the relevant provisions of the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China, which shall have the equal legal force with this Contract.
Article 12: This Contract shall become effective after both Parties affix their signatures and seals hereon. This Contract shall be made in three pages and signed in four originals, and both Parties shall each keep two, with each of equal legal force.
Lessor (Seal): Shenzhen Zhichuang Juzhen Technology Ltd.
Representative (Signature): Tel: Mailing Address:
October 15, 2019 |
Lessee (Seal): Wunong Catering Chain Management (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.
Representative (Signature): Tel: 13759823978 Mailing Address: Room 106, Yichao Apartment, Building 11, No. 2 Industrial Zone, Hourui Community
October 15, 2019 |
Loan Contract
Party A (Borrower): Wunong (Shenzhen) Technology Co., Ltd
Party B (Lender): Xia Changbin
This Loan Contract is hereby made and entered into by and between Party A and Party B through amicable consultation, whereby both parties hereto agree on the following matters.
I. Loan Purpose
As the working capital of Wunong (Shenzhen) Technology Co., Ltd
II. Loan amount
The Borrower borrows RMB 2 (two) million Yuan from the Lender (paid in 2019).
III. Loan interest and payment method
1. Since the date of disbursement of the loan, the annual profit shall be 0% within the loan period specified in the Contract. If the Borrower fails to repay the amount on schedule, the overdue part of the interest rate will be 8%.
2. The loan is paid to the following account number:
Company name: Wunong (Shenzhen) Technology Co., Ltd
Opening bank: Shenzhen Meilin Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank)
Account number: 44250100006900001704
IV. Term of Loan
The Borrower promises to repay the loan at the interest rate specified in this Contract from January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2020. In case the loan is overdue, the Lender shall have the right to recover the loan within a specified period.
V. Terms Change
When it is necessary to change the contract terms due to the change of interest rate by the state, both parties shall sign the documents for changing the contract as an integral part of the contract.
Ⅵ. Rights & Obligations
The Lender shall have the right to monitor and supervise the use of the Loan and understand the solvency of the Borrower. The Borrower shall provide the relevant information truthfully. If the Borrower fails to use the loan as terms and conditions stipulated in the Contract, the Lender shall have the right to recover part of the loan and impose penalty interest on the default part in accordance with the provisions of the Bank. In case of prepayment by the Lender, the interest shall be reduced as required.
Ⅶ. Settlement of disputes
All disputes in connection with or in execution of this Contract shall be settled through friendly negotiations, or jointly entrusted to a third party approved by both parties for mediation. In case either party is unwilling to negotiate or mediate, or no settlement can be reached through negotiations, either party may file a lawsuit to the people’s court for award.
VIII. For the matter(s) not mentioned or covered (if any) in this Contract shall be settled through the relevant rules and regulations of the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China.
In Testimony Whereof, this Contract shall come into effect after the Contract in question is signed and sealed by the Parties hereto in duplicate, and either Party will hold one copy, both copies being equally authentic
Lender: Xia Changbin
Borrower:
Date of Signature: January 1, 2019
0408185
Food Distribution License
(Duplicate)
Company Name: Wunong Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd Social Credit Code: 914403003427480000 Legal Representative (Person in Charge): Xia Changbin Address: B401, Building 12, Hourui 2nd Industrial Zone, Hourui Community, Hangcheng Sub-district, Bao’an District, Shenzhen City Business Address: B401, Building 12, Hourui 2nd Industrial Zone, Hourui Community, Hangcheng Sub-district, Bao’an District, Shenzhen City
Business Type: Food distributor (wine wholesaler, online business) Business Items: sales of prepackaged food (excluding chilled and refrigerated foods); sales of bulk food (excluding chilled and refrigerated foods, bulk cooked food and bulk wine)
Valid to: May 26, 2024
|
Statement
1. Food Distribution License is the legal documents for food business operators to obtain food, food additives permit.
2. Food Distribution License has the original and the duplicate, and they have the same legal forces and shall be placed at the conspicuous position of the dwelling.
3. Food Distribution License shall not be counterfeited, altered, leased, lent or transferred in other forms.
4. The food business operator shall expand the food business within the approved scope of the license
5. The food business operator shall accept the supervision and management of industrial and commercial administration.
6. The food business operators shall apply the former registration department for changing when the registered proceedings are changed.
7. Before the expiry of 30 days, the food business operator shall in timely manner to the licensing authority for an extension of the Food Production Licence.
License No.: JY14403060985402 Supervision Authority: Bao’an Food and Drug Administration Supervisor: Appointed by the Supervision Authority Hotline: 12331 Issuing Authority: Shenzhen Food and Drug Administration (seal) Issuer: Li Zhong
May 2, 2019 |
Supervised by State Food and Drug Administration
Corporate Online Banking of China Construction Bank Page 1/1
E-receipt of Online Banking of China Construction Bank | ||||
Currency: RMB Yuan Date: 20190412 Voucher No.: Account Details No. - Transaction SN: 2910-4420008000016UPPQJKVE | ||||
Payer | Full name: Yang Hanwu | Payee | Full name: Wunong (Shenzhen) Technology Co., Ltd | |
ID: 6230583000011077031 | Account number: 44250100006900001704 | |||
Opening bank: Ping An Bank | Opening bank: Shenzhen Meilin Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | |||
Amount in words: | Five hundred thousand Yuan Only | Amount in figures: | 500,000.00 | |
Purpose | Inter-bank transfer | Cash/Exchange code | ||
Abstract: Self-defined | ||||
Important prompt: the Bank has accepted the transaction successfully, this receipt does not serve as the final basis for the transaction of the payee and the payer. Please print the formal receipt on the second day after the transaction succeeds. | ||||
Corporate Online Banking of China Construction Bank Page 1/1
E-receipt of Online Banking of China Construction Bank | ||||
Currency: RMB Yuan Date: 2019129 Voucher No.: Account Details No. - Transaction SN: 1766-44200080016GPKBURWF | ||||
Payer | Full name: Xia Changbin | Payee | Full name: Wunong (Shenzhen) Technology Co., Ltd | |
ID: 6230583000011077031 | Account number: 44250100006900001704 | |||
Opening bank: Ping An Bank | Opening bank: Shenzhen Meilin Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | |||
Amount in words: | One point five million Yuan Only | Amount in figures: | 1,500,000.00 | |
Purpose | Inter-bank transfer | Cash/Exchange code | Cash | |
Abstract: Self-defined | ||||
Important prompt: the Bank has accepted the transaction successfully, this receipt does not serve as the final basis for the transaction of the payee and the payer. Please print the formal receipt on the second day after the transaction succeeds. | ||||
Loan Contract
Party A (Borrower): Wunong (Shenzhen) Technology Co., Ltd
Party B (Lender): Yang Hanwu
This Loan Contract is hereby made and entered into by and between Party A and Party B through amicable consultation, whereby both parties hereto agree on the following matters.
I. Loan Purpose
As the working capital of Wunong (Shenzhen) Technology Co., Ltd
II. Loan amount
The Borrower borrows RMB 4,241,781.61 Yuan from the Lender (paid in 2018).
III. Loan interest
Since the date of disbursement of the loan, the annual profit shall be 0% within the loan period specified in the Contract. If the Borrower fails to repay the amount on schedule, the overdue part of the interest rate will be 8%.
IV. Loan term and payment method
1. The Borrower promises to repay the Loan at the interest rate specified in this Contract from May 01, 2018 to December 31, 2020. In case the loan is overdue, the Lender shall have the right to recover the loan within a specified period.
2. The loan is paid to the following account number:
Company name: Wunong (Shenzhen) Technology Co., Ltd
Opening bank: Shenzhen Meilin Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank)
Account number: 44250100006900001704
V. Terms Change
When it is necessary to change the contract terms due to the change of interest rate by the state, both parties shall sign the documents for changing the contract as an integral part of the contract.
Ⅵ. Rights & Obligations
The Lender shall have the right to monitor and supervise the use of the Loan and understand the solvency of the Borrower. The Borrower shall provide the relevant information truthfully. If the Borrower fails to use the loan as terms and conditions stipulated in the Contract, the Lender shall have the right to recover part of the loan and impose penalty interest on the default part in accordance with the provisions of the Bank. In case of prepayment by the Lender, the interest shall be reduced as required.
Ⅶ. Settlement of disputes
All disputes in connection with or in execution of this Contract shall be settled through friendly negotiations, or jointly entrusted to a third party approved by both parties for mediation. In case either party is unwilling to negotiate or mediate, or no settlement can be reached through negotiations, either party may file a lawsuit to the people’s court for award.
VIII. For the matter(s) not mentioned or covered (if any) in this Contract shall be settled through the relevant rules and regulations of the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China.
In Testimony Whereof, this Contract shall come into effect after the Contract in question is signed and sealed by the Parties hereto in duplicate, and either Party will hold one copy, both copies being equally authentic
Lender: Yang Hanwu
Borrower:
Date of Signature: May 01, 2018
0413769
Food Business License
(Duplicate)
Company Name: Wunong Restaurant Chain Management (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd Social Credit Code: 91440300MA5FDKLC7Q Legal Representative (Person in Charge): Ma Wenshu Address: 106, Yicao Apartment, Building 11, Hourui 2nd Industrial Zone, Hourui Community, Hangcheng Sub-district, Bao’an District, Shenzhen City Business Address: 106, Yicao Apartment, Building 11, Hourui 2nd Industrial Zone, Hourui Community, Hangcheng Sub-district, Bao’an District, Shenzhen City Business Type: Catering service operator (medium-sized restaurant, online business) Business Items: production and sales of cooked food
Valid to: April 21, 2024
|
Statement
1. Food Business License is the legal documents for food business operators to obtain food, food additives permit.
2. Food Business License has the original and the duplicate, and they have the same legal forces and shall be placed at the conspicuous position of the dwelling.
3. Food Business License shall not be counterfeited, altered, leased, lent or transferred in other forms.
4. The food business operator shall expand the food business within the approved scope of the license
5. The food business operator shall accept the supervision and management of industrial and commercial administration.
6. The food business operators shall apply the former registration department for changing when the registered proceedings are changed.
7. Before the expiry of 30 days, the food business operator shall in timely manner to the licensing authority for an extension of the Food Production Licence.
License No.: JY24403060945368 Supervision Authority: Bao’an Food and Drug Administration Supervisor: Appointed by the Supervision Authority Hotline: 12331 Issuing Authority: Shenzhen Food and Drug Administration (seal) Issuer: Li Zhong
April 28, 2019
|
Supervised by State Food and Drug Administration
Corporate Online Banking of China Construction Bank Page 1/3
E-receipt of Online Banking of China Construction Bank | ||||
Currency: RMB Yuan Date: 20180514 Voucher No.: Account Details No. - Transaction SN: 1-44200080000XPQ2BNH0 | ||||
Payer
|
Full name: Yang Hanwu |
Payee
|
Full name: Wunong (Shenzhen) Technology Co., Ltd | |
Account number: 6217007200069303637 | Account number: 44250100006900001704 | |||
Opening bank: Xixiang Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | Opening bank: Shenzhen Meilin Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | |||
Amount in words: | One hundred Yuan Only | Amount in figures: | 100.00 | |
Purpose | Cash/Exchange code | Cash | ||
Abstract: | Transfer into | |||
Important prompt: the Bank has accepted the transaction successfully, this receipt does not serve as the final basis for the transaction of the payee and the payer. Please print the formal receipt on the second day after the transaction succeeds. | ||||
Corporate Online Banking of China Construction Bank Page 2/3
E-receipt of Online Banking of China Construction Bank | ||||
Currency: RMB Yuan Date: 20180514 Voucher No.: Account Details No. - Transaction SN: 3-4420008000P0PHAPFMH | ||||
Payer | Full name: Yang Hanwu | Payee | Full name: Wunong (Shenzhen) Technology Co., Ltd | |
Account number: 6217007200069303637 | Account number: 44250100006900001704 | |||
Opening bank: Xixiang Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | Opening bank: Shenzhen Meilin Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | |||
Amount in words: | Nine hundred Yuan Only | Amount in figures: | 900.00 | |
Purpose | Cash/Exchange code | Cash | ||
Abstract: | Transfer into | |||
Important prompt: the Bank has accepted the transaction successfully, this receipt does not serve as the final basis for the transaction of the payee and the payer. Please print the formal receipt on the second day after the transaction succeeds. | ||||
Corporate Online Banking of China Construction Bank Page 1/2
E-receipt of Online Banking of China Construction Bank | ||||
Currency: RMB Yuan Date: 20180608 Voucher No.: Account Details No. - Transaction SN: 111-44200080000KPG8YFV0 | ||||
Payer
|
Full name: Yang Hanwu |
Payee
|
Full name: Wunong (Shenzhen) Technology Co., Ltd | |
Account number: 6217007200069303637 | Account number: 44250100006900001704 | |||
Opening bank: Xixiang Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | Opening bank: Shenzhen Meilin Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | |||
Amount in words: | Fifty thousand yuan Only | Amount in figures: | 50,000.00 | |
Purpose | Cash/Exchange code | Cash | ||
Abstract: | Transfer into | |||
Important prompt: the Bank has accepted the transaction successfully, this receipt does not serve as the final basis for the transaction of the payee and the payer. Please print the formal receipt on the second day after the transaction succeeds. | ||||
Corporate Online Banking of China Construction Bank Page 2/2
E-receipt of Online Banking of China Construction Bank | ||||
Currency: RMB Yuan Date: 20180746 Voucher No.: Account Details No. - Transaction SN: 318-44200080000BP7PW7K6 | ||||
Payer
|
Full name: Yang Hanwu |
Payee
|
Full name: Wunong (Shenzhen) Technology Co., Ltd | |
Account number: 6217007200069303637 | Account number: 44250100006900001704 | |||
Opening bank: Xixiang Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | Opening bank: Shenzhen Meilin Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | |||
Amount in words: | Fifteen thousand Yuan Only | Amount in figures: | 15,000.00 | |
Purpose | Cash/Exchange code | Cash | ||
Abstract: | Transfer into | |||
Important prompt: the Bank has accepted the transaction successfully, this receipt does not serve as the final basis for the transaction of the payee and the payer. Please print the formal receipt on the second day after the transaction succeeds. | ||||
Corporate Online Banking of China Construction Bank Page 1/1
E-receipt of Online Banking of China Construction Bank | ||||
Currency: RMB Yuan Date: 20180809 Voucher No.: Account Details No. - Transaction SN: 439-44200080000RPQSD54Q | ||||
Payer
|
Full name: Yang Hanwu |
Payee
|
Full name: Wunong (Shenzhen) Technology Co., Ltd | |
Account number: 6217007200069303637 | Account number: 44250100006900001704 | |||
Opening bank: Xixiang Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | Opening bank: Shenzhen Meilin Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | |||
Amount in words: | Two hundred thousand Yuan Only | Amount in figures: | 200,000.00 | |
Purpose | Cash/Exchange code | Cash | ||
Abstract: | Transfer into | |||
Important prompt: the Bank has accepted the transaction successfully, this receipt does not serve as the final basis for the transaction of the payee and the payer. Please print the formal receipt on the second day after the transaction succeeds. | ||||
Corporate Online Banking of China Construction Bank Page 1/3
E-receipt of Online Banking of China Construction Bank | ||||
Currency: RMB Yuan Date: 20180914 Voucher No.: Account Details No. - Transaction SN: 688-44200080000NDP83MW66 | ||||
Payer
|
Full name: Yang Hanwu |
Payee
|
Full name: Wunong (Shenzhen) Technology Co., Ltd | |
Account number: 6228482948064990979 | Account number: 44250100006900001704 | |||
Opening bank: Funds Clearing Center, Agricultural Bank of China | Opening bank: Shenzhen Meilin Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | |||
Amount in words: | Fifty thousand Yuan Only | Amount in figures: | 50,000.00 | |
Purpose | Electronic transfer | Cash/Exchange code | Cash | |
Abstract: | Electronic transfer | |||
Important prompt: the Bank has accepted the transaction successfully, this receipt does not serve as the final basis for the transaction of the payee and the payer. Please print the formal receipt on the second day after the transaction succeeds. | ||||
Corporate Online Banking of China Construction Bank Page 2/3
E-receipt of Online Banking of China Construction Bank | ||||
Currency: RMB Yuan Date: 20180925 Voucher No.: Account Details No. - Transaction SN: 720-4420008000NJPA49Y07 | ||||
Payer
|
Full name: Yang Hanwu |
Payee
|
Full name: Wunong (Shenzhen) Technology Co., Ltd | |
Account number: 6228482948064990979 | Account number: 44250100006900001704 | |||
Opening bank: Funds Clearing Center, Agricultural Bank of China | Opening bank: Shenzhen Meilin Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | |||
Amount in words: | Fifty thousand Yuan Only | Amount in figures: | 50,000.00 | |
Purpose | Electronic transfer | Cash/Exchange code | Cash | |
Abstract: | Electronic transfer | |||
Important prompt: the Bank has accepted the transaction successfully, this receipt does not serve as the final basis for the transaction of the payee and the payer. Please print the formal receipt on the second day after the transaction succeeds. | ||||
Corporate Online Banking of China Construction Bank Page 3/3
E-receipt of Online Banking of China Construction Bank | ||||
Currency: RMB Yuan Date: 20180928 Voucher No.: Account Details No. - Transaction SN: 745-44200080000VP29VVD4 | ||||
Payer
|
Full name: Yang Hanwu |
Payee
|
Full name: Wunong (Shenzhen) Technology Co., Ltd | |
Account number: 6217007200069303637 | Account number: 44250100006900001704 | |||
Opening bank: Xixiang Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | Opening bank: Shenzhen Meilin Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | |||
Amount in words: | Three hundred thousand Yuan Only | Amount in figures: | 300,000.00 | |
Purpose | Cash/Exchange code | Cash | ||
Abstract: | Transfer into | |||
Important prompt: the Bank has accepted the transaction successfully, this receipt does not serve as the final basis for the transaction of the payee and the payer. Please print the formal receipt on the second day after the transaction succeeds. | ||||
Corporate Online Banking of China Construction Bank Page 1/1
E-receipt of Online Banking of China Construction Bank | ||||
Currency: RMB Yuan Date: 20181019 Voucher No.: Account Details No. - Transaction SN: 890-44200080000IPNRYM4E | ||||
Payer
|
Full name: Yang Hanwu |
Payee
|
Full name: Wunong (Shenzhen) Technology Co., Ltd | |
Account number: 6217007200069303637 | Account number: 44250100006900001704 | |||
Opening bank: Xixiang Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | Opening bank: Shenzhen Meilin Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | |||
Amount in words: | Five hundred thousand Yuan Only | Amount in figures: | 500,000.00 | |
Purpose | Cash/Exchange code | Cash | ||
Abstract: | Transfer into | |||
Important prompt: the Bank has accepted the transaction successfully, this receipt does not serve as the final basis for the transaction of the payee and the payer. Please print the formal receipt on the second day after the transaction succeeds. | ||||
Corporate Online Banking of China Construction Bank Page 1/3
E-receipt of Online Banking of China Construction Bank | ||||
Currency: RMB Yuan Date: 20181107 Voucher No.: Account Details No. - Transaction SN: 989-44200080000XP9M30IH | ||||
Payer
|
Full name: Yang Hanwu |
Payee
|
Full name: Wunong (Shenzhen) Technology Co., Ltd | |
Account number: 6217007200069303637 | Account number: 44250100006900001704 | |||
Opening bank: Xixiang Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | Opening bank: Shenzhen Meilin Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | |||
Amount in words: | Five hundred thousand Yuan Only | Amount in figures: | 500,000.00 | |
Purpose | Cash/Exchange code | Cash | ||
Abstract: | Transfer into | |||
Important prompt: the Bank has accepted the transaction successfully, this receipt does not serve as the final basis for the transaction of the payee and the payer. Please print the formal receipt on the second day after the transaction succeeds. | ||||
Corporate Online Banking of China Construction Bank Page 2/3
E-receipt of Online Banking of China Construction Bank | ||||
Currency: RMB Yuan Date: 20181127 Voucher No.: Account Details No. - Transaction SN: 1170-44200080000VPIUVJFC | ||||
Payer
|
Full name: Yang Hanwu |
Payee
|
Full name: Wunong (Shenzhen) Technology Co., Ltd | |
Account number: 6217007200069303637 | Account number: 44250100006900001704 | |||
Opening bank: Xixiang Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | Opening bank: Shenzhen Meilin Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | |||
Amount in words: | Five hundred thousand Yuan Only | Amount in figures: | 500,000.00 | |
Purpose | Cash/Exchange code | Cash | ||
Abstract: | Transfer into | |||
Important prompt: the Bank has accepted the transaction successfully, this receipt does not serve as the final basis for the transaction of the payee and the payer. Please print the formal receipt on the second day after the transaction succeeds. | ||||
Corporate Online Banking of China Construction Bank Page 3/3
E-receipt of Online Banking of China Construction Bank | ||||
Currency: RMB Yuan Date: 20181207 Voucher No.: Account Details No. - Transaction SN: 1274-44200080000PPGLERB0 | ||||
Payer
|
Full name: Yang Hanwu |
Payee
|
Full name: Wunong (Shenzhen) Technology Co., Ltd | |
Account number: 6217007200069303637 | Account number: 44250100006900001704 | |||
Opening bank: Xixiang Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | Opening bank: Shenzhen Meilin Branch, CCB (China Construction Bank) | |||
Amount in words: | Five hundred thousand Yuan Only | Amount in figures: | 500,000.00 | |
Purpose | Cash/Exchange code | Cash | ||
Abstract: | Transfer into | |||
Important prompt: the Bank has accepted the transaction successfully, this receipt does not serve as the final basis for the transaction of the payee and the payer. Please print the formal receipt on the second day after the transaction succeeds. | ||||
THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE WARRANT BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER OR ASSIGN THIS PURCHASE WARRANT EXCEPT AS HEREIN PROVIDED AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE WARRANT AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER, ASSIGN, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATE THIS PURCHASE WARRANT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY (180) DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO ANYONE OTHER THAN (I) BOUSTEAD SECURITIES, LLC, OR A REPRESENTATIVE OR A SELECTED DEALER IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, OR (II) A BONA FIDE OFFICER OR PARTNER OF BOUSTEAD SECURITIES, LLC, OR OF ANY SUCH UNDERWRITERS OR SELECTED DEALER.
THIS PURCHASE WARRANT IS NOT EXERCISABLE PRIOR TO [●], 20[__]. VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., EASTERN TIME, [●], 20[__].
UNDERWRITER’S WARRANT
FOR THE PURCHASE OF [●] ORDINARY SHARES
OF
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED
1. Purchase Warrant. THIS CERTIFIES THAT, pursuant to that certain Underwriting Agreement by and between Wunong Net Technology Company Limited, a British Virgin Islands company (the “Company”), on one hand, and Boustead Securities, LLC (the “Holder”), on the other hand, dated [●], 2019 (the “Underwriting Agreement”), the Holder, as registered owner of this Purchase Warrant, is entitled, at any time or from time to time from [●], 20[__] (the “Exercise Date”), and at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on [●], 20[__] (the “Expiration Date”)1, but not thereafter, to subscribe for, purchase and receive, in whole or in part, up to such number of ordinary shares of the Company, no par value per ordinary share (the “Ordinary Shares”) as equates to seven percent (7%) of the Ordinary Shares in the Offering (the “Shares”), subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6 hereof. If the Expiration Date is a day on which banking institutions are authorized by law to close, then this Purchase Warrant may be exercised on the next succeeding day which is not such a day in accordance with the terms herein. During the period ending on the Expiration Date, the Company agrees not to take any action that would terminate this Purchase Warrant. This Purchase Warrant is initially exercisable at $ per Ordinary Share (100% of the price of the Ordinary Shares sold in the Offering); provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 6 hereof, the rights granted by this Purchase Warrant, including the exercise price per Ordinary Share and the number of Ordinary Shares to be received upon such exercise, shall be adjusted as therein specified. The term “Exercise Price” shall mean the initial exercise price as set forth above or the adjusted exercise price as a result of the events set forth in Section 6 below, depending on the context. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Underwriting Agreement.
2. Exercise.
2.1 Exercise Form. In order to exercise this Purchase Warrant, the exercise form attached hereto as Exhibit A must be duly executed and completed and delivered to the Company, together with this Purchase Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price for the Ordinary Shares being purchased payable in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company or by certified check. If the subscription rights represented hereby shall not be exercised at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Expiration Date, this Purchase Warrant shall become and be void without further force or effect, and all rights represented hereby shall cease and expire.
1 Which shall be the five-year anniversary of the Effective Date.
1 |
2.2 Cashless Exercise. At any time after the Exercise Date and until the Expiration Date, Holder may elect to receive the number of Ordinary Shares equal to the value of this Purchase Warrant (or the portion thereof being exercised), by surrender of this Purchase Warrant to the Company, together with the exercise form attached hereto, in which event the Company shall issue to Holder, Shares in accordance with the following formula:
X | = | Y(A-B) | |
A |
Where, | X | = | The number of Ordinary Shares to be issued to Holder; |
Y | = | The number of Ordinary Shares for which the Purchase Warrant is being exercised; | |
A | = | The fair market value of one Ordinary Share; and | |
B | = | The Exercise Price. |
For purposes of this Section 2.2, the “fair market value” of an Ordinary Share is defined as follows:
(i) | if the Ordinary Shares are traded on a national securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the highest intra-day or closing price on any trading day on such exchange during the five trading days preceding the exercise form being submitted in connection with the exercise of the Purchase Warrant; or | |
(ii) | if the Ordinary Shares are actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the weighted average price of the Ordinary Shares for the five consecutive trading days ending on the trading day immediately prior to the exercise form being submitted in connection with the exercise of the Purchase Warrant; or | |
(iii) | if there is no market for the Ordinary Shares, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors. |
2.3 Legend. Each certificate for the securities purchased under this Purchase Warrant shall bear the following legends unless such securities have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), or are exempt from registration under the Act:
(i) “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR APPLICABLE STATE LAW. NEITHER THE SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT, OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE LAW WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE COMPANY, IS AVAILABLE.”
(ii) Any legend required by the securities laws of any state to the extent such laws are applicable to the Shares represented by a certificate, instrument, or book entry so legended.
3. Transfer.
3.1 General Restrictions. The registered Holder of this Purchase Warrant agrees by his, her or its acceptance hereof, that such Holder will not: (a) sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate this Purchase Warrant for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the Registration Statement (the “Effective Date”) to anyone other than: (i) the Underwriter or a selected dealer participating in the Offering, or (ii) a bona fide officer or partner of the Underwriter or of any such selected dealer, in each case in accordance with FINRA Conduct Rule 5110(e)(2)(B), or (b) cause this Purchase Warrant or the securities issuable hereunder to be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of this Purchase Warrant or the securities hereunder, except as provided for in FINRA Rule 5110(e)(2)(A). On and after that date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the Effective Date, transfers to others may be made subject to compliance with or exemptions from applicable securities laws. In order to make any permitted assignment, the Holder must deliver to the Company the assignment form attached hereto as Exhibit B duly executed and completed, together with this Purchase Warrant and payment of all transfer taxes, if any, payable in connection therewith. The Company shall within five (5) Business Days transfer this Purchase Warrant on the books of the Company and shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Warrant or Purchase Warrants of like tenor to the appropriate assignee(s) expressly evidencing the right to purchase the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares purchasable hereunder or such portion of such number as shall be contemplated by any such assignment.
2 |
3.2 Restrictions Imposed by the Act. The securities evidenced by this Purchase Warrant shall not be transferred unless and until: (i) the Company has received the opinion of counsel for the Company that the securities may be transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act and applicable state securities laws, the availability of which is established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company, (ii) a registration statement or a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of such securities that has been declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) and includes a current prospectus or (iii) a registration statement, pursuant to which the Holder has exercised its registration rights pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 herein, relating to the offer and sale of such securities has been filed and declared effective by the Commission and compliance with applicable state securities law has been established.
4. Registration Rights.
4.1 “Piggy-Back” Registration. Unless all of the Ordinary Shares underlying the Purchase Warrant (collectively, the “Registrable Securities”) are included in an effective registration statement with a current prospectus, the Holder shall have the right, until the Expiration Date, to include the remaining Registrable Securities as part of any other registration of securities filed by the Company (other than in connection with a transaction contemplated by Rule 145 promulgated under the Act or pursuant to Forms S-8, F-3 or any equivalent forms); provided, however, that if, solely in connection with any primary underwritten public offering for the account of the Company, the managing underwriter(s) thereof shall, in its reasonable discretion, impose a limitation on the number of Registrable Securities which may be included in the registration statement because, in such underwriter(s)’ judgment, marketing or other factors dictate such limitation is necessary to facilitate public distribution, then the Company shall be obligated to include in such registration statement only such limited portion of the Registrable Securities with respect to which the Holder requested inclusion hereunder as the underwriter shall reasonably permit; and further provided that ) no such piggy-back rights shall exist for so long as the Registrable Securities (which term shall include those paid as consideration pursuant to the cashless exercise provisions of this Warrant) may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 of the Act without restriction. Any exclusion of Registrable Securities shall be made pro rata among the Holders seeking to include Registrable Securities in proportion to the number of Registrable Securities sought to be included by such Holders; provided, however, that the Company shall not exclude any Registrable Securities unless the Company has first excluded all outstanding securities, the holders of which are not entitled to inclusion of such securities in such Registration Statement or are not entitled to pro rata inclusion with the Registrable Securities. In the event of such a proposed registration, the Company shall furnish the then Holders of outstanding Registrable Securities with not less than fifteen (15) days written notice prior to the proposed date of filing of such registration statement. Such notice to the Holders shall continue to be given for each registration statement filed by the Company until such time as all of the Registrable Securities have been sold by the Holder. The Holders of the Registrable Securities shall exercise the “piggy-back” rights provided for herein by giving written notice, within seven (7) days of the receipt of the Company’s notice of its intention to file a registration statement. Except as otherwise provided in this Purchase Warrant, there shall be no limit on the number of times the Holder may request registration under this Section 4.1.
4.2 General Terms.
4.2.1 Expenses of Registration. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 4 hereof, but the Holders shall pay any and all underwriting commissions and the expenses of any legal counsel selected by the Holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Registrable Securities.
4.2.2 Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify the Holder(s) of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to any registration statement hereunder and each person, if any, who controls such Holders within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 (a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), against all loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever) to which any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from such registration statement but only to the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions pursuant to which the Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriter contained in Section 7 of the Underwriting Agreement.
3 |
4.2.3 Exercise of Purchase Warrant. Nothing contained in this Purchase Warrant shall be construed as requiring the Holder(s) to exercise their Purchase Warrant prior to or after the initial filing of any registration statement or the effectiveness thereof.
4.2.4 Documents to be Delivered by Holder(s). Each of the Holder(s) participating in any of the registration statement filed by the Company shall furnish to the Company a completed and executed questionnaire provided by the Company requesting information customarily sought of selling security holders.
4.2.5 Damages. Should the registration or the effectiveness thereof required by Section 4 hereof be delayed by the Company or the Company otherwise fails to comply with such provisions, the Holder(s) shall, in addition to any other legal or other relief available to the Holder(s), be entitled to obtain specific performance or other equitable (including injunctive) relief against the threatened breach of such provisions or the continuation of any such breach, without the necessity of proving actual damages and without the necessity of posting bond or other security.
5. New Purchase Warrants to be Issued.
5.1 Partial Exercise or Transfer. Subject to the restrictions in Section 3 hereof, this Purchase Warrant may be exercised or assigned in whole or in part. In the event of the exercise or assignment hereof in part only, upon surrender of this Purchase Warrant for cancellation, together with the duly executed exercise or assignment form and funds sufficient to pay any Exercise Price and/or transfer tax if exercised pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the Holder without charge a new Purchase Warrant of like tenor to this Purchase Warrant in the name of the Holder evidencing the right of the Holder to purchase the number of Ordinary Shares purchasable hereunder as to which this Purchase Warrant has not been exercised or assigned.
5.2 Lost Certificate. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Purchase Warrant and of reasonably satisfactory indemnification or the posting of a bond, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Warrant of like tenor and date. Any such new Purchase Warrant executed and delivered as a result of such loss, theft, mutilation or destruction shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation on the part of the Company.
6. Adjustments.
6.1 Adjustments to Exercise Price and Number of Ordinary Shares. The Exercise Price and the number of Ordinary Shares underlying this Purchase Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as hereinafter set forth:
6.1.1 Share Dividends; Split Ups. If, after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 below, the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares is increased by a stock dividend payable in Ordinary Shares or by a split up of Ordinary Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective day thereof, the number of Ordinary Shares purchasable hereunder shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding Ordinary Shares, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased.
6.1.2 Aggregation of Ordinary Shares. If, after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 below, the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination or reclassification of Ordinary Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date thereof, the number of Ordinary Shares purchasable hereunder shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.
4 |
6.1.3 Replacement of Ordinary Shares upon Reorganization, etc. In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Ordinary Shares other than a change covered by Section 6.1.1 or Section 6.1.2 hereof or that solely affects the par value of such Ordinary Shares, or in the case of any share reconstruction or amalgamation or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Ordinary Shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which the Company is dissolved, the Holder of this Purchase Warrant shall have the right thereafter (until the expiration of the right of exercise of this Purchase Warrant) to receive upon the exercise hereof, for the same aggregate Exercise Price payable hereunder immediately prior to such event, the kind and amount of ordinary shares or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, share reconstruction or amalgamation, or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, by a Holder of the number of Ordinary Shares of the Company obtainable upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant immediately prior to such event; and if any reclassification also results in a change in Ordinary Shares covered by Section 6.1.1 or Section 6.1.2, then such adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section 6.1.1, Section 6.1.2 and this Section 6.1.3. The provisions of this Section 6.1.3 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, share reconstructions or amalgamations, or consolidations, sales or other transfers.
6.1.4 Fundamental Transaction. If, at any time while this Purchase Warrant is outstanding, (i) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person, (ii) the Company, directly or indirectly, effects any sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any direct or indirect purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Company or another Person) is completed pursuant to which holders of Ordinary Shares are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property and has been accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding Ordinary Shares, (iv) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the Ordinary Shares or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Ordinary Shares is effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property, or (v) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions consummates a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spinoff or scheme of arrangement) with another Person or group of Persons whereby such other Person or group acquires more than 50% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (not including any Ordinary Shares held by the other Person or other Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with, the other Persons making or party to such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination) (each a “Fundamental Transaction”), then, upon any subsequent exercise of this Purchase Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to receive, for each Purchase Warrant Ordinary Share that would have been issuable upon such exercise immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction, the number Ordinary Shares of the successor or acquiring corporation or of the Company, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional or alternative consideration (the “Alternative Consideration”) receivable as a result of such Fundamental Transaction by a holder of the number of Ordinary Shares for which this Purchase Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction. For purposes of any such exercise, the determination of the Exercise Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternative Consideration based on the amount of Alternative Consideration issuable in respect of one Ordinary Share in such Fundamental Transaction, and the Company shall apportion the Exercise Price among the Alternative Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternative Consideration. If holders of Ordinary Shares are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternative Consideration it receives upon any exercise of this Purchase Warrant following such Fundamental Transaction. The Company shall cause any successor entity in a Fundamental Transaction in which the Company is not the survivor (the “Successor Entity”) to assume in writing all of the obligations of the Company under this Purchase Warrant, and to deliver to the Holder in exchange for this Purchase Warrant a security of the Successor Entity evidenced by a written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to this Purchase Warrant which is exercisable for a corresponding number of shares of capital stock of such Successor Entity (or its parent entity) equivalent to the Ordinary Shares acquirable and receivable upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant prior to such Fundamental Transaction, and with an exercise price which applies the Exercise Price hereunder to such shares of capital stock (but taking into account the relative value of the Ordinary Shares pursuant to such Fundamental Transaction and the value of such shares of capital stock, such number of shares of capital stock and such exercise price being for the purpose of protecting the economic value of this Purchase Warrant immediately prior to the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction). Upon the occurrence of any such Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such Fundamental Transaction, the provisions of this Purchase Warrant and the other Transaction Documents referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the Successor Entity), and may exercise every right and power of, the Company and shall assume all of the obligations of the Company, under this Purchase Warrant and the other Transaction Documents with the same effect as if such Successor Entity had been named as the Company herein.
5 |
6.1.5 Changes in Form of Purchase Warrant. This form of Purchase Warrant need not be changed because of any change pursuant to this Section 6.1, and Purchase Warrants issued after such change may state the same Exercise Price and the same number of Ordinary Shares as are stated in the Purchase Warrant initially issued pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement. The acceptance by any Holder of the issuance of new Purchase Warrants reflecting a required or permissive change shall not be deemed to waive any rights to an adjustment occurring after the date hereof or the computation thereof.
6.2 Substitute Purchase Warrant. In case of any consolidation of the Company with, or share reconstruction or amalgamation of the Company with or into, another corporation (other than a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation which does not result in any reclassification or change of the outstanding Ordinary Shares), the corporation formed by such consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation shall execute and deliver to the Holder a supplemental Purchase Warrant providing that the Holder of each Purchase Warrant then outstanding or to be outstanding shall have the right thereafter (until the stated expiration of such Purchase Warrant) to receive, upon exercise of such Purchase Warrant, the kind and amount of Ordinary Shares and other securities and property receivable upon such consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation, by a holder of the number of Ordinary Shares of the Company for which such Purchase Warrant might have been exercised immediately prior to such consolidation, share reconstruction or amalgamation, sale or transfer. Such supplemental Purchase Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be identical to the adjustments provided for in this Section 6. The above provision of this Section 6 shall similarly apply to successive consolidations or share reconstructions or amalgamations.
6.3 Elimination of Fractional Interests. The Company shall not be required to issue certificates representing fractions of Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of the Purchase Warrant, nor shall it be required to issue scrip or pay cash in lieu of any fractional interests, it being the intent of the parties that all fractional interests shall be eliminated by rounding any fraction up or down, as the case may be, to the nearest whole number of Ordinary Shares or other securities, properties or rights.
7. Reservation and Listing. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized Ordinary Shares, solely for the purpose of issuance upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant, such number of Ordinary Shares or other securities, properties or rights as shall be issuable upon the exercise thereof. The Company covenants and agrees that, upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price therefor, in accordance with the terms hereby, all Ordinary Shares and other securities issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to preemptive rights of any shareholder. The Company further covenants and agrees that upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant and payment of the exercise price therefor, all Ordinary Shares and other securities issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to preemptive rights of any shareholder. As long as this Purchase Warrant shall be outstanding, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant to be listed (subject to official notice of issuance) on all national securities exchanges (or, if applicable, on the OTCQB Market or any successor quotation system) on which the Ordinary Shares issued to the public in the Offering may then be listed and/or quoted (if at all).
8. Certain Notice Requirements.
8.1 Holder’s Right to Receive Notice. Nothing herein shall be construed as conferring upon the Holders the right to vote or consent or to receive notice as a shareholder for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having any rights whatsoever as a shareholder of the Company. If, however, at any time prior to the expiration of this Purchase Warrant and its exercise, any of the events described in Section 8.2 shall occur, then, in one or more of said events, the Company shall give written notice of such event at least fifteen days prior to the date fixed as a record date or the date of closing the transfer books (the “Notice Date”) for the determination of the shareholders entitled to such dividend, distribution, conversion or exchange of securities or subscription rights, or entitled to vote on such proposed dissolution, liquidation, winding up or sale. Such notice shall specify such record date or the date of the closing of the transfer books, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall deliver to each Holder a copy of each notice given to the other shareholders of the Company at the same time and in the same manner that such notice is given to the shareholders.
6 |
8.2 Events Requiring Notice. The Company shall be required to give the notice described in this Section 8 upon one or more of the following events: (i) if the Company shall take a record of the holders of its Ordinary Shares for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or distribution payable otherwise than in cash, or a cash dividend or distribution payable otherwise than out of retained earnings, as indicated by the accounting treatment of such dividend or distribution on the books of the Company, (ii) the Company shall offer to all the holders of its Ordinary Shares any additional shares of capital stock of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company, or any option, right or warrant to subscribe therefor, or (iii) a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company (other than in connection with a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation) or a sale of all or substantially all of its property, assets and business shall be proposed.
8.3 Notice of Change in Exercise Price. The Company shall, promptly after an event requiring a change in the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 6 hereof, send notice to the Holders of such event and change (“Price Notice”). The Price Notice shall describe the event causing the change and the method of calculating same and shall be certified as being true and accurate by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer.
8.4 Transmittal of Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications under this Purchase Warrant shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly made if made in accordance with the notice provisions of the Underwriting Agreement to the addresses and contact information for the Holder appearing on the books and records of the Company.
If to the Holder, then to:
Boustead Securities, LLC
6 Venture, Suite 265
Irvine, CA 92618
Attn: Keith Moore
Attn: Daniel J. McClory
Email: keith@boustead1828.com
dan@boustead1828.com
With a copy to:
Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP
366 Madison Avenue, 3rd Floor
New York, NY 10017
Attn: William S. Rosenstadt, Esq.
Attn: Mengyi “Jason” Ye, Esq.
Email: wsr@orllp.legal
jye@orllp.legal
If to the Company:
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited
B401, 4th Floor Building 12, Hangcheng Street,
Hourui No. 2 Industrial District,
Southern Section, Zhichuang Juzhen Double Creative Park,
Bao’an District, Shenzhen
People’s Republic of China
Attn: Xiaogang Qin, CEO
Email: [*]
With a copy to:
Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP
1185 Avenue of the Americas, 37th Floor
New York, NY 10036
Attn: Benjamin Tan, Esq.
Email: btan@srf.law
7 |
9. Miscellaneous.
9.1 Amendments. The Company and the Underwriter may from time to time supplement or amend this Purchase Warrant without the approval of any of the Holders in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or to make any other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising hereunder that the Company and the Underwriter may deem necessary or desirable and that the Company and the Underwriter deem shall not adversely affect the interest of the Holders, in their sole and absolute discretion. All other modifications or amendments shall require the written consent of and be signed by the party against whom enforcement of the modification or amendment is sought.
9.2 Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Purchase Warrant.
9.3. Entire Agreement. This Purchase Warrant (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Purchase Warrant) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.
9.4 Binding Effect. This Purchase Warrant shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon, the Holder and the Company and their permitted assignees, respective successors, legal representative and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Purchase Warrant or any provisions herein contained.
9.5 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Trial by Jury. This Purchase Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or relating in any way to this Purchase Warrant shall be brought and enforced in the New York Supreme Court, County of New York, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 8 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim. The Company and the Holder agree that the prevailing party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor. The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and the Holder hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
9.6 Waiver, etc. The failure of the Company or the Holder to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Purchase Warrant shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Purchase Warrant or any provision hereof or the right of the Company or any Holder to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Purchase Warrant. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Purchase Warrant shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.
8 |
9.7 Exchange Agreement. As a condition of the Holder’s receipt and acceptance of this Purchase Warrant, Holder agrees that, at any time prior to the complete exercise of this Purchase Warrant by Holder, if the Company and the Underwriter enter into an agreement (“Exchange Agreement”) pursuant to which they agree that all outstanding Purchase Warrants will be exchanged for securities or cash or a combination of both, then Holder shall agree to such exchange and become a party to the Exchange Agreement.
9.8 Execution in Counterparts. This Purchase Warrant may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto. Such counterparts may be delivered by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission.
9.9 Holder Not Deemed a Shareholder. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Holder, solely in its capacity as a holder of this Purchase Warrant, shall not be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of share capital of the Company for any purpose, nor shall anything contained in this Purchase Warrant be construed to confer upon the Holder, solely in its capacity as the Holder of this Purchase Warrant, any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company or any right to vote, give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether any reorganization, issue of share, reclassification of share, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise), receive notice of meetings, receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, prior to the issuance to the Holder of the Ordinary Shares which it is then entitled to receive upon the due exercise of this Purchase Warrant. In addition, nothing contained in this Purchase Warrant shall be construed as imposing any liabilities on the Holder to purchase any securities (upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant or otherwise) or as a shareholder of the Company, whether such liabilities are asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.
[Signature Page to Follow]
9 |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Purchase Warrant to be signed by its duly authorized officer as of the ____ day of _______, 2019.
WUNONG NET TECHNOLOGY COMPANY LIMITED | ||
By: | ||
Name: | Xiaogang Qin | |
Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
10 |
EXHIBIT A
Exercise Notice
Form to be used to exercise Purchase Warrant:
Date: __________, 20___
The undersigned hereby elects irrevocably to exercise the Purchase Warrant for ______ Ordinary Shares of Wunong Net Technology Company Limited, a British Virgin Islands company (the “Company”) and hereby makes payment of $____ (at the rate of $____ per Ordinary Share) in payment of the Exercise Price pursuant thereto. Please issue the Ordinary Shares as to which this Purchase Warrant is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below and, if applicable, a new Purchase Warrant representing the number of Ordinary Shares for which this Purchase Warrant has not been exercised.
or
The undersigned hereby elects irrevocably to convert its right to purchase ___ Ordinary Shares under the Purchase Warrant for ______ Ordinary Shares, as determined in accordance with the following formula:
The undersigned agrees and acknowledges that the calculation set forth above is subject to confirmation by the Company and any disagreement with respect to the calculation shall be resolved by the Company in its sole discretion.
Please issue the Ordinary Shares as to which this Purchase Warrant is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below and, if applicable, a new Purchase Warrant representing the number of Ordinary Shares for which this Purchase Warrant has not been converted.
Signature
Signature Guaranteed
11 |
EXHIBIT B
Form to be used to assign Purchase Warrant: ASSIGNMENT
(To be executed by the registered Holder to effect a transfer of the within Purchase Warrant):
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto the right to purchase [●] ordinary shares of Wunong Net Technology Company Limited, a British Virgin Islands company (the “Company”), evidenced by the Purchase Warrant and does hereby authorize the Company to transfer such right on the books of the Company.
Dated: , 20__
Signature
Signature Guaranteed
NOTICE: The signature to this form must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within Purchase Warrant without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be guaranteed by a bank, other than a savings bank, or by a trust company or by a firm having membership on a registered national securities exchange.
12 |
INSTRUCTIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
Name:
(Print in Block Letters)
Address:
NOTICE: The signature to this form must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Purchase Warrant without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be guaranteed by a bank, other than a savings bank, or by a trust company or by a firm having membership on a registered national securities exchange.
13 |
List of Subsidiaries of
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited
Shenzhen Vande Technology Co., Limited (HK)
Guo Gangtong Trade (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd (WOFE)
Exhibit 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Amendment No. 1 to Form F-1 (File No. 333-248876) of our report dated August 13, 2020 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Wunong Net Technology Company Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and for the years then ended. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in this Registration Statement.
/s/ Friedman LLP
New York, New York
October 16, 2020
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited
CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS
This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics covers a wide range of business practices and procedures. It does not cover every issue that may arise, but it sets out basic principles to guide the employees of Wunong Net Technology Company Limited and its subsidiaries (the “Company”). All of our employees must conduct themselves in accordance with these principles and seek to avoid even the appearance of improper behavior. The Company’s agents and representatives, including consultants and directors, to the extent practicable, shall also follow this Code.
This Code is in addition to and supplements the other policies and procedures which have been implemented by the Company. If a law conflicts with a policy in this Code, you must comply with the law; however, if a local custom or policy conflicts with this Code, you must comply with the Code. If you have any questions about a conflict, you should ask your supervisor how to handle the situation.
All claims of violations of this Code will be investigated by appropriate personnel. Those who violate the standards in this Code will be subject to disciplinary action. If you are in a situation that you believe may violate or lead to a violation of this Code, follow the guidelines described in Section 14 of this Code.
1. | Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations |
Obeying the law, both in letter and in spirit, is the foundation on which this Company’s ethical standards are built. All employees must respect and obey the laws of all jurisdictions in which the Company operates. Any employee who is unsure about any aspect of these laws should seek advice from supervisors, managers or other appropriate personnel.
2. | Record-Keeping |
Accuracy and reliability in the preparation of all business records is critically important to the Company’s decision-making process and to the proper discharge of its financial, legal, and reporting obligations. All of the Company’s books, records, accounts and financial statements shall be maintained in reasonable detail, shall appropriately reflect the Company’s transactions and shall conform both to applicable legal requirements and to the Company’s system of internal controls. Unrecorded or “off the books” funds or assets shall not be maintained unless permitted by applicable law or regulation.
Many employees regularly incur business expenses, which must be documented and recorded accurately. If you are not sure whether a certain expense is appropriate, consult the policy or ask your supervisor.
Business records and communications often become public, and we should avoid exaggeration, derogatory remarks, guesswork, or inappropriate characterizations of people and companies that can be misunderstood. This applies equally to e-mail, internal memos and formal reports. Records shall always be retained or destroyed according to the Company’s record retention policies.
3. | Conflicts of Interest and Related Party Transactions |
A “conflict of interest” exists when a person’s private interest interferes in any way with the interests of the Company. A conflict situation can arise when an employee, officer or director takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her Company work objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest may also arise when an employee, officer or director, or members of his or her family, receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position in the Company. Loans to, or guarantees of obligations of, employees and their family members may create conflicts of interest. Loans to, or guarantees of obligations of, directors, executive officers and their family members are prohibited.
A conflict of interest almost always exists when a Company employee works concurrently for a competitor, customer or supplier. You are not allowed to work for a competitor as a consultant or board member. The best policy is to avoid any direct or indirect business connection with the Company’s competitors, customers or suppliers, except on the Company’s behalf.
A conflict of interest may occur when an employee of the Company has an ownership or financial interest in another business organization that is doing business with the Company. These transactions between the Company and the other organization are characterized as related party transactions. While not all related party transactions are improper, the Company must be aware of the details of each such transaction so that it can make a judgment as to the appropriateness of the transaction. If you or a family member have any ownership or financial interest in another organization that conducts business or seeks to conduct business with the Company, you must report the situation to the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and cooperate with the legal staff by providing all relevant facts. The CEO will determine whether or not the related party transaction is a conflict of interest.
Conflicts of interest are prohibited as a matter of Company policy, except under guidelines approved by the Board of Directors. Conflicts of interest may not always be clear, so if you have a question, you should consult with higher levels of management or the Company’s CEO. Any employee, officer or director who becomes aware of a conflict or potential conflict shall bring it to the attention of a supervisor, manager or other appropriate personnel or consult the procedures described in Section 14 of this Code.
4. | Confidentiality |
Employees must maintain the confidentiality of confidential information entrusted to them by the Company or its customers, except when disclosure is authorized by the CEO or legally mandated. Even within the Company, you should disclose confidential information only to those employees who need to know the information. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors, or harmful to the Company or its customers, if disclosed. It also includes information that suppliers and customers have entrusted to us. The obligation to preserve confidential information continues even after employment ends.
5. | Insider Trading |
Employees who have access to confidential information are not permitted to use or share that information for stock trading purposes or for any other purpose except the conduct of the Company’s business. All non-public information about the Company shall be considered confidential information. To use non-public information for personal financial benefit or to “tip” others who might make an investment decision on the basis of this information is not only unethical but also illegal. If you have any questions, you should consult the Company’s CEO.
6. | Corporate Opportunities |
Employees, officers and directors are prohibited from taking for themselves personally opportunities that are discovered through the use of corporate property, information or position without the consent of the Board of Directors. No employee shall use corporate property, information, or position for improper personal gain, and no employee shall compete with the Company directly or indirectly. Employees, officers and directors owe a duty to the Company to advance its legitimate interests when the opportunity to do so arises.
7. | Competition and Fair Dealing |
The Company seeks to outperform its competition fairly and honestly. The Company seeks competitive advantages through superior performance, never through unethical or illegal business practices. Stealing proprietary information, possessing trade secret information that was obtained without the owner’s consent, or inducing such disclosures by past or present employees of other companies is prohibited. Each employee shall endeavor to respect the rights of and deal fairly with the Company’s customers, suppliers, competitors and employees. No employee shall take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other intentional unfair-dealinq practice.
The purpose of business entertainment and gifts in a commercial setting is to create good will and sound working relationships, not to gain unfair advantage with customers. No gift or entertainment shall ever be offered, given, provided or accepted by any Company employee, family member of an employee or agent unless it:
● | is not a cash gift, | |
● | is consistent with customary business practices, | |
● | is not excessive in value, | |
● | cannot be construed as a bribe or payoff, and | |
● | does not violate any laws or regulations. |
8. | Discrimination and Harassment |
The diversity of the Company’s employees is a tremendous asset. The Company is firmly committed to providing equal opportunity in all aspects of employment and shall not tolerate any illegal discrimination or harassment or any kind. Examples include derogatory comments based on racial, gender, religious, or ethnic characteristics and unwelcome sexual advances.
9. | Health and Safety |
The Company strives to provide each employee with a safe and healthful work environment. Each employee has the responsibility for maintaining a safe and healthful workplace for all employees by following safety and health rules and practices and reporting accidents, injuries and unsafe equipment, practices or conditions.
Violence and threatening behavior are not permitted. Employees must report to work in condition to perform their duties, free from the influence of alcohol or illegal drugs. The use of alcohol or illegal drugs in the workplace is not tolerated.
10. | Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets |
All employees shall endeavor to protect the Company’s assets and ensure their efficient use. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability. All Company assets should be used for legitimate business purposes. Any suspected incident of theft, carelessness, or waste of or with Company assets shall be immediately reported for investigation. Company equipment shall not be used for non-Company business, although incidental personal use may be permitted by your supervisor.
The obligation of employees to protect the Company’s assets includes its proprietary information. Proprietary information includes intellectual property such as trade secrets, patents, trademarks, and copyrights, as well as business, marketing and service plans, databases, records, salary information and any unpublished financial data and reports. Unauthorized use or distribution of this information would violate Company policy. It could also be illegal and result in civil and/or criminal penalties.
11. | Accounting and Related Matters |
All employees participate, in some measure, in the gathering of information made available to the Company’s accounting department for use in the Company’s financial reports and other information required to be publicly disclosed by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC/NYSE American. Each employee should endeavor to ensure that such information is accurate and complete in all material respects through full compliance with the Company’s accounting requirements, internal disclosure and accounting controls and audits.
12. | Waivers of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics |
Any waiver of this Code for executive officers or directors may be made only by the Corporate Governance Committee of the Board and shall be promptly disclosed as required by law or stock exchange regulation.
13. | Administration of Code |
This Code shall be administered by the Company’s CEO, who shall act as the Corporate Compliance Officer of the Company, Company employees are encouraged to seek guidance regarding the application or interpretation of this Code from the CEO and are expected to cooperate fully in any investigation of any potential violation of this Code.
14. | Reporting Violations; Compliance Procedures |
All employees shall work to ensure prompt and consistent action against violations of this Code. However, in some situations it is difficult to know right from wrong. Since no one can anticipate every situation that will arise, it is important to have a way to approach a new question or problem. These are the steps to keep in mind:
● | Make sure you have all the facts. In order to reach the right solutions, you must be as fully informed as possible. | |
● | Ask yourself: What specifically am I being asked to do? Does it seem unethical or improper? This will enable you to focus on the specific question you are faced with and the alternatives you have. Use your judgment and common sense; if something seems unethical or improper, it probably is. | |
● | Clarify your responsibility and role. In most situations there is shared responsibility. Are your colleagues informed? It may help to get others involved and discuss the problem. | |
● | Discuss the problem with your supervisor. You are encouraged to talk to your supervisor about any issues concerning illegal, unethical or improper behavior and when in doubt about the best course of action in a particular situation. This is the basic guidance for all situations. In many cases your supervisor will be more knowledgeable about the question, and will appreciate being brought into the decision-making process. Remember it is your supervisor’s responsibility to help solve problems. | |
● | Report serious violations to the Company’s CEO. You should report serious violations that have not been properly addressed by your supervisor or other resources of the Company to the CEO. However, if it is not appropriate to discuss an issue with the CEO, or if you believe that the CEO has not properly addressed the violations, you may contact any independent director of the Board of Directors. In the rare case that you become aware of a material legal violation or a breach of fiduciary duty by an employee of the Company, address your concerns to: Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee Chairman, Wunong Net Technology Company Limited, B401, 4th Floor Building 12, Hangcheng Street,Hourui No. 2 Industrial District, Southern Section, Zhichuang Juzhen Double Creative Park, Bao’an District, Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China. | |
● | Reporting of accounting issues. If you are aware of an issue concerning accounting, auditing or the Company’s internal accounting controls, address your concerns with the Company’s internal audit function or to the CEO. In the event that you believe that the Company has not properly responded to the issue, you may address your concerns to: Audit Committee Chairman, Wunong Net Technology Company Limited, B401, 4th Floor Building 12, Hangcheng Street,Hourui No. 2 Industrial District, Southern Section, Zhichuang Juzhen Double Creative Park, Bao’an District, Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China. | |
● | You may report any possible violation in confidence and without fear of retaliation. If your situation requires that your identity be kept secret, your anonymity will be protected and you will be guaranteed confidentiality in the handling of your claim. It is the policy of the Company not to allow retaliation for reports of misconduct by others made in good faith by employees. Employees are expected to cooperate in internal investigations of misconduct. |
Always ask first, act later: If you are unsure of, what to do in any situation, seek guidance before you act.
October 16, 2020
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited
B401, 4th Floor Building 12, Hangcheng Street,
Hourui No. 2 Industrial District,
Southern Section, Zhichuang Juzhen Double Creative Park,
Bao’an District, Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We are acting as United States counsel to Wunong Net Technology Company Limited, a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation of the registration statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”) and the related prospectus (the “Prospectus”) with respect to the Company’s public offering of its ordinary shares. The Company is filing the Registration Statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
This opinion is being furnished to you in connection with the Registration Statement.
In connection with this opinion, we have examined the Registration Statement and such other documents and corporate records as we have deemed necessary or appropriate in order to enable us to render the opinion below. For purposes of this opinion, we have assumed (i) the validity and accuracy of the documents and corporate records that we have examined, (ii) the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such documents and (iii) that all relevant documents have been, or will be, validly authorized, executed, delivered and performed by all of the relevant parties. As to any facts material to the opinion expressed herein that we did not independently establish or verify, we have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and have assumed that such statements and representations are true, correct and complete without regard to any qualification as to knowledge or belief. Our opinion is conditioned upon, among other things, the initial and continuing truth, accuracy, and completeness of the items described above on which we are relying.
In rendering the opinion, we have considered the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, pertinent judicial authorities, interpretive rulings and other administrative guidance of the Internal Revenue Service (the “Service”), and such other authorities as we have considered relevant, all as of the date hereof. It should be noted that statutes, regulations, judicial decisions and administrative guidance are subject to change at any time and that any such changes may be effective retroactively. A change in the authorities or in the truth, accuracy or completeness of any of the facts, information, documents, corporate records, covenants, statements, representations or assumptions on which our opinion is based could affect our conclusions.
Subject to the foregoing and the qualifications set forth in the Registration Statement, the discussion set forth in the Registration Statement under the caption “Taxation — Material Tax Consequences Applicable to U.S. Holders of Our Ordinary Shares,” insofar as such discussion sets forth legal conclusions on U.S. federal income tax law, constitutes our opinion as to the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders (as such term is defined in the Registration Statement) of the ownership and sale, exchange or other disposition of the Company’s ordinary shares.
1185 Avenue of the Americas | 37th Floor | New York, NY | 10036
T (212) 930 9700 | F (212) 930 9725 | WWW.SRF.LAW
Our opinion is limited to the application of the federal income tax laws of the United States only and we express no opinion with respect to the applicability of other federal laws, the laws of other countries, the laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction, or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any other local agencies within any state. No opinion is expressed as to any federal income tax laws except as specifically set forth herein. Our opinion represents only our interpretation of the law and has no binding, legal effect on, without limitation, the Service or any court. It is possible that contrary positions may be asserted by the Service and that one or more courts may sustain such contrary positions. Our opinion is expressed as of the date hereof, and we are under no obligation to supplement or revise this opinion to reflect any changes, including changes which have retroactive effect (i) in applicable law, or (ii) in any fact, information, document, corporate record, covenant, statement, representation, or assumption stated herein that becomes untrue, incorrect or incomplete.
This letter is furnished to you for use in connection with the Registration Statement and is not to be used, circulated, quoted, or otherwise referred to for any other purpose without our express written permission. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name in the Registration Statement wherever it appears. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.
Very truly yours, | |
/s/ Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP |
1185 Avenue of the Americas | 37th Floor | New York, NY | 10036
T (212) 930 9700 | F (212) 930 9725 | WWW.SRF.LAW
CONSENT OF ALEX P. HAMILTON
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited (the “Company”) intends to file a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”) registering securities for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a Director Nominee.
Dated: October 16, 2020 | |
/s/ Alex P. Hamilton | |
Alex P. Hamilton |
CONSENT OF JIANPING (GARY) XIAO
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited (the “Company”) intends to file a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”) registering securities for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a Director Nominee.
Dated: October 16, 2020 | |
/s/ Jiangping (Gary) Xiao | |
Jiangping (Gary) Xiao |
CONSENT OF XIAODE ZHANG
Wunong Net Technology Company Limited (the “Company”) intends to file a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”) registering securities for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a Director Nominee.
Dated: October 16, 2020 | |
/s/ Xiaode Zhang | |
Xiaode Zhang |